-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, A4+ZmsiIfGC5OZ9ewmKdMCA7sFY7ByWkLqwMQuqvAnOdTDQv6HujpUHBKpBmu0R0 VaVxtUnVp28W+Iy+LrLU7g== 0000891618-04-000148.txt : 20040115 0000891618-04-000148.hdr.sgml : 20040115 20040115172136 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0000891618-04-000148 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: S-3/A PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 10 FILED AS OF DATE: 20040115 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: KOMAG INC /DE/ CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000813347 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: MAGNETIC & OPTICAL RECORDING MEDIA [3695] IRS NUMBER: 942914864 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 0102 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: S-3/A SEC ACT: 1933 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 333-110182 FILM NUMBER: 04528018 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 1710 AUTOMATION PWY CITY: SAN JOSE STATE: CA ZIP: 95131 BUSINESS PHONE: 4085762000 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 1710 AUTOMATION PWY CITY: SAN JOSE STATE: CA ZIP: 95131 S-3/A 1 f93836a4sv3za.htm AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO FORM S-3 Amendment No. 4 to the Komag Form S-3
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 15, 2004
Registration No. 333-110182


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


Amendment No. 4 to

Form S-3
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


KOMAG, INCORPORATED

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
         
Delaware   3695   94-2914864
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

1710 Automation Parkway

San Jose, California 95131
(408) 576-2000
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)


Thian Hoo Tan

Chairman and CEO
Komag, Incorporated
1710 Automation Parkway
San Jose, California 95131
(408) 576-2000
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)


Copies to:

     
John A. Fore, Esq.
John T. Sheridan, Esq.
Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati
Professional Corporation
650 Page Mill Road
Palo Alto, California 94304
(650) 493-9300
  Justin L. Bastian, Esq.
Mary J. Shimizu, Esq.
Morrison & Foerster LLP
755 Page Mill Road
Palo Alto, California 94304
(650) 813-5600


      Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

      If the only securities being registered on this form are being offered pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the following box.     o

      If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest reinvestment plans, check the following box.     o

      If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o                               

      If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o                               

      If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o                               

      If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box.     o


      The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall hereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.




Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. Neither we nor the selling stockholders may sell these securities until the Securities and Exchange Commission declares our registration statement effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and neither we nor the selling stockholders are soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to completion, dated January 15, 2004

PROSPECTUS

5,000,000 Shares

(KOMAG LOGO)

Common Stock

         This is a public offering of 5,000,000 shares of common stock of Komag, Incorporated. Komag is selling 3,000,000 of the shares being offered and certain stockholders of Komag, referred to in this prospectus as the selling stockholders, are selling the remaining 2,000,000 shares.

      Concurrent with the offering of shares of our common stock, we are also offering under a separate prospectus $70,000,000 aggregate principal amount ($80,500,000 if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional notes is exercised in full) of our      % Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2024. The offering of shares of our common stock hereby is not contingent on the consummation of the concurrent note offering.

      Our common stock currently trades under the symbol “KOMG” on the Nasdaq National Market. On January 14, 2004, the last reported sale price of our common stock on the Nasdaq National Market was $23.71 per share.

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 6 to read about risks that you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.

                 

Per share Total
Public offering price
  $       $    
Underwriting discounts and commissions
  $       $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
  $       $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to selling stockholders
  $       $    

      We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase from us from time to time up to an additional 750,000 shares to cover any over-allotments. The underwriters are offering our common stock as described herein under “Underwriting.”

Delivery of the shares will be made on or about January      , 2004

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. Piper Jaffray
 
Needham & Company, Inc. Thomas Weisel Partners LLC
The date of this prospectus is January      , 2004.


Table of Contents

[Picture of disk inside a disk drive.]


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
RISK FACTORS
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
USE OF PROCEEDS
PRICE RANGE OF OUR COMMON STOCK
DIVIDEND POLICY
CAPITALIZATION
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
UNDERWRITING
LEGAL MATTERS
EXPERTS
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
INDEX TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
RISK FACTORS
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
USE OF PROCEEDS
PRICE RANGE OF OUR COMMON STOCK
DIVIDEND POLICY
CAPITALIZATION
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT
DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL INDEBTEDNESS
DESCRIPTION OF NOTES
UNITED STATES FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS
UNDERWRITING
LEGAL MATTERS
EXPERTS
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
INDEX TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
SIGNATURES
EXHIBIT 4.8
EXHIBIT 5.1.1
EXHIBIT 5.1.2
EXHIBIT 23.1
EXHIBIT 23.2


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

      This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all the information you should consider before buying our common stock offered hereby. You should read the entire prospectus, including the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 6, and the financial data and related notes included in this prospectus and incorporated by reference herein, before deciding to invest in the shares. Unless indicated otherwise, all information contained in this prospectus assumes the underwriters will not exercise their option to purchase additional shares.

Komag, Incorporated

Our Business

      We design, manufacture and market thin-film media, or disks, that are incorporated into disk drives. We are the world’s largest independent manufacturer of thin-film media with a 40% market share of the total merchant disk supplier market and 18% of the overall disk market as of the second quarter of 2003 according to TrendFOCUS, a storage research firm. Due to our market leadership and significant research and development efforts, we have developed a deep understanding of market needs in the disk drive market and offer a broad portfolio of advanced solutions to address those needs. Our customers include many of the world’s largest disk drive manufacturers, including Hitachi Global Storage Technologies, or HGST, Maxtor and Western Digital. Additionally, in October 2003 we began volume production for a new major disk drive customer’s desktop products.

      Disks such as the ones we manufacture are incorporated into disk drives, which are the primary storage medium for digital data. Technology advances have greatly increased the storage capacity of individual disks, lowering the per gigabyte, or GB, cost of storage. The lower cost of storage has facilitated the adoption of disk drives into a broad range of new applications, providing new areas of market growth for disks and disk drives. High-volume, high-growth applications for disk drives include personal computers, enterprise storage systems, communications infrastructure and consumer electronics appliances. According to IDC, the annual total storage capacity and number of units of disk drives to be shipped between 2002 and 2007 are expected to grow at compound annual rates of approximately 45.1% and 10.7%, respectively. The increase in storage capacity used in existing and new applications is expected to generate increased demand for disk drives, which may in turn generate higher demand for disks such as those we sell.

Recent Developments

      On December 19, 2003, we announced that we signed an agreement with Trace Storage Technology Corporation (Trace), which will provide us, upon satisfaction of certain conditions, with additional substrate capacity as well as a substrate supply relationship with Trace. Under the agreement, we expect to purchase Trace’s Malaysian substrate manufacturing facility including land, building and equipment for approximately $10 million. We intend to use cash proceeds currently held to pay for the acquisition and are not relying on consummation of the proposed common stock offering in this prospectus or the concurrent notes offering to fund this acquisition. We intend to manufacture both aluminum ground substrates and plated and polished substrates in this factory for our own use and to sell Trace a portion of the output under a supply agreement entered into in connection with the purchase.

      Completion of these transactions is subject to a number of conditions, and there is no guarantee that we will be able to satisfy all the conditions needed to complete these transactions. If we satisfy all of the conditions to closing, we anticipate closing these transactions in the first quarter of 2004.

      We were organized in 1983 and are incorporated in the state of Delaware. Our principal executive offices are located at 1710 Automation Parkway, San Jose, California 95131, and our telephone number is (408) 576-2000. Our web site is located at “www.komag.com.” Information contained on our web site does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

1


Table of Contents

The Offering

 
Common stock offered by Komag 3,000,000
 
Common stock offered by selling stockholders 2,000,000
 
Total shares of common stock offered 5,000,000
 
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering 26,753,384
 
Use of proceeds For the repayment of certain outstanding indebtedness and for general corporate purposes, including working capital, capital expenditures and potential acquisitions. In addition, any net proceeds that we receive from our concurrent Convertible Subordinated Note offering described below will be used in the same manner as the proceeds of this offering. See “Use of Proceeds.”
 
Concurrent Convertible Subordinated Note Offering Concurrent with this offering, we are also offering by separate prospectus $70.0 million aggregate principal amount ($80.5 million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional notes is exercised in full) of our           % Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2024. Consummation of this offering of shares of our common stock is not contingent upon consummation of the concurrent Convertible Subordinated Notes offering.
 
Over-Allotment Option We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase from us from time to time up to an additional 750,000 of our shares of common stock to cover over-allotments.
 
Nasdaq National Market symbol “KOMG”

      The number of shares outstanding after this offering is based upon the number of shares outstanding as of December 28, 2003, but does not include the following:

  •  1,220,085 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options with a weighted average exercise price of approximately $8.68 per share;
 
  •  637,500 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock purchase rights which have been deferred pursuant to our deferred compensation plan;
 
  •  562,253 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock option plan;
 
  •  528,216 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our employee stock purchase plan; and
 
  •  999,847 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants at an exercise price of $9.00 per share.

2


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

      The following table sets forth our summary consolidated financial data for the three months ended September 29, 2002, December 29, 2002, March 30, 2003, June 29, 2003 and September 28, 2003. The following data is derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and should be read in conjunction with these financial statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal, recurring adjustments, that management considers necessary for a fair statement of the results for those periods. The historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period and should not be considered indicative of results expected for the full fiscal years. The summary consolidated balance sheet data is presented on an actual basis; on an as adjusted basis to reflect $24.0 million net proceeds received from the sale of idle buildings and land, giving effect to the application of these proceeds and approximately $1.2 million of cash on October 21, 2003 to repay a portion of our senior secured notes, or Senior Notes, and our junior secured notes, or Junior Notes in full; and on an as adjusted further basis to reflect the sale of 3,000,000 shares of common stock offered by us in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $20.60 per share after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering costs and to reflect the issuance of our Convertible Subordinated Notes, giving effect to the application of the net proceeds.

                                           
Three Months Ended

Sep 29, 2002 Dec 29, 2002 Mar 30, 2003 June 29, 2003 Sep 28, 2003





(dollars in thousands except per share data)
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data
                                       
Net sales
  $ 70,241     $ 104,508     $ 105,515     $ 105,347     $ 109,199  
Cost of sales
    62,853       80,156       82,739       82,511       83,840  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Gross profit
    7,388       24,352       22,776       22,836       25,359  
Research, development, and engineering expense
    8,708       9,692       9,909       10,402       10,778  
Selling, general, and administrative expense
    4,235       5,248       4,562       4,038       4,717  
Gain on disposal of assets
    (70 )     (1,240 )     (861 )     (217 )     (792 )
Restructuring/impairment charges
    740 (1)     34,023 (3)                  
In-process research and development expense
    6,784                          
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Operating income (loss)
    (13,009 )     (23,371 )     9,166       8,613       10,656  
Interest income
    (66 )     (66 )     (108 )     (132 )     (103 )
Interest expense
    3,226       3,327       3,385       3,359       3,351  
Other income, net
    (2,068 )(2)     (82 )     (196 )     (28 )     (83 )
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
    304       964       1,031       814       (2,452 )(4)
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (14,405 )   $ (27,514 )   $ 5,054     $ 4,600     $ 9,943  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Basic net income (loss) per share
  $ (0.63 )   $ (1.20 )   $ 0.22     $ 0.20     $ 0.42  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Diluted net income (loss) per share
  $ (0.63 )(1)(2)   $ (1.20 )(3)   $ 0.21     $ 0.19     $ 0.40 (4)
     
     
     
     
     
 
Number of shares used in basic per share computation
    22,826       22,853       23,297       23,344       23,558  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Number of shares used in diluted per share computation
    22,826       22,853       23,934       24,304       24,860  
     
     
     
     
     
 

(1)  Restructuring/impairment charges of $0.7 million for the three months ended September 29, 2002 related to chapter 11 bankruptcy and Exit Facility professional fees.
 
(2)  Other income, net includes a property tax refund of $2.2 million.
 
(3)  Restructuring/impairment charges for the three months ended December 29, 2002 include chapter 11 bankruptcy professional fees of $0.1 million and a goodwill impairment charge of $33.9 million.
 
(4)  Provision for (benefit from) income taxes includes an income tax benefit of $2.5 million related to withholding taxes previously accrued which are no longer payable as a result of a tax exemption.

3


Table of Contents

                                         
Three Months Ended

Sep 29, 2002 Dec 29, 2002 Mar 30, 2003 June 29, 2003 Sep 28, 2003





(dollars in thousands except per share data)
Other Financial Data
                                       
Percentage of net sales:
                                       
Gross profit
    11 %     23 %     22 %     22 %     23 %
Operating income (loss)
    (19 )     (22 )     9       8       10  
Net income (loss)
    (21 )     (26 )     5       4       9  
Selected financial data:
                                       
Depreciation and amortization on property, plant and equipment
  $ 12,729     $ 11,385     $ 10,590     $ 10,123     $ 9,285  
Amortization of intangibles
    926       923       933       937       939  
Capital expenditures
    3,033       4,005       4,005       5,802       4,848  
                         
As of Sep 28, 2003

As As Adjusted
Actual Adjusted(1) Further(2)



(in thousands)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 47,660     $ 46,419     $ 58,296  
Net property, plant and equipment, and land and buildings held for sale
    205,611       182,011       182,011  
Total assets
    345,919       321,078       335,591  
Current portion of long-term debt
    20,242       15,223       164  
Long-term debt (less current portion)
    119,599       99,377       70,773  
Stockholders’ equity
    149,683       150,683       208,859  

(1)  On September 30, 2003, we completed the sale of our idle Fremont, California land and buildings. The land and buildings were acquired through our merger with HMT Technology Corporation in October 2000 and had been idle and held for sale since 2001. The net proceeds from the sale of the land and buildings were approximately $24.0 million resulting in a gain of approximately $1.0 million. The sale will be recorded in the fourth quarter of 2003. On October 21, 2003, we used approximately 50% of the net proceeds, $12.1 million, to pay down our debt as required under the terms of our Senior Notes Indenture, which Senior Notes are due in 2007. Additionally, we made a required principal payment of $5.0 million on the Senior Notes on October 15, 2003. Further, we received consent from a majority of the holders of the Senior Notes and the lender under the Exit Facility to redeem in full the Junior Notes for approximately $8.2 million and called for their redemption on October 30, 2003. The Junior Notes were redeemed on December 2, 2003.
 
(2)  Reflects the adjustment described in (1) above; the sale of 3,000,000 shares of common stock offered by us in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $20.60 per share after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering costs; and, the issuance of $70.0 million aggregate principal amount of our           % Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2024, giving effect to the application of the net proceeds. Consummation of this offering of shares of common stock is not contingent upon consummation of the concurrent Convertible Subordinated Note offering.

4


Table of Contents

      The following table sets forth our selected consolidated financial data and other operating information for the four full fiscal years and the first six months prior to our emergence from bankruptcy (the Predecessor Company), and the six months after emergence from bankruptcy on June 30, 2002 (the Successor Company). The financial data and operating information is derived from our consolidated financial statements, and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, related notes, and other financial information incorporated by reference in this prospectus. We declared no cash dividends during the five-year period. The values in the table below are in thousands, except per share amounts.

                                                 
Successor Predecessor Predecessor Company
Company Company


Six Months Six Months Fiscal Year Ended
Ended Ended
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data Dec 29, 2002 June 30, 2002 2001 2000 1999 1998
Net sales
  $ 174,749     $ 111,955     $ 282,613     $ 358,463     $ 331,946     $ 328,883  
Gross profit (loss)
    31,740       5,167       (2,456 )     34,988       (22,709 )     (62,752 )
Restructuring/impairment charges(1)(3)(5)(7)(8)(9)
    34,763       4,318       57,430       5,293       187,965       187,768  
Operating loss(1)(3)(5)(7)(8)(9)
    (37,690 )     (29,812 )     (146,442 )     (38,295 )     (291,089 )     (331,919 )
Interest expense(6)(10)
    6,553             155,192       45,428       23,319       19,212  
Other income, net(2)
    3,460       399,147       4,286       3,844       1,552       4,853  
Reorganization costs, net
          6,511       6,066                    
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle(1)(2)(3)(5)(6)(7)(8)(9)
    (41,919 )     359,924       (296,395 )     (68,058 )     (283,049 )     (366,336 )
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle(4)
          (47,509 )                        
Net income (loss)(1)(2)(3)(4)(5)(6)(7)(8)(9)
  $ (41,919 )   $ 312,415     $ (296,395 )   $ (68,058 )   $ (283,049 )   $ (366,336 )
Basic and diluted net loss per share(11)
  $ (1.84 )                                        
                                                 
Predecessor Company
Successor
Company

As of the Fiscal Year Ended
As of
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data Dec 29, 2002 2001 2000 1999 1998
Net property, plant and equipment, and land and buildings held for sale
  $ 221,014             $ 256,856     $ 354,873     $ 313,455     $ 470,017  
Total assets
    317,200               407,850       633,061       475,871       694,095  
Current portion of long-term debt
    10,229                     216,740       260,000       260,000  
Long-term debt (less current portion)
    129,923                     137,545       22,891        
Liabilities subject to compromise
                  516,173                    
Stockholders’ equity (deficit)
  $ 127,960             $ (144,939 )   $ 151,861     $ 78,713     $ 323,807  


  (1)  Results of operations for the six months ended December 29, 2002 included a $33.9 million impairment charge related to the write-off of all remaining goodwill, in accordance with FAS 142.
 
  (2)  Results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2002, included other income of $379.0 million associated with the extinguishment of liabilities subject to compromise as of June 30, 2002, and other income of $17.3 million to revalue our assets and liabilities at June 30, 2002, to fair value as prescribed by fresh-start reporting under SOP 90-7.
 
  (3)  Results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2002, included a $4.3 million restructuring/impairment charge in connection with the shutdown of our research and development facility in Santa Rosa, California.
 
  (4)  Results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2002, included a $47.5 million transitional impairment loss under SFAS 142. The loss was recognized as the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in our consolidated statement of operations.
 
  (5)  Results of operations for 2001 included a $45.8 million impairment charge related to the write-down of land and buildings held for sale, a $4.4 million impairment charge related to manufacturing equipment no longer in service, and restructuring charges of $7.2 million primarily related to lease obligations on equipment no longer in service and additional facility closure costs.
 
  (6)  Results of operations for 2001 included a $99.1 million interest expense charge related to accretion to bring the subordinated convertible notes up to their full face value of $230.0 million.
 
  (7)  Results of operations for 2000 included a net $5.3 million restructuring charge, including an $8.0 million charge in connection with ceasing our Santa Rosa manufacturing operations, plus a net $2.7 million reversal of charges previously accrued for restructurings we undertook in 1997, 1998, and 1999.
 
  (8)  Results of operations for 1999 included $143.7 million in restructuring charges and a $44.3 million impairment charge. The restructuring charges related primarily to the closing of our U.S. manufacturing operations. The impairment charge related to the write-down of goodwill which originated from the acquisition of Western Digital Corporation’s media operation.
 
  (9)  Results of operations for 1998 included a $187.8 million restructuring charge that primarily related to an asset impairment charge of $175.0 million. Based on analysis of our production capacity and our expectations of the media market over the remaining life of our fixed assets, we concluded that we would not be able to recover the book value of those assets.

(10)  In accordance with SOP 90-7, we did not record interest expense on our outstanding debt during the chapter 11 proceedings from August 24, 2001, through June 30, 2002.
 
(11)  Earnings per share of the Predecessor Company are not presented as the amounts are not meaningful.

5


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

      Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below when considering whether or not to invest in our common stock. These risks and uncertainties are not the only ones facing our company. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of or currently deem immaterial may also become important factors that may harm our business. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected, the value of our stock could decline, and you may lose part or all of your investment. Further, this prospectus contains forward-looking statements and actual results may differ significantly from the results contemplated by such forward-looking statements.

Risks Related to Our Business

We have a history of operating losses and recently emerged from chapter 11 bankruptcy. Despite our recent profitability during each of our three most recent fiscal quarters, we cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain or grow profits in the future.

      We have experienced substantial operating losses during the past five fiscal years. Prior to reporting positive net income in each of our three most recent quarters ending September 28, 2003, our last profitable quarter, excluding one-time credits, was the fourth quarter of 1997. We recorded a net loss $68.1 million during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000, a net loss of $296.4 million during the fiscal year ended December 30, 2001 and a net profit of $270.5 million for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2002, largely because of a gain of $396.4 million for extinguishment of indebtedness and revaluation of assets and liabilities for fresh-start reporting. In August 2001, after defaulting on our debt obligations, we filed a voluntary petition for relief under chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. We emerged from chapter 11 bankruptcy on June 30, 2002. Due to the factors discussed below in this Risk Factors section, including the very competitive, capital intensive and historically cyclical nature of the disk and disk drive markets upon which our business is dependent, we cannot assure you that we will be able to sustain or grow our recent profitability.

Downturns in the disk drive manufacturing market and related markets may decrease our revenues and margins.

      The market for our products depends on economic conditions affecting the disk drive manufacturing and related markets, particularly the desktop personal computer market. We believe that a substantial majority of our finished unit sales were incorporated into disk drives manufactured by our customers for the desktop personal computer market. Because of this concentration in a single market, which we expect to continue, our business is tightly linked to the success of the personal computer market. The personal computer market has historically been seasonal and cyclical and has experienced periods of oversupply and reduced production levels, resulting in significantly reduced demand for disks and pricing pressures. The effect of these cycles on suppliers, including disk manufacturers, has been magnified by disk drive manufacturers’ practice of ordering components, including disks, in excess of their needs during periods of rapid growth, which increases the severity of the drop in the demand for components during periods of reduced growth or contraction. Accordingly, downturns in the desktop personal computer market may cause disk drive manufacturers to delay or cancel projects, reduce their production or reduce or cancel orders for our products. This, in turn, may lead to longer sales cycles, delays in payment and collection, and pricing pressures, causing us to realize lower revenues and margins.

If our production capacity is underutilized, our gross margin will be adversely affected and we could sustain significant losses.

      Our business is characterized by high fixed overhead costs including expensive plant facilities and production equipment. Our per unit costs and our gross margin are significantly affected by the number of units we produce and the amount of our production capacity that we utilize. Our production capacity is

6


Table of Contents

currently approximately 18 million to 20 million disks per quarter. We expect that we will increase our production capacity by approximately 10% to 20% over the next three fiscal quarters by utilizing our existing facilities, which minimizes capital outlays. If we underutilize our production capacity for any reason including lack of customer demand or cancellation or delay of customer orders, we could experience significantly higher unit production costs, lower margins and potentially significant losses. Underutilization of our production capacity could also result in equipment write-offs, restructuring charges and employee layoffs. For example, from our 1997 fiscal year to the third quarter of our 2002 fiscal year, our gross margin was severely adversely affected by our underutilization of our capacity. If our production capacity is underutilized for any reason, our financial results and our business would be severely harmed.

If future demand for our products exceeds the production capability of our existing facilities, we may be required to invest significant capital expenditures to increase capacity or else risk losing market share.

      We believe we have a limited capability to further expand our production capacity using our existing facilities to meet incremental increases in future demand for our disk products. If demand for our products were to significantly exceed these capacity levels, we may not be able to satisfy this increased demand. To increase our production capacity to meet significant increases in demand for our disks, we would be required to expand our existing facilities, construct new facilities or acquire entities with additional production capacities. These alternatives would require significant capital investments by us and would require us to seek additional equity or debt financing. There can be no assurance that such financing would be available to us when needed on acceptable terms, or at all. If we were unable to expand capacity on a timely basis to meet increases in demand, we could lose market opportunities for sales and our market share could decline. Further, we cannot assure you that the increased demand for our disk products would continue for a sufficient period of time to recoup our capital investments associated with increasing our production capacity.

We receive a large percentage of our net sales from only a few disk drive manufacturer customers, the loss of any of which would adversely affect our sales.

      Our customers are disk drive manufacturers. A relatively small number of disk drive manufacturers dominate the disk drive market. According to IDC, four of these manufacturers accounted for over 84% of disk drive sales during the third quarter of 2003. Accordingly, we expect that the success of our business will continue to depend on a limited number of customers who have comparatively strong bargaining power in negotiating contracts with us.

      In the first three fiscal quarters of 2003, 41% of our net sales were to Western Digital, 36% were to Maxtor and 15% were to HGST. During fiscal 2002, 61% of our net sales were to Western Digital and 30% were to Maxtor. During fiscal 2001, 59% of our net sales were to Western Digital and 27% were to Maxtor. If any one of our significant customers were to reduce their disk requirements or develop or expand capacity to produce disks for internal use and we are unable to replace these orders with sales to new customers, our sales would be reduced and, our business would suffer.

Internal disk operations of disk drive manufacturers may adversely affect our ability to sell our disk products.

      Disk drive manufacturers such as HGST, Maxtor and Seagate have large internal thin-film media manufacturing operations and are able to produce a substantial percentage of their disk requirements. We compete directly with these internal operations when we market our products to these disk drive companies, and indirectly when we sell our disks to customers who must compete with vertically-integrated disk drive manufacturers. Vertically-integrated companies have the opportunity to keep their disk-making operations fully utilized, thus lowering their costs of production. This cost advantage contributes to the pressure on us and other independent disk manufacturers to sell disks at lower prices and can severely affect our profitability. Vertically-integrated companies are also able to achieve a large manufacturing scale that supports the development resources necessary to advance technology rapidly. We may not have sufficient resources or

7


Table of Contents

manufacturing scale to be able to compete effectively with these companies as to production costs or technology development.

If we are unable to perform successfully in the highly competitive and increasingly concentrated disk industry, we may not be able to maintain or gain additional market share, and our operating results would be harmed.

      The market for our products is highly competitive, and we expect competition to continue in the future. Competitors in the thin-film media industry fall mainly into two groups: Asian-based independent disk manufacturers and captive disk manufacturers. Our major Asian-based independent competitors include Fuji Electric, Hoya, Showa Denko and Trace Storage. The captive disk manufacturers who produce thin-film media internally for their own use include HGST, Maxtor and Seagate. In late 2002, IBM entered into a joint venture with Hitachi. The joint venture, named Hitachi Global Storage Technologies, or HGST, includes Hitachi’s and IBM’s disk drive operations and a portion of IBM’s thin-film media operations, and evidences the increasing concentration and economies of scale in our industry. Many of these competitors have greater financial resources and less debt than we have, which could allow them to adjust to fluctuating market conditions better than us. Further, they may have greater technical and manufacturing resources, more extensive name recognition, more marketing power, a broader array of product lines and preferred vendor status. To the extent our competitors continue to consolidate and achieve greater economies of scale, we will face additional competitive challenges. If we are not able to compete successfully in the future, we would not be able to gain additional market share for our products, or we may lose our existing market share, and our operating results could be harmed.

Price competition may force us to lower our prices, causing our net sales and gross margin to suffer.

      We face significant price competition in the disk industry. High levels of competition have historically put downward pressure on prices per unit. Additionally, the average selling price of disks and disk drives rapidly declines over their commercial life as a result of technological enhancements, productivity improvements and industry supply increases. We may be forced to lower our prices or add new products and features at lower prices to remain competitive, and we may otherwise be unable to introduce new products at higher prices. We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete successfully in this kind of price competitive environment. Lower prices would reduce our ability to generate sales, and our gross margin would suffer. If we fail to mitigate the effect of these pressures through reducing the cost of our products or changing our product mix, our net sales and gross margin could be adversely affected.

      Price declines are also affected by any imbalances between demand and supply. For most of 2002, as in the several years prior, disk supply exceeded demand. As independent suppliers like us struggled to utilize their capacity, the excess disk supply caused average selling prices for disks to decline. Pricing pressure on component suppliers was also compounded by high consumer demand for inexpensive personal computers and consumer devices. In the fourth quarter of 2002 and the first three quarters of 2003, disk prices began to stabilize, but there is no certainty that this trend will continue. These supply and demand factors and industry-wide competition could adjust again and force disk prices down, which would put pressure on our gross margin.

Because our products require a lengthy sales cycle with no assurance of high volume sales, we may expend significant financial and other resources without a return.

      With short product life cycles and the rapid technological change experienced in the disk drive industry, we must frequently qualify new products with our disk drive manufacturing customers, based on criteria such as quality, storage capacity, performance, and price. Qualifying disks for incorporation into new disk drive products requires us to work extensively with the customer and the customer’s other suppliers to meet product specifications. Therefore, customers often require a significant number of product presentations and demonstrations, as well as substantial interaction with our senior management, before making a purchasing decision. Accordingly, our products typically have a lengthy sales cycle, which can range from six to twelve months or longer. During this time, we may expend substantial financial resources and management time and

8


Table of Contents

effort, while having no assurances that a sale will result, or that disk drive programs ultimately will result in high-volume production. To the extent we expend significant resources to qualify products without realizing sales, our operations will suffer.

If our customers cancel orders, our sales could suffer and we are generally not entitled to receive cancellation penalties to offset the loss of sales revenue.

      Our sales are generally made pursuant to purchase orders that are subject to cancellation, modification, or rescheduling without significant penalties. As a result, if a customer cancels, modifies, or reschedules an order, we may have already made expenditures that are not recoverable, and our profitability will suffer. Furthermore, if our current customers do not continue to place orders with us or if we are unable to obtain orders from new customers, our sales and operating results will suffer.

Because we depend on a limited number of suppliers, if our suppliers experience capacity constraints or production failures, our production, operating results and growth potential could be harmed.

      We rely on a limited number of suppliers for some of the materials and equipment used in our manufacturing processes, including aluminum blanks, aluminum substrates, nickel plating solutions, polishing and texturing supplies, and sputtering target materials. For example, Kobe Steel, Ltd. is our sole supplier of aluminum blanks, a fundamental component in producing our disks. We also rely on OMG Fidelity, Inc. and Heraeus Incorporated for supplies of nickel plating solutions and sputtering target materials, respectively. The supplier base has been weakened by the poor financial condition of the industry in recent years, and some suppliers have exited the business. Our production capacity would be limited if one or more of these materials were to become unavailable or available in reduced quantities, or if we were unable to find alternative suppliers. For example, due to the significant growth in demand for our disk products in the fourth quarter of 2002, our sales were smaller during the quarter than the available market opportunity due to our inability to acquire additional aluminum substrates. If our sources of materials and supplies were limited or unavailable for a significant period of time, our production, operating results and ability to grow our business could be adversely affected.

Disk drive program life cycles are short, and disk drive programs are highly customized. If we fail to respond to our customers’ demanding requirements, we will not be able to compete effectively.

      The disk industry has experienced rapid technological change, and if we are unable to anticipate and develop products and production technologies on a timely basis, our competitive position could be harmed. In general, the life cycles of disk drive programs are short. For example, between approximately 1999 and 2002, areal density rose dramatically on an annual basis. Additionally, disks must be more customized to each disk drive program. Short program life cycles and customization have increased the risk of product obsolescence, and as a result, supply chain management, including just-in-time delivery, has become a standard industry practice. In order to sustain customer relationships and sustain profitability, we must be able to develop new products and technologies in a timely fashion that can help customers reduce their time-to-market performance, and continue to maintain operational excellence that supports high-volume manufacturing ramps and tight inventory management throughout the supply chain. Accordingly, we have invested and intend to continue to invest heavily in our research and development program. If we cannot respond to this rapidly changing environment or fail to meet our customers’ demanding product and qualification requirements, we will not be able to compete effectively. As a result, we would not be able to maximize the use of our production facilities and our profitability would be negatively impacted.

If we do not keep pace with the rapid technological change in the disk drive industry, we will not be able to compete effectively, and our operating results could suffer.

      Our products primarily serve the 3 1/2-inch disk drive market where product performance, consistent quality, price and availability are of great competitive importance. To succeed in an industry characterized by rapid technological developments, we must continuously advance our disk technology at a pace consistent with, or faster than, the pace at which our competitors are advancing their disk technology.

9


Table of Contents

      Advances in disk drive technology require continually lower flying heights and higher areal density. Until recently, areal density was roughly doubling from year-to-year and even today continues to increase rapidly, requiring significant improvement in every aspect of disk design. These advances require substantial on-going process and technology development. New process technologies, including synthetic anti-ferromagnetic, or SAF and perpendicular recording media, or PMR, must support cost-effective, high-volume production of disks that meet these ever-advancing customer requirements for enhanced magnetic recording performance. We may not be able to develop and implement these technologies in a timely manner in order to compete effectively against our competitors’ products or entirely new data storage technologies. In addition, we must transfer our technology from our U.S.-based research and development center to our Malaysian manufacturing operations. If we cannot advance our process technologies or do not successfully implement those advanced technologies in our Malaysian operations, or if technologies that we have chosen not to develop prove to be viable competitive alternatives, we would not be able to compete effectively. As a result, we would lose market share and face increased price competition from other manufacturers, and our operating results would suffer.

If we fail to improve the quality of, and control contamination in our manufacturing processes, we will lose our ability to remain competitive.

      The manufacture of our products requires a tightly-controlled, multi-stage process, and the use of high-quality materials. Efficient production of our products requires utilization of advanced manufacturing techniques and clean room facilities. Disk fabrication occurs in a highly controlled, clean environment to minimize particles and other yield- and quality-limiting contaminants. In spite of stringent manufacturing controls, weaknesses in process control or minute impurities in materials may cause a substantial percentage of the disks in a lot to be defective. The success of our manufacturing operations depends, in part, on our ability to maintain process control and minimize such impurities in order to maximize yield of acceptable high-quality disks. Minor variations from specifications could have a disproportionately adverse impact on our manufacturing yields. If we are not able to continue to improve on our manufacturing processes or maintain stringent quality controls, or if contamination problems arise, we will not remain competitive, and our operating results would be harmed.

An industry trend towards glass-based applications could negatively impact our ability to remain competitive.

      Our finished disks are primarily manufactured from aluminum substrates, which are the primary substrate used in desktop PC and enterprise applications. Some disk manufacturers emphasize the use of glass as a basis for the manufacture of their disks to primarily serve the mobile personal computer market and certain other consumer applications. These applications are expected to achieve significant growth in the near future. To the extent glass-based applications were to achieve significant growth in the market place, we may lose market share if we were unable to move rapidly to produce glass-based disks to address the demand.

All of our manufacturing operations have been consolidated in Malaysia and our foreign operations and international sales subject us to additional risks inherent in doing business on an international level that make it more costly or difficult to conduct our business.

      As a result of our consolidation of manufacturing operations in Malaysia, technology developed at our U.S.-based research and development center must now be first implemented for high-volume production at our Malaysian facilities without the benefit of being implemented at a U.S. factory. Therefore, we rely heavily on electronic communications between our U.S. headquarters and our Malaysian facilities to transfer specifications and procedures, diagnose operational issues and meet customer requirements. If our operations in Malaysia or overseas communications are disrupted for a prolonged period for any reason, including a failure in electronic communications with our U.S. operations, the manufacture and shipment of our products would be delayed, and our results of operations would suffer.

      Furthermore, our ability to transfer funds from our Malaysian operations to the United States is subject to Malaysian rules and regulations. In 1999, the Malaysian government repealed a regulation that restricted

10


Table of Contents

the amount of dividends that a Malaysian company may pay to its stockholders. If not repealed, this regulation would have potentially limited our ability to transfer funds to the United States from our Malaysian operations. If similar regulations are enacted in the future, we may not be able to finance our U.S.-based research and development and/or repay our U.S. debt obligations.

      We are subject to a number of risks of conducting business outside of the United States. Our sales to customers in Asia, including the foreign subsidiaries of domestic disk drive companies, account for substantially all of our net sales. Further, while customers assemble a substantial portion of their disk drives in Asia, they subsequently sell these products throughout the world. Therefore, our high concentration of Asian sales does not accurately reflect the eventual point of consumption of the assembled disk drives. We anticipate that international sales will continue to represent the majority of our net sales, and as a result the success of our business is subject to factors affecting global markets generally.

      We are subject to these risks to a greater extent than most companies because, in addition to selling our products outside the United States, our Malaysian operations account for substantially all of our net sales. Accordingly, our operating results are subject to the risks inherent with international operations, including, but not limited to:

  •  compliance with changing legal and regulatory requirements of foreign jurisdictions;
 
  •  fluctuations in tariffs or other trade barriers;
 
  •  foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, since certain costs of our foreign manufacturing and marketing operations are incurred in foreign currency, including purchase of certain operating supplies and production equipment from Japanese suppliers in Yen-denominated transactions;
 
  •  difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;
 
  •  political, social and economic instability;
 
  •  increased exposure to threats and acts of terrorism;
 
  •  exposure to taxes in multiple jurisdictions;
 
  •  local infrastructure problems or failures including but not limited to loss of power and water supply; and
 
  •  transportation delays and interruptions.

If we are not able to attract and retain key personnel, our operations could be harmed.

      Our future success depends on the continued service of our executive officers, our highly-skilled research, development and engineering team, our manufacturing team and our key administrative, sales and marketing and support personnel. Acquiring talented personnel who possess the advanced skills we require has been difficult. Our bankruptcy filing and our financial performance in prior years increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining skilled engineers and other knowledgeable workers. Even though we have emerged from bankruptcy, we may have difficulty attracting and retaining key personnel. We may not be able to attract, assimilate or retain highly-qualified personnel to maintain the capabilities that are necessary to compete effectively. Further, we do not have key person life insurance on any of our key personnel. If we are unable to retain existing or hire key personnel, our business, financial condition and operating results could be harmed.

If we do not protect our patents and other intellectual property rights, our revenues could suffer.

      It is commonplace to protect technology through patents and other forms of intellectual property rights in technically sophisticated fields. In the disk and disk drive industries, companies and individuals have initiated actions against others in the industry to enforce intellectual property rights. Although we attempt to protect our intellectual property rights through patents, copyrights, trade secrets and other measures, we may not be able to adequately protect our technology. In addition, we may not be able to discover significant

11


Table of Contents

infringements of our technology or successfully enforce our rights to our technology if we discover infringing uses by others, and such infringements could have a negative impact on our ability to compete effectively. Competitors may be able to develop similar technology and also may have or may develop intellectual property rights and enforce those rights to prevent us from using such technologies, or demand royalty payments from us in return for using such technologies. Either of these events may affect our production, which could materially reduce our revenues and harm our operating results.

We may face intellectual property infringement claims that are costly to resolve, may divert our management’s attention, and may negatively impact our operations.

      We have occasionally received, and may receive in the future, communications from third parties that assert violation of intellectual property rights alleged to cover certain of our products or manufacturing processes or equipment. We evaluate on a case-by-case basis whether it would be necessary to defend against such claims or to seek licenses to the rights referred to in such communications. In certain cases, we may not be able to negotiate necessary licenses on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Also, if we have to defend such claims, we could incur significant expenses and our management’s attention could be diverted from our core business. Further, we may not be able to anticipate claims by others that we infringe on their technology or successfully defend ourselves against such claims. Any litigation resulting from such claims could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.

Historical quarterly results may not accurately predict our performance due to a number of uncertainties and market factors, and as a result it is difficult to predict our future results.

      Our operating results historically have fluctuated significantly on both a quarterly and annual basis. Additionally, as a result of our emergence from bankruptcy on June 30, 2002, we are operating our business with a new capital structure and have been subject to the fresh-start reporting prescribed by generally accepted accounting principles. Our balance sheet beginning as of June 30, 2002 reflects the application of these rules. As a result, our operating results in any quarter may not reflect our future performance, particularly because our financial condition and results of operations are not comparable to those in our historical financial statements ended prior to June 30, 2002. We believe that our future operating results will continue to be subject to quarterly variations based on a wide variety of factors, including:

  •  timing of significant orders, or order cancellations;
 
  •  changes in our product mix and average selling prices;
 
  •  modified, adjusted or rescheduled shipments;
 
  •  availability of disks versus demand for disks;
 
  •  the cyclical nature of the disk drive industry;
 
  •  our ability to develop and implement new manufacturing process technologies;
 
  •  increases in our production and engineering costs associated with initial design and production of new product programs;
 
  •  the ability of our process equipment to meet more stringent future product requirements;
 
  •  our ability to introduce new products that achieve cost-effective high-volume production in a timely manner, timing of product announcements, and market acceptance of new products;
 
  •  the availability of our production capacity, and the extent to which we can use that capacity;
 
  •  changes in our manufacturing efficiencies, in particular product yields and input costs for direct materials, operating supplies and other running costs;
 
  •  prolonged disruptions of operations at any of our facilities for any reason;
 
  •  changes in the cost of or limitations on availability of labor; and

12


Table of Contents

  •  structural changes within the disk industry, including combinations, failures, and joint venture arrangements.

      We cannot forecast with certainty the impact of these and other factors on our revenues and operating results in any future period. Our expense levels are based, in part, on expectations as to future revenues. If our revenue levels are below expectations, our operating results are likely to suffer.

Given our reliance on manufacturing facilities and suppliers in Asia, another outbreak of SARS may negatively impact our operating results.

      If there is another outbreak of severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS) as occurred at the end of 2002 in China, Hong Kong, Singapore, and Vietnam, such an outbreak, or the fear of such an outbreak, could have a negative impact on our operations. The outbreak that occurred in 2002 had an impact on the ability of our management, sales and customer service employees to travel between the executive and research facilities in California, manufacturing operations in Malaysia, and customer sites throughout Asia. Our normal operating processes could be hindered by a number of SARS-related factors upon a future extended occurrence, including, but not limited to:

  •  disruptions in our manufacturing facilities in Malaysia;
 
  •  disruptions at our third-party suppliers located in China or other affected countries;
 
  •  disruptions in our customers’ operations in Singapore, Malaysia or other affected countries;
 
  •  reduced travel between our U.S.-based research and development facility and our Malaysian manufacturing locations; and
 
  •  reduced travel between ourselves, customers, and suppliers.

      Because of our reliance on our Malaysian manufacturing facilities and significant distribution to customers in Asia, if another outbreak occurs or spreads to other areas, our sales and operating results could be harmed.

If we make unprofitable acquisitions or are unable to successfully integrate future acquisitions, our business could suffer.

      We have in the past and from time to time in the future may acquire businesses, products or technologies that we believe complement or expand our existing business. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including the following:

  •  difficulties in integrating the operations, technologies, products and personnel of the acquired companies, especially given the specialized nature of our technology;
 
  •  diversion of management’s attention from normal daily operations of the business;
 
  •  potential difficulties in completing projects associated with in-process research and development;
 
  •  initial dependence on unfamiliar supply chains or relatively small supply partners; and
 
  •  the potential loss of key employees of the acquired companies.

      Acquisitions may also cause us to:

  •  issue stock that would dilute our current stockholders’ percentage ownership;
 
  •  assume liabilities;
 
  •  record goodwill and non-amortizable intangible assets that will be subject to impairment testing and potential periodic impairment charges;
 
  •  incur amortization expenses related to certain intangible assets;

13


Table of Contents

  •  incur large and immediate write-offs; or
 
  •  become subject to litigation.

      For example, in 2000, we acquired HMT Technology Corporation, another disk manufacturer. As a result of the acquisition of HMT Technology Corporation, we acquired debt liabilities, real property and manufacturing facilities and incurred significant transaction costs related to the acquisition that raised our ongoing operational expenses and fixed costs. We were unable to utilize our increased capacity and generate sufficient revenues to cover the increased costs and have since sold a majority of all unused facilities.

      Mergers and acquisitions of high-technology companies are inherently risky, and no assurance can be given that any future acquisitions by us will be successful and will not materially adversely affect our business, operating results or financial condition. The failure to manage and successfully integrate acquisitions we make could harm our business and operating results in a material way. Even if an acquired company has already developed and marketed products, there can be no assurance that product enhancements will be made in a timely fashion or that pre-acquisition due diligence will have identified all possible issues that might arise with respect to products or the integration of the company into our company.

The nature of our operations makes us susceptible to material environmental liabilities, which could result in significant compliance and clean-up expenses and adversely affect our financial condition.

      We are subject to a variety of federal, state, local, and foreign regulations relating to:

  •  the use, storage, discharge, and disposal of hazardous materials used during our manufacturing process;
 
  •  the treatment of water used in our manufacturing process; and
 
  •  air quality management.

      We are required to obtain necessary permits for expanding our facilities. We must also comply with new regulations on our existing operations, which may result in significant costs. Public attention has increasingly been focused on the environmental impact of manufacturing operations that use hazardous materials. If we fail to comply with environmental regulations or fail to obtain the necessary permits:

  •  we could be subject to significant penalties;
 
  •  our ability to expand or operate in California or Malaysia could be restricted;
 
  •  our ability to establish additional operations in other locations could be restricted; or
 
  •  we could be required to obtain costly equipment or incur significant expenses to comply with environmental regulations.

      Furthermore, our manufacturing processes rely on the use of hazardous materials and any accidental hazardous discharge could result in significant liability and clean-up expenses, which could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Earthquakes or other natural or man-made disasters could disrupt our operations.

      Our U.S. facilities are located in San Jose, California. In addition, Kobe and other Japanese suppliers of our key manufacturing supplies and sputtering machines are located in areas with seismic activity. Our Malaysian operations have been subject to temporary production interruptions due to localized flooding, disruptions in the delivery of electrical power, and, on one occasion in 1997, by smoke generated by large, widespread fires in Indonesia. If any natural or man-made disasters do occur, operations could be disrupted for prolonged periods, and our business would suffer.

14


Table of Contents

Anti-takeover provisions in our certificate of incorporation could discourage potential acquisition proposals or delay or prevent a change of control.

      We have protective provisions in place designed to provide our board of directors with time to consider whether a hostile takeover is in our best interests and that of our stockholders. Our certificate of incorporation provides that we have three classes of directors. As a result, a person could not take control of the board until the third annual meeting after the closing of the merger, since a majority of our directors will not stand for election until that third annual meeting. This provision could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control of the company and also could diminish the opportunities for a holder of our common stock to participate in tender offers, including offers at a price above the then-current market price for our common stock. These provisions also may inhibit fluctuations in our stock price that could result from takeover attempts.

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

We continue to be leveraged and our debt service requirements will continue to make us vulnerable to economic downturn and impose restrictions on our operations.

      Our total long-term debt and short-term debt was $116.0 million as of December 28, 2003 of which approximately $115.2 million consists of the outstanding amount due under the Senior Notes. We expect to redeem all of the outstanding Senior Notes with the proceeds of this offering and the concurrent offering of $70.0 million aggregate principal amount ($80.5 million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional notes is exercised in full) of our new Convertible Subordinated Notes. However, in the event the aggregate net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent Convertible Subordinated Notes offering were to be below $115.2 million, we would be unable to redeem all of the outstanding Senior Notes with the proceeds of these offerings. Even if we are able to redeem all of the outstanding Senior Notes using the proceeds of this offering and the concurrent debt offering, we will still have debt service obligations under the convertible subordinated notes to be issued in the concurrent offering. As a result, we may be required to use a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to meet our obligations on our new Convertible Subordinated Notes, thereby reducing the availability of cash flow to fund our business. Debt service obligations resulting from any outstanding debt remaining after this offering, to the extent our outstanding debt is not fully refinanced, and any debt service obligations arising from the concurrent offering of our new Convertible Subordinated Notes could limit our flexibility in planning for or reacting to changes in our industry, and could limit our ability to borrow more money for operations and implement our business strategy in the future. In addition, our leverage may restrict our ability to obtain additional financing in the future. We will continue to be more leveraged than some of our competitors, which may place us at a competitive disadvantage because our interest and debt repayment requirements makes us more susceptible to downturns in our business. To the extent we do not refinance in full our outstanding debt obligations under the Senior Notes from the proceeds of this offering and the concurrent Convertible Subordinated Notes offering, the debt covenants under the Senior Notes will continue to impose operating and financial restrictions on us. These covenants under the Senior Notes could adversely affect our ability to finance future operations, potential acquisitions or capital needs or to engage in other business activities that may be in our interest. In addition, if we cannot achieve the financial results necessary to maintain compliance with these covenants, we could be declared in default and be required to sell or liquidate our assets to repay outstanding debt.

Because of our debt obligations, in the event of a dissolution, equity holders would be unlikely to receive distributions.

      We currently intend to repay all of our current indebtedness and retire our revolving credit facility, or Exit Facility, that we entered into on June 30, 2002, with the proceeds of this offering and the concurrent debt offering of our new Convertible Subordinated Notes. We have no balance outstanding under the Exit Facility and only limited ability to make a draw under the Exit Facility at this time. To the extent we do not refinance in full our outstanding debt from the proceeds of this offering and the concurrent Convertible Subordinated Notes offering, or retire the Exit Facility, our cash pay and paid-in-kind Senior Notes, are

15


Table of Contents

subordinated in right of payment to the Exit Facility. As a result of such subordination, in the event of an acceleration of our debt for any reason, including our liquidation or insolvency, or a payment or covenant default, our assets will be available to pay obligations on the Senior Notes and any new Convertible Subordinated Notes only after the Exit Facility is paid in full. There may not be sufficient assets remaining to pay amounts due on any or all of the Senior Notes and any new Convertible Subordinated Notes. In the event of liquidation or insolvency, holders of equity securities would receive a distribution only after payment in full to each of the Exit Facility or the Senior Notes and any new Convertible Subordinated Notes, and other creditors, and there may be no proceeds to distribute to equity holders at such time.

Our holding company structure makes us dependent on cash flow from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations.

      Most of our operations are conducted through, and most of our assets are held by, our subsidiaries. Therefore, we are dependent on the cash flow of our subsidiaries to meet our debt obligations. Our subsidiaries are separate legal entities that have no obligation to pay any amounts due under the Senior Notes (to the extent the Senior Notes are not fully redeemed) or the new Convertible Subordinated Notes, or to make any funds available therefor, whether by dividends, loans or other payments. Our subsidiaries have not guaranteed the payment of the Senior Notes or the new Convertible Subordinated Notes. The covenants in the Senior Notes require that we hold no more than $12.0 million in cash outside of the United States. Except to the extent we may ourself be a creditor with recognized claims against our subsidiaries, subject to any limitations contained in our other debt agreements, all claims of creditors and holders of preferred stock, if any, of our subsidiaries will have priority with respect to the assets of such subsidiaries over the claims of our creditors, including holders of the Senior Notes or the lenders under the Exit Facility.

The assets of our subsidiaries may not be available to make payments on our debt obligations.

      Neither the Senior Notes nor the new Convertible Subordinated Notes have been guaranteed by our subsidiaries, and payments on the Senior Notes and the new Convertible Subordinated Notes are required to be made only by us. We may not have direct access to the assets of our subsidiaries unless these assets are transferred by dividend or otherwise to us. The ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or otherwise transfer assets to us is subject to various restrictions, including restrictions under other agreements to which we are a party under applicable law.

Risks Related to the Offering

Shares eligible for sale in the near future may cause the market price for our common stock to decline.

      Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market following this offering, or the perception that those sales could occur, may depress the market price for our common stock. These sales could also impair our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of our equity securities in the future.

      The number and timing of shares of common stock available for sale in the public market is limited by restrictions under federal securities laws and under agreements that we and each of our executive officers and directors and each of the selling stockholders have entered into with the underwriters of this offering. Those agreements restrict these persons from selling, pledging or otherwise disposing of their shares, subject to specified exceptions, for a period of 90 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. may, however, in its sole discretion, release all or any portion of the common stock from the restrictions in the lockup agreements. Upon completion of this offering we will have outstanding 26,753,384 shares of common stock. All of these shares, including the 5,000,000 shares sold in this offering, are freely tradable. In addition, following the offering 3,947,901 shares

16


Table of Contents

of common stock may be issued pursuant to the exercise of warrants, stock purchase rights and stock options that are either outstanding or may be issued in the future.

We have a few significant stockholders who own a large percentage of our common stock and could substantially influence all matters requiring stockholder approval.

      We have a few significant stockholders who as of December 28, 2003, in the aggregate, own approximately 46% of our common stock, and together are able to significantly influence all matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including new financings, the election of directors and the approval of mergers or other business combinations. Although certain of the significant stockholders will be selling in this offering, and will not otherwise be able to sell shares of our stock outside the offering until 90 days after the date of this prospectus, those that do not participate in this offering may continue to sell shares and reduce the aggregate percentage of our stock held by significant stockholders. To the extent that the interests of these stockholders are different than those of other stockholders, important company decisions may not reflect the interests of all stockholders.

Sales of stock by a few significant stockholders may negatively affect the market price of our common stock.

      Our significant stockholders who as of December 28, 2003, in the aggregate, own approximately 46% of our common stock, are not restricted as to the prices at which they may sell the stock. Although certain of the significant stockholders will be selling in this offering, and will not otherwise be able to sell shares of our stock outside the offering until 90 days after the date of this prospectus, those that do not participate in this offering may continue to sell shares and reduce the aggregate percentage of our stock held by significant stockholders. Shares sold below the current level at which the shares of our common stock are trading may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. This large amount of stock, if sold all at once or in blocks, could have a negative effect on the market price of our common stock.

There may be continued volatility in our stock price.

      Our common stock, which is listed on the Nasdaq National Market, has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations. Since emerging from bankruptcy in June 2002 through January 14, 2004, the closing price of our common stock has ranged from $2.30 to $23.71. These fluctuations are likely to continue in the future. The market price of our common stock may decline below the price of the shares sold in this offering. Investors may not be able to resell their shares of our common stock following periods of price or trading volume volatility because of the market’s adverse reaction to such volatility. Factors that could cause volatility in our stock price and trading volume, in some cases regardless of our operating performance, include, among other things:

  •  general economic conditions, including suppressed demands for our products;
 
  •  actual or anticipated variations in quarterly operating results;
 
  •  announcements of technological innovations;
 
  •  changes in the market valuations of our competitors;
 
  •  failure to meet analysts’ or investors’ expectations;
 
  •  announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships or joint ventures;
 
  •  our cash position and cash commitments; and
 
  •  additions or departures of key personnel.

      Additionally, some companies that have had volatile market prices for their securities have been subject to securities class action suits filed against them. If a suit were to be filed against us, regardless of the merits or the outcome, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and

17


Table of Contents

resources. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and stock price.

We do not anticipate paying dividends for the foreseeable future.

      We currently anticipate that all of our earnings, if any, will be retained for repayment of our outstanding debt and for development and expansion of our business. We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, our debt agreements contain covenants that restrict the payment of cash dividends.

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

      This prospectus, including the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary” and “Risk Factors” contain forward-looking statements. These statements relate to future events or our future financial performance and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our or our industry’s actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. These risks and other factors include those listed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These statements are only predictions. In evaluating these statements, you should specifically consider various factors, including the risks outlined under “Risk Factors.”

      Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of these forward-looking statements. We are under no duty to update any of the forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus to conform our prior statements to actual results.

18


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

      We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale by us of 3,000,000 shares of common stock that we are offering at the public offering price of $20.60 per share will be approximately $58.2 million (and approximately $72.9 million assuming the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated cash offering costs payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from the sales by selling stockholders in this offering.

      We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering and any proceeds from our concurrent debt offering, up to approximately $115.2 million, for the repayment of our outstanding Senior Notes. As of December 28, 2003, the Senior Notes have a cash-pay portion of $63.2 million and a paid-in-kind portion of $52.0 million. The cash-pay portion of the Senior Notes: (1) is due on June 30, 2007; (2) is payable in quarterly installments over a four-year period on a straight-line basis beginning on July 15, 2003; and (3) pays interest monthly in arrears in cash, and bears interest at the greater of 8% per annum and a rate per annum equal to the prime rate of interest (which was 4.0% at December 28, 2003) plus three hundred basis points. The paid-in-kind portion of the Senior Notes: (1) is due on June 30, 2007; and (2) pays interest in-kind monthly in arrears, and bears interest at a rate of 12% per annum.

      To the extent there are any remaining proceeds from these offerings, we intend to use those funds for general corporate purposes, including working capital and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of any remaining net proceeds to acquire other technologies or businesses when the opportunity arises. However, we currently have no commitments or agreements other than a potential acquisition of a substrate manufacturing facility in Malaysia from Trace Storage Technology Corporation, which we expect will close in the first quarter of 2004 if all conditions to closing are satisfied, and which we intend to pay with our current cash on hand, regardless of whether or not this offering and the concurrent debt offering are completed. Pending such other uses, the net proceeds from this offering will be invested in investment grade, interest-bearing instruments.

 
PRICE RANGE OF OUR COMMON STOCK

      On June 30, 2002, we emerged from chapter 11 bankruptcy and all of the outstanding shares of our common stock were cancelled as required under the approved plan of reorganization. On that date, we issued new shares of our common stock. During the period from July 1, 2002 to July 9, 2002, our new common stock was not traded. Beginning on July 10, 2002, the new shares of our common stock began trading on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol KOMGQ and on February 25, 2003 began trading on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol KOMG.

      The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the high and low closing sale prices for our new common stock, as reported by OTC Bulletin Board from July 10, 2002 through February 24, 2003 and the Nasdaq National Market from February 25, 2003.

                 
Six Months Ended December 29, 2002 High Low



Third Quarter (beginning July 10)
  $ 5.00     $ 2.30  
Fourth Quarter
    4.62       2.50  
                 
Year Ending December 28, 2003 High Low



First Quarter (through February 24)
  $ 5.90     $ 4.33  
First Quarter (February 25 through March 30)
    7.50       6.09  
Second Quarter
    11.99       7.15  
Third Quarter
    18.00       11.49  
Fourth Quarter
    20.93       13.50  
                 
Year Ending January 2, 2005 High Low



First Quarter (through January 14)
  $ 23.71     $ 14.61  

19


Table of Contents

      As of December 28, 2003, there were 23,753,384 shares of our common stock outstanding held by 71 holders.

DIVIDEND POLICY

      Since our inception, we have neither declared nor paid any dividends on our shares of common stock. We anticipate that we will retain future earnings, if any, in order to repay debt and for general corporate purposes. In addition, our debt agreements contain covenants that restrict the payment of cash dividends.

20


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

      The following table presents our cash and cash equivalents, current portion of long-term debt and capitalization as of September 28, 2003 on an actual basis; on an as adjusted basis to reflect $24.0 million net proceeds received from the sale of idle buildings and land, giving effect to the application of these proceeds and approximately $1.2 million of cash on October 21, 2003 to repay a portion of our Senior Notes and our Junior Notes in full; and on an as adjusted further basis to reflect the sale of 3,000,000 shares of common stock offered by us in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $20.60 per share after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering costs and to reflect the issuance of our Convertible Subordinated Notes, giving effect to the application of the net proceeds. You should read this information in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, including the related notes, and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere or incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

                             
September 28, 2003

As As Adjusted
Actual Adjusted(1) Further(2)



(dollars in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 47,660     $ 46,419     $ 58,296  
     
     
     
 
Current portion of long-term debt
                       
 
Senior secured notes (cash pay portion)
  $ 20,078     $ 15,059     $  
 
Other notes
    164       164       164  
     
     
     
 
   
Total current portion of long-term debt
  $ 20,242     $ 15,223     $ 164  
     
     
     
 
Long-term debt
                       
 
Senior secured notes (cash pay portion)
  $ 60,234     $ 48,134     $  
 
Senior secured notes (paid-in-kind)
    50,470       50,470        
 
Junior secured notes (paid-in-kind)
    8,122              
 
Convertible subordinated notes
                70,000  
   
Other notes
    773       773       773  
     
     
     
 
   
Total long-term debt
  $ 119,599     $ 99,377     $ 70,773  
     
     
     
 
Stockholders’ equity
                       
 
Common stock, $0.01 par value; authorized 50,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 23,731,931 shares, as adjusted further 26,731,931 shares
  $ 237     $ 237     $ 267  
 
Additional paid-in capital
    172,282       172,282       230,428  
 
Deferred stock-based compensation
    (514 )     (514 )     (514 )
 
Accumulated deficit
    (22,322 )     (21,322 )     (21,322 )
     
     
     
 
   
Total stockholders’ equity
  $ 149,683     $ 150,683     $ 208,859  
     
     
     
 
   
Total capitalization
  $ 269,282     $ 250,060     $ 279,632  
     
     
     
 

(1)  On September 30, 2003, we completed the sale of our idle Fremont, California land and buildings. The land and buildings were acquired through our merger with HMT Technology Corporation in October 2000 and had been idle and held for sale since 2001. The net proceeds from the sale of the land and buildings were approximately $24.0 million resulting in a gain of approximately $1.0 million. The sale will be recorded in the fourth quarter of 2003. On October 21, 2003, we used approximately 50% of the net proceeds, $12.1 million, to pay down our debt as required under the terms of our Senior Notes Indenture, which Senior Notes are due in 2007. Additionally, we made a required principal payment of $5.0 million on the Senior Notes on October 15, 2003. Further, we received consent from a majority of the holders of the Senior Notes and the lender under the Exit Facility to redeem in full the Junior Notes for approximately $8.2 million and called for their redemption on October 30, 2003. The Junior Notes were redeemed on December 2, 2003.
 
(2)  Reflects the adjustments described in (1) above; the sale of 3,000,000 shares of common stock offered by us in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $20.60 per share after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering costs; and the issuance of $70 million aggregate principal amount of our         % Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2024, giving effect to the application of the net proceeds. Consummation of this offering of shares of common stock is not contingent upon consummation of the concurrent Convertible Subordinated Notes offering.

21


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

      The following table sets forth our selected consolidated financial data for the three months ended September 29, 2002, December 29, 2002, March 30, 2003, June 29, 2003 and September 28, 2003. The following data is derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and should be read in conjunction with these financial statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal, recurring adjustments, that management considers necessary for a fair statement of the results for those periods. The historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period and should not be considered indicative of results expected for the full fiscal years. The summary consolidated balance sheet data is presented on an actual basis; on an as adjusted basis to reflect $24.0 million net proceeds received from the sale of idle buildings and land, giving effect to the application of these proceeds and approximately $1.2 million of cash on October 21, 2003 to repay a portion of our Senior Notes and our Junior Notes in full; and on an as adjusted further basis to reflect the sale of 3,000,000 shares of common stock offered by us in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $20.60 per share after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering costs and to reflect the issuance of our Convertible Subordinated Notes, giving effect to the application of the net proceeds.

                                           
Three Months Ended

Sep 29, 2002 Dec 29, 2002 Mar 30, 2003 June 29, 2003 Sep 28, 2003





(dollars in thousands except per share data)
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data
                                       
Net sales
  $ 70,241     $ 104,508     $ 105,515     $ 105,347     $ 109,199  
Cost of sales
    62,853       80,156       82,739       82,511       83,840  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Gross profit
    7,388       24,352       22,776       22,836       25,359  
Research, development, and engineering expense
    8,708       9,692       9,909       10,402       10,778  
Selling, general, and administrative expense
    4,235       5,248       4,562       4,038       4,717  
Gain on disposal of assets
    (70 )     (1,240 )     (861 )     (217 )     (792 )
Restructuring/impairment charges
    740 (1)     34,023 (3)                  
In-process research and development expense
    6,784                          
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Operating income (loss)
    (13,009 )     (23,371 )     9,166       8,613       10,656  
Interest income
    (66 )     (66 )     (108 )     (132 )     (103 )
Interest expense
    3,226       3,327       3,385       3,359       3,351  
Other income, net
    (2,068 )(2)     (82 )     (196 )     (28 )     (83 )
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
    304       964       1,031       814       (2,452 )(4)
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (14,405 )   $ (27,514 )   $ 5,054     $ 4,600     $ 9,943  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Basic net income (loss) per share
  $ (0.63 )   $ (1.20 )   $ 0.22     $ 0.20     $ 0.42  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Diluted net income (loss) per share
  $ (0.63 )(1)(2)   $ (1.20 )(3)   $ 0.21     $ 0.19     $ 0.40 (4)
     
     
     
     
     
 
Number of shares used in basic per share computation
    22,826       22,853       23,297       23,344       23,558  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Number of shares used in diluted per share computation
    22,826       22,853       23,934       24,304       24,860  
     
     
     
     
     
 

(1)  Restructuring/impairment charges of $0.7 million for the three months ended September 29, 2002 related to chapter 11 bankruptcy and Exit Facility professional fees.
 
(2)  Other income, net includes a property tax refund of $2.2 million.
 
(3)  Restructuring/impairment charges for the three months ended December 29, 2002 include chapter 11 bankruptcy professional fees of $0.1 million and a goodwill impairment charge of $33.9 million.
 
(4)  Provision for (benefit from) income taxes includes an income tax benefit of $2.5 million related to withholding taxes previously accrued which are no longer payable as a result of a tax exemption.

22


Table of Contents

                                         
Three Months Ended

Sep 29, 2002 Dec 29, 2002 Mar 30, 2003 June 29, 2003 Sep 28, 2003





(dollars in thousands)
Other Financial Data
                                       
Percentage of net sales:
                                       
Gross profit
    11 %     23 %     22 %     22 %     23 %
Operating income (loss)
    (19 )     (22 )     9       8       10  
Net income (loss)
    (21 )     (26 )     5       4       9  
Selected financial data:
                                       
Depreciation and amortization on property, plant and equipment
  $ 12,729     $ 11,385     $ 10,590     $ 10,123     $ 9,285  
Amortization of intangibles
    926       923       933       937       939  
Capital expenditures
    3,033       4,005       4,005       5,802       4,848  
                         
As of Sep 28, 2003

As As Adjusted
Actual Adjusted(1) Further(2)



(in thousands)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 47,660     $ 46,419     $ 58,296  
Net property, plant and equipment, and land and buildings held for sale
    205,611       182,011       182,011  
Total assets
    345,919       321,078       335,591  
Current portion of long-term debt
    20,242       15,223       164  
Long-term debt (less current portion)
    119,599       99,377       70,773  
Stockholders’ equity
    149,683       150,683       208,859  

(1)  On September 30, 2003, we completed the sale of our idle Fremont, California land and buildings. The land and buildings were acquired through our merger with HMT Technology Corporation in October 2000 and had been idle and held for sale since 2001. The net proceeds from the sale of the land and buildings were approximately $24.0 million resulting in a gain of approximately $1.0 million. The sale will be recorded in the fourth quarter of 2003. On October 21, 2003, we used approximately 50% of the net proceeds, $12.1 million, to pay down our debt as required under the terms of our Senior Notes Indenture, which Senior Notes are due in 2007. Additionally, we made a required principal payment of $5.0 million on the Senior Notes on October 15, 2003. Further, we received consent from a majority of the holders of the Senior Notes and the lender under the Exit Facility to redeem in full the Junior Notes for approximately $8.2 million and called for their redemption on October 30, 2003. The Junior Notes were redeemed on December 2, 2003.
 
(2)  Reflects the adjustments described in (1) above; the sale of 3,000,000 shares of common stock offered by us in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $20.60 per share after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering costs, and the issuance of $70.0 million aggregate principal amount of our           % Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2024, giving effect to the application of the net proceeds. Consummation of this offering of shares of common stock is not contingent upon consummation of the concurrent Convertible Subordinated Note offering.

23


Table of Contents

      The following table sets forth our selected consolidated financial data and other operating information for the four full fiscal years and the first six months prior to our emergence from bankruptcy (the Predecessor Company), and the six months after emergence from bankruptcy on June 30, 2002 (the Successor Company). The financial data and operating information is derived from our consolidated financial statements, and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, related notes, and other financial information incorporated by reference in this prospectus. We declared no cash dividends during the five-year period. The values in the table below are in thousands, except per share amounts.

                                                 
Successor Predecessor Predecessor Company
Company Company


Six Months Six Months Fiscal Year Ended
Ended Ended
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data Dec 29, 2002 June 30, 2002 2001 2000 1999 1998
Net sales
  $ 174,749     $ 111,955     $ 282,613     $ 358,463     $ 331,946     $ 328,883  
Gross profit (loss)
    31,740       5,167       (2,456 )     34,988       (22,709 )     (62,752 )
Restructuring/impairment charges(1)(3)(5)(7)(8)(9)
    34,763       4,318       57,430       5,293       187,965       187,768  
Operating loss(1)(3)(5)(7)(8)(9)
    (37,690 )     (29,812 )     (146,442 )     (38,295 )     (291,089 )     (331,919 )
Interest expense(6)(10)
    6,553             155,192       45,428       23,319       19,212  
Other income, net(2)
    3,460       399,147       4,286       3,844       1,552       4,853  
Reorganization costs, net
          6,511       6,066                    
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle(1)(2)(3)(5)(6)(7)(8)(9)
    (41,919 )     359,924       (296,395 )     (68,058 )     (283,049 )     (366,336 )
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle(4)
          (47,509 )                        
Net income (loss)(1)(2)(3)(4)(5)(6)(7)(8)(9)
  $ (41,919 )   $ 312,415     $ (296,395 )   $ (68,058 )   $ (283,049 )   $ (366,336 )
Basic and diluted net loss per share(11)
  $ (1.84 )                                        
                                                 
Predecessor Company
Successor
Company

As of the Fiscal Year Ended
As of
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data Dec 29, 2002 2001 2000 1999 1998
Net property, plant and equipment, and land and buildings held for sale
  $ 221,014             $ 256,856     $ 354,873     $ 313,455     $ 470,017  
Total assets
    317,200               407,850       633,061       475,871       694,095  
Current portion of long-term debt
    10,229                     216,740       260,000       260,000  
Long-term debt (less current portion)
    129,923                     137,545       22,891        
Liabilities subject to compromise
                  516,173                    
Stockholders’ equity (deficit)
  $ 127,960             $ (144,939 )   $ 151,861     $ 78,713     $ 323,807  


  (1)  Results of operations for the six months ended December 29, 2002 included a $33.9 million impairment charge related to the write-off of all remaining goodwill, in accordance with FAS 142.
 
  (2)  Results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2002, included other income of $379.0 million associated with the extinguishment of liabilities subject to compromise as of June 30, 2002, and other income of $17.3 million to revalue our assets and liabilities at June 30, 2002, to fair value as prescribed by fresh-start reporting under SOP 90-7.
 
  (3)  Results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2002, included a $4.3 million restructuring/impairment charge in connection with the shutdown of our research and development facility in Santa Rosa, California.
 
  (4)  Results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2002, included a $47.5 million transitional impairment loss under SFAS 142. The loss was recognized as the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in our consolidated statement of operations.
 
  (5)  Results of operations for 2001 included a $45.8 million impairment charge related to the write-down of land and buildings held for sale, a $4.4 million impairment charge related to manufacturing equipment no longer in service, and restructuring charges of $7.2 million primarily related to lease obligations on equipment no longer in service and additional facility closure costs.
 
  (6)  Results of operations for 2001 included a $99.1 million interest expense charge related to accretion to bring the subordinated convertible notes up to their full face value of $230.0 million.
 
  (7)  Results of operations for 2000 included a net $5.3 million restructuring charge, including an $8 million charge in connection with ceasing our Santa Rosa manufacturing operations, plus a net $2.7 million reversal of charges previously accrued for restructurings we undertook in 1997, 1998, and 1999.
 
  (8)  Results of operations for 1999 included $143.7 million in restructuring charges and a $44.3 million impairment charge. The restructuring charges related primarily to the closing of our U.S. manufacturing operations. The impairment charge related to the write-down of goodwill which originated from the acquisition of Western Digital Corporation’s media operation.
 
  (9)  Results of operations for 1998 included a $187.8 million restructuring charge that primarily related to an asset impairment charge of $175.0 million. Based on analysis of our production capacity and our expectations of the media market over the remaining life of our fixed assets, we concluded that we would not be able to recover the book value of those assets.

(10)  In accordance with SOP 90-7, we did not record interest expense on our outstanding debt during the chapter 11 proceedings from August 24, 2001, through June 30, 2002.
 
(11)  Earnings per share of the Predecessor Company are not presented as the amounts are not meaningful.

24


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

      The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and incorporated by reference. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including but not limited to those discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

      Our net sales are driven by the level of demand for disks by disk drive manufacturers and the average selling prices of our disks. Demand for our disks is dependent on unit growth in the disk drive market, the growth of storage capacity in disk drives, which affects the number of disks needed per drive, and the number of disks our customers purchase from external suppliers. Average selling prices are dependent on overall supply and demand for disks and our product mix.

      Our business is capital-intensive and is characterized by high fixed costs, making it imperative that we sell disks in high volume. Our contribution margin per disk sold varies with changes in selling price, input material costs and production yield. As demand for our disks increases, our total contribution margin increases, improving our financial results because we do not have to increase our fixed cost structure in proportion to increases in demand and resultant capacity utilization. Conversely, our financial results would deteriorate rapidly if the disk market were to worsen and our production volume were to decrease.

      Adverse conditions in the disk market, which began in mid-1997, impacted our business through the first half of 2002. Disk drive demand grew rapidly during the mid-1990s, and industry forecasts were for continued strong growth. In 1996, along with many of our competitors including both independent disk manufacturers and captive disk manufacturers owned by vertically integrated disk drive companies, we committed to expansion programs that substantially increased disk-manufacturing capacity by the end of 1997. Our expansion was principally financed with debt. In 1997, the rate of growth in demand for disk drives fell. Further, technology advances provided by magneto-resistive recording heads allowed the disk drive manufacturers to use fewer heads and disks to achieve desired drive capacity, reducing demand for disks.

      Due to excess capacity in the industry, weakening demand for disks and pricing pressures, we began to focus on consolidating our U.S.-based manufacturing operations into Malaysia from 1999 through 2001. After all operations were consolidated into Malaysia, we continued to focus on fully utilizing the capacity in our Malaysian operations.

      Even though we were able to lower costs as a result of consolidating manufacturing in Malaysia, we continued to service a large debt balance incurred during our expansion, which became due in June 2001. As a result, in August 2001, after defaulting on our debt obligations, we filed a voluntary petition for relief under chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code, or chapter 11. Our plan of reorganization was confirmed by the bankruptcy court on May 9, 2002. In accordance with SOP 90-7, we adopted fresh-start reporting and reflected the effects of the adoption in the consolidated financial statements for the period ended June 30, 2002. The plan became effective and we emerged from chapter 11 on June 30, 2002.

      While operating under chapter 11, we expanded our customer base and continued to invest heavily in research and development to maintain our technological leadership. We believe that we emerged from bankruptcy with a more competitive capital structure. Additionally, the shift of high-volume production to our cost-advantaged Malaysian manufacturing plants has improved our overall cost structure, resulting in lower unit production costs. Our headquarters located in San Jose, California is focused solely on activities related to research, process development, and product prototyping. Our selling, general, and administrative functions also remain in California.

25


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

      The following discussion is presented on our most recent five quarters from the third quarter of 2002 through the third quarter of 2003, all of which are results of operations for the successor company after emergence from chapter 11.

 
Net Sales

      Consolidated net sales increased to $109.2 million in the third quarter of 2003, from $105.3 million, $105.5 million, $104.5 million and $70.2 million in the previous four quarters. We emerged from bankruptcy on June 30, 2002. In the third quarter of 2002, we began to regain our market share and net sales totaled $70.2 million. The substantial increases in net sales in the subsequent quarters were attributable primarily to increasing sales of finished disks, combined with a generally improving finished unit average selling price and increasing other disk sales. Other disk sales are comprised of plated polished aluminum substrates, textured substrates and single-sided disks.

      Finished disk shipments were 17.5 million units in the third quarter of 2003 compared to 16.3 million, 16.7 million, 17.7 million and 12.3 million units in the previous four quarters. The overall increase in finished unit shipments from the third quarter of 2002 to the third quarter of 2003 primarily reflected market share gains resulting from our emergence from bankruptcy, our early qualification on new advanced programs with our customers, and an overall improvement in market conditions. Further, the finished disk shipment trend from the fourth quarter of 2002 through the third quarter of 2003 reflects a seasonal pattern consistent with the disk drive industry. Traditionally, sales in the disk industry exhibit a seasonal pattern with the strongest sales occurring in the fourth quarter of the calendar year. The finished unit average selling price was $5.64 in the third quarter of 2003 compared to $5.67, $5.57, $5.49 and $5.43 in the previous four quarters. With the overall improvements in market conditions, supply and demand for disks have become better balanced during the five-quarter period, leading to a more stable pricing environment.

      Other disk sales in the third quarter of 2003 were $10.1 million, compared to $13.7 million, $12.4 million, $7.5 million and $3.5 million in the previous four quarters. The decrease in other disks sales in the third quarter of 2003 reflected lower sales of textured aluminum substrates to one of our customers who purchased more finished disks from us.

      Our sales are concentrated among a few customers. For the quarter ended September 28, 2003, our largest customers included HGST, Maxtor and Western Digital, which according to IDC together represent approximately 56% of global disk drive sales in the second quarter of 2003. In order to expand our market penetration and further diversify our customer base, we recently began production for a new major disk drive customer. We continue to actively target additional high-volume disk drive manufacturers and believe that our technology leadership, broad range of products and competitive pricing will enable us to further diversify our customer mix.

      The following table reflects the percentage of our net sales by major customer for our last five quarters:

                                         
Three Months Ended

Customer Sep 29, 2002 Dec 29, 2002 Mar 30, 2003 June 29, 2003 Sep 28, 2003






Western Digital
    64 %     56 %     48 %     39 %     36%  
Maxtor
    29 %     32 %     35 %     38 %     36%  
IBM
    5 %     8 %     9 %     12 %     N/M  
HGST
                7 %     11 %     25%  

N/M = Not Meaningful.

      In late 2002, IBM entered into a joint venture with Hitachi. The joint venture, named Hitachi Global Storage Technologies, or HGST, includes Hitachi’s and IBM’s disk drive operations and a portion of IBM’s thin-film media operations. Accordingly, the absence of sales data in the chart above with respect to IBM in the three months ended September 28, 2003 reflects the fact that the sales that would have been made to IBM are now being made to HGST.

26


Table of Contents

      Sales of 60 GB and 80 GB disks for the desktop market increased to 52% of finished disks net sales in the third quarter of 2003, compared to 50%, 45%, 40% and 27% in the previous four quarters. The increase was the result of the continued customer transition to higher storage density disks. During the five-quarter period, we also began shipments to the high-end server (enterprise) market. Sales of these high-end server class disks totaled 7% of net sales in the third quarter of 2003. The remaining finished disk net sales were primarily 40 GB disks for the desktop market.

 
Gross Margin

      Our gross margin percentage for the third quarter of 2003 was 23.2%, compared to 21.7%, 21.6%, 23.3% and 10.5% in the previous four quarters. Our gross margin percentage fluctuates primarily because of variations in disk production volumes from quarter to quarter. The gross margin percentage increase in the third quarter of 2003 was attributable to economies of scale associated with higher finished disk production volumes, as well as reduced variable costs in the third quarter of 2003, as compared to the prior four quarters, which lowered our cost per disk. The overall improving average selling price trend also helped improve gross margins over the five-quarter period.

 
Research, Development, and Engineering Expenses

      Research, development, and engineering expenses were $10.8 million in the third quarter of 2003 compared to $10.4 million, $9.9 million, $9.7 million and $8.7 million in the previous four quarters. We are committed to significant continuing investments in research and development, as reflected by our spending of approximately 9% to 10% of our net sales on research, development and engineering in each of the last four quarters.

 
Selling, General, and Administrative Expenses

      Selling, general, and administrative expenses were $4.7 million in the third quarter of 2003 compared to $4.0 million, $4.6 million, $5.2 million and $4.2 million in the previous four quarters. We monitor our selling, general, and administrative expenses closely and these expenses have remained relatively flat over the last five fiscal quarters at approximately 4% to 5% of net sales.

 
Gain on Disposal of Assets

      Gain on disposal of assets includes miscellaneous gains on selling idle equipment and varies from period to period.

 
Restructuring/Impairment Charges

      Restructuring/impairment charges in the fourth quarter of 2002 primarily includes a goodwill impairment charge of $33.9 million. The impairment charge of $33.9 million represented the write off of all goodwill in accordance with FAS 142 upon the first annual impairment test. Restructuring/impairment charges in the third quarter of 2002 of $0.7 million includes primarily professional fees related to the chapter 11 bankruptcy case.

 
In-Process Research and Development

      In accordance with fresh-start reporting as of June 30, 2002 on our emergence from chapter 11, we recorded in-process research and development costs of $6.8 million. The entire amount was written off in the third quarter of 2002.

 
Interest Income and Interest Expense

      Interest income was $0.1 million in each of the five quarters from the third quarter of 2002 through the third quarter of 2003.

27


Table of Contents

      In the five quarters from the third quarter of 2002 through the third quarter of 2003, we recorded between $3.2 and $3.4 million of interest expense per quarter on the debt issued on emergence from chapter 11.

 
Other Income, Net

      Other income, net in each quarter from the fourth quarter of 2002 through the third quarter of 2003 was less than $0.2 million. In the third quarter of 2002, other income, net was $2.1 million which primarily reflected a $2.2 million property tax refund. Other income, net varies from quarter to quarter.

 
Income Taxes

      In the third quarter of 2003, we received approval from the Malaysian Ministry of Finance, for the exemption of withholding tax on royalty payments made by our Malaysian operations to our subsidiary in the Netherlands. The exemption is for a period of five years effective retroactively from January 2002 through December 2006. As a result, we recorded an income tax benefit of $2.5 million in the third quarter of 2003 related to withholding taxes we previously accrued which are no longer payable. The income tax provision in the third and fourth quarter of 2002 and the first and second quarter of 2003 represented foreign income taxes and foreign withholding taxes on royalty and interest payments. The income tax provision in the third quarter of 2003 represented foreign income taxes and foreign withholding taxes on interest payments and the $2.5 million tax benefit.

      In the third quarter of 2003, our wholly-owned thin-film media operation, KMS, received an eight-year extension of the tax holiday on the first plant site through June 2011. KMS has also been granted additional tax holidays for its second and third plant sites in Malaysia. These tax holidays are effective through December 2006 and 2008, respectively.

 
2002 versus 2001

      We emerged from chapter 11 bankruptcy on June 30, 2002. In accordance with SOP 90-7, Financial Reporting by entities in Reorganization Under the Bankruptcy Code, we adopted fresh-start reporting and reflected the effects of the adoption in our consolidated financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2002. As a result of the adoption of fresh-start reporting, the statements of operations for periods ended after June 30, 2002 are prepared on a different basis of accounting. Therefore, these financial statements are not comparable to the financial statements for prior periods.

      The following discussion compares the results of operations for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2002, to the fiscal year ended December 30, 2001. To facilitate an understanding of this discussion, we have provided the table below. The table shows our results of operations for the 2002 and 2001 fiscal years. Results of operations for 2002 include the combined income statement activity of the successor company and the predecessor company.

28


Table of Contents

      The information in this table is not intended to replace our statements of operations prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The table (in thousands) is as follows:

                   
Year Ended Year Ended
Dec 29, 2002 Dec 30, 2001


Net sales
  $ 286,704     $ 282,613  
Cost of sales
    249,797       285,069  
     
     
 
 
Gross profit (loss)
    36,907       (2,456 )
Research, development, and engineering expense
    37,196       39,546  
Selling, general, and administrative expense
    17,739       19,929  
Amortization of intangible assets
    3,609       27,081  
Impairment charges related to goodwill
    33,870        
Restructuring/impairment charges
    5,211       57,430  
In-process research and development
    6,784        
Interest income
    (325 )     (1,528 )
Interest expense
    6,553       155,192  
Other income, net
    (402,607 )     (4,286 )
Reorganization costs, net
    6,511       6,066  
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
    1,987       (9,433 )
Minority interest/equity interest in net loss of related companies
    (2,374 )     (3,942 )
     
     
 
 
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    318,005       (296,395 )
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    (47,509 )      
     
     
 
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 270,496     $ (296,395 )
     
     
 
 
      Net Sales

      Net sales for 2002 were $286.7 million, an increase of $4.1 million from net sales of $282.6 million in 2001. Units shipped in 2002 increased to 47.7 million units, a 4.5 million unit increase compared to 43.2 million units in 2001. The overall shipment and revenue increases were primarily the result of market share gains which began in the third quarter of 2002, in addition to seasonally strong overall market conditions in the fourth quarter of 2002. Disk media unit shipment volume and total revenue increased over 100% in the fourth quarter of 2002 compared to the second quarter of 2002. Fourth quarter unit sales were somewhat constrained due to shortages of substrates from external suppliers.

      Our average selling price declined to $5.61 in 2002 compared to $6.16 in 2001. The decrease was primarily related to our efforts to increase market share, as well as continued general pricing pressure from customers due to excess capacity for the majority of 2002. With the strength of the fourth quarter 2002 shipments and customer demand, and migration of sales to new advanced products, our average selling price in the fourth quarter of 2002 increased slightly from the third quarter of 2002.

      Sales of partially completed disks (disk substrates) for fiscal 2002 were $19.3 million compared to $16.7 million in 2001. The increase reflects higher demand from customers in fiscal 2002. Disk substrate sales vary from period to period based on customer requirements.

      In 2002, Western Digital accounted for approximately 61% of net sales, Maxtor accounted for 30% of net sales, and sales to other customers were less than 10% of net sales. In 2001, Western Digital accounted for approximately 59% of net sales and Maxtor accounted for 27% of net sales, and sales to other customers were less than 10% of net sales.

29


Table of Contents

 
      Gross Margin

      Our overall gross margin percentage of 12.9% in 2002 was 13.8 points higher than our overall 2001 gross loss percentage of 0.9% in 2001. The economies of scale associated with higher sales and production in the second half of 2002 significantly lowered our cost per disk, and accounted for 23.7% of the increase. However, the higher sales volume was offset by the lower average selling price, and accounted for a 9.9% decline in gross margin.

 
      Research, Development, and Engineering

      Research, development, and engineering (R&D) expenses were $37.2 million in 2002, a $2.3 million decrease compared to $39.5 million in 2001. The decrease in costs reflected lower costs associated with the shutdown of our research and development facility in Santa Rosa in the second quarter of 2002 and higher costs in the first half of 2001, reflecting additional costs incurred in Malaysia to qualify customer programs on the initial equipment relocated from the U.S.

 
      Selling, General, and Administrative

      Selling, general, and administrative expenses were $17.7 million in 2002, a $2.2 million decrease over $19.9 million in 2001. The decrease is primarily related to lower headcount and payroll-related costs which were partially offset by stock compensation expense which was not applicable in 2001.

 
      Amortization of Intangible Assets

      Amortization of intangible assets was $3.6 million in 2002, compared to $27.1 million in 2001. The decrease of $23.5 million was primarily due to the cessation of amortization of goodwill beginning in January 2002, in accordance with SFAS 142. Amortization of intangible assets of $1.8 million was included in cost of sales for the second half of 2002, as it represents amortization of developed technology and amortization of the Western Digital volume purchase agreement.

 
      Restructuring/ Impairment Charges

      We recorded restructuring charges of $5.2 million in 2002 and $7.2 million in 2001. The $5.2 million charge for 2002 included $4.3 million related to the closure of our research and development facility in Santa Rosa in the second quarter of 2002, $0.9 million related to professional fees associated with the chapter 11 bankruptcy case and Exit Facility fees. The $7.2 million charge for 2001 reflected additional costs associated with lease obligations on equipment no longer in service, and costs for closing the former HMT facilities.

      Impairment charges in 2002 were $33.9 million. Upon the adoption of fresh-start reporting as of June 30, 2002, we had a goodwill balance of $33.9 million, which equaled the reorganization value in excess of amounts allocable to identifiable net assets recorded in accordance with SOP 90-7. In the fourth quarter of 2002, in accordance with FAS 142 requirements, we performed our first annual goodwill impairment test. As a result of that test, we wrote off the entire $33.9 million goodwill balance.

      Impairment charges of $50.2 million in 2001 included a $35.4 million write-down of land and buildings held for sale in Eugene, Oregon, and Fremont, California in the second quarter, and an additional $10.4 million write-down on the same properties in the fourth quarter. The impairment write-downs resulted from currently-depressed market conditions for commercial real estate, and were based on an independent valuation (net of estimated selling costs). We also recorded $4.4 million of impairment charges for manufacturing equipment no longer in service in 2001.

 
      In-Process Research and Development

      Upon adoption of fresh-start reporting, in June 2002, we recorded certain intangible assets including in-process research and development of $6.8 million, which was expensed in the third quarter of 2002.

30


Table of Contents

 
      Interest Income and Interest Expense

      Interest income was $0.3 million in 2002, compared to $1.5 million in 2001. The decrease primarily reflected lower investment interest rates during 2002 and lower average cash balances in 2002.

      Interest expense decreased by $148.6 million in 2002, from $155.2 million in 2001 to $6.6 million in 2002. Interest expense in 2002 included interest on our new debt in the second half of 2002 subsequent to emergence from chapter 11 bankruptcy. Interest expense in 2001 primarily reflected interest, including accretion, on all old debt through our chapter 11 bankruptcy filing on August 24, 2001, and an additional $99.1 million of accretion to record the full face value of the HMT debt (which was assumed upon the acquisition of HMT) upon our default on our debt agreements.

 
      Other Income, Net

      Other income in 2002 was $402.6 million, an increase of $398.3 million over $4.3 million in 2001. The increase included a net gain of $396.4 million associated with the chapter 11 cancellation of liabilities subject to compromise and fresh-start reporting and a net $2.2 million property tax refund.

      Other income of $4.3 million in 2001 primarily included $2.0 million in refunds for manufacturing work not completed by vendors, $0.7 million in cash received on a note receivable that had been written off, and $0.6 million in realized gain on cumulative translation adjustments. The remaining $1.0 million primarily represented other miscellaneous income.

 
      Reorganization Costs, Net

      Reorganization costs of $6.5 million in 2002 primarily included a $5.0 million charge associated with the Magnetic Media Development LLC (MMD) bankruptcy claim and professional fees related to the bankruptcy filing.

      Reorganization costs of $6.1 million in 2001 primarily included $2.3 million in accretion to bring the note payable to Western Digital to its face value, $1.9 million in professional fees, and a $1.9 million adjustment to increase liabilities subject to compromise to the amount of the Western Digital equipment lease claim.

      Reorganization costs, net relate solely to the bankruptcy filing. Accordingly, no further costs may be recorded on this line on the consolidated statement of operations subsequent to emergence on June 30, 2002.

 
      Income Taxes

      Income tax expense of $2.0 million in 2002 represents foreign withholding taxes on royalty and interest payments. In 2001, we recorded an income tax benefit of $9.4 million, which was primarily related to the reversal of income tax payable due to the expiration of the statutory periods to audit our federal and state tax returns, net of $1.3 million of foreign withholding taxes on royalty and interest payments and foreign taxes of subsidiaries.

      In 2002 the tax holidays granted to us for our plant sites in Malaysia increased our net income by $8.2 million. The tax holidays had no impact on our net losses in 2001.

 
      Minority/ Equity Interest in Net Loss of Related Companies

      In April 2002, we purchased Kobe Steel USA Holding’s, Inc.’s (Kobe USA) 20% share of KMT in exchange for certain idle assets. The purchase increased our ownership percentage of KMT to 100%. In the third quarter of 2002, we closed the KMT operation. The minority interest for Kobe USA’s 20% share of KMT’s net income in 2001 was less than $0.1 million.

      In the second quarter of 2002, in accordance with fresh-start reporting requirements, our remaining investment in Chahaya of $1.7 million was written down to its estimated fair value of zero. Accordingly, no further equity in the net losses of Chahaya was recorded in the last half of 2002. Further, Chahaya ceased

31


Table of Contents

operations in the fourth quarter of 2002. In 2002 and 2001, we recorded our equity share of Chahaya’s net loss of $2.4 million and $3.9 million, respectively.
 
      Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Principle

      As discussed in Note 3, we adopted SFAS No. 142 and recorded the effects of adoption in June 2002 on a cumulative effect basis as of the first day of the 2002 fiscal year.

      Under SFAS No. 142, we were required to perform a transitional impairment analysis on our goodwill. The transitional impairment loss of $47.5 million was recognized as the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in our consolidated statement of operations.

2001 versus 2000

 
      Net Sales

      Net sales for 2001 were $282.6 million, a decrease of $75.9 million from net sales of $358.5 million in 2000. The overall weak economy and related personal computer market in 2001 negatively impacted our sales volume as well as our average selling price. Unit shipments in 2001 declined by 14%, to 43.2 million disks, versus 50.2 million in 2000. Our finished disk average selling price per unit fell to $6.16 in 2001 from $6.58 in 2000. Another factor contributing to the sales decline was a $15 million reduction in sales of partially completed disks (disk substrates) for fiscal 2001 compared with fiscal 2000.

      In 2001, Western Digital accounted for approximately 59% of net sales, Maxtor accounted for 27% of net sales, and Seagate Technology accounted for 7% of net sales. In 2000, Western Digital accounted for approximately 50% of net sales, Maxtor accounted for 28% of net sales, and Seagate Technology accounted for 17% of net sales.

     Gross Profit (Loss)

      Our overall 2001 gross loss percentage was negative 0.9% compared to a gross profit percentage of 9.8% in 2000, a decline of 10.7 points. The sales volume and average selling price declines, as discussed above, accounted for 6.1 points of the decline, and higher fixed manufacturing costs resulting from the HMT merger accounted for 4.6 points of the decline. By the third quarter of 2001, when the consolidation of our manufacturing operations was complete, fixed manufacturing costs returned to approximately pre-merger levels in fiscal 2000. Variable costs per unit were flat year over year in 2000 and 2001. However, variable costs per unit decreased in each successive quarter of 2001 due to lower input material costs and higher product yields. These quarter to quarter improvements resulted from the consolidation of manufacturing operations in Malaysia and continuous improvement of our manufacturing processes while qualifying and ramping new advanced disk products.

     Research, Development and Engineering

      Research, development, and engineering expenses were $39.5 million in 2001, a $4.2 million increase compared to $35.3 million in 2000. Increased R&D personnel and operating expenses were required in 2001 to support the additional engineering processes and equipment from the HMT merger, and to support our expanded efforts in advanced technology.

     Selling, General and Administrative

      Selling, general, and administrative expenses were $19.9 million in 2001, a $3.6 million increase over $16.3 million in 2000. The increase primarily reflected higher payroll and payroll related expenses, and professional service expenses associated with financial restructuring activities prior to the bankruptcy filing, which was somewhat offset by lower retention bonuses.

32


Table of Contents

     Amortization of Intangible Assets

      In both 2001 and 2000, we recorded $10.2 million of amortization of intangibles associated with our acquisition of Western Digital’s media operation.

      In 2001 we recorded $16.9 million compared to $6.2 million in 2000 of amortization of intangibles associated with our merger with HMT. The increase reflects four quarters of amortization of intangibles from the HMT merger, compared to only one quarter of amortization in 2000. The value and amortization period of goodwill and other intangibles was reassessed in 2002 in accordance with SFAS 142, “Goodwill and Other Identifiable Intangible Assets.”

     Restructuring/Impairment Charges

      We recorded restructuring charges of $7.2 million in 2001 and $5.3 million in 2000. The $7.2 million charge for 2001 reflected additional costs associated with lease obligations on equipment no longer in service, and costs for closing the former HMT facilities. The $5.3 million total for 2000 included an $8.0 million charge related to the cessation of manufacturing operations at KMT, less a net $2.7 million reversal of charges previously accrued for the 1997, 1998, and 1999 restructuring plans.

      We recorded impairment charges of $50.2 million in 2001 and zero in 2000. Impairment charges in 2001 included a $35.4 million write-down of the former HMT land and buildings held for sale in Eugene, Oregon, and Fremont, California in the second quarter, and an additional $10.4 million write-down on the same properties in the fourth quarter. The impairment write-downs resulted from currently-depressed market conditions for commercial real estate, and was based on an independent valuation (net of estimated selling costs). We also recorded $4.4 million of impairment charges for manufacturing equipment no longer in service in 2001.

     Interest Income/ Expense

      Interest income declined by $2.6 million, from $4.1 million in 2000 to $1.5 million in 2001. The decrease was due to lower average cash and investment balances during 2001.

      Interest expense increased by $109.8 million in 2001, from $45.4 million in 2000 to $155.2 million in 2001. The increase was primarily the result of the accretion of the HMT debt over approximately eight months in 2001 versus three months in 2000, and the accretion of $99.1 million in 2001 to record full face value of the HMT debt upon our default on the debt agreements. No interest expense was recorded after our chapter 11 Bankruptcy filing on August 24, 2001 until our emergence from chapter 11 Bankruptcy on June 30, 2002.

     Reorganization Costs

      Reorganization costs of $6.1 million were recorded in 2001 in connection with our chapter 11 bankruptcy filing. These costs primarily included a $2.3 million accretion of the remaining discount on the note payable to Western Digital to its face value, $1.9 million in professional fees, and a $1.9 million adjustment to increase liabilities subject to compromise to the amount of the Western Digital equipment lease claim.

     Income Taxes

      In 2001, we recorded an income tax benefit of $9.4 million, which was primarily related to the expiration of the statutory periods to audit our federal and state tax returns, net of foreign withholding taxes on royalty and interest payments and foreign taxes of subsidiaries. In 2000, we recorded an income tax benefit of $5.2 million, primarily related to the expiration of a statutory period to audit our state tax returns, net of foreign withholding taxes on royalty and interest payments and foreign taxes of subsidiaries.

      The tax holidays granted to us for our plant sites in Malaysia had no impact on our net losses in 2001. In 2000, the tax holiday reduced our net loss by approximately $8.8 million.

33


Table of Contents

     Minority/ Equity Interest in Net Loss of Related Companies

      The minority interest in the net income of consolidated subsidiary during 2001 represented Kobe Steel USA Holdings Inc.’s, share of KMT’s net income. KMT recorded net income of $0.1 million in 2001 and a $12.7 million net loss (including an $8.0 million restructuring charge) in 2000.

      In November 2000, we formed Chahaya Optronics, Inc. with two venture capital firms. We contributed key personnel, design and tooling, manufacturing systems, equipment, facilities, and support services in exchange for a 45% interest in Chahaya. Chahaya occupied facilities located in Fremont, California, and was formed to provide manufacturing services, primarily in the field of optical components and subsystems.

      We recorded an investment in Chahaya for $12.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2000. The investment included $4.0 million for expected future cash payments and $8.0 million for facilities, facility services, and equipment. In June 2001, our investment was reduced by $4.0 million due to cancellation of the shares related to the future $4 million cash contribution. This activity, as well as additional changes in Chahaya’s equity structure, reduced our ownership percentage to 34% at the end of our 2001 fiscal year. In 2001, we recorded a $3.9 million loss as our equity share of Chahaya’s net loss. Chahaya ceased operations in the fourth quarter of 2002.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

      Cash and cash equivalents of $47.7 million at the end of the third quarter of 2003 increased by $24.1 million from the end of the 2002 fiscal year. The increase primarily reflected a $42.0 million increase resulting from consolidated operating activities and $1.9 million in proceeds from the sale of assets, offset by $14.7 million of spending on property, plant, and equipment, and $5.3 million in debt repayments.

      Consolidated operating activities generated $42.0 million in cash in the first nine months of 2003. The primary components of this change include the following:

  •  net income of $19.6 million, net of non-cash depreciation and amortization of property, plant and equipment of $30.0 million, $5.0 million of non-cash interest expense, $2.8 million of non-cash amortization of intangible assets, and $1.7 million of amortization of deferred stock-based compensation, less a $1.9 million gain on asset disposals;
 
  •  an accounts receivable increase of $15.4 million primarily due to increased sales in the last month of the third quarter of 2003 compared to the last month of the fourth quarter of 2002;
 
  •  a prepaid expense increase of $0.6 million primarily due to insurance premium renewals;
 
  •  an inventory increase of $6.5 million for certain key materials and finished unit inventory to support fourth quarter 2003 sales;
 
  •  an accounts payable increase of $1.8 million related to the inventory increase; and
 
  •  an accrued expenses and other liabilities increase of $5.5 million, which primarily reflect higher salary and incentive compensation accruals.

      In the first nine months of 2003, we spent $14.7 million on equipment acquisitions to improve our manufacturing and research and development capabilities, and received $1.9 million in proceeds from the sale of idle manufacturing equipment. Sales of idle manufacturing equipment varies from quarter to quarter. We also repaid $5.3 million of debt.

      Current non-cancelable capital commitments as of September 28, 2003 totaled $9.6 million. For the remainder of 2003, we plan to spend approximately $12.0 million on property, plant, and equipment for projects designed to improve yield and productivity, as well as to improve equipment capability for the manufacture of advanced products.

      We lease our research and administrative facility in San Jose, California under an operating lease. We also lease and sublease another building in San Jose. Both of these leases expire in 2007, and have renewal

34


Table of Contents

options for five years. We also lease a building, which we no longer occupy, in Santa Rosa, California. This lease expires in April 2004. We have no capital leases.

      At September 28, 2003, the future minimum commitments for non-cancelable operating facility leases, equipment leases, and a facility sublease are as follows (in thousands):

                 
Minimum Lease Sublease
Payments Payments


Remainder of 2003
  $ 1,013     $ 376  
2004
    3,925       1,539  
2005
    3,456       1,585  
2006
    3,331       1,633  
2007
    403       414  
     
     
 
    $ 12,128     $ 5,547  
     
     
 

      We have a revolving credit facility, or Exit Facility, that we entered into on June 30, 2002 simultaneously with our emergence from bankruptcy that initially allowed for advances of up to $15.0 million, with a $3.0 million letter of credit sub-facility, but because of the sale of our Fremont, California property, available credit under the Exit Facility is limited to approximately $1.9 million. The Exit Facility expires June 30, 2005. As of September 28, 2003, there were no borrowings under the Exit Facility and we currently have no intention to make any future borrowings under the Exit Facility.

      In addition to the Exit Facility, at September 28, 2003, we had outstanding $80.3 million of cash pay and $50.5 million of paid-in-kind Senior Notes, $8.1 million of subordinated paid-in-kind Junior Notes, and $0.9 million of secured and unsecured promissory notes.

      As of September 28, 2003, the future minimum principal payments due under these debt agreements are as follows (in thousands):

         
Minimum Principal
Payments

Remainder of 2003
  $ 5,102  
2004
    20,247  
2005
    20,259  
2006
    20,271  
2007
    73,854  
2008
    108  
     
 
    $ 139,841  
     
 

      Our debt agreements contain affirmative, negative and financial covenants binding on our subsidiaries and us. The negative covenants include restrictions on our ability to incur indebtedness and make guarantees, grant liens, sell assets, declare dividends, make investments, and make capital expenditures. Financial covenants include the maintenance of minimum adjusted tangible net worth, minimum adjusted working capital and a total cash debt service coverage ratio. Our capital expenditures are limited to $40.0 million in 2003 and $30.0 million in 2004 and each subsequent year. As of September 28, 2003, we were in compliance with all of the financial covenants.

      On September 30, 2003, we completed the sale of our idle Fremont, California land and buildings. The land and buildings were acquired through the merger with HMT Technology Corporation in October 2000 and had been idle and held for sale since 2001. The net proceeds from the sale of the land and buildings were approximately $24.0 million, resulting in a gain of approximately $1.0 million. The sale will be recorded in the fourth quarter of 2003. On October 21, 2003, we used approximately 50% of the net proceeds, $12.1 million, to pay down our debt as required under the terms of our Senior Notes Indenture due in 2007. Additionally, we made a required principal payment of $5.0 million on the Senior Notes on October 15, 2003.

35


Table of Contents

      Further, we received consent from a majority of the holders of the Senior Notes and the lender under our Exit Facility to redeem in full the Junior Notes for approximately $8.2 million. As such, on October 30, 2003, we called for the full redemption of the Junior Notes at a total cost of approximately $8.2 million for outstanding principal and accrued interest. The Junior Notes were redeemed on December 2, 2003. Further, we received consent from the majority of our holders of Senior Notes and the lender under the Exit Facility to increase the covenant on capital expenditures for 2003 to approximately $40.0 million.

      On October 7, 2003, we announced an expanded business relationship with Maxtor, which includes specific dedicated media production capacity including a capacity expansion effort, a five-year supply agreement and the naming of the Company as a strategic external media supplier of Maxtor.

      Based on current operating forecasts, we estimate that the cash balance and cash from operations will be adequate to support our continuing operations, capital spending plan, and interest and debt payments for at least the next twelve months.

36


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

General

      We design, manufacture and market thin-film media, or disks, that are incorporated into disk drives. We are the world’s largest independent manufacturer of thin-film media with a 40% market share of the total merchant disk supplier market and 18% of the overall disk market as of the second quarter of 2003 according to TrendFOCUS, a storage research firm. Due to our market leadership and significant research and development efforts, we have developed a deep understanding of market needs in the disk drive market and offer a broad portfolio of advanced solutions to address those needs. Our customers include many of the world’s largest disk drive manufacturers, including HGST, Maxtor and Western Digital. Additionally, in October 2003 we began volume production for a new major disk drive customer’s desktop products.

      Disks such as the ones we manufacture are incorporated into disk drives, which are the primary storage medium for digital data. High-volume, high-growth applications for disk drives include personal computers, enterprise storage systems, communications infrastructure and consumer electronics appliances. Technology advances have greatly increased the storage capacity of individual disks, lowering the per GB cost of storage. The lower cost of storage has facilitated the adoption of disk drives into a broad range of new applications, providing new areas of market growth for disks and disk drives.

Industry Background

 
Disk Drive Market Growth

      Increasing demand for digital data storage and low-cost, high-performance disk drives has resulted in growing demand for thin-film disks. According to IDC, the total storage capacity of all disk drives shipped grew by 91.3% on a compounded annual basis between 1997 and 2002, reaching 8.8 million terabytes shipped in 2002. There are 1,000 gigabytes in a terabyte. According to IDC, the annual total storage capacity and number of units of all hard disk drives to be shipped between 2002 and 2007 are expected to grow at compounded annual rates of approximately 45.1% and 10.7%, respectively. We believe there are a number of key factors driving this demand, including:

  •  increased demand for personal computers with high storage capacities driven by consumer multi-media, broadband and wireless applications, increased business usage and proliferation of computers in developing economies;
 
  •  increased demand for enterprise storage driven by a broader deployment of applications which require significant storage capacity, such as enterprise software, data warehousing, data recovery, and data security operations;
 
  •  increased demand for new consumer electronic applications which require significant digital data storage capability, including digital video and audio recorders, video game platforms, emerging HDTV applications and global positioning systems.

Disk drives are the primary devices used for storing, managing and protecting the digital data associated with most of these applications. According to IDC, in the third quarter of 2003, four disk drive manufacturers, HGST, Maxtor, Seagate and Western Digital accounted for 84% of disk drive units shipped.

 
Disk Market

      Thin-film media, or disks, are enabling components in disk drives. The technical advances by disk suppliers, along with those of other component suppliers, have improved the performance and storage capacity of disk drives and dramatically lowered the cost per GB stored. Disk suppliers help drive technology innovation in disk drives by increasing storage capacities per square inch of disk surface, referred to as areal density, and improving reliability. For example, today’s areal densities allow for up to approximately 80 GB of storage per 3 1/2-inch disk. We expect that current technologies, including synthetic anti-ferromagnetically coupled layers, or SAF, will soon lead to increases in areal densities of up to approximately 160 GB of storage

37


Table of Contents

per 3 1/2-inch disk. We believe that other emerging technologies, including perpendicular magnetic recording media, or PMR, will further increase areal density.

      There are significant barriers to entry to the disk market. To succeed, we believe disk suppliers must have strong relationships with the leading disk drive manufacturers, the engineering expertise to enable technology leadership and the economies of scale to achieve efficient low-cost operations and meet customer timing and volume requirements.

      From 1990 through approximately 1996, the disk industry struggled to keep up with rapidly increasing demand. Beginning in 1995, many companies in the disk industry undertook aggressive expansion plans. In 1997, the widespread adoption of magneto-resistive (MR) head technology significantly increased areal densities, thereby allowing disk drive manufacturers to meet consumer demand for higher capacity by using fewer disks per drive. Despite increasing demand for disk drives during the period from 1997 through the third quarter of 2002, this lower disk-per-drive ratio resulted in relatively flat demand for disks during this period and substantial excess disk production capacity. The impact of excess capacity fell disproportionately on the independent disk manufacturers because disk drive manufacturers, such as IBM, Maxtor and Seagate, chose to fill their internal disk production capacity before buying from independent disk manufacturers. As a result of these developments, much of the overcapacity in the disk industry was consolidated or taken out of service and most of the independent disk manufacturing was moved abroad and away from the largest disk purchasing companies located in the United States.

      Recently, we believe supply and demand in the disk market have come into balance. This is a result of improving end-market demand, rationalized disk manufacturing capacity and stabilization in the disk-per-drive ratio at approximately one. As the disk drive industry has continued to grow and demand for new products has accelerated, leading disk drive makers increasingly rely on independent disk suppliers for a broad range of products and to meet their growing disk requirements. We believe only a few independent disk suppliers remain that have the established customer relationships, technology and scale to meet the requirements of large disk drive manufacturers.

Competitive Strengths

      We are the world’s largest and only U.S.-headquartered independent supplier of disks. We believe that our leadership position is attributable to our ability to simultaneously drive technological advances and manufacture high-performance products at competitive prices. Our major competitive strengths include the following:

  •  World’s Leading Independent Disk Supplier. We are the world’s largest independent manufacturer of thin-film media with a 40% market share of the total merchant disk supplier market and 18% of the overall disk market as of the second quarter of 2003 according to TrendFOCUS. Due to our market leadership and significant research and development efforts, we have developed a deep understanding of market needs in the disk drive market and offer a broad portfolio of advanced solutions to address those needs. Additionally, as a market leader, we believe the scale of our manufacturing and our technology development programs provide us with competitive advantages in maintaining and growing our market share.
 
  •  Technology Leadership. We have been in the thin-film media business for over 20 years, during which time we have invested heavily in research and development. Our research and development team is comprised of over 350 people in the United States and Malaysia focused on developing next generation products and efficient manufacturing processes. Recent examples of our success in technology innovation include being, we believe, the first independent merchant disk supplier to ship 80 GB disks and to transition to SAF media for certain 80 GB applications. Additionally, we believe we are currently a leader in developing next generation technologies, such as PMR media, to allow us to stay at the forefront of technology development in the disk industry. We believe our research and development strategy allows us to rapidly design and manufacture high volumes of advanced disks for our customers.

38


Table of Contents

  •  Strong Relationships With Top-Tier Disk Drive Manufacturers. We have developed strong relationships with many of the leading disk drive manufacturers, including HGST, Maxtor and Western Digital, which represented approximately 56% of global disk drive sales in the second quarter of 2003 according to IDC, and we have recently begun production for a new major disk drive customer. We have entered into production agreements with Western Digital and Maxtor that have further strengthened our relationships with them as significant customers. Our headquarters and research and development operations are located in San Jose, California in close proximity to the design centers of many of the world’s largest disk drive manufacturers. Our ability to have our design teams work in such close proximity to our customers has, in part, facilitated the strong and collaborative customer relationships that we have established with these large disk drive manufacturers. We devote significant time working with our customers to produce disks that are highly specialized and customized for our customers particular technological requirements, and these close relationships provide added insight into our customers’ product and technology roadmaps.
 
  •  Low-Cost Manufacturing Operations. We believe our manufacturing operations located in Malaysia are among the lowest-cost in our industry. Our operations are located in the same region as the manufacturing operations of many of the world’s largest disk drive manufacturers. We believe the location of our manufacturing operations, together with our experience in the industry and our economies of scale, provide us with timing and cost advantages in delivering consistently high-quality products to our customers in high volumes.
 
  •  Broad Range of Disk Products to Address Large and Emerging Markets. We provide a broad range of disk products that are incorporated into disk drives for desktop, enterprise and consumer electronics applications. Our primary market focus has been in the desktop market, which IDC estimates represented approximately 72% of the total disk drive market during the second quarter of 2003, and the majority of the highest volume business of our largest customers. As our customers pursue applications and products in other promising growth areas, such as the enterprise server and consumer electronics storage markets, we believe we are well positioned to meet their needs based on our ability to produce a wide range of products with varying areal densities and form factors.
 
  •  Experienced Management Team. Our management team has extensive experience in the disk and disk drive industry and has successfully positioned Komag as the leading thin-film media company.

Strategy

      Our primary goal is to maintain our position as the leading independent provider of disks. The key elements of our strategy are as follows:

  •  Maintain Technology Leadership. We intend to maintain and extend our technology leadership in the disk market by continuing to invest in leading-edge research and development. We intend to continue to focus our technology development efforts primarily on large and emerging market opportunities, such as high-density storage for personal computers, enterprise storage systems, communications infrastructure and consumer electronics appliances. We believe we have led the transition to SAF media for 80 GB per disk applications and are actively developing disks for our customers with up to 160 GB per disk. In August 2003, we announced a new benchmark in our proprietary PMR media, a next generation technology for improving areal density, and intend to continue to pursue new technologies such as PMR in an effort to achieve technological advantages over our competitors.
 
  •  Continue Improving Manufacturing Efficiency and Reducing Production Costs. We intend to continue improving the efficiency and quality of our manufacturing operations in Malaysia where we believe we can achieve lower costs than other disk manufacturers. We believe that our advanced manufacturing operations allow us to accelerate delivery of high volumes of reasonably priced disks, which enable our customers to rapidly introduce new products. As the leading independent disk supplier, we believe our highly experienced operations personnel can continue to drive yield improvements and reduce costs faster than our competitors. We believe our strategy of improving our manufacturing

39


Table of Contents

  efficiency while reducing costs contributes to our customers’ success and will help grow our market share.
 
  •  Leverage Collaborative Relationships with Disk Drive Manufacturers. We have established strong relationships with our customers, enabling us to participate in establishing technological and design requirements for new products. We believe that close technical collaboration with our customers and their other component suppliers during the design of our customers’ new disk drives facilitates integration of our disks, improves our ability to achieve cost-effective, high-volume manufacturing rapidly, and enhances the likelihood that we will remain a significant supplier of disks for high-performance disk drive products.
 
  •  Maintain a Diverse Customer Base. According to IDC, as of the third quarter of 2003, four major disk drive manufacturers accounted for over 84% of worldwide disk drive sales. For the quarter ended September 28, 2003, our largest customers included HGST, Maxtor and Western Digital, which according to IDC, together represented approximately 56% of all global disk drive sales during the second quarter of 2003. In order to expand our market penetration and further diversify our customer base, we recently began production for a new major disk drive customer. We continue to target additional high-volume disk drive manufacturers and believe that our combination of high-performance products and competitive pricing will enable us to further diversify our customer mix. In combination with offering a broad product mix to address multiple storage markets, we believe this strategy will reduce our dependence on the success of any one customer or market.
 
  •  Balance Capacity Growth with Customer Demand. Our strategy is to cost-effectively balance our investments in new capacity with the expected growth in demand for our products. Our current production capacity is 18 million to 20 million disks per quarter. We recently announced that we will increase our production capacity by approximately 10% to 20% over the next three quarters by utilizing our existing facilities, which minimizes capital outlays. We believe that our existing facilities could also accommodate a further incremental increase in manufacturing capacity in the future.

Technology

      We believe our technological strength has allowed us to achieve and maintain our position as the leading independent supplier to the thin-film media market. Our technological strength stems from the depth of our understanding of materials science and the interplay between disks, heads, and other disk drive components. Our disk manufacturing expertise is evidenced by our history of delivering reliable products in high volume.

      We manufacture and sell thin-film magnetic media on rigid disk platters for use in disk drives. These drives are used to record, store, retrieve and protect digital information. Inside a disk drive, the disk rotates at speeds of up to 15,000 rpm. The head scans across the disk as it spins, magnetically recording or reading information. The location on the disk where each bit of magnetic code is stored is extremely small and precisely placed. The tolerances of the disks and recording heads are extremely demanding and the interaction between these components is one of the most critical design aspects in an advanced disk drive.

      Primary factors governing the density of storage achievable on a disk’s surface are:

  •  the minimum distance at which read/write heads can reliably pass over the surface of the disk to detect a change in magnetic polarity when reading from the disk, which is called flying height (measured in microinches, or millionths of an inch);
 
  •  the strength of the magnetic field required to change the polarity of a bit of data on the magnetic layer of a disk when writing, which is called coercivity; and
 
  •  the ability of the head to discriminate a signal from background media noise, which is called the signal-to-noise ratio.

      As flying height is reduced, the head can read and write smaller bits. The higher the coercivity of the media is, the smaller the width of the bit that can be stored. The signal-to-noise ratio is determined by the

40


Table of Contents

choice of magnetic materials and the method for depositing those materials on the disk’s surface, as well as the recording head used.

      Our plating, polishing and texturing processes produce a uniform disk surface that is smooth at an atomic level. This smoothness permits the read/write heads to fly over the disk surface at a distance of 0.3 to 0.4 microinches (millionths of an inch). Disks must be made in a clean environment to limit surface defects. Even a small number of defects, a fraction of a micron in diameter, could cause the disk to fail. The magnetic alloys deposited on the surfaces of our disks have high coercivity, low noise, and other desirable magnetic characteristics.

      Finally, a protective layer of diamond-hard carbon and a layer of lubricant, each of which is controlled to a tolerance of a few angstroms, is applied to the disk surface to prevent wear. The continued improvement in these and other factors has resulted in rapid advancement in the amount of data a disk is capable of storing.

      In order to manufacture the best possible disks and achieve the high yields we desire, we require excellent raw materials, including highly-polished substrates. Our polished substrates, in conjunction with our automatic optical inspection systems and the latest disk buff process, provide us with high yields. At the same time, we have developed our polishing, texturing, final test, and packaging technology to achieve low costs for the materials and operating supplies needed to make our disks. Finally our multi-layer sputter process, with nanometer-thin structures, provides magnetic stability, mechanical durability and corrosion resistance, which we believe are at the forefront of our industry. To improve durability and corrosion resistance we have developed and qualified advanced diamond-like carbon films specifically for each of our sputter tools. Each method enables production of carbon films as thin as one-tenth microinch thick with extraordinary hardness and durability.

Research, Development, and Engineering

      Our research, development, and engineering efforts focus on emphasizing key technology advancements in disk functionality, reliability, quality and manufacturing efficiency. We believe that improving yields and reducing costs are critical to improving our overall operating results. We also focus on emerging media storage technologies aimed at disk designs needed several years from now.

      We often partner with our customers and other disk drive component makers in areas of technology development such as magnetic recording heads. We believe our most advanced longitudinal disks, that feature SAF-coupled layers to enhance thermal stability, will support a recording density of up to 160 GB per disk, which is approximately 100% higher than the most advanced disk in production today. Further, we are continuing to develop our proprietary PMR media, which we believe will have storage capability of 240 to 300 GB per disk when fully developed. We expect these advancements will be achieved with extensions of our current production equipment, which suggests a limited need to replace equipment to keep pace with technology improvement during the next few years.

      As of December 28, 2003, we employed more than 350 people in our research and development program worldwide. Our expenditures (and percentage of net sales) on research, development, and engineering activities (excluding in-process research and development), were $37.2 million (13%) in fiscal 2002, $39.5 million (14.0%) in fiscal 2001, and $35.3 million (9.9%) in fiscal 2000. For the first three quarters of 2003, we expended $31.1 million (9.7%).

Products and Customers

      We sell our disks primarily to disk drive manufacturers for incorporation into disk drives. Disk drives, in turn, are sold to computer or consumer appliance manufacturers that incorporate the disk drives into their systems, or are sold directly to consumers. We work closely with our customers as they design new high-performance disk drives, and generally customize our products according to their specifications.

      Our products offer a range of coercivities, glide height capabilities and other parameters to meet specific customer requirements. Unit sales of 3 1/2-inch 60 GB and 80 GB disks together represented 52% of our third

41


Table of Contents

quarter of 2003 unit shipment volume. Sales of 3 1/2-inch 40 GB disks represented the remaining 3 1/2-inch disk unit shipment volume in the third quarter of 2003. In addition, we shipped 36 GB per platter 84 mm disks and 17 GB per platter 65 mm disks for high-end server drives.

      We manufacture substrates primarily for our own use in finished disks. By doing so, we reduce our dependence on third-party suppliers of substrates. If we have substrate capacity in excess of our requirements for finished disks, we have and may continue to sell our substrates to third-parties. By selling our substrates to third parties, we better utilize our factories, reduce our overall cost per disk and establish customer relationships with disk drive manufacturers. As demand for finished disks increases, we expect to utilize more of our internally manufactured substrates and reduce sales to third parties.

      As of the third quarter ended September 28, 2003, our principal customers included HGST, Maxtor and Western Digital, who together accounted for approximately 97% of net sales in that period. In August 2003, HGST qualified us as a second-source provider of 80 GB SAF media for use with its new 3 1/2-inch desktop drive. In October 2003, we announced an expanded business relationship with Maxtor, which includes dedicated media production capacity, a five-year supply agreement and the naming of Komag as a strategic external media supplier of Maxtor. Additionally, in connection with our acquisition of Western Digital’s media operations in 1999, we entered into a volume purchase agreement which has been recently extended through 2005. Further, in October 2003, we began volume production of 80 GB disks for a new major disk drive customer.

      We generally make sales pursuant to purchase orders rather than long-term contracts. These purchase orders may be changed or canceled by customers on short notice without significant penalty.

Competition

      The market for our products is highly competitive, and we expect competition to continue in the future. Competitors in the thin-film media industry fall mainly into two groups: Asian-based independent disk manufacturers and captive disk manufacturers. Our major Asian-based independent competitors include Fuji Electric, Hoya, Showa Denko and Trace Storage. The captive disk manufacturers who produce thin-film media internally for their own use include HGST, Maxtor and Seagate. Many of these competitors have greater financial resources, greater technical and manufacturing resources and more extensive name recognition than us. We are the sole U.S.-headquartered independent disk manufacturer.

Manufacturing

      We currently have three manufacturing facilities located in Penang and Sarawak, Malaysia with a total of approximately 890,000 square feet, a large portion of which contains Class 100 or better clean room environments. If operated at full capacity, we estimate that these facilities would be capable of producing 18 to 20 million finished disks per fiscal quarter. We expect to increase the manufacturing capacity of these facilities by approximately 10% to 20% over the next three quarters. We believe our current facilities and equipment are extendible for our next generation products. We intend to continue to cost-effectively balance our investments in new capacity with the expected growth in demand for our products.

      Maintaining low product cost is critical to our ability to sustain profitability. The cost of our products is sensitive to many factors, including production volume, yield, materials and operating supplies consumed, and manufacturing location. Our processes have required substantial investment in equipment and factory buildings. This investment leads to a high fixed cost structure, making our costs sensitive to changes in production volume. Over the last several years, we have improved our yields while advancing areal density. At the same time, we have successfully reduced the cost of materials and operating supplies. Further, we have consolidated our manufacturing activities in Malaysia in order to reduce the cost of labor and services. We believe that our production volumes, yield, and the low cost of our Malaysian manufacturing facilities give us one of the lowest cost structures in the industry.

      We believe our manufacturing expertise in thin-film media is evidenced by our history of delivering reliable products in high volume. By using proprietary processes and techniques, we have produced advanced

42


Table of Contents

disk products that generally exhibit uniform performance characteristics. These uniform performance characteristics enhance the reliability of the disk drive products manufactured by our customers. In addition, these characteristics can raise production yields on our customers’ manufacturing lines, which is an important cost consideration for them. Manufacturing costs are highly dependent on our ability to effectively use our installed physical capacity to produce large volumes of products at acceptable yields. To improve yields and capacity utilization, we have adopted formal continuous improvement programs at each of our Malaysian manufacturing facilities.

      The manufacture of our disks is a complex, multi-step process that converts aluminum substrates into finished data storage media ready for use in a disk drive. The process requires the deposition of extremely thin, uniform layers of metallic film onto a disk substrate. To achieve this, we use a vacuum deposition, or sputtering, method similar to that used to coat semiconductor wafers. The basic process consists of many interrelated steps that can be grouped into five major categories:

  •  Sizing and Grinding of the Substrate. A raw aluminum blank substrate is sized by precisely cutting the inner and outer diameter of the blank. A mechanical grinding process is then utilized to provide a relatively flat surface on the substrate prior to nickel alloy plating.
 
  •  Nickel Alloy Plating and Polishing of the Substrate. Through a series of chemical baths, aluminum substrates are plated with a uniform nickel phosphorus layer in order to provide support for the magnetic layer. Next, this layer is polished to achieve flatness and smoothness at an atomic level.
 
  •  Texturing and Cleaning. During these process steps, a precisely controlled, fine texture is applied to the polished disk surface to allow the read/write heads of the disk drives to fly at low and constant levels and then the disks are cleaned in preparation for the sputtering process.
 
  •  Sputtering and Lube. By a technically demanding vacuum deposition process, magnetic layers are successively deposited on the disk and a hard protective overcoat is applied. After sputtering, a microscopic layer of lubrication is applied to the disk’s surface to improve durability and reduce surface friction.
 
  •  Glide Test and Certification. In robotically-controlled test cells, disks are tested for glide height and surface defects, and then certified for magnetic properties. Based on these test results, disks are graded against our customers’ specific performance requirements.

      Most of the critical process steps are conducted in Class 100 or better clean room environments. Throughout the process, disks are handled by highly automated equipment to reduce contamination and enhance process precision. Minute impurities in materials, particulate contamination or other production problems can reduce production yields and, in extreme cases, cause production to be suspended for prolonged periods.

Environmental Regulation

      We are subject to a variety of environmental and other regulations in connection with our operations and believe that we have obtained all necessary permits for our operations. We use various industrial hazardous materials, including metal-plating solutions, in our manufacturing processes. Wastes from our manufacturing processes are either stored in areas with secondary containment before removal to a disposal site, or processed on-site and discharged to the industrial sewer system.

      We have from time to time upgraded our wastewater treatment facilities to improve the performance and consistency of our wastewater processing. Our Malaysian manufacturing facilities located in Penang and Sarawak recently received ISO 14001 certification. ISO 14001 is a voluntary set of standards that provides companies with a structure for managing the potential environmental impact of their operations. In order to obtain ISO certification, we developed and implemented a formal program to ensure that our manufacturing operations are consistent with minimizing hazardous waste, preventing pollution of air and water, and protecting the environment.

43


Table of Contents

      Nonetheless, industrial wastewater discharges from our facilities may, in the future, be subject to more stringent regulations. If we fail to comply with present or future regulations, part or all of our operations would be suspended or terminated. These regulations could restrict our ability to expand at our present locations or could require us to acquire costly equipment or incur other significant expenses.

Patents and Proprietary Information

      We hold, and have applied for, United States and foreign patents and have entered into cross-licenses with certain of our customers. While these patents could present obstacles to the introduction of new products by competitors and possibly result in royalty-bearing licenses from third parties, we believe that our success does not generally depend on the ownership of intellectual property rights but rather on our innovative skills, technical competence, manufacturing execution, and marketing abilities. Accordingly, the patents that we hold or apply for will not constitute any assurance of our future success.

      We regard elements of our equipment designs and processes as proprietary and confidential and rely upon employee and vendor nondisclosure agreements and a system of internal safeguards for protection. In spite of these steps for protecting proprietary and confidential information, there is a risk that competitors may obtain and use such information. Further, the laws of certain foreign countries in which we do business may provide a lesser degree of protection to our proprietary and confidential information than that provided by the laws of the United States. Moreover, from time to time, we receive proprietary and confidential information from vendors, customers, and partners, the use and disclosure of which are governed by nondisclosure agreements. Through internal communication and the monitoring of use and disclosure of such information, we comply with our obligations regarding use and nondisclosure. However, despite these efforts, there is a risk that we may use or disclose this information in violation of our obligations of nondisclosure.

      We have occasionally received, and may receive in the future, communications from third parties asserting violation of intellectual rights alleged to cover certain of our products or manufacturing processes or equipment. In these cases, we evaluate whether it would be necessary to defend against the claims or to seek licenses to the rights referred to in such communications. If we must defend those claims, or if we are not able to negotiate necessary licenses on reasonable terms, our business and financial results would suffer.

Employees

      As of December 28, 2003, on a worldwide basis, we had 4,743 employees. Of the total, 3,941 were full-time employees, 802 were employed on a temporary basis, 4,291 were employed in manufacturing, 358 in research, development, and engineering, 94 in sales, administrative, and management positions, 377 were employed in the United States and 4,366 were employed at offshore facilities. We believe that our future success will depend in large part upon our ability to continue to attract, retain, and motivate highly-skilled and dedicated employees. We have no employees who are represented by a labor union, and we have never experienced a work stoppage.

44


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

      Our executive officers and directors and their ages as of December 28, 2003 are as follows:

             
Name Age Position



Thian Hoo Tan
    55     Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
Michael A. Russak
    56     President and Chief Technical Officer
Christopher H. Bajorek
    59     Executive Vice President, Advanced Technology
Ray L. Martin
    60     Executive Vice President, Sales and Customer Service
Peter S. Norris
    52     Executive Vice President, Strategic Business Development
Kathleen A. Bayless
    47     Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
Ali Dabier
    44     Vice President, Managing Director of Komag USA (Malaysia) Sdn.
William G. Hammack
    54     Vice President, Human Resources
Kamran Honardoost
    41     Vice President, New Product Introduction and Design
Tsutomu T. Yamashita
    49     Vice President, Process Development
Paul Brahe
    34     Director
Chris A. Eyre
    56     Director
Neil S. Subin
    39     Director
Kenneth R. Swimm
    69     Director
David G. Takata
    41     Director
Harry G. Van Wickle
    56     Director
Raymond H. Wechsler
    58     Director
Michael Lee Workman
    47     Director

      Set forth below is certain information relating to our executive officers and directors.

      Mr. Thian Hoo Tan joined our company in 1989, and started our first San Jose, California, manufacturing facility in 1989, our Penang operations in 1993, and our Sarawak operations in 1996. Mr. Tan returned to the United States and assumed the position of Senior Vice President, Worldwide Operations, from 1996 through his appointment to his present position of Chief Executive Officer in 1999. Before joining our company, Mr. Tan was Vice President of Operations at HMT. Mr. Tan holds B.S. and M.S. degrees in Physics from the University of Malaya in Kuala Lumpur.

      Dr. Russak joined our company in October, 2000, as Chief Technical Officer and Executive Vice President of Research and Development after our merger with HMT. He was appointed President and Chief Technical Officer of Komag in January 2001. Previously, Dr. Russak was with HMT, which he joined in 1993 as Vice President — Research and Development. He subsequently became Chief Technical Officer in 1998 and Executive Vice President — Research & Development and Chief Technical Officer in 1999. From 1985 to 1993, Dr. Russak held several staff and management positions with IBM. Dr. Russak holds a B.S. in Ceramic Engineering and a Ph.D. in Materials Science from Rutgers University.

      Dr. Bajorek joined our company in 1996 as Senior Vice President and Chief Technical Officer. He became our Executive Vice President and Chief Technical Officer in January 2000, and then was appointed Executive Vice President, Advanced Technology, in October 2000. Before joining our company, Dr. Bajorek was Vice President, Technology Development and Manufacturing, for IBM. He holds a Ph.D. degree in Electrical Engineering and Business Economics from the California Institute of Technology. Dr. Bajorek is one of ten scientists awarded the Millennium award by the Magnetics Society of the IEEE in 2000. He also received the 2002 Reynold B. Johnson IEEE Information Storage Award for leadership in the development and manufacturing of magneto resistive recording heads for data storage devices.

      Mr. Martin joined our company in 1997 as Vice President, Product Assurance and Product Test, and became our Senior Vice President, Customer Sales and Service in 1998. In 2001, Mr. Martin became our Executive Vice President, Sales and Customer Service. From 1990 to 1997, he was Director of Process and Technology at Quantum Corporation. Prior to working at Quantum, Mr. Martin held a number of

45


Table of Contents

management and engineering positions at several leading disk drive manufacturers, including Western Digital, Seagate Technology, and IBM. Mr. Martin holds a B.S. degree in Mechanical Engineering from Kansas State University.

      Mr. Norris joined our company in October 2000, as Executive Vice President, Strategic Business Development, after the merger with HMT. He joined HMT in 1995 as Vice President, Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer and became its Executive Vice President, Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer in 1999. From 1975 to 1995, Mr. Norris worked for General Instrument Corporation. Mr. Norris holds a B.A. degree in Economics from Upsala College.

      Ms. Bayless joined our company in 1994 as Corporate Controller, became a Vice President in 2000, and became our Chief Financial Officer in September 2002. Before joining us, Ms. Bayless worked for the public accounting firm of Ernst & Young, LLP. Ms. Bayless holds a B.S. degree in Accounting from California State University Fresno, and is a Certified Public Accountant.

      Mr. Dabier joined our company in October 2000, as General Manager of Oregon manufacturing facilities, after the merger with HMT. In June 2001, Mr. Dabier became the Managing Director of Malaysian Operations. In January of 2003 he was promoted to Vice President, Managing Director of Komag USA (Malaysia) Sdn. He joined HMT in 1988 where he held various manufacturing management positions. From 1983 to 1988 Mr. Dabier worked for Lin Data Corporation.

      Mr. Hammack joined our company in June 2002, as Vice President, Human Resources. He previously held the title of Vice President, Human Resources at Zambeel, Inc. from February 2001 until May 2002. Prior to that, he served as Vice President, Human Resources at QRS Corporation from January 1999 to February 2001. From January 1982 to January 1999, he served as Vice President, Human Resources at General Electric Medical Systems/Diasonics. Mr. Hammack holds a B.A. degree from San Diego State University.

      Mr. Honardoost joined our company in October, 2000, as Vice President, New Product Introduction and Design, after the merger with HMT. He joined HMT in 1991, and became its Vice President, New Product Development in 1998. He previously held the title of Executive Director, New Product Development for HMT. Prior to HMT, he worked for Nashua Corporation (previously Lin Data Corporation) from 1984 to 1991. Mr. Honardoost holds a B.S. degree in Mechanical Engineering from Fresno State University and an M.S. degree in Thermo/Air Dynamics from San Jose State University.

      Mr. Yamashita joined our company in 1984 as an engineer, and became Vice President, Research and Development in 1995. Mr. Yamashita currently serves as Vice President, Process Development. Mr. Yamashita holds a B.S. degree in Chemistry and a M.S. degree in Materials Science from Stanford University.

      Mr. Brahe has served as a member of our Board of Directors since June 30, 2002, when we emerged from bankruptcy. Mr. Brahe is currently affiliated with Tiburon Research, a consulting group he founded in 2001. From 2000 through 2001, and also from 1994 through 1998, he was a partner and portfolio manager for Apodaca Investment Group. From 1998 through 2000, Mr. Brahe served as a principal and also as Director of Research for Preferred Capital Markets. Mr. Brahe holds a B.A. degree from Stanford University.

      Mr. Eyre has served as a member of our Board of Directors since September 1983. Mr. Eyre served as Chairman of the Board from October 2000 to January 2002. He has been Managing Director of Legacy Venture, an organization devoted to amplifying the size and effectiveness of philanthropy. Mr. Eyre has been a private investor for many years and from 1976 to 1987 he served as a founding general partner of Merrill, Pickard, Anderson & Eyre, the pioneering venture capital firm that emerged from Bank of America. He has served on the boards of numerous public and private companies. He is now a board member of or advisor to several non-profit philanthropic organizations. Mr. Eyre holds a B.S. degree from Utah State University and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

      Mr. Subin has served as a member of our Board of Directors since June 30, 2002, when we emerged from bankruptcy. Mr. Subin is currently Managing Director and President of Trendex Capital Management, a private investment fund focusing primarily on financially distressed companies, which he formed in 1991. Mr. Subin is also currently a member of the Board of Directors of Nucentrix Broadband Networks, Inc., First Avenue Networks, Inc., New Alliance Insurance Company and TTR Technologies, Inc. Mr. Subin has been actively involved in the formation of, and has served on, official and ad hoc committees of debt and equity

46


Table of Contents

security holders in restructuring of companies including The Lionel Corporation, The Zale Corporation, R.I.I., Macy & Co., Interco, Inc., Hillsborough Holdings Corp./ Jim Walter Corp., Morrison Knudsen Corp., Flagstar Cos., Anacomp, Inc., UDC Homes, Inc., Trans World Airlines, Inc., Buenos Aires Embotteladora S.A., Golden Books Family Entertainment, Inc., Boston Chicken, Inc., Iridium LLC, Metricom, Inc., and the Federal Mogul Corporation. Mr. Subin holds a B.A. degree from Brooklyn College.

      Mr. Swimm has served as a member of our Board of Directors since June 30, 2002, when we emerged from bankruptcy. In 1997 Mr. Swimm retired after enjoying 35 years in the aerospace business, most recently as President of the Lockheed Martin Management and Data Systems Company. Mr. Swimm is a veteran in the business of national security and held key management positions with the U.S. Navy, the Nordem Division of United Aircraft, and General Electric’s Space Division and their Strategic Systems Department. Mr. Swimm has served on the Board of Directors for many companies, including Wam!net, the United Way, the Navy League, the Philadelphia Chamber of Commerce, AFCEA, the Security Affairs Support Association, the Philadelphia Museum of Art and the Philadelphia Opera Company. Mr. Swimm holds a B.A. degree in Liberal Arts and a B.S. degree in Electrical Engineering from Columbia College, and an M.S. in Electrical Engineering from the University of New Mexico.

      Mr. Takata has served as a member of our Board of Directors since June 30, 2002, when we emerged from bankruptcy. Mr. Takata is currently the President and CEO of Engage Capital, an independent investment firm. From 1999 through 2001, Mr. Takata served as a Senior Vice President of Equity Research, Technology Group of Gerard Klauer Mattison. From 1994 through 1999, Mr. Takata was a Vice President of Equity Research, Technology of Gruntal & Company, a full service investment firm, and from 1986 to 1991, he was a Manager of Computer Security for Hughes Aircraft Company. Mr. Takata holds a B.S. degree in Business Administration and Finance from California State University in Fresno.

      Mr. Van Wickle has served as a member of our Board of Directors since October 2000 when we merged with HMT. Mr. Van Wickle served as a member of HMT’s Board of Directors from May 1998 to October 2000. Mr. Van Wickle has been President and Chief Executive Officer of Intarsia Corporation, an integrated electronic component design and manufacturing company. Mr. Van Wickle is a 30-year veteran in semiconductor and disk drive manufacturing. From 1974 to 1992, Mr. Van Wickle held management positions at Texas Instruments, Fairchild Semiconductor, AT&T and Micropolis Corporation. From 1992 and prior to joining Intarsia, he was a Vice President in Operations of Dastek, a former subsidiary of Komag; Vice President of Manufacturing at Cypress Semiconductor; and President of Alphatec Electronics Corporation. Mr. Van Wickle holds a B.A. degree from Hobart College.

      Mr. Wechsler has served as a member of our Board of Directors since June 30, 2002, when we emerged from bankruptcy. Mr. Wechsler is currently Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of American Equity Partners, Inc., a holding company that was formed in 1992 to specifically focus on the restructuring of financially distressed companies. Mr. Wechsler has held executive officer positions and served as Chairman or on the Board of Directors of many companies, including Mueller Industries, United Press International, AT&T International, ERC Industries, Tandem Staffing Solutions, Accessory Place, Crystal Oil, Jos. A. Bank, Protect Services Industries, and Victoria Station, among others. He has been Administrative Trustee of the Towers Financial Corporation Administrative Trust. He is currently a member of the Board of Directors of Airway Industries, AMC Financial, CFN Liquidating Trust, Galaxy Cable, Tandem Staffing Solutions and Wam!net. Mr. Wechsler is a Certified Public Accountant and holds a B.A. from Queens College and an M.B.A. from Columbia University.

      Dr. Workman has served as a member of our Board of Directors since June 30, 2002, when we emerged from bankruptcy. Dr. Workman is currently the Chief Executive Officer and President of Pillar Data Systems, a post he has held since July 2001. Prior to joining Pillar, Dr. Workman was a Vice President of the Storage Systems Division of IBM. From 1993 to 1995, Dr. Workman served as Chief Technical Officer and Senior Vice President of Connor Peripherals. He has co-authored textbooks on digital control and magnetic recording, numerous publications, and holds 15 patents. Dr. Workman holds a Ph.D. and an M.S. in Electrical Engineering from Stanford University, and a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from U.C. Berkeley.

47


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

      The following table sets forth certain information regarding the ownership of our common stock as of December 28, 2003 by each of our directors, each of our executive officers, all of our executive officers and directors as a group, each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent of our outstanding common stock and each selling stockholder.

                                         
Shares Beneficially Shares Beneficially Owned
Owned After Offering

Number of Shares
Beneficial Owners Number Percent Offered Number Percent






Thian Hoo Tan
    218,750(1 )     *             218,750       *  
Michael Russak
    61,167(2 )     *             61,167       *  
Christopher H. Bajorek
    71,250(3 )     *             71,250       *  
Ray L. Martin
    25,834(4 )     *             25,834       *  
Peter S. Norris
    45,833(5 )     *             45,833       *  
Kathleen Bayless
    34,583(6 )     *             34,583       *  
Ali Dabier
    23,750(7 )     *             23,750       *  
William G. Hammack
    7,490(8 )     *             7,490       *  
Kamran Honardoost
    17,083(9 )     *             17,083       *  
Tsutomu T. Yamashita
    34,583(10 )     *             34,583       *  
Paul Brahe
    5,000(11 )     *             5,000       *  
Chris A. Eyre
    10,000(12 )     *             10,000       *  
Neil S. Subin
    5,000(13 )     *             5,000       *  
Kenneth R. Swimm
    5,000(14 )     *             5,000       *  
David G. Takata
    5,000(15 )     *             5,000       *  
Harry Van Wickle
    8,000(16 )     *             8,000       *  
Raymond Wechsler
    5,000(17 )     *             5,000       *  
Michael Lee Workman
    5,000(18 )     *             5,000       *  
All directors and executive officers as a group (18 persons)
    588,323(19 )     2.5             588,323       2.1  
Cerberus Partners, L.P.(20)
    738,095       3.1       212,591       525,504       2.0  
Cerberus International, Ltd.(20)
    3,335,009       14.0       960,572       2,374,437       8.9  
Cerberus Series One Holdings, LLC(20)
    1,685,948       7.1       485,598       1,200,350       4.5  
Cerberus Series Two Holdings, LLC(20)
    1,004,000       4.2       289,179       714,821       2.7  
Cerberus America Series One Holdings, LLC(20)     180,748       *       52,060       128,688       *  
299 Park Avenue, 22nd Floor
New York, New York 10171
                                       
JDS Capital Management, Inc.(21)
    2,686,926       11.3             2,686,926       10.0  
780 3rd Avenue, 45th Floor
New York, New York 10017
                                       
Stark/Shepherd(22)
    1,314,763       5.5             1,314,763       4.9  
3600 South Lake Drive St
St. Francis, Wisconsin 53235
                                       


  * Less than one percent.

(1)  Includes 168,750 shares of unissued, restricted common stock held in our deferred compensation plan, which may be withdrawn within 60 days of December 28, 2003 and 50,000 shares of our common

48


Table of Contents

stock that may be acquired upon the exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 28, 2003.
 
(2)  Includes 44,500 shares of unissued, restricted common stock held in our deferred compensation plan, which may be withdrawn within 60 days of December 28, 2003 and 16,667 shares of our common stock that may be acquired upon the exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 28, 2003.
 
(3)  Includes 56,250 shares of unissued, restricted common stock held in our deferred compensation plan, which may be withdrawn within 60 days of December 28, 2003 and 15,000 shares of our common stock that may be acquired upon the exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 28, 2003.
 
(4)  Includes 12,500 shares of unissued, restricted common stock held in our deferred compensation plan, which may be withdrawn within 60 days of December 28, 2003 and 13,334 shares of our common stock that may be acquired upon the exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 28, 2003.
 
(5)  Includes 37,500 shares of unissued, restricted common stock held in our deferred compensation plan, which may be withdrawn within 60 days of December 28, 2003 and 8,333 shares of our common stock that may be acquired upon the exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 28, 2003.
 
(6)  Includes 26,250 shares of unissued, restricted common stock held in our deferred compensation plan, which may be withdrawn within 60 days of December 28, 2003 and 8,333 shares of our common stock that may be acquired upon the exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 28, 2003.
 
(7)  Includes 18,750 shares of unissued, restricted common stock held in our deferred compensation plan, which may be withdrawn within 60 days of December 28, 2003 and 5,000 shares of our common stock that may be acquired upon the exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 28, 2003.
 
(8)  Includes 5,000 shares of our common stock that may be acquired upon the exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 28, 2003.
 
(9)  Includes 8,750 shares of unissued, restricted common stock held in our deferred compensation plan, which may be withdrawn within 60 days of December 28, 2003 and 8,333 shares of our common stock that may be acquired upon the exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 28, 2003.

(10)  Includes 26,250 shares of unissued, restricted common stock held in our deferred compensation plan, which may be withdrawn within 60 days of December 28, 2003 and 8,333 shares of our common stock that may be acquired upon the exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 28, 2003.
 
(11)  Includes 5,000 shares of our common stock that may be acquired upon the exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 28, 2003.
 
(12)  Includes 5,000 shares of our common stock beneficially owned by Mr. Eyre and 5,000 shares of our common stock that may be acquired upon the exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 28, 2003.
 
(13)  Includes 5,000 shares of our common stock that may be acquired upon the exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 28, 2003.
 
(14)  Includes 5,000 shares of our common stock that may be acquired upon the exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 28, 2003.
 
(15)  Includes 5,000 shares of our common stock that may be acquired upon the exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 28, 2003.

49


Table of Contents

(16)  Includes 3,000 shares of our common stock beneficially owned by Mr. Van Wickle and 5,000 shares of our common stock that may be acquired upon the exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 28, 2003.
 
(17)  Includes 5,000 shares of our common stock that may be acquired upon the exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 28, 2003.
 
(18)  Includes 5,000 shares of our common stock that may be acquired upon the exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 28, 2003.
 
(19)  See notes 1 through 18.
 
(20)  As disclosed in the reports filed by Stephen Feinberg on November 3, 2003 pursuant to Sections 13 and 16 of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Mr. Feinberg exercises the sole power to vote and the sole power to direct the disposition of all of the shares of the common stock held by: Cerberus Partners, L.P., Cerberus International, Ltd., Cerberus Series One Holdings, LLC, Cerberus Series Two Holdings, LLC, Cerberus America Series One Holdings, LLC.
 
      Following our emergence from chapter 11 bankruptcy, and pursuant to the plan of reorganization, the Cerberus entities were granted shares of our common stock, as well as Senior Notes, in exchange for discharging their claims against us as senior creditors prior to the bankruptcy.
 
(21)  As disclosed in the Form 4 filed by JDS Capital LP on October 15, 2003. The JDS Capital Management, Inc. ownership was calculated by aggregating the ownership of the following: JDS Capital L.P., J & G, LLC, JDS Capital Management, LLC and Joseph D. Samberg.
 
      Following our emergence from chapter 11 bankruptcy, and pursuant to the plan of reorganization, JDS entities were granted shares of our common stock, as well as Senior Notes, in exchange for discharging their claims against us as senior creditors prior to the bankruptcy.
 
(22)  As disclosed in the Schedule 13G filed by Michael A. Roth and Brian J. Stark on March 6, 2003. The Stark/Shepherd ownership was calculated by aggregating the ownership of the following: Staro Partners, Shepherd Investments International, Ltd. and Shark Investments Limited Partnership.

50


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

      Subject to the terms and conditions of an underwriting agreement, dated as of                     , 2004, among us, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below, acting through their representatives, the underwriters have severally agreed to purchase from us and the selling stockholders the number of shares of common stock set forth below opposite their respective names.

           
Number of
Underwriters Shares


Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. 
       
Piper Jaffray & Co. 
       
Needham & Company, Inc. 
       
Thomas Weisel Partners LLC
       
     
 
 
Total
    5,000,000  
     
 

      This offering is a firm commitment underwritten offering and the underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any are purchased, other than the shares covered by the over-allotment option described below. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered hereby is subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including regarding the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer’s certificates from us and opinions from our counsel.

      The underwriters’ representatives have advised us and the selling stockholders that the underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $          per share, of which $                    may be reallowed to other dealers. After this offering, the public offering price, concession and reallowance to dealers may be reduced by the representatives. No such reduction shall change the amount of proceeds to be received by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The common stock is offered by the underwriters as stated herein, subject to receipt and acceptance by them and subject to their right to reject any order in whole or in part. The underwriters do not intend to confirm sales to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

      We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable within 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to a total of 750,000 shares of common stock from us to cover over-allotments, if any, at the public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option to purchase any of the additional 750,000 shares of common stock, each underwriter, subject to certain conditions, will become obligated to purchase its pro-rata portion of these additional shares based on the underwriter’s percentage of the total underwriting commitment in the offering as indicated in the table above. If purchased, these additional shares will be sold by the underwriters on the same terms as those on which the shares offered hereby are being sold. We will be obligated, pursuant to the over-allotment option, to sell shares to the underwriters to the extent the over-allotment option is exercised. The underwriters may exercise the over-allotment option only to cover over-allotments made in connection with the sale of the shares of common stock offered in this offering.

      The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions and proceeds to us and the selling stockholders before expenses from the sale of common stock. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase additional shares.

                         
Total

Without With
Per Share Over-Allotment Over-Allotment



Public offering price
  $       $       $    
Underwriting discounts and commissions
  $       $       $    
Proceeds to us
  $       $       $    
Proceeds to the selling stockholders
  $       $       $    

51


Table of Contents

      The expenses of the offering and the concurrent Convertible Subordinated Notes offering, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions referred to above, are estimated at approximately $1.1 million and are payable entirely by us.

      We and the selling stockholders have severally agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

      We and each of our executive officers and directors and each of the selling stockholders have agreed for a period of 90 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to specified exceptions, not to issue, offer, sell, agree to offer or sell, solicit offers to purchase, grant any call option or purchase any put option with respect to, pledge, borrow or otherwise dispose of, make any short sale or maintain any short position, establish or increase a “put equivalent position” or liquidate or decrease a “call equivalent position,” or otherwise enter into any swap, derivative transaction or other transaction or arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of common stock, whether or not such transaction is to be settled by delivery of common stock, other securities, cash or other consideration, or otherwise dispose of, any common stock, or any securities convertible into, exercisable or exchangeable for common stock, or interest therein of ours or of any of our subsidiaries without the prior consent of Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. may, in its sole discretion and at any time or from time to time before the termination of the 90-day period, without notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements. Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. does not have any current intention to release any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements. The foregoing restrictions will not apply to the sale of common stock in this offering, the sale of our           % Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2024 in our concurrent public debt offering and issuances of common stock as part of any conversion of the notes or exercise of put rights or the grant and exercise of options under, or the issuance and sale of shares pursuant to, employee stock option plans.

      Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us, the selling stockholders or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The shares of common stock offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such shares of common stock be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of any offer to buy any shares of common stock offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

      Our common stock trades on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “KOMG.” On January 14, 2004, the last reported sale price of our common stock was $23.71 per share.

      A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet sites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters of this offering, or by their affiliates. The underwriters may allocate a number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations. Other than any prospectus made available in electronic format as described above, the information on any web site containing the prospectus is not intended to be a part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us or any underwriter in such capacity and should not be relied on by investors.

      In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, syndicate covering transactions and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve syndicate sales of common stock in excess of the number of shares to be purchased by the underwriters in the offering, which creates a syndicate short position. “Covered” short sales are sales of shares made in an amount up to the number of shares represented by the underwriters’ over-

52


Table of Contents

allotment option. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered syndicate short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. Transactions to close out the covered syndicate short involve either purchases of the common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed or the exercise of the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also make “naked” short sales of shares in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares of common stock in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of bids for or purchases of shares in the open market while the offering is in progress.

      The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from an underwriter or syndicate member when the underwriters repurchase shares originally sold by that underwriter or syndicate member in order to cover syndicate short positions or make stabilizing purchases.

      Any of these activities may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock. They may also cause the price of the common stock to be higher than the price that would otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of these transactions. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the Nasdaq National Market or otherwise. If the underwriters commence any of these transactions, the underwriters may discontinue them at any time.

      Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have in the past provided, and may in the future provide, investment banking and other financial and banking services to us for which they have in the past received, and may in the future receive, customary fees. Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., Piper Jaffray & Co., Needham & Company, Inc., and Thomas Weisel Partners LLC are the underwriters with respect to our concurrent public offering of Convertible Subordinated Notes. Approximately $7.2 million of our outstanding Senior Notes held by Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. will be repaid with a portion of the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent Convertible Subordinated Notes offering.

53


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

      The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by Morrison & Foerster LLP, Palo Alto, California.

EXPERTS

      The consolidated financial statements and schedule of Komag, Incorporated as of December 29, 2002, and December 30, 2001, and for the six-month periods ended December 29, 2002 and June 30, 2002, and for the year ended December 30, 2001, have been incorporated by reference herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the reports of KPMG LLP, independent accountants, incorporated by reference herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

      KPMG LLP’s report dated January 16, 2003, except as to Note 17, which is as of February 25, 2003, contains two explanatory paragraphs. The first paragraph states that effective as of the beginning of the 2002 fiscal year, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. The second paragraph states that the Company’s plan of reorganization under chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code became effective on June 30, 2002. As a result of the adoption of “fresh-start” reporting in accordance with Statement of Position 90-7, “Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization Under the Bankruptcy Code,” the consolidated financial statements as of and for the six-month period ended December 29, 2002, are presented on a different reporting basis than the periods before emergence from bankruptcy, and are therefore not comparable.

      The consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows of Komag, Incorporated for the year ended December 31, 2000 appearing in Komag, Incorporated’s Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 29, 2002, have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon (which contains an explanatory paragraph describing conditions that raise substantial doubt about Komag, Incorporated’s ability to continue as a going concern as described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements) included therein and incorporated herein by reference. Such consolidated financial statements are incorporated herein by reference in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

54


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

      We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C. 20549, under the Securities Act of 1933, a registration statement on Form S-3 relating to the common stock offered hereby. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to our company and the shares we are offering by this prospectus you should refer to the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto. You may inspect a copy of the registration statement without charge at the Public Reference Section of the Securities and Exchange Commission at Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 or at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s regional offices at 5670 Wilshire Boulevard, 11th Floor, Los Angeles, California 90036. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. The Securities and Exchange Commission also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information at http://www.sec.gov regarding registrants that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

      We file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with requirements of the Exchange Act. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information are available for inspection and copying at the regional offices, public reference facilities and Internet site of the Securities and Exchange Commission referred to above. In addition, you may request a copy of any of our periodic reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission at no cost, by writing or telephoning us at the following address:

Investor Relations

Komag, Incorporated
1710 Automation Parkway
San Jose, California 95131
(408) 576-2000

      We intend to provide our stockholders with annual reports containing audited financial statements and with quarterly reports for the first three quarters of each fiscal year containing unaudited interim financial information in compliance with the requirements of the rules and regulations promulgated by the Securities Exchange Commission.

      Information contained on our website is not a prospectus and does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

55


Table of Contents

INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

      We incorporate by reference into this prospectus the documents listed below, except as modified or superseded by statements contained in this prospectus or in any other document that we file after the date of this prospectus that also is or is deemed to be incorporated by reference.

  •  our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2002;
 
  •  our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 30, 2003;
 
  •  our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 29, 2003;
 
  •  our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 28, 2003;
 
  •  our Form 8-K filed on December 19, 2003; and
 
  •  the description of our common stock contained in our Registration Statement on Form S-1/ A, as filed with the SEC on October 4, 2002.

      All documents that we file after the date of this prospectus pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14, or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference into this prospectus. All such documents that we file after the date of the initial registration statement and prior to effectiveness of the registration statement shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

      You should rely only on the information contained in or incorporated by reference or provided in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone else to provide you with different information. We are not making an offer of these securities in any state where the offer is not permitted. You should not assume the information in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of our common stock.

56


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

         
Page

Condensed consolidated statements of operations, three and nine months ended September 28, 2003, three months ended September 29, 2002, and six months ended June 30, 2002.
    F-2  
Condensed consolidated balance sheets, September 28, 2003 and December 29, 2002
    F-3  
Condensed consolidated statements of cash flows, nine months ended September 28, 2003, three months ended September 29, 2002, and six months ended June 30, 2002.
    F-4  
Notes to condensed consolidated financial statements
    F-5  

F-1


Table of Contents

KOMAG, INCORPORATED

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)
(unaudited)
                                           
Predecessor
Successor Company Company


Three Months Three Months Nine Months Three Months Six Months
Ended Ended Ended Ended Ended
Sep 28, 2003 Sep 29, 2002 Sep 28, 2003 Sep 29, 2002 Jun 30, 2002





Net sales
  $ 109,199     $ 70,241     $ 320,061     $ 70,241     $ 111,955  
Cost of sales
    83,840       62,853       249,090       62,853       110,397  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Gross profit
    25,359       7,388       70,971       7,388       1,558  
Operating expenses:
                                       
 
Research, development and engineering
    10,778       8,708       31,089       8,708       18,796  
 
Selling, general, and administrative
    4,717       4,235       13,317       4,235       8,256  
 
Gain on disposal of assets
    (792 )     (70 )     (1,870 )     (70 )     (2,138 )
 
Restructuring/impairment charges
          740             740       4,318  
 
In-process research and development
          6,784             6,784        
     
     
     
     
     
 
      14,703       20,397       42,536       20,397       29,232  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Operating income (loss)
    10,656       (13,009 )     28,435       (13,009 )     (27,674 )
Other income (expense):
                                       
 
Interest income
    103       66       343       66       193  
 
Interest expense
    (3,351 )     (3,226 )     (10,095 )     (3,226 )      
Other income, net
    83       2,068       307       2,068       397,009  
     
     
     
     
     
 
      (3,165 )     (1,092 )     (9,445 )     (1,092 )     397,202  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Income (loss) before reorganization costs, income taxes, minority interest/ equity interest in net loss of related companies, and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    7,491       (14,101 )     18,990       (14,101 )     369,528  
Reorganization costs, net
                            6,511  
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
    (2,452 )     304       (607 )     304       719  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Income (loss) before minority interest/ equity interest in net loss of related companies, and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    9,943       (14,405 )     19,597       (14,405 )     362,298  
Minority interest/equity interest in net loss of related companies
                            (2,374 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    9,943       (14,405 )     19,597       (14,405 )     359,924  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
                            (47,509 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 9,943     $ (14,405 )   $ 19,597     $ (14,405 )   $ 312,415  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Basic net income (loss) per share
  $ 0.42     $ (0.63 )   $ 0.84     $ (0.63 )        
     
     
     
     
         
Diluted net income (loss) per share
  $ 0.40     $ (0.63 )   $ 0.81     $ (0.63 )        
     
     
     
     
         
Number of shares used in basic per share computation
    23,558       22,826       23,457       22,826          
     
     
     
     
         
Number of shares used in diluted per share computation
    24,860       22,826       24,252       22,826          
     
     
     
     
         

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-2


Table of Contents

KOMAG, INCORPORATED

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands)
                     
Sep 28, 2003 Dec 29, 2002(*)


(Unaudited)
ASSETS
Current assets:
               
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 47,660     $ 23,520  
 
Accounts receivable (less allowances of $1,545 and $1,101, respectively)
    61,688       46,241  
 
Inventories
    21,405       14,925  
 
Prepaid expenses and deposits
    2,881       2,288  
     
     
 
   
Total current assets
    133,634       86,974  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    181,011       196,414  
Land and buildings held for sale
    24,600       24,600  
Intangible assets, net
    6,604       9,142  
Other assets
    70       70  
     
     
 
    $ 345,919     $ 317,200  
     
     
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
               
 
Current portion of long-term debt
  $ 20,242     $ 10,229  
 
Trade accounts payable
    37,169       35,371  
 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    19,226       13,717  
     
     
 
   
Total current liabilities
    76,637       59,317  
Long-term debt
    119,599       129,923  
     
     
 
   
Total liabilities
    196,236       189,240  
Stockholders’ equity:
               
 
Common stock
    237       232  
 
Additional paid-in capital
    172,282       171,876  
 
Deferred stock-based compensation
    (514 )     (2,229 )
 
Accumulated deficit
    (22,322 )     (41,919 )
     
     
 
   
Total stockholders’ equity
    149,683       127,960  
     
     
 
    $ 345,919     $ 317,200  
     
     
 


The balance sheet at December 29, 2002 was derived from the audited consolidated financial statements at that date.

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents

KOMAG, INCORPORATED

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)
                           
Predecessor
Successor Company Company


Three
Nine Months Months Six Months
Ended Ended Ended
Sep 28, 2003 Sep 29, 2002 Jun 30, 2002



(*)
(Unaudited)
Operating Activities:
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ 19,597     $ (14,405 )   $ 312,415  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                       
 
Gain on extinguishments of liabilities subject to compromise and revaluation of assets and liabilities pursuant to fresh-start reporting
                (396,376 )
 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
                47,509  
 
Impairment charges related to property, plant, and equipment
                216  
 
Depreciation and amortization on property, plant, and equipment
    29,998       12,729       25,998  
 
Amortization of intangible assets
    2,809       926       3,609  
 
Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation
    1,697              
 
In-process research and development expense
          6,784        
 
Non-cash interest charges
    5,001       1,514        
 
Gain on disposal of assets
    (1,870 )     (70 )     (2,138 )
 
Minority interest/equity interest in net loss of related companies
                2,374  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                       
 
Accounts receivable, net
    (15,447 )     (9,141 )     4,234  
 
Inventories
    (6,480 )     (1,619 )     (2,069 )
 
Prepaid expenses and deposits
    (593 )     397       (1,480 )
 
Trade accounts payable
    1,798       9,286       5,870  
 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    5,509       (7,584 )     1,693  
     
     
     
 
      42,019       (1,183 )     1,855  
Reorganization costs, net
                6,511  
     
     
     
 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    42,019       (1,183 )     8,366  
Investing Activities:
                       
Acquisition of property, plant, and equipment
    (14,655 )     (3,033 )     (6,855 )
Purchases of short-term investments
                (338 )
Proceeds from short-term investments at maturity
          338       335  
Proceeds from disposal of assets
    1,930       148       3,043  
Investment in intangible assets
    (271 )     (150 )     (70 )
Changes in deposits and other assets
          21       29  
     
     
     
 
 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (12,996 )     (2,676 )     (3,856 )
Financing Activities:
                       
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
    429              
Payment of debt
    (5,312 )     (165 )      
     
     
     
 
 
Net cash used in financing activities
    (4,883 )     (165 )      
     
     
     
 
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    24,140       (4,024 )     4,510  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    23,520       21,996       17,486  
     
     
     
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 47,660     $ 17,972     $ 21,996  
     
     
     
 


The condensed consolidated statement of cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2002 was derived from the audited consolidated financial statements.

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

KOMAG, INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)
September 28, 2003
 
Note 1. Basis of Presentation

      The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In the opinion of management, all normal recurring adjustments considered necessary for a fair presentation of the condensed consolidated financial position, operating results, and cash flows for the periods presented, have been included. Operating results for the nine-month period ended September 28, 2003, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 28, 2003.

      Komag, Incorporated (KUS) filed a voluntary petition for reorganization under chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code on August 24, 2001 (the Petition Date). The petition was filed with the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of California. The petition related only to the Company’s U.S. corporate parent, KUS, and did not include any of its subsidiaries.

      KUS proposed, and in May 2002 the Bankruptcy Court confirmed, the Further Modified First Amended Plan of Reorganization (the Plan), which became effective on June 30, 2002. KUS emerged from bankruptcy on that date. In accordance with Statement of Position 90-7 (SOP 90-7), Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization Under the Bankruptcy Code, issued by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the Company adopted fresh-start reporting and reflected the effects of the adoption in the condensed consolidated financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2002. Fresh-start reporting requires the recording of assets and liabilities at fair value, and requires the recording of stockholders’ equity based on the reorganization (enterprise) value.

      As a result of the adoption of fresh-start reporting, the condensed consolidated statements of operations and statements of cash flows for periods ended after June 30, 2002 are prepared on a basis of accounting that is different from that utilized for periods ended prior to June 30, 2002. Therefore, the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2002, are presented as the predecessor company and for the three months ended September 29, 2002, as the successor company, and are not comparable to the condensed consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended September 28, 2003.

      Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period balances in order to conform to the current period presentation.

      Fiscal Year: The Company uses a 52-53 week fiscal year ending on the Sunday closest to December 31. The three-month reporting periods included in this report consisted of 13 weeks.

      Inventories: Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) or market, and consist of the following (in thousands):

                 
Sep 28, 2003 Dec 29, 2002


Raw materials
  $ 11,768     $ 9,281  
Work in process
    6,030       2,350  
Finished goods
    3,607       3,294  
     
     
 
    $ 21,405     $ 14,925  
     
     
 

F-5


Table of Contents

KOMAG, INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Stock-Based Compensation: The Company uses the intrinsic value method to account for employee stock-based compensation. The intrinsic value method is in accordance with the recognition and measurement principles of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees. Accordingly, compensation cost is recorded on the date of grant to the extent that the fair value of the underlying share of common stock exceeds the exercise price for a stock option or the purchase price for a share of common stock.

      In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, and SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure — an Amendment of SFAS No. 123, the Company provides pro forma disclosure of the effect on net income and earnings per share had the fair value method, as prescribed by SFAS No. 123, been used.

      The following table reflects the effect on the Company’s net income (loss) and income (loss) per share after emergence from bankruptcy (the Successor Company) for the three and nine months ended September 28, 2003, the three months ended September 29, 2002, and on the Company’s net income prior to emergence from bankruptcy (the Predecessor Company) for the six months ended June 30, 2002, had the fair value method been applied to all outstanding and unvested awards.

      Upon emergence from chapter 11 on June 30, 2002, the Company had a significant change in the structure of stockholders’ equity. Accordingly, earnings per share of the Predecessor Company are not presented, as the amounts are not meaningful. The table is in thousands, except per share data.

                                           
Predecessor
Successor Company Company


Three Months Three Months Nine Months Three Months Six Months
Ended Ended Ended Ended Ended
Sep 28, 2003 Sep 29, 2002 Sep 28, 2003 Sep 29, 2002 Jun 30, 2002





Net income (loss), as reported
  $ 9,943     $ (14,405 )   $ 19,597     $ (14,405 )   $ 312,415  
Add: Stock-based compensation expense included in reported net income (loss), net of related tax effects
    297             1,697              
Deduct: Stock-based compensation expense determined under the fair value method for all awards, net of related tax effects
    (1,333 )           (3,346 )           (4,895 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Pro forma net income (loss)
  $ 8,907     $ (14,405 )   $ 17,948     $ (14,405 )   $ 307,520  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss) per share:
                                       
 
Basic — as reported
  $ 0.42     $ (0.63 )   $ 0.84     $ (0.63 )        
     
     
     
     
         
 
Diluted — as reported
  $ 0.40     $ (0.63 )   $ 0.81     $ (0.63 )        
     
     
     
     
         
 
Basic — pro forma
  $ 0.38     $ (0.63 )   $ 0.77     $ (0.63 )        
     
     
     
     
         
 
Diluted — pro forma
  $ 0.36     $ (0.63 )   $ 0.74     $ (0.63 )        
     
     
     
     
         

      For pro forma disclosure purposes, the Company used the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of each option and stock purchase right grant on the date of grant.

      The following assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of option grants in the first and third quarters of 2003 (there were no grants in the second quarter of 2003): risk-free interest rates of 2.68% and 2.54%, respectively; volatility factors of the expected market price of the Company’s common stock of 87.1%

F-6


Table of Contents

KOMAG, INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

and 85.5%, respectively; and a weighted-average expected option life of four years. The weighted average fair values of options granted during the first and third quarters of 2003 were $4.34 and $8.28, respectively. There were no grants in the first nine months of 2002.

      The following assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of employee purchase rights under the Amended and Restated 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) in the first, second, and third quarters of 2003: risk-free interest rates of 1.18%, 1.18%, and 0.99%, respectively; volatility factors of the expected market price of the Company’s common stock of 62.2%, 62.2%, and 51.8%, respectively; and a weighted-average expected purchase rights life of six months. The weighted-average fair value of purchase rights granted during the first, second, and third quarters of 2003 was $2.07. There was no ESPP Plan in effect in the first nine months of 2002.

      Because the Company does not pay dividends, there was no dividend yield included in the pro forma disclosure calculation.

      Net Income (Loss) Per Share: The Company determines net income (loss) per share in accordance with SFAS No. 128, Earnings per Share.

      Basic net income (loss) per common share is computed by dividing income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares and dilutive potential shares of common stock outstanding during the period. The dilutive effect of outstanding options and stock purchase rights is reflected in diluted net income per share by application of the treasury stock method.

      Upon emergence from chapter 11 on June 30, 2002, the Company had a significant change in the structure of stockholders’ equity. Accordingly, net income per share amounts of the Predecessor Company are not presented, as the amounts are not meaningful.

      The following table sets forth the computation of net income per share (in thousands, except per share amounts):

                   
Successor Company

Three Months Nine Months
Ended Ended
Sep 28, 2003 Sep 28, 2003


Numerator: Net income
  $ 9,943     $ 19,597  
     
     
 
Denominator for basic net income per share – weighted average shares
    23,558       23,457  
Effect of diluted securities:
               
 
Stock purchase rights
    440       424  
 
Stock options
    490       287  
 
Warrants
    372       84  
     
     
 
Denominator for dilutive net income per share
    24,860       24,252  
     
     
 
Basic net income per share
  $ 0.42     $ 0.84  
     
     
 
Diluted net income per share
  $ 0.40     $ 0.81  
     
     
 

      Prior year periods are not included in the above table, as there are no reconciling items since the number of shares for basic and diluted is the same.

      Incremental common shares attributable to outstanding common stock options (assuming proceeds would be used to purchase treasury stock) of 5,597 and 105,457 for the three and nine months ended

F-7


Table of Contents

KOMAG, INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

September 28, 2003, respectively, were not included in the diluted net income per share calculation because the effect would have been anti-dilutive.

      Recent Accounting Pronouncements: In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity. SFAS No. 150 requires that certain financial instruments, which under previous guidance were accounted for as equity, must now be accounted for as liabilities. The financial instruments affected include mandatorily redeemable stock, certain financial instruments that require or may require the issuer to buy back some of its shares in exchange for cash or other assets and certain obligations that can be settled with shares of stock. SFAS No. 150 is effective for all financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003 and must be applied to existing financial instruments effective with the beginning of the first fiscal period after June 15, 2003. The Company adopted SFAS No. 150 on the first day of its fiscal 2003 third quarter. The adoption had no impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

Note 2. Related Parties and Major Customers

      Prior to June 30, 2002, sales to Western Digital Corporation (Western Digital) were reported as related party transactions, as Western Digital owned more than 5% of the Company’s outstanding common stock. For the periods subsequent to June 30, 2002, Western Digital was no longer a related party, as it owned less than 5% of the Company’s outstanding stock. Sales to Western Digital for the three and six months ended June 30, 2002 were $28.3 million and $69.3 million, respectively.

      The following table reflects the percentage of the Company’s revenue by major customer:

                                 
Three Months Ended Nine Months Ended


Sep 28, 2003 Sep 29, 2002 Sep 28, 2003 Sep 29, 2002




Western Digital
    36 %     64 %     41 %     63 %
Maxtor
    36 %     29 %     36 %     29 %
IBM
          5 %     7 %     2 %
Hitachi Global Storage Technologies
    25 %           15 %      
Seagate
                      4 %

Note 3. Interest Expense

      In the third quarter and first nine months of 2003, the Company recorded $3.4 million and $10.1 million, respectively, in interest expense. In the third quarter of 2002, the Company recorded $3.2 million in interest expense. No interest expense was recorded in the first half of 2002, as interest expense was suspended while the Company was in chapter 11. Interest expense represented interest on the Company’s debt issued on emergence from chapter 11.

Note 4. Reorganization Costs, Net

      No reorganization expenses were recorded in the third quarter and first nine months of 2003, compared to zero and $6.5 million, respectively, in the third quarter of 2002 and first six months of 2002. Reorganization expenses in the first six months of 2002 primarily reflected professional fees related to the chapter 11 bankruptcy proceeding, and a $5.0 million adjustment associated with a chapter 11-related creditor claim.

Note 5. Income Taxes

      In the third quarter of 2003, the Company received approval from the Malaysian Ministry of Finance for the exemption of withholding tax on royalty payments made by its Malaysian operations to its subsidiary in

F-8


Table of Contents

KOMAG, INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

the Netherlands. The exemption is for a period of five years effective retroactively from January 2002 through December 2006. As a result, the Company recorded an income tax benefit of $2.5 million in the third quarter of 2003 related to withholding taxes it previously accrued which are no longer payable. The third quarter of 2003 income tax provision without the $2.5 million tax benefit was less than $0.1 million. For the first nine months of 2003, the Company recorded an income tax benefit of $0.6 million, which includes the $2.5 million tax benefit described above, net of $1.9 million of foreign withholding taxes and foreign income taxes.

      The Company’s income tax provisions of $0.3 million for the third quarter of 2002, and $0.7 million for the first six months of 2002, represented foreign income taxes and foreign withholding taxes on royalty and interest payments.

      The Company’s wholly-owned thin-film media operation, KMS, received an eight-year extension of its tax holiday, which expired in June 2003, for its first plant site. The additional extension extends the tax holiday through June 2011. KMS has also been granted additional tax holidays for its second and third plant sites in Malaysia. These tax holidays are effective through December 2006 and 2008, respectively.

 
Note 6.  Minority Interest/ Equity Interest in Net Loss of Related Companies

      The minority interest for Kobe USA’s 20% share of KMT’s net income in the third quarter and first six months of 2002 was less than $0.1 million. KMT ceased operations in the third quarter of 2002.

      In the third quarter and first six months of 2002, the Company recorded zero and $2.4 million losses, respectively, as its equity share in the net loss of Chahaya, a former equity investment. Chahaya ceased operations in the fourth quarter of 2002. The Company currently has no minority or equity interests in related companies.

 
Note 7.  Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

      In June 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, which requires that goodwill not be amortized, but be subject to an impairment test at least annually.

      The Company completed a transitional impairment analysis of its goodwill during the six months ended June 30, 2002 and recorded a transitional impairment loss of $47.5 million as of the first day of fiscal 2002. The transitional impairment loss of $47.5 million was recognized as the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in the Company’s condensed consolidated statement of operations.

      Upon the adoption of fresh-start reporting as of June 30, 2002, the Company recorded goodwill of $33.9 million, which equaled the reorganization value in excess of amounts allocable to identifiable net assets recorded in accordance with SOP 90-7. In the fourth quarter of 2002, the Company performed its first annual goodwill impairment analysis under SFAS No. 142. Because the Company’s fair value based on market capitalization was significantly less than net book value at December 29, 2002, the Company wrote off the entire $33.9 million goodwill balance in the fourth quarter of 2002.

      Upon the adoption of fresh-start reporting as of June 30, 2002, the Company recorded other intangible assets in the amount of $17.6 million. As of September 28, 2003, other intangible assets included: 1) developed technology of $3.1 million (less accumulated amortization of $1.1 million), which is being amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life of three and one-half years; 2) a volume purchase agreement of $7.7 million (less accumulated amortization of $3.5 million), which is being amortized on a straight-line basis over its useful life of two and three-quarter years; and 3) patent costs of $0.5 million (less accumulated amortization of $0.1 million).

      Amortization of intangible assets in the third quarter and first nine months of 2003 was $0.9 million and $2.8 million, respectively, and was $0.9 million and $3.6 million in the third quarter and first six months of

F-9


Table of Contents

KOMAG, INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

2002, respectively. These expenses were recorded in cost of sales in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations.

 
Note 8.  Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities

      The following table summarizes accrued expenses and other liabilities balances as of September 28, 2003 and December 29, 2002 (in thousands):

                 
Sep 28, 2003 Dec 29, 2002


Accrued compensation and benefits
  $ 13,965     $ 7,732  
Restructuring liabilities
    743       2,356  
Other liabilities
    4,518       3,629  
     
     
 
    $ 19,226     $ 13,717  
     
     
 

      Cash payments under the Company’s restructuring liabilities were $0.3 million and $1.6 million in the third quarter and first nine months of 2003, respectively.

Note 9. Subsequent Events

      On September 30, 2003, the Company completed the sale of its idle Fremont, California land and buildings. The land and buildings were acquired through the merger with HMT Technology Corporation in October 2000 and had been idle and held for sale since 2001. The net proceeds from the sale of the land and buildings were approximately $24 million, resulting in a gain of approximately $1.0 million. The sale will be recorded in the fourth quarter of 2003. On October 21, 2003, the Company utilized approximately 50% of the net proceeds, $12.1 million, to pay down its debt as required under the terms of the indenture governing the Senior Notes. Additionally, we made a required principal payment of $5.0 million on the Senior Notes on October 15, 2003.

      Further, the Company received consent from a majority of the holders of the Senior Notes and the lender under the Exit Facility to redeem in full the Junior Notes for approximately $8.2 million. As such, on October 30, 2003, the Company called for the full redemption of the Junior Notes at a total cost of approximately $8.2 million for outstanding principal and accrued interest. The Junior Notes were redeemed in full on December 2, 2003. Further, the Company received consent from the majority of the holders of the Senior Notes and the lender under the Exit Facility to increase the covenant on capital expenditures for 2003 to approximately $40.0 million.

F-10


Table of Contents



       

          No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus. You must not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

         
Page

Prospectus Summary
    1  
Risk Factors
    6  
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
    18  
Use of Proceeds
    19  
Price Range of Our Common Stock
    19  
Dividend Policy
    20  
Capitalization
    21  
Selected Consolidated Financial Data
    22  
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
    25  
Business
    37  
Management
    45  
Principal and Selling Stockholders
    48  
Underwriting
    51  
Legal Matters
    54  
Experts
    54  
Where You Can Find More Information
    55  
Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference
    56  
Index to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)
    F-1  






5,000,000 shares

LOGO

Common Stock


PROSPECTUS


January       , 2004

Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.

Sole Book-Running Manager

Piper Jaffray

Needham & Company, Inc.
Thomas Weisel Partners LLC




Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the Securities and Exchange Commission declares our registration statement effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to completion, dated January 15, 2004

Prospectus

$70,000,000

LOGO

        % Convertible Subordinated Notes Due 2024

         This is a public offering of $70.0 million aggregate principal amount of notes of Komag, Incorporated. We will pay interest on the notes on February 1 and August 1 of each year, beginning August 1, 2004. At maturity on February 1, 2024, we will repay the notes at their principal amount.

      You may convert the notes into our common stock prior to stated maturity if: (1) the sale price of our common stock exceeds a specified threshold; (2) the trading price of the notes falls below a specified threshold prior to February 1, 2019; (3) the notes have been called for redemption; or (4) specified corporate transactions occur. The conversion rate will initially be                     shares of our common stock per $1,000 principal amount of notes equivalent to a conversion price of approximately $          per share, except in connection with conversion following satisfaction of the trading price condition. The conversion rate will be subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of specified events.

      The notes will be our general unsecured obligations, ranking subordinate to all of our existing and future senior indebtedness, and effectively subordinated to all indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries.

      We may redeem the notes on or after February 6, 2007 at declining redemption premiums as set forth in this prospectus. You may require us to purchase the notes on February 1, 2011, February 1, 2014 or February 1, 2019 or upon the occurrence of a fundamental change, at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the purchase date.

      Concurrent with this offering, and by a separate prospectus, we and certain selling stockholders are offering an aggregate of 5,000,000 shares of our common stock, plus up to an additional 750,000 shares to cover over-allotments by the underwriters for that offering. Neither the completion of the common stock offering nor the completion of this convertible note offering is contingent upon the other.

      Prior to this offering, there has been no public trading market for the notes. The notes are expected to be traded on the over-the-counter market. Our common stock currently trades under the symbol “KOMG” on the Nasdaq National Market. On January 14, 2004, the last reported sale price of our common stock on the Nasdaq National Market was $23.71 per share.

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 10 to read about risks that you should consider before buying our notes.

                 

Per Note Total
Public offering price
      %   $    
Underwriting discounts and commissions
      %   $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
      %   $    

      The offering prices set forth above do not include accrued interest, if any. Interest on the notes will accrue from the date of original issuance of the notes, expected to be January      , 2004.

      We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase from us from time to time up to an additional $10.5 million of notes to cover any over-allotments. The underwriters are offering our notes as described herein under “Underwriting.”

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. Piper Jaffray
 
Needham & Company, Inc. Thomas Weisel Partners LLC

The date of this prospectus is January     , 2004.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

      This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all the information you should consider before purchasing the notes offered hereby. You should read the entire prospectus, including the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 10, and the financial data and related notes included in this prospectus and incorporated by reference herein, before deciding to invest in the notes. Unless indicated otherwise, all information contained in this prospectus assumes the underwriters’ overallotment option with respect to the offering is not exercised.

Komag, Incorporated

Our Business

      We design, manufacture and market thin-film media, or disks, that are incorporated into disk drives. We are the world’s largest independent manufacturer of thin-film media with a 40% market share of the total merchant disk supplier market and 18% of the overall disk market as of the second quarter of 2003 according to TrendFOCUS, a storage research firm. Due to our market leadership and significant research and development efforts, we have developed a deep understanding of market needs in the disk drive market and offer a broad portfolio of advanced solutions to address those needs. Our customers include many of the world’s largest disk drive manufacturers, including Hitachi Global Storage Technologies, or HGST, Maxtor and Western Digital. Additionally, in October 2003 we began volume production for a new major disk drive customer’s desktop products.

      Disks such as the ones we manufacture are incorporated into disk drives, which are the primary storage medium for digital data. Technology advances have greatly increased the storage capacity of individual disks, lowering the per gigabyte, or GB, cost of storage. The lower cost of storage has facilitated the adoption of disk drives into a broad range of new applications, providing new areas of market growth for disks and disk drives. High-volume, high-growth applications for disk drives include personal computers, enterprise storage systems, communications infrastructure and consumer electronics appliances. According to IDC, the annual total storage capacity and number of units of disk drives to be shipped between 2002 and 2007 are expected to grow at compound annual rates of approximately 45.1% and 10.7%, respectively. The increase in storage capacity used in existing and new applications is expected to generate increased demand for disk drives, which may in turn generate higher demand for disks such as those we sell.


Recent Developments

      On December 19, 2003, we announced that we signed an agreement with Trace Storage Technology Corporation (Trace), which will provide us, upon satisfaction of certain conditions, with additional substrate capacity as well as a substrate supply relationship with Trace. Under the agreement, we expect to purchase Trace’s Malaysian substrate manufacturing facility including land, building and equipment for approximately $10 million. We intend to use cash currently held to pay for the acquisition and are not relying on consummation of the proposed notes offering in this prospectus or the concurrent common stock offering to fund this acquisition. We intend to manufacture both aluminum ground substrates and plated and polished substrates in this factory for our own use and to sell Trace a portion of the output under a supply agreement entered into in connection with the purchase.

      Completion of these transactions is subject to a number of conditions, and there is no guarantee that we will be able to satisfy all the conditions needed to complete these transactions. If we satisfy all of the conditions to closing, we anticipate closing these transactions in the first quarter of 2004.


      We were organized in 1983 and are incorporated in the state of Delaware. Our principal executive offices are located at 1710 Automation Parkway, San Jose, California 95131, and our telephone number is (408) 576-2000. Our web site is located at “www.komag.com.” Information contained on our web site does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

1


Table of Contents

Proposed Refinancing

      The offering of the notes and the concurrent offering by us and certain selling stockholders of an aggregate of 5,000,000 shares of common stock is part of the refinancing transactions pursuant to which we intend to issue the notes and the common stock and terminate our existing revolving credit facility, or Exit Facility, and use the proceeds from these offerings to redeem (in whole or in part) our Senior Secured Notes due 2007, or Senior Notes.

Exit Facility

      Our Exit Facility provides for advances having a principal amount of up to the lesser of a borrowing base and $15.0 million at any time outstanding, with a $3.0 million letter of credit sub-facility and expires June 30, 2005. As of December 28, 2003, there were no borrowings under the Exit Facility and our borrowing base was approximately $1.9 million. The Exit Facility is secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of our assets, except in the case of our ownership interest in our foreign subsidiaries, which is limited to a pledge of 65% of such equity interests. We expect to terminate the Exit Facility prior to the closing of this offering and our concurrent common stock offering.

Junior Notes

      In accordance with our plan of reorganization, we issued $7.0 million Junior Secured Notes due 2007, or Junior Notes, that were subordinated paid in-kind notes. The Junior Notes were fully subordinated to the Exit Facility and the indenture governing the Senior Notes, and were secured by a security interest in the collateral pledged to secure the Exit Facility and Senior Notes. On October 30, 2003, we sent a redemption notice to the holders of the Junior Notes that we would redeem the Junior Notes. The Junior Notes were redeemed in full on December 2, 2003.

Senior Notes

      We issued a total of $128.8 million of Senior Notes in connection with our reorganization. As of December 28, 2003, the Senior Notes had a cash-pay portion of $63.2 million and a paid-in-kind portion of $52.0 million. The Senior Notes are secured by a security interest in substantially all of our assets, except in the case of our ownership interest in our foreign subsidiaries, which is limited to a pledge of 65% of such equity interests. In order for us to issue the notes pursuant to this offering, the notes must be subordinated and junior to the Senior Notes and must satisfy the conditions set forth in the indenture governing the Senior Notes. Upon the closing of the offering of the notes and the concurrent common stock offering, we will promptly mail a redemption notice to the holders of the Senior Notes to redeem all or a portion of the Senior Notes with the proceeds of such offerings.

Intercreditor Arrangement

      The collateral agent under our Exit Facility and the trustee for the Senior Notes entered into an intercreditor arrangement that governs as among them, among other things, the priority of their security interests in our assets. Pursuant to this intercreditor arrangement, the liens granted to secure the Exit Facility have priority over the liens granted to secure the Senior Notes.

2


Table of Contents

The Offering

      The following summary contains basic information about the notes and is not intended to be complete. It does not contain all the information that is important to a holder of the notes. For a more complete understanding of the notes, please refer to the section of this document entitled “Description of Notes.” For purposes of the description of the notes included in this prospectus, references to “the Company,” “us,” “we” and “our” refer only to Komag, Incorporated.

 
Issuer Komag, Incorporated, a Delaware corporation.
 
Securities Offered $70,000,000 principal amount of           % Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2024 ($80,500,000 aggregate principal amount if the underwriters exercise their over-allotments in full).
 
Issue Price The notes will be issued at a price of 100% of their principal amount, which is $1,000 per note, plus accrued interest, if any, from January      , 2004.
 
Maturity Date February 1, 2024, unless earlier purchased, redeemed, or converted.
 
Ranking The notes will be our general unsecured obligations, ranking subordinate to all of our existing and future senior indebtedness. In addition, the notes will be effectively subordinated to all of the existing and future debt and other liabilities of our subsidiaries. As of December 28, 2003, we would have had $0.9 million of senior indebtedness, after giving effect to the redemption of our Senior Notes in full from the proceeds from this offering and the redemption of the Junior Notes in full on December 2, 2003. See “Description of Notes — Subordination.”
 

The notes are obligations exclusively of Komag, Incorporated. The notes will be structurally subordinated to the indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries. We are a holding company and, accordingly, substantially all of our operations are conducted through our subsidiaries. Our subsidiaries have no obligation to pay any amounts due on the notes or to provide us with funds for our payment obligations, whether by dividends, distributions, loans or other payments. As of December 28, 2003, our subsidiaries had $44.3 million of indebtedness and other liabilities, excluding intercompany liabilities and liabilities of the type not required to be recorded on the balance sheet in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
Interest           % per year, from January      , 2004, payable semi-annually in arrears on February 1 and August 1 of each year, beginning August 1, 2004. Interest will be computed semi-annually on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
 
Conversion Rights You may convert each of your notes into our common stock, in multiples of $1,000 principal amount, only under the following circumstances:
 
• during any quarterly conversion period, and only during such conversion period, if on each of at least 20 trading days in the 30 consecutive trading day period ending on the first trading day of the conversion period, the closing sale price of our common stock is greater than or equal to 120% of the

3


Table of Contents

conversion price in effect on the first trading day of the conversion period; a “conversion period” will be the period from and including the first trading day of any fiscal quarter (beginning with the quarter ending July 4, 2004) up to, but not including, the first trading day of the following fiscal quarter;
 
• during the five consecutive business day period following any five consecutive trading-day period at any time prior to February 1, 2019 in which the average trading price for a note was less than 98% of the average of the closing sale price of our common stock during such five trading-day period multiplied by the then applicable conversion rate;
 
• if the notes have been called for redemption; or
 
• upon the occurrence of specified corporate transactions described under “Description of Notes — Conversion Upon Specified Corporate Transactions.”
 
The notes are convertible into shares of our common stock prior to maturity (or their earlier purchase or redemption by us) at an initial conversion rate of                     shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of the notes (equivalent to a conversion price of approximately $          per share), except in connection with conversions following satisfaction of the trading price condition under certain circumstances. The conversion rate may be adjusted under certain circumstances, as described under “Description of Notes Conversion Procedures — Conversion Rate Adjustment.”
 
Upon conversion, a holder generally will not receive any payment representing accrued and unpaid interest.
 
Sinking Fund None.
 
Optional Redemption We may at our option redeem the notes in whole or in part on or after February 6, 2007, at the redemption prices set forth in this prospectus. See “Description of Notes — Optional Redemption.”
 
Purchase of Notes at Holder’s Option Holders may require us to repurchase the notes for cash on a purchase date of February 1, 2011, February 1, 2014 and February 1, 2019. We will pay a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the purchase date. See “Description of Notes — Purchase of Notes at a Holder’s Option” and “Risk Factors — We may be unable to repay or repurchase the notes or our other indebtedness.”
 
Fundamental Change Upon the occurrence of a fundamental change, as described in this prospectus, you may require us to purchase all or part of your notes in cash at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes being purchased plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the fundamental change purchase date. See “Description of Notes — Purchase of Notes at a Holder’s Option Upon a Fundamental Change” and “Risk Factors — We may be unable to repay or repurchase the notes or our other indebtedness.”

4


Table of Contents

 
Use of Proceeds We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of notes that we are offering will be approximately $67.4 million (and approximately $77.6 million assuming the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated cash offering costs payable to us. We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering and any proceeds from our concurrent equity offering to repay certain outstanding indebtedness and for general corporate purposes, including working capital, capital expenditures and potential acquisitions. See “Use of Proceeds.”
 
Concurrent Common Stock Offering Concurrent with this offering, we and certain selling stockholders are also offering by separate prospectus an aggregate of 5,000,000 shares of our common stock, plus up to an additional 750,000 shares to cover over- allotment by the underwriters for that offering. Consummation of this convertible note offering is not contingent upon consummation of the concurrent common stock offering.
 
Absence of a Public Market The notes are new securities and will not be listed on any securities exchange or automated quotation system. We cannot assure holders of the notes that any active or liquid market will develop for the notes.
 
Lock-up Agreement Our officers and directors have entered into lock-up agreements under which they have agreed not to offer or sell any shares of common stock or similar securities for a period of 90 days from the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.
 
Trading We have not applied and do not intend to apply for the listing of the notes on any securities exchange.
 
Form, Denomination and Registration The notes will be issued in fully registered form, in denominations of $1,000 and will be represented by one or more global securities, deposited with the trustee as custodian for The Depository Trust Company, or DTC. Beneficial interests in the global securities will be shown on, and any transfers will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC and its participants. See “Description of Notes — Form, Denomination and Registration.”
 
Guarantees None.
 
NASDAQ Symbol for our Common Stock Our common stock is quoted on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “KOMG.”

Risk Factors

      Investment in the notes involves certain risks. You should carefully consider the information under “Risk Factors” beginning on page 10 of this prospectus, all other information included in this prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference before investing in the notes.

5


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

      The following table sets forth our summary consolidated financial data for the three months ended September 29, 2002, December 29, 2002, March 30, 2003, June 29, 2003 and September 28, 2003. The following data is derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and should be read in conjunction with these financial statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal, recurring adjustments, that management considers necessary for a fair statement of the results for those periods. The historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period and should not be considered indicative of results expected for the full fiscal years. The summary consolidated balance sheet data is presented on an actual basis; on an as adjusted basis to reflect $24.0 million net proceeds received from the sale of idle buildings and land, giving effect to the application of these proceeds and approximately $1.2 million of cash on October 21, 2003 to repay a portion of our Senior Notes and our Junior Notes in full; and on an as adjusted further basis to reflect the sale of notes offered by us in this offering after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering costs and to reflect the issuance of our shares of common stock in the concurrent offering, giving effect to the application of the net proceeds. We have also included a table that sets forth our ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the fiscal years ended 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 and the six months ended June 30, 2002 and December 29, 2002, and the nine months ended September 28, 2003. The following table also includes pro forma calculations for the six months ended December 29, 2002 and the nine months ended September 28, 2003. The pro forma calculations set forth below should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

                                           
Three Months Ended

Sep 29, 2002 Dec 29, 2002 Mar 30, 2003 June 29, 2003 Sep 28, 2003





(dollars in thousands except per share data)
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data
                                       
Net sales
  $ 70,241     $ 104,508     $ 105,515     $ 105,347     $ 109,199  
Cost of sales
    62,853       80,156       82,739       82,511       83,840  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Gross profit
    7,388       24,352       22,776       22,836       25,359  
Research, development, and engineering expense
    8,708       9,692       9,909       10,402       10,778  
Selling, general, and administrative expense
    4,235       5,248       4,562       4,038       4,717  
Gain on disposal of assets
    (70 )     (1,240 )     (861 )     (217 )     (792 )
Restructuring/impairment charges
    740 (1)     34,023 (3)                  
In-process research and development expense
    6,784                          
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Operating income (loss)
    (13,009 )     (23,371 )     9,166       8,613       10,656  
Interest income
    (66 )     (66 )     (108 )     (132 )     (103 )
Interest expense
    3,226       3,327       3,385       3,359       3,351  
Other income, net
    (2,068 )(2)     (82 )     (196 )     (28 )     (83 )
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
    304       964       1,031       814       (2,452 )(4)
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (14,405 )   $ (27,514 )   $ 5,054     $ 4,600     $ 9,943  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Basic net income (loss) per share
  $ (0.63 )   $ (1.20 )   $ 0.22     $ 0.20     $ 0.42  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Diluted net income (loss) per share
  $ (0.63 )(1)(2)   $ (1.20 )(3)   $ 0.21     $ 0.19     $ 0.40 (4)
     
     
     
     
     
 
Number of shares used in basic per share computation
    22,826       22,853       23,297       23,344       23,558  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Number of shares used in diluted per share computation
    22,826       22,853       23,934       24,304       24,860  
     
     
     
     
     
 

6


Table of Contents


(1)  Restructuring/impairment charges of $0.7 million for the three months ended September 29, 2002 related to chapter 11 bankruptcy and Exit Facility professional fees.
 
(2)  Other income, net includes a property tax refund of $2.2 million.
 
(3)  Restructuring/impairment charges for the three months ended December 29, 2002 include chapter 11 bankruptcy professional fees of $0.1 million and a goodwill impairment charge of $33.9 million.
 
(4)  Provision for (benefit from) income taxes includes an income tax benefit of $2.5 million related to withholding taxes previously accrued which are no longer payable as a result of a tax exemption.

                                         
Three Months Ended

Sep 29, 2002 Dec 29, 2002 Mar 30, 2003 June 29, 2003 Sep 28, 2003





(dollars in thousands)
Other Financial Data
                                       
Percentage of net sales:
                                       
Gross profit
    11 %     23 %     22 %     22 %     23 %
Operating income (loss)
    (19 )     (22 )     9       8       10  
Net income (loss)
    (21 )     (26 )     5       4       9  
Selected financial data:
                                       
Depreciation and amortization on property, plant and equipment
  $ 12,729     $ 11,385     $ 10,590     $ 10,123     $ 9,285  
Amortization of intangibles
    926       923       933       937       939  
Capital expenditures
    3,033       4,005       4,005       5,802       4,848  
                         
As of Sep 28, 2003

As As Adjusted
Actual Adjusted(1) Further(2)



(in thousands)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 47,660     $ 46,419     $ 58,296  
Net property, plant and equipment, and land and buildings held for sale
    205,611       182,011       182,011  
Total assets
    345,919       321,078       335,591  
Current portion of long-term debt
    20,242       15,223       164  
Long-term debt (less current portion)
    119,599       99,377       70,773  
Stockholders’ equity
    149,683       150,683       208,859  

(1)  On September 30, 2003, we completed the sale of our idle Fremont, California land and buildings. The land and buildings were acquired through our merger with HMT Technology Corporation in October 2000 and had been idle and held for sale since 2001. The net proceeds from the sale of the land and buildings were approximately $24.0 million resulting in a gain of approximately $1.0 million. The sale will be recorded in the fourth quarter of 2003. On October 21, 2003, we used approximately 50% of the net proceeds, $12.1 million, to pay down our debt as required under the terms of our Senior Notes Indenture, which Senior Notes are due in 2007. Additionally, we made a required principal payment of $5.0 million on the Senior Notes on October 15, 2003. Further, we received consent from a majority of the holders of the Senior Notes and the lender under the Exit Facility to redeem in full the Junior Notes for approximately $8.2 million and called for their redemption on October 30, 2003. The Junior Notes were redeemed on December 2, 2003.
 
(2)  Reflects the adjustments described in (1) above; the issuance of $70.0 million aggregate principal amount of our           % convertible notes due February 1, 2024; and the sale of 3,000,000 shares of common stock offered by us in our concurrent common stock offering at an assumed public offering price of $20.60 per share after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering costs,

7


Table of Contents

giving effect to the application of the net proceeds. Consummation of this notes offering is not contingent upon consummation of the concurrent offering of shares of our common stock.

      The following table sets forth our selected consolidated financial data and other operating information for the four fiscal years and the first six months prior to our emergence from bankruptcy (the Predecessor Company), and the six months after emergence from bankruptcy on June 30, 2002 (the Successor Company). The financial data and operating information is derived from our consolidated financial statements, and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, related notes, and other financial information incorporated by reference in this prospectus. We declared no cash dividends during the five-year period. The values in the table below are in thousands, except per share amounts.

                                                 
Successor Predecessor Predecessor Company
Company Company


Six Months Six Months Fiscal Year Ended
Ended Ended
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data Dec 29, 2002 June 30, 2002 2001 2000 1999 1998
Net sales
  $ 174,749     $ 111,955     $ 282,613     $ 358,463     $ 331,946     $ 328,883  
Gross profit (loss)
    31,740       5,167       (2,456 )     34,988       (22,709 )     (62,752 )
Restructuring/impairment charges(1)(3)(5)(7)(8)(9)
    34,763       4,318       57,430       5,293       187,965       187,768  
Operating loss(1)(3)(5)(7)(8)(9)
    (37,690 )     (29,812 )     (146,442 )     (38,295 )     (291,089 )     (331,919 )
Interest expense(6)(10)
    6,553             155,192       45,428       23,319       19,212  
Other income, net(2)
    3,460       399,147       4,286       3,844       1,552       4,853  
Reorganization costs, net
          6,511       6,066                    
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle(1)(2)(3)(5)(6)(7)(8)(9)
    (41,919 )     359,924       (296,395 )     (68,058 )     (283,049 )     (366,336 )
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle(4)
          (47,509 )                        
Net income (loss)(1)(2)(3)(4)(5)(6)(7)(8)(9)
  $ (41,919 )   $ 312,415     $ (296,395 )   $ (68,058 )   $ (283,049 )   $ (366,336 )
Basic and diluted net loss per share(11)
  $ (1.84 )                                        
                                                 
Predecessor Company
Successor
Company

As of the Fiscal Year Ended
As of
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data Dec 29, 2002 2001 2000 1999 1998
Net property, plant and equipment, and land and buildings held for sale
  $ 221,014             $ 256,856     $ 354,873     $ 313,455     $ 470,017  
Total assets
    317,200               407,850       633,061       475,871       694,095  
Current portion of long-term debt
    10,229                     216,740       260,000       260,000  
Long-term debt (less current portion)
    129,923                     137,545       22,891        
Liabilities subject to compromise
                  516,173                    
Stockholders’ equity (deficit)
  $ 127,960             $ (144,939 )   $ 151,861     $ 78,713     $ 323,807  

  (1)  Results of operations for the six months ended December 29, 2002 included a $33.9 million impairment charge related to the write-off of all remaining goodwill, in accordance with FAS 142.
 
  (2)  Results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2002, included other income of $379.0 million associated with the extinguishment of liabilities subject to compromise as of June 30, 2002, and other income of $17.3 million to revalue our assets and liabilities at June 30, 2002, to fair value as prescribed by fresh-start reporting under SOP 90-7.
 
  (3)  Results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2002, included a $4.3 million restructuring/impairment charge in connection with the shutdown of our research and development facility in Santa Rosa, California.
 
  (4)  Results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2002, included a $47.5 million transitional impairment loss under SFAS 142. The loss was recognized as the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in our consolidated statement of operations.

8


Table of Contents

  (5)  Results of operations for 2001 included a $45.8 million impairment charge related to the write-down of land and buildings held for sale, a $4.4 million impairment charge related to manufacturing equipment no longer in service, and restructuring charges of $7.2 million primarily related to lease obligations on equipment no longer in service and additional facility closure costs.
 
  (6)  Results of operations for 2001 included a $99.1 million interest expense charge related to accretion to bring the subordinated convertible notes up to their full face value of $230.0 million.
 
  (7)  Results of operations for 2000 included a net $5.3 million restructuring charge, including an $8.0 million charge in connection with the ceasing of our Santa Rosa manufacturing operations, plus a net $2.7 million reversal of charges previously accrued for restructurings we undertook in 1997, 1998, and 1999.
 
  (8)  Results of operations for 1999 included $143.7 million in restructuring charges and a $44.3 million impairment charge. The restructuring charges related primarily to the closing of our U.S. manufacturing operations. The impairment charge related to the write-down of goodwill which originated from the acquisition of Western Digital Corporation’s media operation.
 
  (9)  Results of operations for 1998 included a $187.8 million restructuring charge that primarily related to an asset impairment charge of $175.0 million. Based on analysis of our production capacity and our expectations of the media market over the remaining life of our fixed assets, we concluded that we would not be able to recover the book value of those assets.

(10)  In accordance with SOP 90-7, we did not record interest expense on our outstanding debt during the chapter 11 proceedings from August 24, 2001, through June 30, 2002.
 
(11)  Earnings per share of the Predecessor Company are not presented as the amounts are not meaningful.

      The following table sets forth our ratio of earning to fixed charges for each of the periods indicated:

                                                                         
Pro Forma(1)

Six Months Six Months Nine Months Six Months Nine Months
Fiscal Year Ended Ended Ended Ended Ended Ended






1998 1999 2000 2001 June 30, 2002 Dec 29, 2002 Sep 28, 2003 Dec 29, 2002 Sep 28, 2003









Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(2)
    N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A       645:1       N/A       2.8:1       N/A       3.6:1  


(1)  The pro forma calculations give effect to the application of the assumed proceeds of $70.0 million related to the issuance of our new           % convertible subordinated notes to repay a portion of the $115.2 million of our existing debt at an average interest rate of 9.5%. Earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges for the pro forma calculation for the six months ended December 29, 2002 by approximately $40.7 million.
 
(2)  Earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges for fiscal 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, and the six months ended December 29, 2002, by approximately $337.5 million, $307.7 million, $75.8 million, $301.9 million, and $40.7 million, respectively.

9


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

      Investing in the notes involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below when considering whether or not to purchase the notes. These risks and uncertainties are not the only ones facing our company. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of or currently deem immaterial may also become important factors that may harm our business. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected, the trading price of our common stock or the notes offered hereby could decline, and you may lose part or all of your investment. Further, this prospectus contains forward-looking statements and actual results may differ significantly from the results contemplated by such forward-looking statements.

Risks Related to Our Business

We have a history of operating losses and recently emerged from chapter 11 bankruptcy. Despite our recent profitability during each of our three most recent fiscal quarters, we cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain or grow profits in the future.

      We have experienced substantial operating losses during the past five fiscal years. Prior to reporting positive net income in each of our three most recent quarters ending September 28, 2003, our last profitable quarter, excluding one-time credits, was the fourth quarter of 1997. We recorded a net loss $68.1 million during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000, a net loss of $296.4 million during the fiscal year ended December 30, 2001 and a net profit of $270.5 million for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2002, largely because of a gain of $396.4 million for extinguishment of indebtedness and revaluation of assets and liabilities for fresh-start reporting. In August 2001, after defaulting on our debt obligations, we filed a voluntary petition for relief under chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. We emerged from chapter 11 bankruptcy on June 30, 2002. Due to the factors discussed below in this Risk Factors section, including the very competitive, capital intensive and historically cyclical nature of the disk and disk drive markets upon which our business is dependent, we cannot assure you that we will be able to sustain or grow our recent profitability.

Downturns in the disk drive manufacturing market and related markets may decrease our revenues and margins.

      The market for our products depends on economic conditions affecting the disk drive manufacturing and related markets, particularly the desktop personal computer market. We believe that a substantial majority of our finished unit sales were incorporated into disk drives manufactured by our customers for the desktop personal computer market. Because of this concentration in a single market, which we expect to continue, our business is tightly linked to the success of the personal computer market. The personal computer market has historically been seasonal and cyclical and has experienced periods of oversupply and reduced production levels, resulting in significantly reduced demand for disks and pricing pressures. The effect of these cycles on suppliers, including disk manufacturers, has been magnified by disk drive manufacturers’ practice of ordering components, including disks, in excess of their needs during periods of rapid growth, which increases the severity of the drop in the demand for components during periods of reduced growth or contraction. Accordingly, downturns in the desktop personal computer market may cause disk drive manufacturers to delay or cancel projects, reduce their production or reduce or cancel orders for our products. This, in turn, may lead to longer sales cycles, delays in payment and collection, and pricing pressures, causing us to realize lower revenues and margins.

If our production capacity is underutilized, our gross margin will be adversely affected and we could sustain significant losses.

      Our business is characterized by high fixed overhead costs including expensive plant facilities and production equipment. Our per unit costs and our gross margin are significantly affected by the number of units we produce and the amount of our production capacity that we utilize. Our production capacity is

10


Table of Contents

currently approximately 18 million to 20 million disks per quarter. We expect that we will increase our production capacity by approximately 10% to 20% over the next three fiscal quarters by utilizing our existing facilities, which minimizes capital outlays. If we underutilize our production capacity for any reason including lack of customer demand or cancellation or delay of customer orders, we could experience significantly higher unit production costs, lower margins and potentially significant losses. Underutilization of our production capacity could also result in equipment write-offs, restructuring charges and employee layoffs. For example, from our 1997 fiscal year to the third quarter of our 2002 fiscal year, our gross margin was severely adversely affected by our underutilization of our capacity. If our production capacity is underutilized for any reason, our financial results and our business would be severely harmed.

If future demand for our products exceeds the production capability of our existing facilities, we may be required to invest significant capital expenditures to increase capacity or else risk losing market share.

      We believe we have a limited capability to further expand our production capacity using our existing facilities to meet incremental increases in future demand for our disk products. If demand for our products were to significantly exceed these capacity levels, we may not be able to satisfy this increased demand. To increase our production capacity to meet significant increases in demand for our disks, we would be required to expand our existing facilities, construct new facilities or acquire entities with additional production capacities. These alternatives would require significant capital investments by us and would require us to seek additional equity or debt financing. There can be no assurance that such financing would be available to us when needed on acceptable terms, or at all. If we were unable to expand capacity on a timely basis to meet increases in demand, we could lose market opportunities for sales and our market share could decline. Further, we cannot assure you that the increased demand for our disk products would continue for a sufficient period of time to recoup our capital investments associated with increasing our production capacity.

We receive a large percentage of our net sales from only a few disk drive manufacturer customers, the loss of any of which would adversely affect our sales.

      Our customers are disk drive manufacturers. A relatively small number of disk drive manufacturers dominate the disk drive market. According to IDC, four of these manufacturers accounted for over 84% of disk drive sales during the third quarter of 2003. Accordingly, we expect that the success of our business will continue to depend on a limited number of customers who have comparatively strong bargaining power in negotiating contracts with us.

      In the first three fiscal quarters of 2003, 41% of our net sales were to Western Digital, 36% were to Maxtor and 15% were to HGST. During fiscal 2002, 61% of our net sales were to Western Digital and 30% were to Maxtor. During fiscal 2001, 59% of our net sales were to Western Digital and 27% were to Maxtor. If any one of our significant customers were to reduce their disk requirements or develop or expand capacity to produce disks for internal use and we are unable to replace these orders with sales to new customers, our sales would be reduced and, our business would suffer.

Internal disk operations of disk drive manufacturers may adversely affect our ability to sell our disk products.

      Disk drive manufacturers such as HGST, Maxtor and Seagate have large internal thin-film media manufacturing operations and are able to produce a substantial percentage of their disk requirements. We compete directly with these internal operations when we market our products to these disk drive companies, and indirectly when we sell our disks to customers who must compete with vertically-integrated disk drive manufacturers. Vertically-integrated companies have the opportunity to keep their disk-making operations fully utilized, thus lowering their costs of production. This cost advantage contributes to the pressure on us and other independent disk manufacturers to sell disks at lower prices and can severely affect our profitability. Vertically-integrated companies are also able to achieve a large manufacturing scale that supports the development resources necessary to advance technology rapidly. We may not have sufficient resources or

11


Table of Contents

manufacturing scale to be able to compete effectively with these companies as to production costs or technology development.

If we are unable to perform successfully in the highly competitive and increasingly concentrated disk industry, we may not be able to maintain or gain additional market share, and our operating results would be harmed.

      The market for our products is highly competitive, and we expect competition to continue in the future. Competitors in the thin-film media industry fall mainly into two groups: Asian-based independent disk manufacturers and captive disk manufacturers. Our major Asian-based independent competitors include Fuji Electric, Hoya, Showa Denko and Trace Storage. The captive disk manufacturers who produce thin-film media internally for their own use include HGST, Maxtor and Seagate. In late 2002, IBM entered into a joint venture with Hitachi. The joint venture, named Hitachi Global Storage Technologies, or HGST, includes Hitachi’s and IBM’s disk drive operations and a portion of IBM’s thin-film media operations, and evidences the increasing concentration and economies of scale in our industry. Many of these competitors have greater financial resources and less debt than we have, which could allow them to adjust to fluctuating market conditions better than us. Further, they may have greater technical and manufacturing resources, more extensive name recognition, more marketing power, a broader array of product lines and preferred vendor status. To the extent our competitors continue to consolidate and achieve greater economies of scale, we will face additional competitive challenges. If we are not able to compete successfully in the future, we would not be able to gain additional market share for our products, or we may lose our existing market share, and our operating results could be harmed.

Price competition may force us to lower our prices, causing our net sales and gross margin to suffer.

      We face significant price competition in the disk industry. High levels of competition have historically put downward pressure on prices per unit. Additionally, the average selling price of disks and disk drives rapidly declines over their commercial life as a result of technological enhancements, productivity improvements and industry supply increases. We may be forced to lower our prices or add new products and features at lower prices to remain competitive, and we may otherwise be unable to introduce new products at higher prices. We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete successfully in this kind of price competitive environment. Lower prices would reduce our ability to generate sales, and our gross margin would suffer. If we fail to mitigate the effect of these pressures through reducing the cost of our products or changing our product mix, our net sales and gross margin could be adversely affected.

      Price declines are also affected by any imbalances between demand and supply. For most of 2002, as in the several years prior, disk supply exceeded demand. As independent suppliers like us struggled to utilize their capacity, the excess disk supply caused average selling prices for disks to decline. Pricing pressure on component suppliers was also compounded by high consumer demand for inexpensive personal computers and consumer devices. In the fourth quarter of 2002 and the first three quarters of 2003, disk prices began to stabilize, but there is no certainty that this trend will continue. These supply and demand factors and industry-wide competition could adjust again and force disk prices down, which would put pressure on our gross margin.

Because our products require a lengthy sales cycle with no assurance of high volume sales, we may expend significant financial and other resources without a return.

      With short product life cycles and the rapid technological change experienced in the disk drive industry, we must frequently qualify new products with our disk drive manufacturing customers, based on criteria such as quality, storage capacity, performance, and price. Qualifying disks for incorporation into new disk drive products requires us to work extensively with the customer and the customer’s other suppliers to meet product specifications. Therefore, customers often require a significant number of product presentations and demonstrations, as well as substantial interaction with our senior management, before making a purchasing decision. Accordingly, our products typically have a lengthy sales cycle, which can range from six to twelve months or longer. During this time, we may expend substantial financial resources and management time and

12


Table of Contents

effort, while having no assurances that a sale will result, or that disk drive programs ultimately will result in high-volume production. To the extent we expend significant resources to qualify products without realizing sales, our operations will suffer.

If our customers cancel orders, our sales could suffer and we are generally not entitled to receive cancellation penalties to offset the loss of sales revenue.

      Our sales are generally made pursuant to purchase orders that are subject to cancellation, modification, or rescheduling without significant penalties. As a result, if a customer cancels, modifies, or reschedules an order, we may have already made expenditures that are not recoverable, and our profitability will suffer. Furthermore, if our current customers do not continue to place orders with us or if we are unable to obtain orders from new customers, our sales and operating results will suffer.

Because we depend on a limited number of suppliers, if our suppliers experience capacity constraints or production failures, our production, operating results and growth potential could be harmed.

      We rely on a limited number of suppliers for some of the materials and equipment used in our manufacturing processes, including aluminum blanks, aluminum substrates, nickel plating solutions, polishing and texturing supplies, and sputtering target materials. For example, Kobe Steel, Ltd. is our sole supplier of aluminum blanks, a fundamental component in producing our disks. We also rely on OMG Fidelity, Inc. and Heraeus Incorporated for supplies of nickel plating solutions and sputtering target materials, respectively. The supplier base has been weakened by the poor financial condition of the industry in recent years, and some suppliers have exited the business. Our production capacity would be limited if one or more of these materials were to become unavailable or available in reduced quantities, or if we were unable to find alternative suppliers. For example, due to the significant growth in demand for our disk products in the fourth quarter of 2002, our sales were smaller during the quarter than the available market opportunity due to our inability to acquire additional aluminum substrates. If our sources of materials and supplies were limited or unavailable for a significant period of time, our production, operating results and ability to grow our business could be adversely affected.

Disk drive program life cycles are short, and disk drive programs are highly customized. If we fail to respond to our customers’ demanding requirements, we will not be able to compete effectively.

      The disk industry has experienced rapid technological change, and if we are unable to anticipate and develop products and production technologies on a timely basis, our competitive position could be harmed. In general, the life cycles of disk drive programs are short. For example, between approximately 1999 and 2002, areal density rose dramatically on an annual basis. Additionally, disks must be more customized to each disk drive program. Short program life cycles and customization have increased the risk of product obsolescence, and as a result, supply chain management, including just-in-time delivery, has become a standard industry practice. In order to sustain customer relationships and sustain profitability, we must be able to develop new products and technologies in a timely fashion that can help customers reduce their time-to-market performance, and continue to maintain operational excellence that supports high-volume manufacturing ramps and tight inventory management throughout the supply chain. Accordingly, we have invested and intend to continue to invest heavily in our research and development program. If we cannot respond to this rapidly changing environment or fail to meet our customers’ demanding product and qualification requirements, we will not be able to compete effectively. As a result, we would not be able to maximize the use of our production facilities and our profitability would be negatively impacted.

If we do not keep pace with the rapid technological change in the disk drive industry, we will not be able to compete effectively, and our operating results could suffer.

      Our products primarily serve the 3 1/2-inch disk drive market where product performance, consistent quality, price and availability are of great competitive importance. To succeed in an industry characterized by rapid technological developments, we must continuously advance our disk technology at a pace consistent with, or faster than, the pace at which our competitors are advancing their disk technology.

13


Table of Contents

      Advances in disk drive technology require continually lower flying heights and higher areal density. Until recently, areal density was roughly doubling from year-to-year and even today continues to increase rapidly, requiring significant improvement in every aspect of disk design. These advances require substantial on-going process and technology development. New process technologies, including synthetic anti-ferromagnetic, or SAF and perpendicular recording media, or PMR, must support cost-effective, high-volume production of disks that meet these ever-advancing customer requirements for enhanced magnetic recording performance. We may not be able to develop and implement these technologies in a timely manner in order to compete effectively against our competitors’ products or entirely new data storage technologies. In addition, we must transfer our technology from our U.S.-based research and development center to our Malaysian manufacturing operations. If we cannot advance our process technologies or do not successfully implement those advanced technologies in our Malaysian operations, or if technologies that we have chosen not to develop prove to be viable competitive alternatives, we would not be able to compete effectively. As a result, we would lose market share and face increased price competition from other manufacturers, and our operating results would suffer.

If we fail to improve the quality of, and control contamination in, our manufacturing processes, we will lose our ability to remain competitive.

      The manufacture of our products requires a tightly-controlled, multi-stage process, and the use of high-quality materials. Efficient production of our products requires utilization of advanced manufacturing techniques and clean room facilities. Disk fabrication occurs in a highly controlled, clean environment to minimize particles and other yield- and quality-limiting contaminants. In spite of stringent manufacturing controls, weaknesses in process control or minute impurities in materials may cause a substantial percentage of the disks in a lot to be defective. The success of our manufacturing operations depends, in part, on our ability to maintain process control and minimize such impurities in order to maximize yield of acceptable high-quality disks. Minor variations from specifications could have a disproportionately adverse impact on our manufacturing yields. If we are not able to continue to improve on our manufacturing processes or maintain stringent quality controls, or if contamination problems arise, we will not remain competitive, and our operating results would be harmed.

An industry trend towards glass-based applications could negatively impact our ability to remain competitive.

      Our finished disks are primarily manufactured from aluminum substrates, which are the primary substrate used in desktop PC and enterprise applications. Some disk manufacturers emphasize the use of glass as a basis for the manufacture of their disks to primarily serve the mobile personal computer market and certain other consumer applications. These applications are expected to achieve significant growth in the near future. To the extent glass-based applications were to achieve significant growth in the market place, we may lose market share if we were unable to move rapidly to produce glass-based disks to address the demand.

All of our manufacturing operations have been consolidated in Malaysia and our foreign operations and international sales subject us to additional risks inherent in doing business on an international level that make it more costly or difficult to conduct our business.

      As a result of our consolidation of manufacturing operations in Malaysia, technology developed at our U.S.-based research and development center must now be first implemented for high-volume production at our Malaysian facilities without the benefit of being implemented at a U.S. factory. Therefore, we rely heavily on electronic communications between our U.S. headquarters and our Malaysian facilities to transfer specifications and procedures, diagnose operational issues and meet customer requirements. If our operations in Malaysia or overseas communications are disrupted for a prolonged period for any reason, including a failure in electronic communications with our U.S. operations, the manufacture and shipment of our products would be delayed, and our results of operations would suffer.

      Furthermore, our ability to transfer funds from our Malaysian operations to the United States is subject to Malaysian rules and regulations. In 1999, the Malaysian government repealed a regulation that restricted

14


Table of Contents

the amount of dividends that a Malaysian company may pay to its stockholders. If not repealed, this regulation would have potentially limited our ability to transfer funds to the United States from our Malaysian operations. If similar regulations are enacted in the future, we may not be able to finance our U.S.-based research and development and/or repay our U.S. debt obligations.

      We are subject to a number of risks of conducting business outside of the United States. Our sales to customers in Asia, including the foreign subsidiaries of domestic disk drive companies, account for substantially all of our net sales. Further, while customers assemble a substantial portion of their disk drives in Asia, they subsequently sell these products throughout the world. Therefore, our high concentration of Asian sales does not accurately reflect the eventual point of consumption of the assembled disk drives. We anticipate that international sales will continue to represent the majority of our net sales, and as a result the success of our business is subject to factors affecting global markets generally.

      We are subject to these risks to a greater extent than most companies because, in addition to selling our products outside the United States, our Malaysian operations account for substantially all of our net sales. Accordingly, our operating results are subject to the risks inherent with international operations, including, but not limited to:

  •  compliance with changing legal and regulatory requirements of foreign jurisdictions;
 
  •  fluctuations in tariffs or other trade barriers;
 
  •  foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, since certain costs of our foreign manufacturing and marketing operations are incurred in foreign currency, including purchase of certain operating supplies and production equipment from Japanese suppliers in Yen-denominated transactions;
 
  •  difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;
 
  •  political, social and economic instability;
 
  •  increased exposure to threats and acts of terrorism;
 
  •  exposure to taxes in multiple jurisdictions;
 
  •  local infrastructure problems or failures including but not limited to loss of power and water supply; and
 
  •  transportation delays and interruptions.

If we are not able to attract and retain key personnel, our operations could be harmed.

      Our future success depends on the continued service of our executive officers, our highly-skilled research, development and engineering team, our manufacturing team and our key administrative, sales and marketing and support personnel. Acquiring talented personnel who possess the advanced skills we require has been difficult. Our bankruptcy filing and our financial performance in prior years increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining skilled engineers and other knowledgeable workers. Even though we have emerged from bankruptcy, we may have difficulty attracting and retaining key personnel. We may not be able to attract, assimilate or retain highly-qualified personnel to maintain the capabilities that are necessary to compete effectively. Further, we do not have key person life insurance on any of our key personnel. If we are unable to retain existing or hire key personnel, our business, financial condition and operating results could be harmed.

If we do not protect our patents and other intellectual property rights, our revenues could suffer.

      It is commonplace to protect technology through patents and other forms of intellectual property rights in technically sophisticated fields. In the disk and disk drive industries, companies and individuals have initiated actions against others in the industry to enforce intellectual property rights. Although we attempt to protect our intellectual property rights through patents, copyrights, trade secrets and other measures, we may not be able to adequately protect our technology. In addition, we may not be able to discover significant

15


Table of Contents

infringements of our technology or successfully enforce our rights to our technology if we discover infringing uses by others, and such infringements could have a negative impact on our ability to compete effectively. Competitors may be able to develop similar technology and also may have or may develop intellectual property rights and enforce those rights to prevent us from using such technologies, or demand royalty payments from us in return for using such technologies. Either of these events may affect our production, which could materially reduce our revenues and harm our operating results.

We may face intellectual property infringement claims that are costly to resolve, may divert our management’s attention, and may negatively impact our operations.

      We have occasionally received, and may receive in the future, communications from third parties that assert violation of intellectual property rights alleged to cover certain of our products or manufacturing processes or equipment. We evaluate on a case-by-case basis whether it would be necessary to defend against such claims or to seek licenses to the rights referred to in such communications. In certain cases, we may not be able to negotiate necessary licenses on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Also, if we have to defend such claims, we could incur significant expenses and our management’s attention could be diverted from our core business. Further, we may not be able to anticipate claims by others that we infringe on their technology or successfully defend ourselves against such claims. Any litigation resulting from such claims could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.

Historical quarterly results may not accurately predict our performance due to a number of uncertainties and market factors, and as a result it is difficult to predict our future results.

      Our operating results historically have fluctuated significantly on both a quarterly and annual basis. Additionally, as a result of our emergence from bankruptcy on June 30, 2002, we are operating our business with a new capital structure and have been subject to the fresh-start reporting prescribed by generally accepted accounting principles. Our balance sheet beginning as of June 30, 2002 reflects the application of these rules. As a result, our operating results in any quarter may not reflect our future performance, particularly because our financial condition and results of operations are not comparable to those in our historical financial statements ended prior to June 30, 2002. We believe that our future operating results will continue to be subject to quarterly variations based on a wide variety of factors, including:

  •  timing of significant orders, or order cancellations;
 
  •  changes in our product mix and average selling prices;
 
  •  modified, adjusted or rescheduled shipments;
 
  •  availability of disks versus demand for disks;
 
  •  the cyclical nature of the disk drive industry;
 
  •  our ability to develop and implement new manufacturing process technologies;
 
  •  increases in our production and engineering costs associated with initial design and production of new product programs;
 
  •  the ability of our process equipment to meet more stringent future product requirements;
 
  •  our ability to introduce new products that achieve cost-effective high-volume production in a timely manner, timing of product announcements, and market acceptance of new products;
 
  •  the availability of our production capacity, and the extent to which we can use that capacity;
 
  •  changes in our manufacturing efficiencies, in particular product yields and input costs for direct materials, operating supplies and other running costs;
 
  •  prolonged disruptions of operations at any of our facilities for any reason;

16


Table of Contents

  •  changes in the cost of or limitations on availability of labor; and
 
  •  structural changes within the disk industry, including combinations, failures, and joint venture arrangements.

      We cannot forecast with certainty the impact of these and other factors on our revenues and operating results in any future period. Our expense levels are based, in part, on expectations as to future revenues. If our revenue levels are below expectations, our operating results are likely to suffer.

Given our reliance on manufacturing facilities and suppliers in Asia, another outbreak of SARS may negatively impact our operating results.

      If there is another outbreak of severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS) as occurred at the end of 2002 in China, Hong Kong, Singapore, and Vietnam, such an outbreak, or the fear of such an outbreak, could have a negative impact on our operations. The outbreak that occurred in 2002 had an impact on the ability of our management, sales and customer service employees to travel between the executive and research facilities in California, manufacturing operations in Malaysia, and customer sites throughout Asia. Our normal operating processes could be hindered by a number of SARS-related factors upon a future extended occurrence, including, but not limited to:

  •  disruptions in our manufacturing facilities in Malaysia;
 
  •  disruptions at our third-party suppliers located in China or other affected countries;
 
  •  disruptions in our customers’ operations in Singapore, Malaysia or other affected countries;
 
  •  reduced travel between our U.S.-based research and development facility and our Malaysian manufacturing locations; and
 
  •  reduced travel between ourselves, customers, and suppliers.

      Because of our reliance on our Malaysian manufacturing facilities and significant distribution to customers in Asia, if another outbreak occurs or spreads to other areas, our sales and operating results could be harmed.

If we make unprofitable acquisitions or are unable to successfully integrate future acquisitions, our business could suffer.

      We have in the past and from time to time in the future may acquire businesses, products or technologies that we believe complement or expand our existing business. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including the following:

  •  difficulties in integrating the operations, technologies, products and personnel of the acquired companies, especially given the specialized nature of our technology;
 
  •  diversion of management’s attention from normal daily operations of the business;
 
  •  potential difficulties in completing projects associated with in-process research and development;
 
  •  initial dependence on unfamiliar supply chains or relatively small supply partners; and
 
  •  the potential loss of key employees of the acquired companies.

      Acquisitions may also cause us to:

  •  issue stock that would dilute our current stockholders’ percentage ownership;
 
  •  assume liabilities;
 
  •  record goodwill and non-amortizable intangible assets that will be subject to impairment testing and potential periodic impairment charges;
 
  •  incur amortization expenses related to certain intangible assets;

17


Table of Contents

  •  incur large and immediate write-offs; or
 
  •  become subject to litigation.

      For example, in 2000, we acquired HMT Technology Corporation, another disk manufacturer. As a result of the acquisition of HMT Technology Corporation, we acquired debt liabilities, real property and manufacturing facilities and incurred significant transaction costs related to the acquisition that raised our ongoing operational expenses and fixed costs. We were unable to utilize our increased capacity and generate sufficient revenues to cover the increased costs and have since sold a majority of all unused facilities.

      Mergers and acquisitions of high-technology companies are inherently risky, and no assurance can be given that any future acquisitions by us will be successful and will not materially adversely affect our business, operating results or financial condition. The failure to manage and successfully integrate acquisitions we make could harm our business and operating results in a material way. Even if an acquired company has already developed and marketed products, there can be no assurance that product enhancements will be made in a timely fashion or that pre-acquisition due diligence will have identified all possible issues that might arise with respect to products or the integration of the company into our company.

The nature of our operations makes us susceptible to material environmental liabilities, which could result in significant compliance and clean-up expenses and adversely affect our financial condition.

      We are subject to a variety of federal, state, local, and foreign regulations relating to:

  •  the use, storage, discharge, and disposal of hazardous materials used during our manufacturing process;
 
  •  the treatment of water used in our manufacturing process; and
 
  •  air quality management.

      We are required to obtain necessary permits for expanding our facilities. We must also comply with new regulations on our existing operations, which may result in significant costs. Public attention has increasingly been focused on the environmental impact of manufacturing operations that use hazardous materials. If we fail to comply with environmental regulations or fail to obtain the necessary permits:

  •  we could be subject to significant penalties;
 
  •  our ability to expand or operate in California or Malaysia could be restricted;
 
  •  our ability to establish additional operations in other locations could be restricted; or
 
  •  we could be required to obtain costly equipment or incur significant expenses to comply with environmental regulations.

      Furthermore, our manufacturing processes rely on the use of hazardous materials and any accidental hazardous discharge could result in significant liability and clean-up expenses, which could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Earthquakes or other natural or man-made disasters could disrupt our operations.

      Our U.S. facilities are located in San Jose, California. In addition, Kobe and other Japanese suppliers of our key manufacturing supplies and sputtering machines are located in areas with seismic activity. Our Malaysian operations have been subject to temporary production interruptions due to localized flooding, disruptions in the delivery of electrical power, and, on one occasion in 1997, by smoke generated by large, widespread fires in Indonesia. If any natural or man-made disasters do occur, operations could be disrupted for prolonged periods, and our business would suffer.

18


Table of Contents

Anti-takeover provisions in our certificate of incorporation could discourage potential acquisition proposals or delay or prevent a change of control.

      We have protective provisions in place designed to provide our board of directors with time to consider whether a hostile takeover is in our best interests and that of our stockholders. Our certificate of incorporation provides that we have three classes of directors. As a result, a person could not take control of the board until the third annual meeting after the closing of the merger, since a majority of our directors will not stand for election until that third annual meeting. This provision could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control of the company and also could diminish the opportunities for a holder of our common stock to participate in tender offers, including offers at a price above the then-current market price for our common stock. These provisions also may inhibit fluctuations in our stock price that could result from takeover attempts.

Risks Related to the Notes and the Common Stock

We continue to be leveraged and our debt service requirements will continue to make us vulnerable to economic downturns and impose restrictions on our operations.

      Our total long-term debt and short-term debt was $116.0 million as of December 28, 2003, of which approximately $115.2 million consists of the outstanding amount due under the Senior Notes. We expect to redeem all of the outstanding Senior Notes with the proceeds of this offering and our concurrent common stock offering of 3,000,000 shares of our common stock (3,750,000 shares if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full). However, in the event the aggregate net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent common stock offering were to be below $115.2 million, we would be unable to redeem all of the outstanding Senior Notes from the proceeds of these offerings. Even if we are able to redeem all of the outstanding Senior Notes using the proceeds of this offering and our concurrent common stock offering, we will still have debt service obligations under the notes to be issued pursuant to this prospectus. As a result, we may be required to use a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to meet our obligations on the notes, thereby reducing the availability of cash flow to fund our business. Debt service obligations resulting from outstanding debt remaining after this offering, to the extent our outstanding debt is not fully refinanced, and debt service obligations arising from the offering of the notes could limit our flexibility in planning for or reacting to changes in our industry, and could limit our ability to borrow more money for operations and implement our business strategy in the future. In addition, our leverage may restrict our ability to obtain additional financing in the future. We will continue to be more leveraged than some of our competitors, which may place us at a competitive disadvantage because our interest and debt repayment requirements makes us more susceptible to downturns in our business. To the extent we do not refinance in full our outstanding debt obligations under the Senior Notes from the proceeds of this offering and the concurrent common stock offering, the debt covenants under the Senior Notes will continue to impose operating and financial restrictions on us. These covenants under the Senior Notes could adversely affect our ability to finance future operations, potential acquisitions or capital needs or to engage in other business activities that may be in our interest. In addition, if we cannot achieve the financial results necessary to maintain compliance with these covenants, we could be declared in default and be required to sell or liquidate our assets to repay outstanding debt.

Because of our debt obligations, in the event of a dissolution, equity holders would be unlikely to receive distributions.

      We currently intend to repay all of our Senior Notes and terminate our Exit Facility that we entered into on June 30, 2002, with the proceeds of this offering and our concurrent common stock offering. We have no balance outstanding under the Exit Facility and only limited ability to make a draw under the Exit Facility at this time. To the extent we do not refinance in full our Senior Notes from the proceeds of this offering and our concurrent common stock offering and terminate the Exit Facility, our cash pay and paid-in-kind Senior Notes will continue to be subordinated in right of payment to the Exit Facility. As a result of such subordination, in the event of an acceleration of our debt for any reason, including our liquidation or

19


Table of Contents

insolvency, or a payment or covenant default, our assets will be available to pay obligations on the Senior Notes and the notes issued pursuant to this prospectus only after the Exit Facility is paid in full. There may not be sufficient assets remaining to pay amounts due on any or all of the Senior Notes and the new convertible subordinated notes. In the event of liquidation or insolvency, holders of equity securities would receive a distribution only after payment in full to each of the Exit Facility, Senior Notes and the new notes and other creditors, and there may be no proceeds to distribute to equity holders at such time.

Our holding company structure makes us dependent on cash flow from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations.

      Most of our operations are conducted through, and most of our assets are held by, our subsidiaries. Therefore, we are dependent on the cash flow of our subsidiaries to meet our debt obligations. Our subsidiaries are separate legal entities that have no obligation to pay any amounts due under the Senior Notes (to the extent the Senior Notes are not fully refinanced) or the notes offered pursuant to this prospectus, or to make any funds available therefor, whether by dividends, loans or other payments. Our subsidiaries have not guaranteed the payment of the Senior Notes or the new convertible subordinated notes. The covenants in the Senior Notes require that we hold no more than $12.0 million in cash outside of the United States. Except to the extent we may ourself be a creditor with recognized claims against our subsidiaries, subject to any limitations contained in our other debt agreements, all claims of creditors and holders of preferred stock, if any, of our subsidiaries will have priority with respect to the assets of such subsidiaries over the claims of our creditors, including holders of the Senior Notes or the lenders under the Exit Facility.

The assets of our subsidiaries may not be available to make payments on our debt obligations.

      Neither the Senior Notes (to the extent the Senior Notes are not fully refinanced), nor the notes to be offered pursuant to this prospectus, are guaranteed by our subsidiaries, and payments on the Senior Notes and these convertible subordinated notes are required to be made only by us. We may not have direct access to the assets of our subsidiaries unless these assets are transferred by dividend or otherwise to us. The ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or otherwise transfer assets to us is subject to various restrictions, including restrictions under other agreements to which we are a party under applicable law.

We may incur additional indebtedness ranking equal to the notes.

      The indenture governing the notes does not contain any financial or operating covenants that would prohibit or limit us or our subsidiaries from incurring additional indebtedness and other liabilities, pledging assets to secure such indebtedness and liabilities, paying dividends, or issuing securities or repurchasing securities issued by us or any of our subsidiaries. The incurrence of additional indebtedness and, in particular, the granting of a security interest to secure the indebtedness could adversely affect our ability to pay our obligations on the notes. We anticipate that from time to time we may incur additional indebtedness in the future.

      If we incur additional indebtedness that ranks equally with the notes, including trade payables, the holders of that debt will be entitled to share ratably with you in any proceeds distributed in connection with any insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or other winding-up of us. This may have the effect of reducing the amount of proceeds in connection with any insolvency, liquidation, reorganization or other winding-up of us paid to you as a holder of the notes.

The notes are subordinated to our senior indebtedness and existing and future liabilities of our subsidiaries.

      The notes will be unsecured obligations of Komag and will be subordinated in right of payment to all of our existing and future senior indebtedness. In the event of our bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization, or upon acceleration of the notes due to an event of default under the indenture and in certain other events, our assets will be available to pay obligations on the notes only after all senior indebtedness has been paid in full. As a result, there may not be sufficient assets remaining to pay amounts due on any or all of the outstanding

20


Table of Contents

notes. As of December 28, 2003, we had approximately $116.0 million of senior indebtedness outstanding. After giving effect to the redemption of our Senior Notes in full from the proceeds of this offering and the redemption of the Junior Notes in full on December 2, 2003, we will have approximately $0.9 million of senior indebtedness outstanding.

      Additionally, our subsidiaries are not guaranteeing the notes. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of our subsidiaries, creditors of our subsidiaries will generally be entitled to payment of their claims from the assets of those subsidiaries before any assets are made available for distribution to us. At December 28, 2003, the aggregate liabilities of our subsidiaries, excluding intercompany obligations, was approximately $44.3 million. Our subsidiaries may incur substantial additional liabilities in the future, unrestricted by the terms of the indenture governing the notes.

Restrictions imposed by instruments governing our indebtedness may limit our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or engage in other business activities that may be in our interest.

      We may not be able to redeem all of the outstanding principal amount of the Senior Notes in the event that we are unable to complete both the note offering and the concurrent stock offering. The indenture governing our outstanding Senior Notes imposed, and the terms of any future debt may impose, operating and other restrictions on us. In addition, the indenture for the Senior Notes also limits, among other things, our ability to:

  •  pay dividends or make distributions in respect of our capital stock;
 
  •  purchase or acquire capital stock;
 
  •  make investments;
 
  •  sell assets;
 
  •  enter into transactions with affiliates;
 
  •  incur debt; and
 
  •  create liens.

      A breach of any of the restrictive covenants described above could result in a default under our debt instruments. If a default occurs, the holders of our outstanding Senior Notes may elect to declare all of our outstanding obligations, together with accrued interest and other fees, to be immediately due and payable. If our outstanding indebtedness were to be accelerated, we cannot assure you that our assets would be sufficient to repay in full that debt and any future indebtedness.

We may be unable to repay or repurchase the notes or our other indebtedness.

      At maturity, the entire outstanding principal amount of the notes will become due and payable. You may also require us to repurchase the notes for cash on February 1, 2011, 2014 and 2019. In addition, if a fundamental change, as defined under “Description of Notes — Purchase of the Notes at a Holder’s Option Upon a Fundamental Change,” occurs, you may require us to repurchase all or a portion of your notes in cash. We may not have sufficient funds or may be unable to arrange for additional financing to pay the principal amount due at maturity or the repurchase price of the notes. Any future borrowing arrangements or debt agreements to which we become a party may contain restrictions on or prohibitions against our repayment or repurchase of the notes. If we are prohibited from repaying or repurchasing the notes, we could try to obtain the consent of lenders under those arrangements, or we could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain the restrictions. If we do not obtain the necessary consents or refinance the borrowings, we will be unable to repay or repurchase the notes.

21


Table of Contents

The conditional conversion feature of the notes could result in you receiving less than the value of the shares into which a note is convertible.

      The notes are convertible into the shares only if specified conditions are met. If the specified conditions for conversion are not met, you will not be able to convert your notes, and you may not be able to receive the value of the shares into which the notes would otherwise be convertible.

Conversion of the notes will dilute the ownership interest of existing stockholders.

      The conversion of notes into shares of our common stock will dilute the ownership interests of existing stockholders. Any sales in the public market of the common stock issuable upon conversion of the notes could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock. In addition, the existence of the notes may encourage short selling by market participants due to this dilution or to facilitate trading strategies involving notes and common stock.

Our reported earnings per share may be more volatile because of the contingent conversion provision of the notes.

      Holders of the notes are entitled to convert the notes into our common stock if (1) the sale price of our common stock exceeds a specified threshold, (2) the trading price of the notes falls below a specified threshold prior to February 1, 2019, (3) the notes have been called for redemption and (4) specified corporate transactions occur. Until one of these contingencies is met, the shares underlying the notes are not included in the calculation of our basic or fully diluted earnings per share. Should a contingency be met, fully diluted earnings per share would be expected to decrease as a result of the inclusion of the underlying shares in the fully diluted earnings per share calculation. Volatility in our common stock price could cause this condition to be met in one quarter and not in a subsequent quarter, increasing the volatility of our fully diluted earnings per share.

A market may not develop for the notes.

      Prior to the offering there has been no trading market for the notes. The underwriters have advised us that they currently intend to make a market in the notes. However, the underwriters are not obligated to make a market and may discontinue this market-making activity at any time without notice. In addition, market-making activity by the underwriters will be subject to the limits imposed by applicable securities laws. As a result, a market for the notes may not develop or, if one does develop, it may not be maintained. In addition, we are not certain of the liquidity of any market that may develop, the ability of holders to sell their notes or the price at which holders would be able to sell their notes. If an active market for the notes fails to develop or be sustained, the trading price of the notes could decline significantly.

The price of the shares, and therefore the price of the notes, may fluctuate significantly, which may make it difficult for holders to resell the notes or the shares issuable upon conversion of the notes when desired or at attractive prices.

      Prior to electing to convert notes, the note holder should compare the price at which our common stock is trading in the market to the conversion price of the notes. Our common stock trades on the Nasdaq National Market System under the symbol “KOMG.” On January 14, 2004, the last reported sale price of our common stock on the Nasdaq National Market System was $23.71 per share. The initial conversion price of the notes is $          per share of common stock. The market prices of our securities are subject to significant fluctuations in response to the factors set forth above and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. Such fluctuations, as well as economic conditions generally, may adversely affect the market price of our securities, including our common stock and the notes. There could be quarters in which we experience shortfalls in revenue and/or earnings from levels expected by securities analysts and investors, which could have an immediate and significant adverse effect on the trading price of our securities, including our common stock and the notes.

22


Table of Contents

      In addition, the stock market in recent years has experienced extreme price and trading volume fluctuations that often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of individual companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance. Because the notes are convertible into common stock, volatility or depressed prices for our common stock could have a similar effect on the trading price of the notes.

      Sales of substantial amounts of shares of our stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that those sales may occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. Because the notes are convertible into common stock only at a conversion price in excess of the recent trading price, such a decline in our common stock price may cause the value of the notes to decline.

The notes may not be rated or may receive a lower rating than anticipated.

      We believe it is unlikely that the notes will be rated. However, if one or more rating agencies rates the notes and assigns the notes a rating lower than the rating expected by investors, or reduces their rating in the future, the market price of the notes and our common stock would be harmed.

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

      This prospectus, including the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary” and “Risk Factors” contain forward-looking statements. These statements relate to future events or our future financial performance and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our or our industry’s actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. These risks and other factors include those listed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These statements are only predictions. In evaluating these statements, you should specifically consider various factors, including the risks outlined under “Risk Factors.”

      Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of these forward-looking statements. We are under no duty to update any of the forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus to conform our prior statements to actual results.

23


Table of Contents

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

      The following table sets forth our ratio of earnings to fixed charges for each of the periods indicated:

                                                                         
Pro Forma(5)

Six Months Six Months Nine Months Six Months Nine Months
Fiscal Year Ended Ended Ended Ended Ended Ended






1998 1999 2000 2001 June 30, 2002 Dec 29, 2002 Sep 28, 2003 Dec 29, 2002 Sep 28, 2003









Income (loss) before income taxes, minority interest, equity in net loss of unconsolidated company and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle(3)
  $ (337,474 )   $ (307,667 )   $ (75,794 )   $ (301,886 )   $ 363,017     $ (40,651 )   $ 18,990     $ (40,651 )   $ 18,990  
Fixed charges(1)(4)
    21,381       25,959       46,913       156,935       564       7,048       10,813       4,773       7,401  
Total earnings (losses) and fixed charges(3)
  $ (337,474 )   $ (307,667 )   $ (75,794 )   $ (301,886 )   $ 363,581     $ (40,651 )   $ 29,803     $ (40,651 )   $ 26,391  
Fixed charges(1)(4)
    21,381       25,959       46,913       156,935       564       7,048       10,813       4,773       7,401  
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(2)
    N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A       645:1       N/A       2.8:1       N/A       3.6:1  


(1)  Fixed charges consist of interest expense incurred, amortization of loan fees and the portion of rental expense under operating expense deemed by us to be representative of the interest factor.
 
(2)  Earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges for fiscal 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, and the six months ended December 29, 2002, by approximately $337.5 million, $307.7 million, $75.8 million, $301.9 million, and $40.7 million, respectively.
 
(3)  Total earnings and fixed charges for the six months ended June 30, 2002 included a gain on the extinguishment of debt and other liabilities subject to compromise, and the revaluation of assets and liabilities of $396.4 million to their fair values in connection with the adoption of fresh-start reporting.
 
(4)  In accordance with SOP 90-7, we did not record interest expense on our outstanding debt during the chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings from August 24, 2001 through June 30, 2002.
 
(5)  The pro forma calculations give effect to the application of the assumed proceeds of $70.0 million related to the issuance of our new           % convertible subordinated notes to repay a portion of the $115.2 million of our existing debt at an average interest rate of 9.5%. Earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges for the pro forma calculation for the six months ended December 29, 2002 by approximately $40.7 million.

24


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

      We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of notes that we are offering will be approximately $67.4 million (and approximately $77.6 million assuming the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated cash offering costs payable by us.

      We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering and any proceeds from our concurrent equity offering, up to approximately $115.2 million, to redeem our outstanding Senior Notes. As of December 28, 2003, the Senior Notes had a cash-pay portion of $63.2 million and a paid-in-kind portion of $52.0 million. The cash-pay portion of the Senior Notes: (i) is due on June 30, 2007; (ii) is payable in quarterly installments over a four-year period on a straight-line basis beginning on July 15, 2003; and (iii) pays interest monthly in arrears in cash, and bears interest at the greater of 8% per annum and a rate per annum equal to the prime rate of interest (which was 4.0% at December 28, 2003) plus three hundred basis points. The paid-in-kind portion of the Senior Notes: (i) is due on June 30, 2007; and (ii) pays interest in-kind monthly in arrears, and bears interest at a rate of 12% per annum.

      To the extent there are any remaining proceeds from these offerings, we intend to use those funds for general corporate purposes, including working capital and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of any remaining net proceeds to acquire other technologies or businesses when the opportunity arises. However, we currently have no commitments or agreements other than a potential acquisition of a substrate manufacturing facility in Malaysia from Trace Storage Technology Corporation, which we expect will close in the first quarter of 2004 if all conditions to closing are satisfied, and which we intend to pay with our current cash on hand, regardless of whether or not this offering and the concurrent common stock offering are completed. Pending such other uses, the net proceeds from this offering will be invested in investment grade, interest-bearing instruments.

 
PRICE RANGE OF OUR COMMON STOCK

      On June 30, 2002, we emerged from chapter 11 bankruptcy and all of the outstanding shares of our common stock were cancelled as required under the approved plan of reorganization. On that date, we issued new shares of our common stock. During the period from July 1, 2002 to July 9, 2002, our new common stock was not traded. Beginning on July 10, 2002, the new shares of our common stock began trading on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol KOMGQ and on February 25, 2003 began trading on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol KOMG.

      The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the high and low closing sale prices for our new common stock, as reported by OTC Bulletin Board from July 10, 2002 through February 24, 2003 and the Nasdaq National Market from February 25, 2003.

                 
Six Months Ended December 29, 2002 High Low



Third Quarter (beginning July 10)
  $ 5.00     $ 2.30  
Fourth Quarter
    4.62       2.50  
                 
Year Ending December 28, 2003 High Low



First Quarter (through February 24)
  $ 5.90     $ 4.33  
First Quarter (February 25 through March 30)
    7.50       6.09  
Second Quarter
    11.99       7.15  
Third Quarter
    18.00       11.49  
Fourth Quarter
    20.93       13.50  
                 
Year Ending January 2, 2005 High Low



First Quarter (through January 14)
  $ 23.71     $ 14.61  

      As of December 28, 2003 there were 23,753,384 shares of our common stock outstanding held by 71 holders.

 
DIVIDEND POLICY

      Since our inception, we have neither declared nor paid any dividends on our shares of common stock. We anticipate that we will retain future earnings, if any, in order to repay debt and for general corporate purposes. In addition, our debt agreements contain covenants that restrict the payment of cash dividends.

25


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

      The following table presents our cash and cash equivalents, current portion of long-term debt and capitalization as of September 28, 2003 on an actual basis; on an as adjusted basis to reflect $24.0 million net proceeds received from the sale of idle buildings and land, giving effect to the application of these proceeds and approximately $1.2 million of cash on October 21, 2003 to repay a portion of our Senior Notes and our Junior Notes; and on an as adjusted further basis to reflect the sale of the notes offered by us in this offering after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering costs and to reflect the issuance of our shares of common stock in the concurrent offering, giving effect to the application of the net proceeds. You should read this information in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, including the related notes, and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere or incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

                             
September 28, 2003

As As Adjusted
Actual Adjusted(1) Further(2)



(dollars in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 47,660     $ 46,419     $ 58,296  
     
     
     
 
Current portion of long-term debt
                       
 
Senior secured notes (cash pay portion)
  $ 20,078     $ 15,059     $  
 
Other notes
    164       164       164  
     
     
     
 
   
Total current portion of long-term debt
  $ 20,242     $ 15,223     $ 164  
     
     
     
 
Long-term debt
                       
 
Senior secured notes (cash pay portion)
  $ 60,234     $ 48,134     $  
 
Senior secured notes (paid-in-kind)
    50,470       50,470        
 
Junior secured notes (paid-in-kind)
    8,122              
 
Convertible subordinated notes
                70,000  
   
Other notes
    773       773       773  
     
     
     
 
   
Total long-term debt
  $ 119,599     $ 99,377     $ 70,773  
     
     
     
 
Stockholders’ equity
                       
 
Common stock, $0.01 par value; authorized 50,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 23,731,931 shares, as adjusted further 26,731,931 shares
  $ 237     $ 237     $ 267  
 
Additional paid-in capital
    172,282       172,282       230,428  
 
Deferred stock-based compensation
    (514 )     (514 )     (514 )
 
Accumulated deficit
    (22,322 )     (21,322 )     (21,322 )
     
     
     
 
   
Total stockholders’ equity
  $ 149,683     $ 150,683     $ 208,859  
     
     
     
 
   
Total capitalization
  $ 269,282     $ 250,060     $ 279,632  
     
     
     
 

(1)  On September 30, 2003, we completed the sale of our idle Fremont, California land and buildings. The land and buildings were acquired through our merger with HMT Technology Corporation in October 2000 and had been idle and held for sale since 2001. The net proceeds from the sale of the land and buildings were approximately $24.0 million resulting in a gain of approximately $1.0 million. The sale will be recorded in the fourth quarter of 2003. On October 21, 2003, we used approximately 50% of the net proceeds, $12.1 million, to pay down our debt as required under the terms of our Senior Notes Indenture, which Senior Notes are due in 2007. Additionally, we made a required principal payment of $5.0 million on the Senior Notes on October 15, 2003. Further, we received consent from a majority of the holders of the Senior Notes and the lender under the Exit Facility to redeem in full the Junior Notes

26


Table of Contents

for approximately $8.2 million and called for their redemption on October 30, 2003. The Junior Notes were redeemed on December 2, 2003.
 
(2)  Reflects the adjustments reflected in (1) above; the issuance of $70.0 million aggregate principal amount of our           % convertible notes due February 1, 2024; and the sale of 3,000,000 shares of common stock offered by us in our concurrent common stock offering at an assumed public offering price of $20.60 per share after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering costs, giving effect to the application of the net proceeds. Consummation of this offering of notes is not contingent upon consummation of the concurrent offering of shares of our common stock.

27


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

      The following table sets forth our selected consolidated financial data for the three months ended September 29, 2002, December 29, 2002, March 30, 2003, June 29, 2003 and September 28, 2003. The following data is derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and should be read in conjunction with these financial statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal, recurring adjustments, that management considers necessary for a fair statement of the results for those periods. The historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period and should not be considered indicative of results expected for the full fiscal years. The summary consolidated balance sheet data is presented on an actual basis; on an as adjusted basis to reflect $24.0 million net proceeds received from the sale of idle buildings and land, giving effect to the application of these proceeds and approximately $1.2 million of cash on October 21, 2003 to repay a portion of our Senior Notes and our Junior Notes in full; and on an as adjusted further basis to reflect the sale of notes offered by us in this offering after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering costs and to reflect the issuance of our shares of common stock in the concurrent offering, giving effect to the application of the net proceeds. We have also included a table that sets forth our ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the fiscal years ended 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 and the six months ended June 30, 2002 and December 29, 2002, and the nine months ended September 28, 2003. The following table also includes pro forma calculations for the six months ended December 29, 2002 and the nine months ended September 28, 2003. The pro forma calculations set forth below should be read in conjunction with the financial consolidated statements incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

                                           
Three Months Ended

Sep 29, 2002 Dec 29, 2002 Mar 30, 2003 June 29, 2003 Sep 28, 2003





(dollars in thousands except per share data)
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data
                                       
Net sales
  $ 70,241     $ 104,508     $ 105,515     $ 105,347     $ 109,199  
Cost of sales
    62,853       80,156       82,739       82,511       83,840  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Gross profit
    7,388       24,352       22,776       22,836       25,359  
Research, development, and engineering expense
    8,708       9,692       9,909       10,402       10,778  
Selling, general, and administrative expense
    4,235       5,248       4,562       4,038       4,717  
Gain on disposal of assets
    (70 )     (1,240 )     (861 )     (217 )     (792 )
Restructuring/impairment charges
    740 (1)     34,023 (3)                  
In-process research and development expense
    6,784                          
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Operating income (loss)
    (13,009 )     (23,371 )     9,166       8,613       10,656  
Interest income
    (66 )     (66 )     (108 )     (132 )     (103 )
Interest expense
    3,226       3,327       3,385       3,359       3,351  
Other income, net
    (2,068 )(2)     (82 )     (196 )     (28 )     (83 )
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
    304       964       1,031       814       (2,452 )(4)
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (14,405 )   $ (27,514 )   $ 5,054     $ 4,600     $ 9,943  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Basic net income (loss) per share
  $ (0.63 )   $ (1.20 )   $ 0.22     $ 0.20     $ 0.42  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Diluted net income (loss) per share
  $ (0.63 )(1)(2)   $ (1.20 )(3)   $ 0.21     $ 0.19     $ 0.40 (4)
     
     
     
     
     
 
Number of shares used in basic per share computation
    22,826       22,853       23,297       23,344       23,558  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Number of shares used in diluted per share computation
    22,826       22,853       23,934       24,304       24,860  
     
     
     
     
     
 

28


Table of Contents


(1)  Restructuring/impairment charges of $0.7 million for the three months ended September 29, 2002 related to chapter 11 bankruptcy and Exit Facility professional fees.
(2)  Other income, net includes a property tax refund of $2.2 million.
(3)  Restructuring/impairment charges for the three months ended December 29, 2002 include chapter 11 bankruptcy professional fees of $0.1 million and a goodwill impairment charge of $33.9 million.
(4)  Provision for (benefit from) income taxes includes an income tax benefit of $2.5 million related to withholding taxes previously accrued which are no longer payable as a result of a tax exemption.

                                         
Three Months Ended

Sep 29, 2002 Dec 29, 2002 Mar 30, 2003 June 29, 2003 Sep 28, 2003





(dollars in thousands)
Other Financial Data
                                       
Percentage of net sales:
                                       
Gross profit
    11 %     23 %     22 %     22 %     23 %
Operating income (loss)
    (19 )     (22 )     9       8       10  
Net income (loss)
    (21 )     (26 )     5       4       9  
Selected financial data:
                                       
Depreciation and amortization on property, plant and equipment
  $ 12,729     $ 11,385     $ 10,590     $ 10,123     $ 9,285  
Amortization of intangibles
    926       923       933       937       939  
Capital expenditures
    3,033       4,005       4,005       5,802       4,848  
                         
As of Sep 28, 2003

As As Adjusted
Actual Adjusted(1) Further(2)



(in thousands)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 47,660     $ 46,419     $ 58,296  
Net property, plant and equipment, and land and buildings held for sale
    205,611       182,011       182,011  
Total assets
    345,919       321,078       335,591  
Current portion of long-term debt
    20,242       15,223       164  
Long-term debt (less current portion)
    119,599       99,377       70,773  
Stockholders’ equity
    149,683       150,683       208,859  

(1)  On September 30, 2003, we completed the sale of our idle Fremont, California land and buildings. The land and buildings were acquired through our merger with HMT Technology Corporation in October 2000 and had been idle and held for sale since 2001. The net proceeds from the sale of the land and buildings were approximately $24.0 million resulting in a gain of approximately $1.0 million. The sale will be recorded in the fourth quarter of 2003. On October 21, 2003, we used approximately 50% of the net proceeds, $12.1 million, to pay down our debt as required under the terms of our Senior Notes Indenture, which Senior Notes are due in 2007. Additionally, we made a required principal payment of $5.0 million on the Senior Notes on October 15, 2003. Further, we received consent from a majority of the holders of the Senior Notes and the lender under the Exit Facility to redeem in full the Junior Notes for approximately $8.2 million and called for their redemption on October 30, 2003. The Junior Notes were redeemed on December 2, 2003.
 
(2)  Reflects the adjustments described in (1) above; the issuance of $70.0 million aggregate principal amount of our           % convertible notes due February 1, 2024; and the sale of 3,000,000 shares of common stock offered by us in our concurrent common stock offering at an assumed public offering price of $20.60 per share after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering costs, giving effect to the application of the net proceeds. Consummation of this notes offering is not contingent upon consummation of the concurrent offering of shares of our common stock.

29


Table of Contents

      The following table sets forth our selected consolidated financial data and other operating information for the four fiscal years and the first six months prior to our emergence from bankruptcy (the Predecessor Company), and the six months after emergence from bankruptcy on June 30, 2002 (the Successor Company). The financial data and operating information is derived from our consolidated financial statements, and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, related notes, and other financial information incorporated by reference in this prospectus. We declared no cash dividends during the five-year period. The values in the table below are in thousands, except per share amounts.

                                                 
Successor Predecessor Predecessor Company
Company Company


Six Months Six Months Fiscal Year Ended
Ended Ended
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data Dec 29, 2002 June 30, 2002 2001 2000 1999 1998
Net sales
  $ 174,749     $ 111,955     $ 282,613     $ 358,463     $ 331,946     $ 328,883  
Gross profit (loss)
    31,740       5,167       (2,456 )     34,988       (22,709 )     (62,752 )
Restructuring/impairment charges(1)(3)(5)(7)(8)(9)
    34,763       4,318       57,430       5,293       187,965       187,768  
Operating loss(1)(3)(5)(7)(8)(9)
    (37,690 )     (29,812 )     (146,442 )     (38,295 )     (291,089 )     (331,919 )
Interest expense(6)(10)
    6,553             155,192       45,428       23,319       19,212  
Other income, net(2)
    3,460       399,147       4,286       3,844       1,552       4,853  
Reorganization costs, net
          6,511       6,066                    
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle(1)(2)(3)(5)(6)(7)(8)(9)
    (41,919 )     359,924       (296,395 )     (68,058 )     (283,049 )     (366,336 )
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle(4)
          (47,509 )                        
Net income (loss)(1)(2)(3)(4)(5)(6)(7)(8)(9)
  $ (41,919 )   $ 312,415     $ (296,395 )   $ (68,058 )   $ (283,049 )   $ (366,336 )
Basic and diluted net loss per share(11)
  $ (1.84 )                                        
                                                 
Predecessor Company
Successor
Company

As of the Fiscal Year Ended
As of
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data Dec 29, 2002 2001 2000 1999 1998
Net property, plant and equipment, and land and buildings held for sale
  $ 221,014             $ 256,856     $ 354,873     $ 313,455     $ 470,017  
Total assets
    317,200               407,850       633,061       475,871       694,095  
Current portion of long-term debt
    10,229                     216,740       260,000       260,000  
Long-term debt (less current portion)
    129,923                     137,545       22,891        
Liabilities subject to compromise
                  516,173                    
Stockholders’ equity (deficit)
  $ 127,960             $ (144,939 )   $ 151,861     $ 78,713     $ 323,807  


  (1)  Results of operations for the six months ended December 29, 2002 included a $33.9 million impairment charge related to the write-off of all remaining goodwill, in accordance with FAS 142.
 
  (2)  Results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2002, included other income of $379.0 million associated with the extinguishment of liabilities subject to compromise as of June 30, 2002, and other income of $17.3 million to revalue our assets and liabilities at June 30, 2002, to fair value as prescribed by fresh-start reporting under SOP 90-7.
 
  (3)  Results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2002, included a $4.3 million restructuring/impairment charge in connection with the shutdown of our research and development facility in Santa Rosa, California.
 
  (4)  Results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2002, included a $47.5 million transitional impairment loss under SFAS 142. The loss was recognized as the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in our consolidated statement of operations.
 
  (5)  Results of operations for 2001 included a $45.8 million impairment charge related to the write-down of land and buildings held for sale, a $4.4 million impairment charge related to manufacturing equipment

30


Table of Contents

no longer in service, and restructuring charges of $7.2 million primarily related to lease obligations on equipment no longer in service and additional facility closure costs.
 
  (6)  Results of operations for 2001 included a $99.1 million interest expense charge related to accretion to bring the subordinated convertible notes up to their full face value of $230.0 million.
 
  (7)  Results of operations for 2000 included a net $5.3 million restructuring charge, including an $8.0 million charge in connection with the ceasing of our Santa Rosa manufacturing operations, plus a net $2.7 million reversal of charges previously accrued for restructurings we undertook in 1997, 1998, and 1999.
 
  (8)  Results of operations for 1999 included $143.7 million in restructuring charges and a $44.3 million impairment charge. The restructuring charges related primarily to the closing of our U.S. manufacturing operations. The impairment charge related to the write-down of goodwill which originated from the acquisition of Western Digital Corporation’s media operation.
 
  (9)  Results of operations for 1998 included a $187.8 million restructuring charge that primarily related to an asset impairment charge of $175.0 million. Based on analysis of our production capacity and our expectations of the media market over the remaining life of our fixed assets, we concluded that we would not be able to recover the book value of those assets.

(10)  In accordance with SOP 90-7, we did not record interest expense on our outstanding debt during the chapter 11 proceedings from August 24, 2001, through June 30, 2002.
 
(11)  Earnings per share of the Predecessor Company are not presented as the amounts are not meaningful.

      The following table sets forth our ratio of earnings to fixed charges for each of the periods indicated:

                                                                         
Pro Forma(1)

Six Months Six Months Nine Months Six Months Nine Months
Fiscal Year Ended Ended Ended Ended Ended Ended






1998 1999 2000 2001 June 30, 2002 Dec 29, 2002 Sep 28, 2003 Dec 29, 2002 Sep 28, 2003









Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(2)
    N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A       645:1       N/A       2.8:1       N/A       3.6:1  


(1)  The pro forma calculations give effect to the application of the assumed proceeds of $70.0 million related to the issuance of our new           % convertible subordinated notes to repay a portion of the $115.2 million of our existing debt at an average interest rate of 9.5%. Earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges for the pro forma calculation for the six months ended December 29, 2002 by approximately $40.7 million.
 
(2)  Earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges for fiscal 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, and the six months ended December 29, 2002, by approximately $337.5 million, $307.7 million, $75.8 million, $301.9 million, and $40.7 million, respectively.

31


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

      The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and incorporated by reference. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including but not limited to those discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

      Our net sales are driven by the level of demand for disks by disk drive manufacturers and the average selling prices of our disks. Demand for our disks is dependent on unit growth in the disk drive market, the growth of storage capacity in disk drives, which affects the number of disks needed per drive, and the number of disks our customers purchase from external suppliers. Average selling prices are dependent on overall supply and demand for disks and our product mix.

      Our business is capital-intensive and is characterized by high fixed costs, making it imperative that we sell disks in high volume. Our contribution margin per disk sold varies with changes in selling price, input material costs and production yield. As demand for our disks increases, our total contribution margin increases, improving our financial results because we do not have to increase our fixed cost structure in proportion to increases in demand and resultant capacity utilization. Conversely, our financial results would deteriorate rapidly if the disk market were to worsen and our production volume were to decrease.

      Adverse conditions in the disk market, which began in mid-1997, impacted our business through the first half of 2002. Disk drive demand grew rapidly during the mid-1990s, and industry forecasts were for continued strong growth. In 1996, along with many of our competitors including both independent disk manufacturers and captive disk manufacturers owned by vertically integrated disk drive companies, we committed to expansion programs that substantially increased disk-manufacturing capacity by the end of 1997. Our expansion was principally financed with debt. In 1997, the rate of growth in demand for disk drives fell. Further, technology advances provided by magneto-resistive recording heads allowed the disk drive manufacturers to use fewer heads and disks to achieve desired drive capacity, reducing demand for disks.

      Due to excess capacity in the industry, weakening demand for disks and pricing pressures, we began to focus on consolidating our U.S.-based manufacturing operations into Malaysia from 1999 through 2001. After all operations were consolidated into Malaysia, we continued to focus on fully utilizing the capacity in our Malaysian operations.

      Even though we were able to lower costs as a result of consolidating manufacturing in Malaysia, we continued to service a large debt balance incurred during our expansion, which became due in June 2001. As a result, in August 2001, after defaulting on our debt obligations, we filed a voluntary petition for relief under chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code, or chapter 11. Our plan of reorganization was confirmed by the bankruptcy court on May 9, 2002. In accordance with SOP 90-7, we adopted fresh-start reporting and reflected the effects of the adoption in the consolidated financial statements for the period ended June 30, 2002. The plan became effective and we emerged from chapter 11 on June 30, 2002.

      While operating under chapter 11, we expanded our customer base and continued to invest heavily in research and development to maintain our technological leadership. We believe that we emerged from bankruptcy with a more competitive capital structure. Additionally, the shift of high-volume production to our cost-advantaged Malaysian manufacturing plants has improved our overall cost structure, resulting in lower unit production costs. Our headquarters located in San Jose, California is focused solely on activities related to research, process development, and product prototyping. Our selling, general, and administrative functions also remain in California.

32


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

      The following discussion is presented on our most recent five quarters from the third quarter of 2002 through the third quarter of 2003, all of which are results of operations for the successor company after emergence from chapter 11.

 
Net Sales

      Consolidated net sales increased to $109.2 million in the third quarter of 2003, from $105.3 million, $105.5 million, $104.5 million and $70.2 million in the previous four quarters. We emerged from bankruptcy on June 30, 2002. In the third quarter of 2002, we began to regain our market share and net sales totaled $70.2 million. The substantial increases in net sales in the subsequent quarters were attributable primarily to increasing sales of finished disks, combined with a generally improving finished unit average selling price and increasing other disk sales. Other disk sales are comprised of plated polished aluminum substrates, textured substrates and single-sided disks.

      Finished disk shipments were 17.5 million units in the third quarter of 2003 compared to 16.3 million, 16.7 million, 17.7 million and 12.3 million units in the previous four quarters. The overall increase in finished unit shipments from the third quarter of 2002 to the third quarter of 2003 primarily reflected market share gains resulting from our emergence from bankruptcy, our early qualification on new advanced programs with our customers, and an overall improvement in market conditions. Further, the finished disk shipment trend from the fourth quarter of 2002 through the third quarter of 2003 reflects a seasonal pattern consistent with the disk drive industry. Traditionally, sales in the disk industry exhibit a seasonal pattern with the strongest sales occurring in the fourth quarter of the calendar year. The finished unit average selling price was $5.64 in the third quarter of 2003 compared to $5.67, $5.57, $5.49 and $5.43 in the previous four quarters. With the overall improvements in market conditions, supply and demand for disks have become better balanced during the five-quarter period, leading to a more stable pricing environment.

      Other disk sales in the third quarter of 2003 were $10.1 million, compared to $13.7 million, $12.4 million, $7.5 million and $3.5 million in the previous four quarters. The decrease in other disks sales in the third quarter of 2003 reflected lower sales of textured aluminum substrates to one of our customers who purchased more finished disks from us.

      Our sales are concentrated among a few customers. For the quarter ended September 28, 2003, our largest customers included HGST, Maxtor and Western Digital, which according to IDC together represent approximately 56% of global disk drive sales in the second quarter of 2003. In order to expand our market penetration and further diversify our customer base, we recently began production for a new major disk drive customer. We continue to actively target additional high-volume disk drive manufacturers and believe that our technology leadership, broad range of products and competitive pricing will enable us to further diversify our customer mix.

      The following table reflects the percentage of our net sales by major customer for our last five quarters:

                                         
Three Months Ended

Customer Sep 29, 2002 Dec 29, 2002 Mar 30, 2003 June 29, 2003 Sep 28, 2003






Western Digital
    64 %     56 %     48 %     39 %     36%  
Maxtor
    29 %     32 %     35 %     38 %     36%  
IBM
    5 %     8 %     9 %     12 %     N/M  
HGST
                7 %     11 %     25%  

N/M = Not Meaningful.

      In late 2002, IBM entered into a joint venture with Hitachi. The joint venture, named Hitachi Global Storage Technologies, or HGST, includes Hitachi’s and IBM’s disk drive operations and a portion of IBM’s thin-film media operations. Accordingly, the absence of sales data in the chart above with respect to IBM in the three months ended September 28, 2003 reflects the fact that the sales that would have been made to IBM are now being made to HGST.

33


Table of Contents

      Sales of 60 GB and 80 GB disks for the desktop market increased to 52% of finished disks net sales in the third quarter of 2003, compared to 50%, 45%, 40% and 27% in the previous four quarters. The increase was the result of the continued customer transition to higher storage density disks. During the five-quarter period, we also began shipments to the high-end server (enterprise) market. Sales of these high-end server class disks totaled 7% of net sales in the third quarter of 2003. The remaining finished disk net sales were primarily 40 GB disks for the desktop market.

 
Gross Margin

      Our gross margin percentage for the third quarter of 2003 was 23.2%, compared to 21.7%, 21.6%, 23.3% and 10.5% in the previous four quarters. Our gross margin percentage fluctuates primarily because of variations in disk production volumes from quarter to quarter. The gross margin percentage increase in the third quarter of 2003 was attributable to economies of scale associated with higher finished disk production volumes, as well as reduced variable costs in the third quarter of 2003, as compared to the prior four quarters, which lowered our cost per disk. The overall improving average selling price trend also helped improve gross margins over the five-quarter period.

 
Research, Development, and Engineering Expenses

      Research, development, and engineering expenses were $10.8 million in the third quarter of 2003 compared to $10.4 million, $9.9 million, $9.7 million and $8.7 million in the previous four quarters. We are committed to significant continuing investments in research and development, as reflected by our spending of approximately 9% to 10% of our net sales on research, development and engineering in each of the last four quarters.

 
Selling, General, and Administrative Expenses

      Selling, general, and administrative expenses were $4.7 million in the third quarter of 2003 compared to $4.0 million, $4.6 million, $5.2 million and $4.2 million in the previous four quarters. We monitor our selling, general, and administrative expenses closely and these expenses have remained relatively flat over the last five fiscal quarters at approximately 4% to 5% of net sales.

 
Gain on Disposal of Assets

      Gain on disposal of assets includes miscellaneous gains on selling idle equipment and varies from period to period.

 
Restructuring/Impairment Charges

      Restructuring/impairment charges in the fourth quarter of 2002 primarily includes a goodwill impairment charge of $33.9 million. The impairment charge of $33.9 million represented the write off of all goodwill in accordance with FAS 142 upon the first annual impairment test. Restructuring/impairment charges in the third quarter of 2002 of $0.7 million includes primarily professional fees related to the chapter 11 bankruptcy case.

 
In-Process Research and Development

      In accordance with fresh-start reporting as of June 30, 2002 on our emergence from chapter 11, we recorded in-process research and development costs of $6.8 million. The entire amount was written off in the third quarter of 2002.

 
Interest Income and Interest Expense

      Interest income was $0.1 million in each of the five quarters from the third quarter of 2002 through the third quarter of 2003.

34


Table of Contents

      In the five quarters from the third quarter of 2002 through the third quarter of 2003, we recorded between $3.2 and $3.4 million of interest expense per quarter on the debt issued on emergence from chapter 11.

 
Other Income, Net

      Other income, net in each quarter from the fourth quarter of 2002 through the third quarter of 2003 was less than $0.2 million. In the third quarter of 2002, other income, net was $2.1 million which primarily reflected a $2.2 million property tax refund. Other income, net varies from quarter to quarter.

 
Income Taxes

      In the third quarter of 2003, we received approval from the Malaysian Ministry of Finance for the exemption of withholding tax on royalty payments made by our Malaysian operations to our subsidiary in the Netherlands. The exemption is for a period of five years effective retroactively from January 2002 through December 2006. As a result, we recorded an income tax benefit of $2.5 million in the third quarter of 2003 related to withholding taxes we previously accrued which are no longer payable. The income tax provision in the third and fourth quarter of 2002 and the first and second quarter of 2003 represented foreign income taxes and foreign withholding taxes on royalty and interest payments. The income tax provision in the third quarter 2003 represented foreign income taxes and foreign withholding taxes on interest payments and the $2.5 million tax benefit.

      In the third quarter of 2003, our wholly-owned thin-film media operation, KMS, received an eight-year extension of the tax holiday on the first plant site through June 2011. KMS has also been granted additional tax holidays for its second and third plant sites in Malaysia. These tax holidays are effective through December 2006 and 2008, respectively.

2002 versus 2001

      We emerged from chapter 11 bankruptcy on June 30, 2002. In accordance with SOP 90-7, Financial Reporting by entities in Reorganization Under the Bankruptcy Code, we adopted fresh-start reporting and reflected the effects of the adoption in our consolidated financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2002. As a result of the adoption of fresh-start reporting, the statements of operations for periods ended after June 30, 2002 are prepared on a different basis of accounting. Therefore, these financial statements are not comparable to the financial statements for prior periods.

      The following discussion compares the results of operations for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2002, to the fiscal year ended December 30, 2001. To facilitate an understanding of this discussion, we have provided the table below. The table shows our results of operations for the 2002 and 2001 fiscal years. Results of operations for 2002 include the combined income statement activity of the successor company and the predecessor company.

35


Table of Contents

      The information in this table is not intended to replace our statements of operations prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The table (in thousands) is as follows:

                   
Year Ended Year Ended
Dec 29, 2002 Dec 30, 2001


Net sales
  $ 286,704     $ 282,613  
Cost of sales
    249,797       285,069  
     
     
 
 
Gross profit (loss)
    36,907       (2,456 )
Research, development, and engineering expense
    37,196       39,546  
Selling, general, and administrative expense
    17,739       19,929  
Amortization of intangible assets
    3,609       27,081  
Impairment charges related to goodwill
    33,870        
Restructuring/impairment charges
    5,211       57,430  
In-process research and development
    6,784        
Interest income
    (325 )     (1,528 )
Interest expense
    6,553       155,192  
Other income, net
    (402,607 )     (4,286 )
Reorganization costs, net
    6,511       6,066  
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
    1,987       (9,433 )
Minority interest/equity interest in net loss of related companies
    (2,374 )     (3,942 )
     
     
 
 
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    318,005       (296,395 )
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    (47,509 )      
     
     
 
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 270,496     $ (296,395 )
     
     
 
 
      Net Sales

      Net sales for 2002 were $286.7 million, an increase of $4.1 million from net sales of $282.6 million in 2001. Units shipped in 2002 increased to 47.7 million units, a 4.5 million unit increase compared to 43.2 million units in 2001. The overall shipment and revenue increases were primarily the result of market share gains which began in the third quarter of 2002, in addition to seasonally strong overall market conditions in the fourth quarter of 2002. Disk media unit shipment volume and total revenue increased over 100% in the fourth quarter of 2002 compared to the second quarter of 2002. Fourth quarter unit sales were somewhat constrained due to shortages of substrates from external suppliers.

      Our average selling price declined to $5.61 in 2002 compared to $6.16 in 2001. The decrease was primarily related to our efforts to increase market share, as well as continued general pricing pressure from customers due to excess capacity for the majority of 2002. With the strength of the fourth quarter 2002 shipments and customer demand, and migration of sales to new advanced products, our average selling price in the fourth quarter of 2002 increased slightly from the third quarter of 2002.

      Sales of partially completed disks (disk substrates) for fiscal 2002 were $19.3 million compared to $16.7 million in 2001. The increase reflects higher demand from customers in fiscal 2002. Disk substrate sales vary from period to period based on customer requirements.

      In 2002, Western Digital accounted for approximately 61% of net sales, Maxtor accounted for 30% of net sales, and sales to other customers were less than 10% of net sales. In 2001, Western Digital accounted for approximately 59% of net sales and Maxtor accounted for 27% of net sales, and sales to other customers were less than 10% of net sales.

36


Table of Contents

 
      Gross Margin

      Our overall gross margin percentage of 12.9% in 2002 was 13.8 points higher than our overall 2001 gross loss percentage of 0.9%. The economies of scale associated with higher sales and production in the second half of 2002 significantly lowered our cost per disk, and accounted for 23.7% of the increase. However, the higher sales volume was offset by the lower average selling price, and accounted for a 9.9% decline in gross margin.

 
      Research, Development, and Engineering

      Research, development, and engineering (R&D) expenses were $37.2 million in 2002, a $2.3 million decrease compared to $39.5 million in 2001. The decrease in costs reflected lower costs associated with the shutdown of our research and development facility in Santa Rosa in the second quarter of 2002 and higher costs in the first half of 2001, reflecting additional costs incurred in Malaysia to qualify customer programs on the initial equipment relocated from the U.S.

 
      Selling, General, and Administrative

      Selling, general, and administrative expenses were $17.7 million in 2002, a $2.2 million decrease over $19.9 million in 2001. The decrease is primarily related to lower headcount and payroll-related costs which were partially offset by stock compensation expense which was not applicable in 2001.

 
      Amortization of Intangible Assets

      Amortization of intangible assets was $3.6 million in 2002, compared to $27.1 million in 2001. The decrease of $23.5 million was primarily due to the cessation of amortization of goodwill beginning in January 2002, in accordance with SFAS 142. Amortization of intangible assets of $1.8 million was included in cost of sales for the second half of 2002, as it represents amortization of developed technology and amortization of the Western Digital volume purchase agreement.

 
      Restructuring/ Impairment Charges

      We recorded restructuring charges of $5.2 million in 2002 and $7.2 million in 2001. The $5.2 million charge for 2002 included $4.3 million related to the closure of our research and development facility in Santa Rosa in the second quarter of 2002, $0.9 million related to professional fees associated with the chapter 11 bankruptcy case and Exit Facility fees. The $7.2 million charge for 2001 reflected additional costs associated with lease obligations on equipment no longer in service, and costs for closing the former HMT facilities.

      Impairment charges in 2002 were $33.9 million. Upon the adoption of fresh-start reporting as of June 30, 2002, we had a goodwill balance of $33.9 million, which equaled the reorganization value in excess of amounts allocable to identifiable net assets recorded in accordance with SOP 90-7. In the fourth quarter of 2002, in accordance with FAS 142 requirements, we performed our first annual goodwill impairment test. As a result of that test, we wrote off the entire $33.9 million goodwill balance.

      Impairment charges of $50.2 million in 2001 included a $35.4 million write-down of land and buildings held for sale in Eugene, Oregon, and Fremont, California in the second quarter, and an additional $10.4 million write-down on the same properties in the fourth quarter. The impairment write-downs resulted from currently-depressed market conditions for commercial real estate, and were based on an independent valuation (net of estimated selling costs). We also recorded $4.4 million of impairment charges for manufacturing equipment no longer in service in 2001.

 
      In-Process Research and Development

      Upon adoption of fresh-start reporting, in June 2002, we recorded certain intangible assets including in-process research and development of $6.8 million, which was expensed in the third quarter of 2002.

37


Table of Contents

 
      Interest Income and Interest Expense

      Interest income was $0.3 million in 2002, compared to $1.5 million in 2001. The decrease primarily reflected lower investment interest rates during 2002 and lower average cash balances in 2002.

      Interest expense decreased by $148.6 million in 2002, from $155.2 million in 2001 to $6.6 million in 2002. Interest expense in 2002 included interest on our new debt in the second half of 2002 subsequent to emergence from chapter 11 bankruptcy. Interest expense in 2001 primarily reflected interest, including accretion, on all old debt through our chapter 11 bankruptcy filing on August 24, 2001, and an additional $99.1 million of accretion to record the full face value of the HMT debt (which was assumed upon the acquisition of HMT) upon our default on our debt agreements.

 
      Other Income, Net

      Other income in 2002 was $402.6 million, an increase of $398.3 million over $4.3 million in 2001. The increase included a net gain of $396.4 million associated with the chapter 11 cancellation of liabilities subject to compromise and fresh-start reporting and a net $2.2 million property tax refund.

      Other income of $4.3 million in 2001 primarily included $2.0 million in refunds for manufacturing work not completed by vendors, $0.7 million in cash received on a note receivable that had been written off, and $0.6 million in realized gain on cumulative translation adjustments. The remaining $1.0 million primarily represented other miscellaneous income.

 
      Reorganization Costs, Net

      Reorganization costs of $6.5 million in 2002 primarily included a $5.0 million charge associated with the Magnetic Media Development LLC (MMD) bankruptcy claim and professional fees related to the bankruptcy filing.

      Reorganization costs of $6.1 million in 2001 primarily included $2.3 million in accretion to bring the note payable to Western Digital to its face value, $1.9 million in professional fees, and a $1.9 million adjustment to increase liabilities subject to compromise to the amount of the Western Digital equipment lease claim.

      Reorganization costs, net relate solely to the bankruptcy filing. Accordingly, no further costs may be recorded on this line on the consolidated statement of operations subsequent to emergence on June 30, 2002.

 
      Income Taxes

      Income tax expense of $2.0 million in 2002 represents foreign withholding taxes on royalty and interest payments. In 2001, we recorded an income tax benefit of $9.4 million, which was primarily related to the reversal of income tax payable due to the expiration of the statutory periods to audit our federal and state tax returns, net of $1.3 million of foreign withholding taxes on royalty and interest payments and foreign taxes of subsidiaries.

      In 2002 the tax holidays granted to us for our plant sites in Malaysia increased our net income by $8.2 million. The tax holidays had no impact on our net losses in 2001.

 
      Minority/ Equity Interest in Net Loss of Related Companies

      In April 2002, we purchased Kobe Steel USA Holding’s, Inc.’s (Kobe USA) 20% share of KMT in exchange for certain idle assets. The purchase increased our ownership percentage of KMT to 100%. In the third quarter of 2002, we closed the KMT operation. The minority interest for Kobe USA’s 20% share of KMT’s net income in 2001 was less than $0.1 million.

      In the second quarter of 2002, in accordance with fresh-start reporting requirements, our remaining investment in Chahaya of $1.7 million was written down to its estimated fair value of zero. Accordingly, no further equity in the net losses of Chahaya was recorded in the last half of 2002. Further, Chahaya ceased

38


Table of Contents

operations in the fourth quarter of 2002. In 2002 and 2001, we recorded our equity share of Chahaya’s net loss of $2.4 million and $3.9 million, respectively.
 
      Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Principle

      As discussed in Note 3, we adopted SFAS No. 142 and recorded the effects of adoption in June 2002 on a cumulative effect basis as of the first day of the 2002 fiscal year.

      Under SFAS No. 142, we were required to perform a transitional impairment analysis on our goodwill. The transitional impairment loss of $47.5 million was recognized as the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in our consolidated statement of operations.

 
2001 versus 2000
 
      Net Sales

      Net sales for 2001 were $282.6 million, a decrease of $75.9 million from net sales of $358.5 million in 2000. The overall weak economy and related personal computer market in 2001 negatively impacted our sales volume as well as our average selling price. Unit shipments in 2001 declined by 14%, to 43.2 million disks, versus 50.2 million in 2000. Our finished disk average selling price per unit fell to $6.16 in 2001 from $6.58 in 2000. Another factor contributing to the sales decline was a $15 million reduction in sales of partially completed disks (disk substrates) for fiscal 2001 compared with fiscal 2000.

      In 2001, Western Digital accounted for approximately 59% of net sales, Maxtor accounted for 27% of net sales, and Seagate Technology accounted for 7% of net sales. In 2000, Western Digital accounted for approximately 50% of net sales, Maxtor accounted for 28% of net sales, and Seagate Technology accounted for 17% of net sales.

     Gross Profit (Loss)

      Our overall 2001 gross loss percentage was negative 0.9% compared to a gross profit percentage of 9.8% in 2000, a decline of 10.7 points. The sales volume and average selling price declines, as discussed above, accounted for 6.1 points of the decline, and higher fixed manufacturing costs resulting from the HMT merger accounted for 4.6 points of the decline. By the third quarter of 2001, when the consolidation of our manufacturing operations was complete, fixed manufacturing costs returned to approximately pre-merger levels in fiscal 2000. Variable costs per unit were flat year over year in 2000 and 2001. However, variable costs per unit decreased in each successive quarter of 2001 due to lower input material costs and higher product yields. These quarter to quarter improvements resulted from the consolidation of manufacturing operations in Malaysia and continuous improvement of our manufacturing processes while qualifying and ramping new advanced disk products.

     Research, Development and Engineering

      Research, development, and engineering expenses were $39.5 million in 2001, a $4.2 million increase compared to $35.3 million in 2000. Increased R&D personnel and operating expenses were required in 2001 to support the additional engineering processes and equipment from the HMT merger, and to support our expanded efforts in advanced technology.

     Selling, General and Administrative

      Selling, general, and administrative expenses were $19.9 million in 2001, a $3.6 million increase over $16.3 million in 2000. The increase primarily reflected higher payroll and payroll related expenses, and professional service expenses associated with financial restructuring activities prior to the bankruptcy filing, which was somewhat offset by lower retention bonuses.

39


Table of Contents

     Amortization of Intangible Assets

      In both 2001 and 2000, we recorded $10.2 million of amortization of intangibles associated with our acquisition of Western Digital’s media operation.

      In 2001 we recorded $16.9 million compared to $6.2 million in 2000 of amortization of intangibles associated with our merger with HMT. The increase reflects four quarters of amortization of intangibles from the HMT merger, compared to only one quarter of amortization in 2000. The value and amortization period of goodwill and other intangibles was reassessed in 2002 in accordance with SFAS 142, “Goodwill and Other Identifiable Intangible Assets.”

     Restructuring/ Impairment Charges

      We recorded restructuring charges of $7.2 million in 2001 and $5.3 million in 2000. The $7.2 million charge for 2001 reflected additional costs associated with lease obligations on equipment no longer in service, and costs for closing the former HMT facilities. The $5.3 million total for 2000 included an $8.0 million charge related to the cessation of manufacturing operations at KMT, less a net $2.7 million reversal of charges previously accrued for the 1997, 1998, and 1999 restructuring plans.

      We recorded impairment charges of $50.2 million in 2001 and zero in 2000. Impairment charges in 2001 included a $35.4 million write-down of the former HMT land and buildings held for sale in Eugene, Oregon, and Fremont, California in the second quarter, and an additional $10.4 million write-down on the same properties in the fourth quarter. The impairment write-downs resulted from currently-depressed market conditions for commercial real estate, and was based on an independent valuation (net of estimated selling costs). We also recorded $4.4 million of impairment charges for manufacturing equipment no longer in service in 2001.

     Interest Income/ Expense

      Interest income declined by $2.6 million, from $4.1 million in 2000 to $1.5 million in 2001. The decrease was due to lower average cash and investment balances during 2001.

      Interest expense increased by $109.8 million in 2001, from $45.4 million in 2000 to $155.2 million in 2001. The increase was primarily the result of the accretion of the HMT debt over approximately eight months in 2001 versus three months in 2000, and the accretion of $99.1 million in 2001 to record full face value of the HMT debt upon our default on the debt agreements. No interest expense was recorded after our chapter 11 Bankruptcy filing on August 24, 2001 until our emergence from chapter 11 Bankruptcy on June 30, 2002.

     Reorganization Costs

      Reorganization costs of $6.1 million were recorded in 2001 in connection with our chapter 11 bankruptcy filing. These costs primarily included a $2.3 million accretion of the remaining discount on the note payable to Western Digital to its face value, $1.9 million in professional fees, and a $1.9 million adjustment to increase liabilities subject to compromise to the amount of the Western Digital equipment lease claim.

     Income Taxes

      In 2001, we recorded an income tax benefit of $9.4 million, which was primarily related to the expiration of the statutory periods to audit our federal and state tax returns, net of foreign withholding taxes on royalty and interest payments and foreign taxes of subsidiaries. In 2000, we recorded an income tax benefit of $5.2 million, primarily related to the expiration of a statutory period to audit our state tax returns, net of foreign withholding taxes on royalty and interest payments and foreign taxes of subsidiaries.

      The tax holidays granted to us for our plant sites in Malaysia had no impact on our net losses in 2001. In 2000, the tax holiday reduced our net loss by approximately $8.8 million.

40


Table of Contents

     Minority/ Equity Interest in Net Loss of Related Companies

      The minority interest in the net income of consolidated subsidiary during 2001 represented Kobe Steel USA Holdings Inc.’s, share of KMT’s net income. KMT recorded net income of $0.1 million in 2001 and a $12.7 million net loss (including an $8.0 million restructuring charge) in 2000.

      In November 2000, we formed Chahaya Optronics, Inc. with two venture capital firms. We contributed key personnel, design and tooling, manufacturing systems, equipment, facilities, and support services in exchange for a 45% interest in Chahaya. Chahaya occupied facilities located in Fremont, California, and was formed to provide manufacturing services, primarily in the field of optical components and subsystems.

      We recorded an investment in Chahaya for $12.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2000. The investment included $4.0 million for expected future cash payments and $8.0 million for facilities, facility services, and equipment. In June 2001, our investment was reduced by $4.0 million due to cancellation of the shares related to the future $4 million cash contribution. This activity, as well as additional changes in Chahaya’s equity structure, reduced our ownership percentage to 34% at the end of our 2001 fiscal year. In 2001, we recorded a $3.9 million loss as our equity share of Chahaya’s net loss. Chahaya ceased operations in the fourth quarter of 2002.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

      Cash and cash equivalents of $47.7 million at the end of the third quarter of 2003 increased by $24.1 million from the end of the 2002 fiscal year. The increase primarily reflected a $42.0 million increase resulting from consolidated operating activities and $1.9 million in proceeds from the sale of assets, offset by $14.7 million of spending on property, plant, and equipment, and $5.3 million in debt repayments.

      Consolidated operating activities generated $42.0 million in cash in the first nine months of 2003. The primary components of this change include the following:

  •  net income of $19.6 million, net of non-cash depreciation and amortization of property, plant and equipment of $30.0 million, $5.0 million of non-cash interest expense, $2.8 million of non-cash amortization of intangible assets, and $1.7 million of amortization of deferred stock-based compensation, less a $1.9 million gain on asset disposals;
 
  •  an accounts receivable increase of $15.4 million primarily due to increased sales in the last month of the third quarter of 2003 compared to the last month of the fourth quarter of 2002;
 
  •  a prepaid expense increase of $0.6 million primarily due to insurance premium renewals;
 
  •  an inventory increase of $6.5 million for certain key materials and finished unit inventory to support fourth quarter 2003 sales;
 
  •  an accounts payable increase of $1.8 million related to the inventory increase; and
 
  •  an accrued expenses and other liabilities increase of $5.5 million, which primarily reflect higher salary and incentive compensation accruals.

      In the first nine months of 2003, we spent $14.7 million on equipment acquisitions to improve our manufacturing and research and development capabilities, and received $1.9 million in proceeds from the sale of idle manufacturing equipment. Sales of idle manufacturing equipment varies from quarter to quarter. We also repaid $5.3 million of debt.

      Current non-cancelable capital commitments as of September 28, 2003 totaled $9.6 million. For the remainder of 2003, we plan to spend approximately $12.0 million on property, plant, and equipment for projects designed to improve yield and productivity, as well as to improve equipment capability for the manufacture of advanced products.

      We lease our research and administrative facility in San Jose, California under an operating lease. We also lease and sublease another building in San Jose. Both of these leases expire in 2007, and have renewal

41


Table of Contents

options for five years. We also lease a building, which we no longer occupy, in Santa Rosa, California. This lease expires in April 2004. We have no capital leases.

      At September 28, 2003, the future minimum commitments for non-cancelable operating facility leases, equipment leases, and a facility sublease are as follows (in thousands):

                 
Minimum Lease Sublease
Payments Payments


Remainder of 2003
  $ 1,013     $ 376  
2004
    3,925       1,539  
2005
    3,456       1,585  
2006
    3,331       1,633  
2007
    403       414  
     
     
 
    $ 12,128     $ 5,547  
     
     
 

      We have a revolving credit facility, or Exit Facility, that we entered into on June 30, 2002 simultaneously with our emergence from bankruptcy that initially allowed for advances of up to $15.0 million, with a $3.0 million letter of credit sub-facility, but because of the sale of our Fremont, California property, available credit under the Exit Facility is limited to approximately $1.9 million. The Exit Facility expires June 30, 2005. As of September 28, 2003, there were no borrowings under the Exit Facility and we currently have no intention to make any future borrowings under the Exit Facility.

      In addition to the Exit Facility, at September 28, 2003, we had outstanding $80.3 million of cash pay and $50.5 million of paid-in-kind Senior Notes, $8.1 million of subordinated paid-in-kind Junior Notes, and $0.9 million of secured and unsecured promissory notes.

      As of September 28, 2003, the future minimum principal payments due under these debt agreements are as follows (in thousands):

         
Minimum Principal
Payments

Remainder of 2003
  $ 5,102  
2004
    20,247  
2005
    20,259  
2006
    20,271  
2007
    73,854  
2008
    108  
     
 
    $ 139,841  
     
 

      Our debt agreements contain affirmative, negative and financial covenants binding on our subsidiaries and us. The negative covenants include restrictions on our ability to incur indebtedness and make guarantees, grant liens, sell assets, declare dividends, make investments, and make capital expenditures. Financial covenants include the maintenance of minimum adjusted tangible net worth, minimum adjusted working capital and a total cash debt service coverage ratio. Our capital expenditures are limited to $40.0 million in 2003 and $30.0 million in 2004 and each subsequent year. As of September 28, 2003, we were in compliance with all of the financial covenants.

      On September 30, 2003, we completed the sale of our idle Fremont, California land and buildings. The land and buildings were acquired through the merger with HMT Technology Corporation in October 2000 and had been idle and held for sale since 2001. The net proceeds from the sale of the land and buildings were approximately $24.0 million, resulting in a gain of approximately $1.0 million. The sale will be recorded in the fourth quarter of 2003. On October 21, 2003, we used approximately 50% of the net proceeds, $12.1 million, to pay down our debt as required under the terms of our Senior Notes Indenture due in 2007. Additionally, we made a required principal payment of $5.0 million on the Senior Notes on October 15, 2003.

42


Table of Contents

      Further, we received consent from a majority of the holders of the Senior Notes and the lender under our Exit Facility to redeem in full the Junior Notes for approximately $8.2 million. As such, on October 30, 2003, we called for the full redemption of the Junior Notes at a total cost of approximately $8.2 million for outstanding principal and accrued interest. The Junior Notes were redeemed on December 2, 2003. Further, we received consent from the majority of our holders of Senior Notes and the lender under the Exit Facility to increase the covenant on capital expenditures for 2003 to approximately $40.0 million.

      On October 7, 2003, we announced an expanded business relationship with Maxtor, which includes specific dedicated media production capacity including a capacity expansion effort, a five year supply agreement and the naming of the Company as an external media supplier of Maxtor.

      Based on current operating forecasts, we estimate that the cash balance and cash from operations will be adequate to support our continuing operations, capital spending plan, and interest and debt payments for at least the next twelve months.

43


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

General

      We design, manufacture and market thin-film media, or disks, that are incorporated into disk drives. We are the world’s largest independent manufacturer of thin-film media with a 40% market share of the total merchant disk supplier market and 18% of the overall disk market as of the second quarter of 2003 according to TrendFOCUS, a storage research firm. Due to our market leadership and significant research and development efforts, we have developed a deep understanding of market needs in the disk drive market and offer a broad portfolio of advanced solutions to address those needs. Our customers include many of the world’s largest disk drive manufacturers, including HGST, Maxtor and Western Digital. Additionally, in October 2003 we began volume production for a new major disk drive customer’s desktop products.

      Disks such as the ones we manufacture are incorporated into disk drives, which are the primary storage medium for digital data. High-volume, high-growth applications for disk drives include personal computers, enterprise storage systems, communications infrastructure and consumer electronics appliances. Technology advances have greatly increased the storage capacity of individual disks, lowering the per GB cost of storage. The lower cost of storage has facilitated the adoption of disk drives into a broad range of new applications, providing new areas of market growth for disks and disk drives.

Industry Background

 
Disk Drive Market Growth

      Increasing demand for digital data storage and low-cost, high-performance disk drives has resulted in growing demand for thin-film disks. According to IDC, the total storage capacity of all disk drives shipped grew by 91.3% on a compounded annual basis between 1997 and 2002, reaching 8.8 million terabytes shipped in 2002. There are 1,000 gigabytes in a terabyte. According to IDC, the annual total storage capacity and number of units of all hard disk drives to be shipped between 2002 and 2007 are expected to grow at compounded annual rates of approximately 45.1% and 10.7%, respectively. We believe there are a number of key factors driving this demand, including:

  •  increased demand for personal computers with high storage capacities driven by consumer multi-media, broadband and wireless applications, increased business usage and proliferation of computers in developing economies;
 
  •  increased demand for enterprise storage driven by a broader deployment of applications which require significant storage capacity, such as enterprise software, data warehousing, data recovery, and data security operations;
 
  •  increased demand for new consumer electronic applications which require significant digital data storage capability, including digital video and audio recorders, video game platforms, emerging HDTV applications and global positioning systems.

Disk drives are the primary devices used for storing, managing and protecting the digital data associated with most of these applications. According to IDC, in the third quarter of 2003, four disk drive manufacturers, HGST, Maxtor, Seagate and Western Digital accounted for 84% of disk drive units shipped.

 
Disk Market

      Thin-film media, or disks, are enabling components in disk drives. The technical advances by disk suppliers, along with those of other component suppliers, have improved the performance and storage capacity of disk drives and dramatically lowered the cost per GB stored. Disk suppliers help drive technology innovation in disk drives by increasing storage capacities per square inch of disk surface, referred to as areal density, and improving reliability. For example, today’s areal densities allow for up to approximately 80 GB of storage per 3 1/2-inch disk. We expect that current technologies, including synthetic anti-ferromagnetically coupled layers, or SAF, will soon lead to increases in areal densities of up to approximately 160 GB of storage

44


Table of Contents

per 3 1/2-inch disk. We believe that other emerging technologies, including perpendicular magnetic recording media, or PMR, will further increase areal density.

      There are significant barriers to entry to the disk market. To succeed, we believe disk suppliers must have strong relationships with the leading disk drive manufacturers, the engineering expertise to enable technology leadership and the economies of scale to achieve efficient low-cost operations and meet customer timing and volume requirements.

      From 1990 through approximately 1996, the disk industry struggled to keep up with rapidly increasing demand. Beginning in 1995, many companies in the disk industry undertook aggressive expansion plans. In 1997, the widespread adoption of magneto-resistive (MR) head technology significantly increased areal densities, thereby allowing disk drive manufacturers to meet consumer demand for higher capacity by using fewer disks per drive. Despite increasing demand for disk drives during the period from 1997 through the third quarter of 2002, this lower disk-per-drive ratio resulted in relatively flat demand for disks during this period and substantial excess disk production capacity. The impact of excess capacity fell disproportionately on the independent disk manufacturers because disk drive manufacturers, such as IBM, Maxtor and Seagate, chose to fill their internal disk production capacity before buying from independent disk manufacturers. As a result of these developments, much of the overcapacity in the disk industry was consolidated or taken out of service and most of the independent disk manufacturing was moved abroad and away from the largest disk purchasing companies located in the United States.

      Recently, we believe supply and demand in the disk market have come into balance. This is a result of improving end-market demand, rationalized disk manufacturing capacity and stabilization in the disk-per-drive ratio at approximately one. As the disk drive industry has continued to grow and demand for new products has accelerated, leading disk drive makers increasingly rely on independent disk suppliers for a broad range of products and to meet their growing disk requirements. We believe only a few independent disk suppliers remain that have the established customer relationships, technology and scale to meet the requirements of large disk drive manufacturers.

Competitive Strengths

      We are the world’s largest and only U.S.-headquartered independent supplier of disks. We believe that our leadership position is attributable to our ability to simultaneously drive technological advances and manufacture high-performance products at competitive prices. Our major competitive strengths include the following:

  •  World’s Leading Independent Disk Supplier. We are the world’s largest independent manufacturer of thin-film media with a 40% market share of the total merchant disk supplier market and 18% of the overall disk market as of the second quarter of 2003 according to TrendFOCUS. Due to our market leadership and significant research and development efforts, we have developed a deep understanding of market needs in the disk drive market and offer a broad portfolio of advanced solutions to address those needs. Additionally, as a market leader, we believe the scale of our manufacturing and our technology development programs provide us with competitive advantages in maintaining and growing our market share.
 
  •  Technology Leadership. We have been in the thin-film media business for over 20 years, during which time we have invested heavily in research and development. Our research and development team is comprised of over 350 people in the United States and Malaysia focused on developing next generation products and efficient manufacturing processes. Recent examples of our success in technology innovation include being, we believe, the first independent merchant disk supplier to ship 80 GB disks and to transition to SAF media for certain 80 GB applications. Additionally, we believe we are currently a leader in developing next generation technologies, such as PMR media, to allow us to stay at the forefront of technology development in the disk industry. We believe our research and development strategy allows us to rapidly design and manufacture high volumes of advanced disks for our customers.

45


Table of Contents

  •  Strong Relationships With Top-Tier Disk Drive Manufacturers. We have developed strong relationships with many of the leading disk drive manufacturers, including HGST, Maxtor and Western Digital, which represented approximately 56% of global disk drive sales in the second quarter of 2003 according to IDC, and we have recently begun production for a new major disk drive customer. We have entered into production agreements with Western Digital and Maxtor that have further strengthened our relationship with them as significant customers. Our headquarters and research and development operations are located in San Jose, California in close proximity to the design centers of many of the world’s largest disk drive manufacturers. Our ability to have our design teams work in such close proximity to our customers has, in part, facilitated the strong and collaborative customer relationships that we have established with these large disk drive manufacturers. We devote significant time working with our customers to produce disks that are highly specialized and customized for our customers particular technological requirements, and these close relationships provide added insight into our customers’ product and technology roadmaps.
 
  •  Low-Cost Manufacturing Operations. We believe our manufacturing operations located in Malaysia are among the lowest-cost in our industry. Our operations are located in the same region as the manufacturing operations of many of the world’s largest disk drive manufacturers. We believe the location of our manufacturing operations, together with our experience in the industry and our economies of scale, provide us with timing and cost advantages in delivering consistently high-quality products to our customers in high volumes.
 
  •  Broad Range of Disk Products to Address Large and Emerging Markets. We provide a broad range of disk products that are incorporated into disk drives for desktop, enterprise and consumer electronics applications. Our primary market focus has been in the desktop market, which IDC estimates represented approximately 72% of the total disk drive market during the second quarter of 2003, and the majority of the highest volume business of our largest customers. As our customers pursue applications and products in other promising growth areas, such as the enterprise server and consumer electronics storage markets, we believe we are well positioned to meet their needs based on our ability to produce a wide range of products with varying areal densities and form factors.
 
  •  Experienced Management Team. Our management team has extensive experience in the disk and disk drive industry and has successfully positioned Komag as the leading thin-film media company.

Strategy

      Our primary goal is to maintain our position as the leading independent provider of disks. The key elements of our strategy are as follows:

  •  Maintain Technology Leadership. We intend to maintain and extend our technology leadership in the disk market by continuing to invest in leading-edge research and development. We intend to continue to focus our technology development efforts primarily on large and emerging market opportunities, such as high-density storage for personal computers, enterprise storage systems, communications infrastructure and consumer electronics appliances. We believe we have led the transition to SAF media for 80 GB applications and are actively developing disks for our customers with areal densities up to 160 GB. In August 2003, we announced a new benchmark in our proprietary PMR media, a next generation technology for improving areal density, and intend to continue to pursue new technologies such as PMR in an effort to achieve technological advantages over our competitors.
 
  •  Continue Improving Manufacturing Efficiency and Reducing Production Costs. We intend to continue improving the efficiency and quality of our manufacturing operations in Malaysia where we believe we can achieve lower costs than other disk manufacturers. We believe that our advanced manufacturing operations allow us to accelerate delivery of high volumes of reasonably priced disks, which enable our customers to rapidly introduce new products. As the leading independent disk supplier, we believe our highly experienced operations personnel can continue to drive yield improvements and reduce costs faster than our competitors. We believe our strategy of improving our manufacturing

46


Table of Contents

  efficiency while reducing costs contributes to our customers’ success and will help grow our market share.
 
  •  Leverage Collaborative Relationships with Disk Drive Manufacturers. We have established strong relationships with our customers, enabling us to participate in establishing technological and design requirements for new products. We believe that close technical collaboration with our customers and their other component suppliers during the design of our customers’ new disk drives facilitates integration of our disks, improves our ability to achieve cost-effective, high-volume manufacturing rapidly, and enhances the likelihood that we will remain a significant supplier of disks for high-performance disk drive products.
 
  •  Maintain a Diverse Customer Base. According to IDC, as of the third quarter of 2003, four major disk drive manufacturers accounted for over 84% of worldwide disk drive sales. For the quarter ended September 28, 2003, our largest customers included HGST, Maxtor and Western Digital, which according to IDC, together represented approximately 56% of all global disk drive sales during the second quarter of 2003. In order to expand our market penetration and further diversify our customer base, we recently began production for a new major disk drive customer. We continue to target additional high-volume disk drive manufacturers and believe that our combination of high-performance products and competitive pricing will enable us to further diversify our customer mix. In combination with offering a broad product mix to address multiple storage markets, we believe this strategy will reduce our dependence on the success of any one customer or market.
 
  •  Balance Capacity Growth with Customer Demand. Our strategy is to cost-effectively balance our investments in new capacity with the expected growth in demand for our products. Our current production capacity is 18 million to 20 million disks per quarter. We recently announced that we will increase our production capacity by approximately 10% to 20% over the next three quarters by utilizing our existing facilities, which minimizes capital outlays. We believe that our existing facilities could also accommodate a further incremental increase in manufacturing capacity in the future.

Technology

      We believe our technological strength has allowed us to achieve and maintain our position as the leading independent supplier to the thin-film media market. Our technological strength stems from the depth of our understanding of materials science and the interplay between disks, heads, and other disk drive components. Our disk manufacturing expertise is evidenced by our history of delivering reliable products in high volume.

      We manufacture and sell thin-film magnetic media on rigid disk platters for use in disk drives. These drives are used to record, store, retrieve and protect digital information. Inside a disk drive, the disk rotates at speeds of up to 15,000 rpm. The head scans across the disk as it spins, magnetically recording or reading information. The location on the disk where each bit of magnetic code is stored is extremely small and precisely placed. The tolerances of the disks and recording heads are extremely demanding and the interaction between these components is one of the most critical design aspects in an advanced disk drive.

      Primary factors governing the density of storage achievable on a disk’s surface are:

  •  the minimum distance at which read/write heads can reliably pass over the surface of the disk to detect a change in magnetic polarity when reading from the disk, which is called flying height (measured in microinches, or millionths of an inch);
 
  •  the strength of the magnetic field required to change the polarity of a bit of data on the magnetic layer of a disk when writing, which is called coercivity; and
 
  •  the ability of the head to discriminate a signal from background media noise, which is called the signal-to-noise ratio.

      As flying height is reduced, the head can read and write smaller bits. The higher the coercivity of the media is, the smaller the width of the bit that can be stored. The signal-to-noise ratio is determined by the

47


Table of Contents

choice of magnetic materials and the method for depositing those materials on the disk’s surface, as well as the recording head used.

      Our plating, polishing and texturing processes produce a uniform disk surface that is smooth at an atomic level. This smoothness permits the read/write heads to fly over the disk surface at a distance of 0.3 to 0.4 microinches (millionths of an inch). Disks must be made in a clean environment to limit surface defects. Even a small number of defects, a fraction of a micron in diameter, could cause the disk to fail. The magnetic alloys deposited on the surfaces of our disks have high coercivity, low noise, and other desirable magnetic characteristics.

      Finally, a protective layer of diamond-hard carbon and a layer of lubricant, each of which is controlled to a tolerance of a few angstroms, is applied to the disk surface to prevent wear. The continued improvement in these and other factors has resulted in rapid advancement in the amount of data a disk is capable of storing.

      In order to manufacture the best possible disks and achieve the high yields we desire, we require excellent raw materials, including highly-polished substrates. Our polished substrates, in conjunction with our automatic optical inspection systems and the latest disk buff process, provide us with high yields. At the same time, we have developed our polishing, texturing, final test, and packaging technology to achieve low costs for the materials and operating supplies needed to make our disks. Finally our multi-layer sputter process, with nanometer-thin structures, provides magnetic stability, mechanical durability and corrosion resistance, which we believe are at the forefront of our industry. To improve durability and corrosion resistance we have developed and qualified advanced diamond-like carbon films specifically for each of our sputter tools. Each method enables production of carbon films as thin as one-tenth microinch thick with extraordinary hardness and durability.

Research, Development, and Engineering

      Our research, development, and engineering efforts focus on emphasizing key technology advancements in disk functionality, reliability, quality and manufacturing efficiency. We believe that improving yields and reducing costs are critical to improving our overall operating results. We also focus on emerging media storage technologies aimed at disk designs needed several years from now.

      We often partner with our customers and other disk drive component makers in areas of technology development such as magnetic recording heads. We believe our most advanced longitudinal disks, that feature SAF-coupled layers to enhance thermal stability, will support a recording density of up to 160 GB per disk, which is approximately 100% higher than the most advanced disk in production today. Further, we are continuing to develop our proprietary PMR media, which we believe will have storage capability of 240 to 300 GB per disk when fully developed. We expect these advancements will be achieved with extensions of our current production equipment, which suggests a limited need to replace equipment to keep pace with technology improvement during the next few years.

      As of December 28, 2003, we employed more than 350 people in our research and development program worldwide. Our expenditures (and percentage of net sales) on research, development, and engineering activities (excluding in-process research and development), were $37.2 million (13%) in fiscal 2002, $39.5 million (14.0%) in fiscal 2001, and $35.3 million (9.9%) in fiscal 2000. For the first three quarters of 2003, we expended $31.1 million (9.7%).

Products and Customers

      We sell our disks primarily to disk drive manufacturers for incorporation into disk drives. Disk drives, in turn, are sold to computer or consumer appliance manufacturers that incorporate the disk drives into their systems, or are sold directly to consumers. We work closely with our customers as they design new high-performance disk drives, and generally customize our products according to their specifications.

      Our products offer a range of coercivities, glide height capabilities and other parameters to meet specific customer requirements. Unit sales of 3 1/2-inch 60 GB and 80 GB disks together represented 52% of our third

48


Table of Contents

quarter of 2003 unit shipment volume. Sales of 3 1/2-inch 40 GB disks represented the remaining 3 1/2-inch disk unit shipment volume in the third quarter of 2003. In addition, we shipped 36 GB per platter 84 mm disks and 17 GB per platter 65 mm disks for high-end server drives.

      We manufacture substrates primarily for our own use in finished disks. By doing so, we reduce our dependence on third-party suppliers of substrates. If we have substrate capacity in excess of our requirements for finished disks, we have and may continue to sell our substrates to third-parties. By selling our substrates to third-parties, we better utilize our factories, reduce our overall cost per disk and establish customer relationships with disk drive manufacturers. As demand for finished disks increases, we expect to utilize more of our internally manufactured substrates and reduce sales to third parties.

      As of the third quarter ended September 28, 2003, our principal customers included HGST, Maxtor and Western Digital, who together accounted for approximately 97% of net sales in that period. In August 2003, HGST qualified us as a second-source provider of 80 GB SAF media for use with its new 3 1/2-inch desktop drive. In October 2003, we announced an expanded business relationship with Maxtor, which includes dedicated media production capacity, a five-year supply agreement and the naming of Komag as a strategic external media supplier of Maxtor. Additionally, in connection with our acquisition of Western Digital’s media operations in 1999, we entered into a volume purchase agreement which has been recently extended through 2005. Further, in October 2003, we began volume production of 80 GB disks for a new major disk drive customer.

      We generally make sales pursuant to purchase orders rather than long-term contracts. These purchase orders may be changed or canceled by customers on short notice without significant penalty.

Competition

      The market for our products is highly competitive, and we expect competition to continue in the future. Competitors in the thin-film media industry fall mainly into two groups: Asian-based independent disk manufacturers and captive disk manufacturers. Our major Asian-based independent competitors include Fuji Electric, Hoya, Showa Denko and Trace Storage. The captive disk manufacturers who produce thin-film media internally for their own use include HGST, Maxtor and Seagate. Many of these competitors have greater financial resources, greater technical and manufacturing resources and more extensive name recognition than us. We are the sole U.S.-headquartered independent disk manufacturer.

Manufacturing

      We currently have three manufacturing facilities located in Penang and Sarawak, Malaysia with a total of approximately 890,000 square feet, a large portion of which contains Class 100 or better clean room environments. If operated at full capacity, we estimate that these facilities would be capable of producing 18 to 20 million finished disks per fiscal quarter. We expect to increase the manufacturing capacity of these facilities by approximately 10% to 20% over the next three quarters. We believe our current facilities and equipment are extendible for our next generation products. We intend to continue to cost-effectively balance our investments in new capacity with the expected growth in demand for our products.

      Maintaining low product cost is critical to our ability to sustain profitability. The cost of our products is sensitive to many factors, including production volume, yield, materials and operating supplies consumed, and manufacturing location. Our processes have required substantial investment in equipment and factory buildings. This investment leads to a high fixed cost structure, making our costs sensitive to changes in production volume. Over the last several years, we have improved our yields while advancing areal density. At the same time, we have successfully reduced the cost of materials and operating supplies. Further, we have consolidated our manufacturing activities in Malaysia in order to reduce the cost of labor and services. We believe that our production volumes, yield, and the low cost of our Malaysian manufacturing facilities give us one of the lowest cost structures in the industry.

      We believe our manufacturing expertise in thin-film media is evidenced by our history of delivering reliable products in high volume. By using proprietary processes and techniques, we have produced advanced

49


Table of Contents

disk products that generally exhibit uniform performance characteristics. These uniform performance characteristics enhance the reliability of the disk drive products manufactured by our customers. In addition, these characteristics can raise production yields on our customers’ manufacturing lines, which is an important cost consideration for them. Manufacturing costs are highly dependent on our ability to effectively use our installed physical capacity to produce large volumes of products at acceptable yields. To improve yields and capacity utilization, we have adopted formal continuous improvement programs at each of our Malaysian manufacturing facilities.

      The manufacture of our disks is a complex, multi-step process that converts aluminum substrates into finished data storage media ready for use in a disk drive. The process requires the deposition of extremely thin, uniform layers of metallic film onto a disk substrate. To achieve this, we use a vacuum deposition, or sputtering, method similar to that used to coat semiconductor wafers. The basic process consists of many interrelated steps that can be grouped into five major categories:

  •  Sizing and Grinding of the Substrate. A raw aluminum blank substrate is sized by precisely cutting the inner and outer diameter of the blank. A mechanical grinding process is then utilized to provide a relatively flat surface on the substrate prior to nickel alloy plating.
 
  •  Nickel Alloy Plating and Polishing of the Substrate. Through a series of chemical baths, aluminum substrates are plated with a uniform nickel phosphorus layer in order to provide support for the magnetic layer. Next, this layer is polished to achieve flatness and smoothness at an atomic level.
 
  •  Texturing and Cleaning. During these process steps, a precisely controlled, fine texture is applied to the polished disk surface to allow the read/write heads of the disk drives to fly at low and constant levels and then the disks are cleaned in preparation for the sputtering process.
 
  •  Sputtering and Lube. By a technically demanding vacuum deposition process, magnetic layers are successively deposited on the disk and a hard protective overcoat is applied. After sputtering, a microscopic layer of lubrication is applied to the disk’s surface to improve durability and reduce surface friction.
 
  •  Glide Test and Certification. In robotically-controlled test cells, disks are tested for glide height and surface defects, and then certified for magnetic properties. Based on these test results, disks are graded against our customers’ specific performance requirements.

      Most of the critical process steps are conducted in Class 100 or better clean room environments. Throughout the process, disks are handled by highly automated equipment to reduce contamination and enhance process precision. Minute impurities in materials, particulate contamination or other production problems can reduce production yields and, in extreme cases, cause production to be suspended for prolonged periods.

Environmental Regulation

      We are subject to a variety of environmental and other regulations in connection with our operations and believe that we have obtained all necessary permits for our operations. We use various industrial hazardous materials, including metal-plating solutions, in our manufacturing processes. Wastes from our manufacturing processes are either stored in areas with secondary containment before removal to a disposal site, or processed on-site and discharged to the industrial sewer system.

      We have from time to time upgraded our wastewater treatment facilities to improve the performance and consistency of our wastewater processing. Our Malaysian manufacturing facilities located in Penang and Sarawak recently received ISO 14001 certification. ISO 14001 is a voluntary set of standards that provides companies with a structure for managing the potential environmental impact of their operations. In order to obtain ISO certification, we developed and implemented a formal program to ensure that our manufacturing operations are consistent with minimizing hazardous waste, preventing pollution of air and water, and protecting the environment.

50


Table of Contents

      Nonetheless, industrial wastewater discharges from our facilities may, in the future, be subject to more stringent regulations. If we fail to comply with present or future regulations, part or all of our operations would be suspended or terminated. These regulations could restrict our ability to expand at our present locations or could require us to acquire costly equipment or incur other significant expenses.

Patents and Proprietary Information

      We hold, and have applied for, United States and foreign patents and have entered into cross-licenses with certain of our customers. While these patents could present obstacles to the introduction of new products by competitors and possibly result in royalty-bearing licenses from third parties, we believe that our success does not generally depend on the ownership of intellectual property rights but rather on our innovative skills, technical competence, manufacturing execution, and marketing abilities. Accordingly, the patents that we hold or apply for will not constitute any assurance of our future success.

      We regard elements of our equipment designs and processes as proprietary and confidential and rely upon employee and vendor nondisclosure agreements and a system of internal safeguards for protection. In spite of these steps for protecting proprietary and confidential information, there is a risk that competitors may obtain and use such information. Further, the laws of certain foreign countries in which we do business may provide a lesser degree of protection to our proprietary and confidential information than that provided by the laws of the United States. Moreover, from time to time, we receive proprietary and confidential information from vendors, customers, and partners, the use and disclosure of which are governed by nondisclosure agreements. Through internal communication and the monitoring of use and disclosure of such information, we comply with our obligations regarding use and nondisclosure. However, despite these efforts, there is a risk that we may use or disclose this information in violation of our obligations of nondisclosure.

      We have occasionally received, and may receive in the future, communications from third parties asserting violation of intellectual rights alleged to cover certain of our products or manufacturing processes or equipment. In these cases, we evaluate whether it would be necessary to defend against the claims or to seek licenses to the rights referred to in such communications. If we must defend those claims, or if we are not able to negotiate necessary licenses on reasonable terms, our business and financial results would suffer.

Employees

      As of December 28, 2003, on a worldwide basis, we had 4,743 employees. Of the total, 3,941 were full-time employees, 802 were employed on a temporary basis, 4,291 were employed in manufacturing, 358 in research, development, and engineering, 94 in sales, administrative, and management positions, 377 were employed in the United States and 4,366 were employed at offshore facilities. We believe that our future success will depend in large part upon our ability to continue to attract, retain, and motivate highly-skilled and dedicated employees. We have no employees who are represented by a labor union, and we have never experienced a work stoppage.

51


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

      Our executive officers and directors and their ages as of November 23, 2003 are as follows:

             
Name Age Position



Thian Hoo Tan
    55     Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
Michael A. Russak
    56     President and Chief Technical Officer
Christopher H. Bajorek
    59     Executive Vice President, Advanced Technology
Ray L. Martin
    60     Executive Vice President, Sales and Customer Service
Peter S. Norris
    52     Executive Vice President, Strategic Business Development
Kathleen A. Bayless
    47     Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
Ali Dabier
    44     Vice President, Managing Director of Komag USA (Malaysia) Sdn.
William G. Hammack
    54     Vice President, Human Resources
Kamran Honardoost
    41     Vice President, New Product Introduction and Design
Tsutomu T. Yamashita
    49     Vice President, Process Development
Paul Brahe
    34     Director
Chris A. Eyre
    56     Director
Neil S. Subin
    39     Director
Kenneth R. Swimm
    69     Director
David G. Takata
    41     Director
Harry G. Van Wickle
    56     Director
Raymond H. Wechsler
    58     Director
Michael Lee Workman
    47     Director

      Set forth below is certain information relating to our executive officers and directors.

      Mr. Thian Hoo Tan joined our company in 1989, and started our first San Jose, California, manufacturing facility in 1989, our Penang operations in 1993, and our Sarawak operations in 1996. Mr. Tan returned to the United States and assumed the position of Senior Vice President, Worldwide Operations, from 1996 through his appointment to his present position of Chief Executive Officer in 1999. Before joining our company, Mr. Tan was Vice President of Operations at HMT. Mr. Tan holds B.S. and M.S. degrees in Physics from the University of Malaya in Kuala Lumpur.

      Dr. Russak joined our company in October, 2000, as Chief Technical Officer and Executive Vice President of Research and Development after our merger with HMT. He was appointed President and Chief Technical Officer of Komag in January 2001. Previously, Dr. Russak was with HMT, which he joined in 1993 as Vice President — Research and Development. He subsequently became Chief Technical Officer in 1998 and Executive Vice President — Research & Development and Chief Technical Officer in 1999. From 1985 to 1993, Dr. Russak held several staff and management positions with IBM. Dr. Russak holds a B.S. in Ceramic Engineering and a Ph.D. in Materials Science from Rutgers University.

      Dr. Bajorek joined our company in 1996 as Senior Vice President and Chief Technical Officer. He became our Executive Vice President and Chief Technical Officer in January 2000, and then was appointed Executive Vice President, Advanced Technology, in October 2000. Before joining our company, Dr. Bajorek was Vice President, Technology Development and Manufacturing, for IBM. He holds a Ph.D. degree in Electrical Engineering and Business Economics from the California Institute of Technology. Dr. Bajorek is one of ten scientists awarded the Millennium award by the Magnetics Society of the IEEE in 2000. He also received the 2002 Reynold B. Johnson IEEE Information Storage Award for leadership in the development and manufacturing of magneto resistive recording heads for data storage devices.

      Mr. Martin joined our company in 1997 as Vice President, Product Assurance and Product Test, and became our Senior Vice President, Customer Sales and Service in 1998. In 2001, Mr. Martin became our Executive Vice President, Sales and Customer Service. From 1990 to 1997, he was Director of Process and Technology at Quantum Corporation. Prior to working at Quantum, Mr. Martin held a number of

52


Table of Contents

management and engineering positions at several leading disk drive manufacturers, including Western Digital, Seagate Technology, and IBM. Mr. Martin holds a B.S. degree in Mechanical Engineering from Kansas State University.

      Mr. Norris joined our company in October 2000, as Executive Vice President, Strategic Business Development, after the merger with HMT. He joined HMT in 1995 as Vice President, Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer and became its Executive Vice President, Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer in 1999. From 1975 to 1995, Mr. Norris worked for General Instrument Corporation. Mr. Norris holds a B.A. degree in Economics from Upsala College.

      Ms. Bayless joined our company in 1994 as Corporate Controller, became a Vice President in 2000, and became our Chief Financial Officer in September 2002. Before joining us, Ms. Bayless worked for the public accounting firm of Ernst & Young, LLP. Ms. Bayless holds a B.S. degree in Accounting from California State University Fresno, and is a Certified Public Accountant.

      Mr. Dabier joined our company in October 2000, as General Manager of Oregon manufacturing facilities, after the merger with HMT. In June 2001, Mr. Dabier became the Managing Director of Malaysian Operations. In January of 2003 he was promoted to Vice President, Managing Director of Komag USA (Malaysia) Sdn. He joined HMT in 1988 where he held various manufacturing management positions. From 1983 to 1988 Mr. Dabier worked for Lin Data Corporation.

      Mr. Hammack joined our company in June 2002, as Vice President, Human Resources. He previously held the title of Vice President, Human Resources at Zambeel, Inc. from February 2001 until May 2002. Prior to that, he served as Vice President, Human Resources at QRS Corporation from January 1999 to February 2001. From January 1982 to January 1999, he served as Vice President, Human Resources at General Electric Medical Systems/Diasonics. Mr. Hammack holds a B.A. degree from San Diego State University.

      Mr. Honardoost joined our company in October, 2000, as Vice President, New Product Introduction and Design, after the merger with HMT. He joined HMT in 1991, and became its Vice President, New Product Development in 1998. He previously held the title of Executive Director, New Product Development for HMT. Prior to HMT, he worked for Nashua Corporation (previously Lin Data Corporation) from 1984 to 1991. Mr. Honardoost holds a B.S. degree in Mechanical Engineering from Fresno State University and an M.S. degree in Thermo/Air Dynamics from San Jose State University.

      Mr. Yamashita joined our company in 1984 as an engineer, and became Vice President, Research and Development in 1995. Mr. Yamashita currently serves as Vice President, Process Development. Mr. Yamashita holds a B.S. degree in Chemistry and a M.S. degree in Materials Science from Stanford University.

      Mr. Brahe has served as a member of our Board of Directors since June 30, 2002, when we emerged from bankruptcy. Mr. Brahe is currently affiliated with Tiburon Research, a consulting group he founded in 2001. From 2000 through 2001, and also from 1994 through 1998, he was a partner and portfolio manager for Apodaca Investment Group. From 1998 through 2000, Mr. Brahe served as a principal and also as Director of Research for Preferred Capital Markets. Mr. Brahe holds a B.A. degree from Stanford University.

      Mr. Eyre has served as a member of our Board of Directors since September 1983. Mr. Eyre served as Chairman of the Board from October 2000 to January 2002. He has been Managing Director of Legacy Venture, an organization devoted to amplifying the size and effectiveness of philanthropy. Mr. Eyre has been a private investor for many years and from 1976 to 1987 he served as a founding general partner of Merrill, Pickard, Anderson & Eyre, the pioneering venture capital firm that emerged from Bank of America. He has served on the boards of numerous public and private companies. He is now a board member of or advisor to several non-profit philanthropic organizations. Mr. Eyre holds a B.S. degree from Utah State University and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

      Mr. Subin has served as a member of our Board of Directors since June 30, 2002, when we emerged from bankruptcy. Mr. Subin is currently Managing Director and President of Trendex Capital Management, a private investment fund focusing primarily on financially distressed companies, which he formed in 1991. Mr. Subin is also currently a member of the Board of Directors of Nucentrix Broadband Networks, Inc., First Avenue Networks, Inc., New Alliance Insurance Company and TTR Technologies, Inc. Mr. Subin has been actively involved in the formation of, and has served on, official and ad hoc committees of debt and equity

53


Table of Contents

security holders in restructuring of companies including The Lionel Corporation, The Zale Corporation, R.I.I., Macy & Co., Interco, Inc., Hillsborough Holdings Corp./ Jim Walter Corp., Morrison Knudsen Corp., Flagstar Cos., Anacomp, Inc., UDC Homes, Inc., Trans World Airlines, Inc., Buenos Aires Embotteladora S.A., Golden Books Family Entertainment, Inc., Boston Chicken, Inc., Iridium LLC, Metricom, Inc., and the Federal Mogul Corporation. Mr. Subin holds a B.A. degree from Brooklyn College.

      Mr. Swimm has served as a member of our Board of Directors since June 30, 2002, when we emerged from bankruptcy. In 1997 Mr. Swimm retired after enjoying 35 years in the aerospace business, most recently as President of the Lockheed Martin Management and Data Systems Company. Mr. Swimm is a veteran in the business of national security and held key management positions with the U.S. Navy, the Nordem Division of United Aircraft, and General Electric’s Space Division and their Strategic Systems Department. Mr. Swimm has served on the Board of Directors for many companies, including Wam!net, the United Way, the Navy League, the Philadelphia Chamber of Commerce, AFCEA, the Security Affairs Support Association, the Philadelphia Museum of Art and the Philadelphia Opera Company. Mr. Swimm holds a B.A. degree in Liberal Arts and a B.S. degree in Electrical Engineering from Columbia College, and an M.S. in Electrical Engineering from the University of New Mexico.

      Mr. Takata has served as a member of our Board of Directors since June 30, 2002, when we emerged from bankruptcy. Mr. Takata is currently the President and CEO of Engage Capital, an independent investment firm. From 1999 through 2001, Mr. Takata served as a Senior Vice President of Equity Research, Technology Group of Gerard Klauer Mattison. From 1994 through 1999, Mr. Takata was a Vice President of Equity Research, Technology of Gruntal & Company, a full service investment firm, and from 1986 to 1991, he was a Manager of Computer Security for Hughes Aircraft Company. Mr. Takata holds a B.S. degree in Business Administration and Finance from California State University in Fresno.

      Mr. Van Wickle has served as a member of our Board of Directors since October 2000 when we merged with HMT. Mr. Van Wickle served as a member of HMT’s Board of Directors from May 1998 to October 2000. Mr. Van Wickle has been President and Chief Executive Officer of Intarsia Corporation, an integrated electronic component design and manufacturing company. Mr. Van Wickle is a 30-year veteran in semiconductor and disk drive manufacturing. From 1974 to 1992, Mr. Van Wickle held management positions at Texas Instruments, Fairchild Semiconductor, AT&T and Micropolis Corporation. From 1992 and prior to joining Intarsia, he was a Vice President in Operations of Dastek, a former subsidiary of Komag; Vice President of Manufacturing at Cypress Semiconductor; and President of Alphatec Electronics Corporation. Mr. Van Wickle holds a B.A. degree from Hobart College.

      Mr. Wechsler has served as a member of our Board of Directors since June 30, 2002, when we emerged from bankruptcy. Mr. Wechsler is currently Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of American Equity Partners, Inc., a holding company that was formed in 1992 to specifically focus on the restructuring of financially distressed companies. Mr. Wechsler has held executive officer positions and served as Chairman or on the Board of Directors of many companies, including Mueller Industries, United Press International, AT&T International, ERC Industries, Tandem Staffing Solutions, Accessory Place, Crystal Oil, Jos. A. Bank, Protect Services Industries, and Victoria Station, among others. He has been Administrative Trustee of the Towers Financial Corporation Administrative Trust. He is currently a member of the Board of Directors of Airway Industries, AMC Financial, CFN Liquidating Trust, Galaxy Cable, Tandem Staffing Solutions and Wam!net. Mr. Wechsler is a Certified Public Accountant and holds a B.A. from Queens College and an M.B.A. from Columbia University.

      Dr. Workman has served as a member of our Board of Directors since June 30, 2002, when we emerged from bankruptcy. Dr. Workman is currently the Chief Executive Officer and President of Pillar Data Systems, a post he has held since July 2001. Prior to joining Pillar, Dr. Workman was a Vice President of the Storage Systems Division of IBM. From 1993 to 1995, Dr. Workman served as Chief Technical Officer and Senior Vice President of Connor Peripherals. He has co-authored textbooks on digital control and magnetic recording, numerous publications, and holds 15 patents. Dr. Workman holds a Ph.D. and an M.S. in Electrical Engineering from Stanford University, and a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from U.C. Berkeley.

54


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL INDEBTEDNESS

      The offering of the notes and the concurrent offering by us and certain selling stockholders of an aggregate of 5,000,000 shares of common stock is part of the refinancing transactions pursuant to which we intend to issue the notes and the common stock and terminate our Exit Facility, and use the proceeds from these offerings to redeem (in whole or in part) our Senior Notes.

Exit Facility

      Our Exit Facility provides for advances having a principal amount of up to the lesser of a borrowing base and $15.0 million at any time outstanding, with a $3.0 million letter of credit sub-facility and expires June 30, 2005. As of December 28, 2003, there were no borrowings under the Exit Facility and our borrowing base was approximately $1.9 million. The Exit Facility is secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of our assets, except in the case of our ownership interest in our foreign subsidiaries, which is limited to a pledge of 65% of such equity interests. Interest is payable monthly in arrears at a rate of 12% per annum on the outstanding principal amount. A commitment fee of $0.3 million was paid in order to obtain the Exit Facility, and there are ongoing unused commitment fees due on a monthly basis at an annual rate of 0.5% on the average unused portion of the $15.0 million facility during the preceding month. We expect to terminate the Exit Facility prior to the closing of this offering and our concurrent equity offering.

Junior Notes

      In accordance with our plan of reorganization, we issued $7.0 million Junior Notes that were subordinated paid-in-kind notes. The Junior Notes were fully subordinated to the Exit Facility and the indenture governing the Senior Notes, and were secured by a security interest in the collateral pledged to secure the Exit Facility and Senior Notes. On October 30, 2003, we sent a redemption notice to the holders of the Junior Notes that we would redeem the Junior Notes. The Junior Notes were redeemed in full on December 2, 2003.

Senior Notes

      We issued a total of $128.8 million of Senior Notes in connection with our reorganization. As of December 28, 2003, the Senior Notes had a cash-pay portion of $63.2 million and a paid-in-kind portion of $52.0 million. The cash-pay portion of the Senior Notes: (i) is due on June 30, 2007; (ii) is payable in quarterly installments over a four-year period on a straight-line basis beginning on July 15, 2003; and (iii) pays interest monthly in arrears in cash, and bears interest at the greater of 8% per annum and a rate per annum equal to the prime rate of interest (which was 4.0% at December 28, 2003) plus three hundred basis points. The paid-in-kind portion of the Senior Notes: (i) is due on June 30, 2007; and (ii) pays interest in-kind monthly in arrears, and bears interest at a rate of 12% per annum. The Senior Notes are secured by a security interest in substantially all of our assets, except in the case of our ownership interest in our foreign subsidiaries, which is limited to a pledge of 65% of such equity interests.

      Under the indenture governing the Senior Notes, we have an obligation to make certain payments with the net proceeds of the issuance of debt or equity securities and the sale of certain assets permitted to be sold under the indenture. All net proceeds from the issuance of such securities or the sale of such assets must first be used to pay down the outstanding balance, if any, under the Exit Facility. In the case of proceeds from the issuance of debt or equity securities, we are required to use 50% of any remaining proceeds to redeem the Senior Notes.

      In order for us to issue the notes pursuant to this offering, the notes must be subordinated and junior to the Senior Notes and must satisfy the conditions set forth in the indenture governing the Senior Notes. Upon the closing of the offering of the notes and the concurrent equity offering, we will promptly mail a redemption notice to the holders of the Senior Notes to redeem all or a portion of the Senior Notes with the proceeds of such offerings.

55


Table of Contents

Intercreditor Arrangement

      The collateral agent under our Exit Facility and the trustee for the Senior Notes entered into an intercreditor arrangement that governs as among them, among other things, the priority of their security interests in our assets. Pursuant to this intercreditor arrangement, the liens granted to secure the Exit Facility have priority over the liens granted to secure the Senior Notes.

56


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF NOTES

      The notes are to be issued under an indenture to be dated as of January      , 2004, between Komag, Incorporated, as issuer, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. Initially, the trustee will also be paying agent and conversion agent and bid solicitation agent.

      The following description is a summary of the material provisions of the indenture and the notes we are offering pursuant to this prospectus. It does not purport to be complete. We urge you to read the indenture that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement that includes this prospectus because the indenture, and not this description, defines your rights as a holder of the notes.

      As used in this “Description of Notes” section, references to “Komag,” “we,” “our” or “us” refer solely to Komag, Incorporated and not to our subsidiaries, unless the context otherwise requires.

Brief Description of the Notes

      The notes offered hereby will:

  •  be $70,000,000 aggregate principal amount ($80,500,000 in aggregate principal amount if the underwriters exercise in full their over-allotment option);
 
  •  be sold at an issue price of 100% of the principal amount of the notes, which is $1,000 per note, plus accrued interest, if any, from January      , 2004;
 
  •  bear interest at an annual rate of        % of the principal amount, payable semi-annually, in arrears, on February 1 and August 1 of each year, commencing on August 1, 2004;
 
  •  will be our general unsecured obligations, ranking subordinate in right of payment to all of our existing and future senior indebtedness, effectively subordinate in right of payment to all of the existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries, and effectively junior to any of our future secured indebtedness;
 
  •  be convertible by the holder upon satisfaction of one of the conversion contingencies, into shares of our common stock initially at a conversion rate of                 share of our common stock per $1,000 principal amount of notes (except in connection with conversions following satisfaction of the trading price condition under certain circumstances), which represents an initial conversion price of approximately $           per share, and subject to the adjustments that are described under “— Conversion Rights”;
 
  •  be redeemable by us on or after February 6, 2007, as described in “— Optional Redemption.”;
 
  •  be subject to purchase by us at the holder’s option on February 1, 2011, February 1, 2014, and February 1, 2019 or upon a fundamental change of Komag, as defined under “— Purchase of Notes at a Holder’s Option Upon a Fundamental Change,” at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the purchase date; and
 
  •  be due on February 1, 2024 unless earlier converted, redeemed by us at our option or purchased by us at a holder’s option on a specified purchase date or upon a fundamental change.

      The indenture does not contain any financial covenants. We are not prohibited from paying dividends, incurring additional indebtedness or issuing or repurchasing our other securities under the indenture. You are not protected in the event of a highly leveraged transaction or a change in control of Komag under the indenture, except to the extent described under “— Purchase of Notes at a Holder’s Option Upon a Fundamental Change” below.

      No sinking fund is provided for the notes and the notes will be subject to defeasance. The notes will be issued only in registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 principal amount and whole multiples thereof.

57


Table of Contents

      A holder of notes may present definitive notes for conversion and registration of transfer or exchange at an office or agency of our paying agent in New York City, which shall initially be the principal corporate trust office of U.S. Bank Trust National Association, an affiliate of the trustee currently located at 100 Wall Street, Suite 1600, New York, New York 10005. For information regarding conversion and registration of transfer or exchange of global notes, see “— Form, Denomination and Registration.”

      The notes are new securities for which there is currently no market. The notes will not be listed in any securities exchange or automated quotation system. Accordingly, we cannot assure liquidity of, or trading market for, the notes.

Interest

      The notes will bear interest at an annual rate of        % per year from January      , 2004. We will pay interest semi-annually in arrears in cash on February 1 and August 1 of each year, beginning August 1, 2004, to the holders of record at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the preceding January 15 and July 15, respectively. Interest will be computed semi-annually on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

      There are certain exceptions to the preceding sentence:

  •  In general, we will not pay accrued interest on any notes that are converted into our common stock. See “— Conversion Rights.” If a holder of notes converts after a record date for an interest payment but prior to the corresponding interest payment date, the holder on the record date will receive on that interest payment date accrued interest on those notes, notwithstanding the conversion of those notes prior to that interest payment date, because that holder will have been the holder of record on the corresponding record date. However, at the time that holder surrenders notes for conversion, the holder must pay to us an amount equal to the interest that has accrued and that will be paid on the related interest payment date. The preceding sentence does not apply, however, to a holder that converts notes that are called by us for redemption after a record date for an interest payment but prior to the corresponding interest payment date. Accordingly, if we elect to redeem notes on a date that is after a record date but prior to the corresponding interest payment date and a holder of notes chooses to convert those notes, the holder will not be required to pay us, at the time that holder surrenders those notes for conversion, the amount of interest it will receive on the interest payment date.
 
  •  We will pay accrued and unpaid interest on notes that are converted into our common stock upon a satisfaction of the trading price condition under certain circumstances.
 
  •  We will pay interest to a person other than the holder of record on the record date if we elect to redeem the notes on a date that is after a record date but prior to the corresponding interest payment date. In this instance, we will pay accrued and unpaid interest on the notes being redeemed to, but not including, the redemption date to the same person to whom we will pay the principal of those notes.
 
  •  We will pay interest to a person other than the holder of record on the record date if, in connection with a fundamental change, the fundamental change repurchase date is after a record date but prior to the corresponding interest payment date. In this instance, we will pay accrued and unpaid interest on the notes being purchased to, but not including, the fundamental change repurchase date to the same person to whom we will pay the principal of those notes.

      At maturity, interest on the definitive notes will be payable at the corporate trust office of the trustee presently located at 633 West 5th Street, 24th Floor, LM-CA-T24T, Los Angeles, CA 90071.

      Interest otherwise payable will cease to accrue on a note upon its maturity, redemption, conversion or purchase by us (including upon a fundamental change).

58


Table of Contents

      Except as provided below, we will pay interest on:

  •  global notes to DTC in immediately available funds;
 
  •  any definitive notes having an aggregate principal amount of more than $5 million by wire transfer in immediately available funds if requested in writing by the holders of those notes, otherwise by check mailed to the holders of these notes; and
 
  •  any definitive notes having an aggregate principal amount of $5 million or less by check mailed to the holders of those notes.

      We will not be required to make any payment on the notes due on any day which is not a business day until the next succeeding business day. The payment made on the next business day will be treated as though it were paid on the original due date and no interest will be payable on the payment date for the additional period of time.

Conversion Rights

 
General

      A holder may convert all or any portion of such holder’s outstanding notes, subject to the conditions described below, initially at a conversion rate of                      shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of the notes. This reflects an initial conversion price of approximately $          . The conversion rate, and thus the conversion price, is subject to adjustment as described below. A holder may convert notes only in denominations of $1,000 principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000.

      A holder may surrender notes for conversion prior to the stated maturity only under the following circumstances:

  •  during any conversion period, and only during such conversion period, if on each of at least 20 trading days in the 30 consecutive trading day period ending on the first trading day of the conversion period the closing sale price of our common stock is greater than or equal to 120% of the conversion price in effect on the first trading day of the conversion period; a “conversion period” will be the period from and including the first trading day of any fiscal quarter (beginning with the quarter ending July 4, 2004) up to, but not including, the first trading day of the following fiscal quarter;
 
  •  during the five consecutive business day period following any five consecutive trading-day period at any time prior to February 1, 2019 in which the average trading price for a note was less than 98% of the average of the sale price of our common stock during such five trading-day period multiplied by the then applicable conversion rate; we refer to this condition as the “trading price condition”;
 
  •  if we have called those notes for either provisional or optional redemption; or
 
  •  upon the occurrence of the specified corporate transactions discussed below.

      The conversion agent will, on our behalf, determine if the notes are convertible and notify the trustee and us accordingly. If a holder has exercised its right to require us to purchase its notes as described under “— Purchase of Notes at a Holder’s Option” or “— Purchase of Notes at a Holder’s Option Upon a Fundamental Change,” the holder may convert its notes only if it withdraws its purchase notice or fundamental change purchase notice, as applicable, prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the business day immediately preceding the applicable repurchase date.

      We will not issue fractional shares of our common stock upon the conversion of the notes. Instead, we will pay the cash value of such fractional shares based upon the closing sale price of our common stock on the trading day immediately prior to the conversion date.

 
      Conversion Upon Satisfaction of Common Stock Price Condition

      A holder will have the right to convert any of its notes during any conversion period, and only during such conversion period, if the closing sale price of our common stock on each of at least 20 trading days in

59


Table of Contents

the 30 consecutive trading day period ending on the first trading day of the conversion period is greater than or equal to 120% of the conversion price in effect on the first day of such conversion period. A “conversion period” will be the period from and including the first trading day of any fiscal quarter (beginning with the quarter ending July 4, 2004) up to but not including the first trading day of the following fiscal quarter.

      The initial conversion trigger price per share of our common stock is $          . The conversion trigger price reflects the initial conversion price per share of our common stock multiplied by 120%.

      The “closing sale price” of any share of common stock on any date means the closing sale price of a share of common stock (or if no closing sale price is reported, the average of the bid and ask prices or, if there is more than one bid or ask price, the average of the average bid and the average ask prices) on that date as reported by Nasdaq National Market or, if the common stock is not listed on the Nasdaq National Market, as reported by a national securities exchange. If our common stock is not listed and not reported by the Nasdaq National Market or listed for trading on a national securities exchange on the relevant date, the “closing sale price” will be the last quoted bid for our common stock in the over-the-counter market on the relevant date as reported by the National Quotation Bureau or similar organization. If our common stock is not so quoted, the “closing sale price” will be the average of the midpoint of the last bid and ask prices for our common stock on the relevant date from each of at least three nationally recognized independent investment banking firms selected by us for this purpose.

 
      Conversion Upon Satisfaction of Trading Price Condition

      You may surrender your notes for conversion into our common stock during the five business day period after any five consecutive trading day period (the “measurement period”) at any time prior to February 1, 2019 in which the average of the “trading price” per $1,000 principal amount of notes, as determined following a request by a holder of notes in accordance with the procedures described below, for such measurement period was less than 98% of the product of the average of closing sale prices of our common stock and the conversion rate (the “trading price condition”); provided that if on the date of any conversion pursuant to the trading price condition the closing sale price of our common stock is greater than or equal to the then conversion price and less than or equal to 120% of the then current conversion price, then you will receive, instead of common stock based on the conversion rate, cash or common stock at our option, with a value equal to the principal amount of your notes (“principal value conversion”). If you surrender your notes for conversion and it is a principal value conversion, we will notify you by the second trading day following the date of conversion whether we will pay the principal amount in cash or common stock. Any common stock delivered upon a principal value conversion will be valued at the greater of the conversion price on the conversion date and the applicable share price (as defined below) as of the conversion date.

      The “trading price” of the notes on any date of determination means the average of the secondary market bid quotations per note obtained by the trustee for $5,000,000 principal amount of the notes at approximately 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on such determination date from two independent nationally recognized securities dealers we select, which may include one or more of the underwriters, provided that if at least two such bids cannot reasonably be obtained by the trustee, but one such bid can reasonably be obtained by the trustee, this one bid will be used. If the trustee cannot reasonably obtain at least one bid for $5,000,000 principal amount of the notes from a nationally recognized securities dealer or in our reasonable judgment, the bid quotations are not indicative of the secondary market value of the notes, then the trading price of the notes will be deemed to be less than 98% of the applicable conversion rate of the notes multiplied by the sale price of our common stock on such determination date. The “applicable share price” shall mean the average of the closing sale prices of our common stock over the five trading day period starting the third trading day following the conversion date of the notes.

      The trustee will determine the trading price of the notes upon our request. We will have no obligation to make that request unless a holder of notes provides us with reasonable evidence that the trading price of the notes may be less than 98% of the average sales price of our common stock multiplied by the applicable conversion rate for the applicable period. If a holder provides such evidence, we will instruct the trustee to determine the trading price of the notes for the applicable period.

60


Table of Contents

 
      Conversion Upon Notice of Redemption

      A holder will have the right to convert any of its notes that we have called for redemption at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the day that is two business days prior to the redemption date, even if the notes are not otherwise convertible at such time.

 
      Conversion Upon Specified Corporate Transactions

      A holder will have the right to convert any of its notes in the event:

  •  we distribute to all holders of our common stock certain rights or warrants entitling them to subscribe for or purchase, for a period expiring within 60 days, common stock at less than the closing sale price of the common stock on the business day immediately preceding the announcement of such distribution;
 
  •  we elect to distribute to all holders of our common stock cash or other assets, debt securities or certain rights or warrants to purchase our securities, including the declaration of any cash dividends, payable quarterly or otherwise, which distribution (together with all other distributions covered by this clause within the preceding 12 months not triggering a conversion right) has a per share value exceeding 5% of the closing sale price of the common stock on the business day immediately preceding the declaration date for the distribution; or
 
  •  a fundamental change (as defined under “— Purchase of Notes at a Holder’s Option Upon a Fundamental Change”) occurs, whether or not the 105% exception to a fundamental change applies.

      In any such event, a holder may convert any of its notes at any time after we notify holders of such event:

  •  in the case of a distribution, until the earlier of 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the business day immediately preceding the ex-dividend date or the date of our announcement that the distribution will not take place; or
 
  •  in the case of a fundamental change, until 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the 35th business day after the fundamental change notice (except if we are party to a consolidation, merger or binding share exchange pursuant to which our common stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property).

      We will notify holders at least 20 business days prior to the ex-dividend date for the distribution or within 20 business days following the occurrence of a fundamental change (except if we are party to a consolidation, merger or binding share exchange pursuant to which our common stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property), as the case may be. In the case of a distribution, a holder of notes may not convert any of its notes if, as a holder of notes, the holder will otherwise participate in the distribution without conversion.

      In addition, if we are party to a consolidation, merger or binding share exchange pursuant to which our common stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property, a holder may surrender notes for conversion at any time from and after the date which is 15 calendar days prior to the date announced by us as the anticipated effective date of the transaction until 15 calendar days after the actual date of the transaction. If we are a party to a consolidation, merger or binding share exchange pursuant to which our common stock is converted into cash, securities or other property, then at the effective time of the transaction, the right to convert a note into common stock will be changed into a right to convert the notes into the kind and amount of cash, securities or other property which the holder would have received if the holder had converted such notes immediately prior to the transaction. If the transaction also constitutes a fundamental change, the holder can require us to purchase all or a portion of its notes as described under “— Purchase of Notes at a Holder’s Option Upon a Fundamental Change.”

61


Table of Contents

Conversion Procedures

 
General

      Except as provided in the next paragraph, upon conversion, we will not make any payment or other adjustment for accrued and unpaid interest on the notes.

      If a holder converts after a record date for an interest payment but prior to the corresponding interest payment date, that holder will receive on the interest payment date interest accrued and unpaid on those notes, notwithstanding the conversion of notes prior to the interest payment date, assuming it was the holder of record on the corresponding record date.

      However, at the time the holder surrenders any notes for conversion, it must pay us an amount equal to the interest that has accrued and will be paid on the notes being converted on the interest payment date. The preceding sentence does not apply to notes that are converted after being called by us for redemption, or subject to repurchase upon a fundamental change, after a record date for an interest payment date but prior to the corresponding interest payment. If in such case prior to the redemption date or repurchase date, as the case may be, a holder chooses to convert its notes, the holder will not be required to pay us at the time it surrenders its notes for conversion the amount of interest on the notes it would have received, but for the conversion, on the date that has been fixed for redemption or repurchase, as the case may be.

      Except as described under “— Conversion Rate Adjustments,” we will not make any payment or other adjustment for dividends on any common stock issued upon conversion of the notes.

      A holder will not be required to pay any taxes or duties relating to the issuance or delivery of our common stock if that holder exercises its conversion rights, but it will be required to pay any tax or duty which may be payable relating to any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of the common stock in a name other than its own. Certificates representing shares of common stock will be issued or delivered only after all applicable taxes and duties, if any, payable by such holder have been paid.

 
      Procedures

      To convert interests in a global note, a holder must deliver to DTC the appropriate instruction form for conversion pursuant to DTC’s conversion program.

      To convert a definitive note, a holder must:

  •  complete and manually sign the conversion notice on the back of the note (or a facsimile thereof);
 
  •  deliver the completed conversion notice and the note to be converted to the specified office of the conversion agent;
 
  •  if required by the conversion agent, furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents;
 
  •  pay all funds required, if any, relating to interest on the note to be converted to which it is not entitled; and
 
  •  pay all taxes or duties, if any, as described in the preceding paragraph.

      The conversion date will be the date on which all of the foregoing requirements have been satisfied. The notes will be deemed to have been converted immediately prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the conversion date.

      A certificate for the number of full shares of common stock into which the notes are converted (and cash in lieu of fractional shares) will be delivered to such holder, assuming all of the other requirements have been satisfied by such holder, as soon as practicable.

      In the event of a fundamental change, if a holder has submitted any or all of its notes for repurchase, a holder’s conversion rights on the notes so subject to repurchase will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the business day immediately preceding the repurchase date, unless we default in the payment of the repurchase price. If a holder has submitted any note for repurchase, such note may be converted only if a

62


Table of Contents

holder submits a notice of withdrawal, and if the note is a global note, complies with appropriate DTC procedures.

      In the event that we implement a rights plan, such rights plan will provide that a holder will receive, in addition to the common stock, the rights under the rights plan whether or not the rights have separated from the common stock at the time of applicable conversion, subject to limited exceptions, and there will be no adjustment to the conversion rate in these circumstances.

Conversion Rate Adjustments

      We will adjust the conversion rate if any of the following events occur:

        1.     we issue shares of common stock as a dividend or distribution to all or substantially all holders of our common stock;
 
        2.     we subdivide, combine or reclassify our common stock;
 
        3.     we issue to all or substantially all holders of our common stock certain rights or warrants to purchase our common stock, or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock, for a period expiring within 60 days at less than the closing sale price of our common stock on the business day immediately preceding the date of the announcement of such issuance, provided that the conversion rate will be readjusted to the extent that such rights or warrants are not exercised prior to the expiration;
 
        4.     we distribute to all or substantially all holders of our common stock shares of our capital stock or evidences of our indebtedness or assets, including securities, but excluding:

  •  dividends or distributions listed in (1) or (2) above;
 
  •  rights or warrants listed in (3) above;
 
  •  capital stock distributions listed in (5) below;
 
  •  dividends and distributions in connection with reclassification, change, consolidation, merger, combination, sale or convergence resulting in a change in the conversion consideration pursuant to the next succeeding paragraph; and
 
  •  cash dividends or distributions listed in (6) below;

        5.     we distribute to all or substantially all holders of our common stock shares of capital stock of one of our subsidiaries, with such adjustment, if any, based on the market value of the subsidiary stock so distributed relative to the market value of our common stock, in each case over a measurement period following the distribution;
 
        6.     we distribute to all or substantially all holders of our common stock any cash, including quarterly cash dividends; or
 
        7.     we or one of our subsidiaries make purchases of our common stock pursuant to a tender offer or exchange offer for our common stock.

      Notwithstanding the foregoing, adjustments to the conversion rate resulting from any quarterly cash dividends may not cause the conversion rate (as adjusted for any other adjustment) to exceed the quotient obtained by dividing the principal amount of a note by the sale price of our common stock on the trading day immediately preceding the date on which we issue the notes.

      In the event of any:

  •  reclassification or change of our common stock;
 
  •  consolidation, merger or binding share exchange involving us; or
 
  •  sale or conveyance to another person or entity of all or substantially all of our property or assets;

63


Table of Contents

in which holders of common stock would be entitled to receive stock, other securities, other property, assets or cash for their common stock, upon conversion of a note holder’s notes, such note holder will be entitled to receive the same type of consideration which such note holder would have been entitled to receive if such noteholder had converted the notes into our common stock immediately prior to any of these events.

      A holder of notes may, in certain circumstances, be deemed to have received a distribution or dividend subject to U.S. federal income tax as a result of an adjustment or the nonoccurrence of an adjustment to the conversion price. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations — Tax Consequences to United States Holders — Constructive Dividends.”

      To the extent permitted by law, we may, from time to time, increase the conversion rate for a period of at least 20 days if our board of directors determines that this increase would be in our best interests. Any such determination by our board will be conclusive. We would give holders at least 15 days’ notice of any increase in the conversion rate. In addition, we may increase the conversion rate if our board of directors deems it advisable to avoid or diminish any income tax to holders of common stock resulting from any distribution of common stock or similar event.

      We will not be required to make an adjustment in the conversion rate unless the adjustment would require a change of at least one percent in the conversion rate. However, we will carry forward any adjustments that are less than one percent of the conversion rate. Except as described above in this section, we will not adjust the conversion rate for any issuance of our common stock or convertible, exchangeable or exercisable securities or rights to purchase our common stock or convertible, exchangeable or exercisable securities.

Subordination

      The payment of the principal of and interest on the notes will be subordinated in right of payment, as set forth in the indenture, to the prior payment in full of all senior indebtedness of Komag, whether outstanding on the issuance date or thereafter incurred. The notes also will be effectively subordinated to the indebtedness and other liabilities of the subsidiaries of Komag. In addition, the notes will be effectively junior to our secured indebtedness, if any, to the extent of the security.

      If payment of the notes is accelerated because of an event of default, we must promptly notify the holders of the senior indebtedness.

      Upon any distribution to creditors of Komag in liquidation or dissolution of Komag or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to Komag, any assignment for the benefit of creditors or any marshaling of Komag’s assets and liabilities, the holders of senior indebtedness would be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of all obligations due in respect of such senior indebtedness (including interest accruing after, or which would accrue but for, the commencement of any proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable senior indebtedness, whether or not a claim for such interest would be allowed) before the holders of the notes will be entitled to receive any payment with respect to the notes.

      As a result of these subordination provisions, in the event of our bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation, insolvency or reorganization, holders of senior indebtedness may recover more, ratably, and holders of the notes may recover less, ratably, than our other creditors.

      We also may not make any payment with respect to the notes if:

  •  a default in the payment of senior indebtedness occurs and continues beyond any grace period;
 
  •  any other default occurs and continues with respect to designated senior indebtedness that permits holders of designated senior indebtedness or their representatives to accelerate its maturity, and the trustee receives a payment blockage notice from the holders of designated senior indebtedness or their representatives; or
 
  •  any judicial proceeding shall be pending with respect to any payment default or non-payment default.

64


Table of Contents

      We may and shall resume payments with respect to the notes:

  •  in the case of payment default, the date on which such default is cured or waived or ceases to exist; and
 
  •  in the case of a non-payment default, the earlier of the date on which such non-payment default is cured or waived or ceases to exist or 179 calendar days after the receipt of the payment blockage notice.

      No new period of payment blockage pursuant to a payment blockage notice may start unless 365 calendar days have elapsed since the effectiveness of the prior payment blockage notice.

      No non-payment default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any payment blockage notice to the trustee shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent payment blockage notice.

      The subordination provisions will not prevent the occurrence of any event of default under the indenture.

      If the trustee, the paying agent or any holder receives any payment or distribution of assets in contravention of these subordination provisions before all senior indebtedness is paid in full in cash, then such payment or distribution will be held in trust for the holders of senior indebtedness to the extent necessary to make payment in full in cash of all unpaid senior indebtedness.

      The notes are obligations exclusively of Komag. Since substantially all of our operations are conducted through subsidiaries, our cash flow and our ability to service debt, including the notes, are dependent in part upon the earnings of our subsidiaries and any distribution of those earnings to, or upon loans or other payments of funds by those subsidiaries to us. The payment of dividends and the making of loans and advances by our subsidiaries may be subject to statutory or contractual restrictions and are dependent upon the earnings of those subsidiaries. Consequently, the right of the holders of the notes to participate in those assets will be effectively subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities (other than indebtedness and other liabilities owed to us).

      As of December 28, 2003, Komag had $0.9 million in senior indebtedness, after giving effect to the redemption of our Senior Notes from the proceeds from this offering, while its subsidiaries had approximately $44.3 million in indebtedness (excluding intercompany liabilities and liabilities of the type not required to be recorded on the balance sheet in accordance with GAAP). The indenture will not limit the amount of additional indebtedness including senior indebtedness, that we may incur, nor will it limit the amount of indebtedness or other liabilities that any of our subsidiaries may incur. Such indebtedness may be substantial.

      As used here:

      “designated senior indebtedness” means our obligations under the indenture for its Senior Notes and any other senior indebtedness in which the instrument creating or evidencing the indebtedness, or any related agreements or documents to which we are a party, expressly provides that such indebtedness is “designated senior indebtedness” for purposes of the indenture (provided that the instrument, agreement or other document pay place limitations and conditions on the right of the senior indebtedness to exercise the rights of designated senior indebtedness).

        “indebtedness” means:
 
        (1) all of our indebtedness, obligations and other liabilities, contingent or otherwise, (a) for borrowed money, including overdrafts, foreign exchange contracts, currency exchange agreements, interest rate protection agreements, and any loans or advances from banks, whether or not evidenced by notes or similar instruments, or (b) evidenced by credit or loan agreements, bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, whether or not the recourse of the lender is to the whole of the assets of Komag or to only a portion thereof;
 
        (2) all of our reimbursement obligations and other liabilities, contingent or otherwise, with respect to letters of credit, bank guarantees or bankers’ acceptances;

65


Table of Contents

        (3) all of our obligations and other liabilities, contingent or otherwise, in respect of leases required, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, to be accounted for as capitalized lease obligations on our balance sheet;
 
        (4) all of our obligations and other liabilities, contingent or otherwise, under any lease or related document, including a purchase agreement, conditional sale or other title retention agreement, in connection with the lease of real property or improvements thereon (or any personal property included as part of any such lease) which provides that we are contractually obligated to purchase or cause a third party to purchase the leased property or pay an agreed upon residual value of the leased property, including our obligations under such lease or related document to purchase or cause a third party to purchase such lease property or pay an agreed upon residual value of the leased property to the lessor;
 
        (5) all of our obligations, contingent or otherwise, with respect to an interest rate or other swap, cap, floor or collar agreement or hedge agreement, forward contract or other similar instrument or agreement or foreign currency hedge, exchange, purchase or similar instrument or agreement;
 
        (6) all of our direct or indirect guarantees or similar agreements by us in respect of, and all of our obligations or liabilities to purchase or otherwise acquire or otherwise assure a creditor against loss in respect of, indebtedness, obligations or liabilities of another person of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (5); and
 
        (7) any and all deferrals, renewals, extensions, refinancings and refundings of, or amendments, modifications or supplements to, any indebtedness, obligation or liability of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (6).

      “senior indebtedness” means the principal of, premium, if any, interest, including any interest accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy or similar proceeding, whether or not a claim for post-petition interest is allowed as a claim in the proceeding, and rent payable on or in connection with, and all fees, costs, expenses and other amounts accrued or due on or in connection with, our indebtedness whether secured or unsecured, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, outstanding on the date of the indenture or thereafter created, incurred, assumed, guaranteed or in effect guaranteed by us, including all deferrals, renewals, extensions, or refundings of, or amendments, modifications or supplements to, the foregoing. Senior indebtedness does not include:

        (1) indebtedness that expressly provides that such indebtedness shall not be senior in right of payment to the notes or expressly provides that such indebtedness is on the same bases or junior to the notes; and
 
        (2) any indebtedness to any of our majority-owned subsidiaries, other than indebtedness to our subsidiaries arising by reason of guarantees by us of indebtedness of such subsidiary to a person that is not our subsidiary.

Payment at Maturity

      At the maturity date, each holder of $1,000 principal amount of the notes shall be entitled to receive $1,000, and accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the maturity date.

Sinking Fund

      No sinking fund is provided for the notes.

Optional Redemption

      On or after February 6, 2007, we may redeem the notes for cash on at least 20 days and not more than 60 days notice, in whole or in part, at the following redemption prices expressed as percentages of the principal amount:

66


Table of Contents

         
Period Redemption Price


Beginning on February 6, 2007 and ending on January 31, 2008
      %
Beginning on February 1, 2008 and ending on January 31, 2009
      %
Beginning on February 1, 2009 and ending on January 31, 2010
      %
Beginning on February 1, 2010 and ending on January 31, 2011
      %

      In each case, we will pay accrued interest to, but excluding, the redemption date. If the redemption date is an interest payment date, interest will be paid to the holder of record on the record date for such interest payment. If redemption notice is given and funds deposited as required, then interest will cease to accrue on or after the redemption date on the notes or portion of such notes called for redemption.

Partial Redemption

      If we decide to redeem fewer than all of the outstanding notes (pursuant to either a provisional or optional redemption), the trustee will select the notes to be redeemed by lot, or on a pro rata basis or by another method the trustee considers fair and appropriate.

      If the trustee selects a portion of a holder’s notes for partial redemption and such holder converts a portion of its notes, the converted portion will be deemed to be from the portion selected for redemption.

Purchase of Notes at a Holder’s Option

      Holders have the right to require us to purchase all or a portion of their notes for cash on February 1, 2011, February 1, 2014 and February 1, 2019 (each, a “purchase date”). Any note purchased by us on a purchase date will be paid for in cash. We will be required to purchase any outstanding notes for which a holder delivers a written purchase notice to the paying agent. This notice must be delivered during the period beginning at any time from the opening of business on the date that is 20 business days prior to the relevant purchase date until the close of business on the fifth business day prior to the purchase date. If the purchase notice is given and withdrawn during such period, we will not be obligated to purchase the related notes. Also, as described in the “Risk Factors” section of this Prospectus under the caption “We may be unable to repay or purchase the principal amount of the notes,” we may not have funds sufficient to purchase notes when we are required to do so.

      The purchase price payable will be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes to be purchased plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the purchase date.

      On or before the 20th business day prior to each purchase date, we will provide to the trustee, the paying agent and to all holders of the notes at their addresses shown in the register of the registrar, and to beneficial owners as required by applicable law, a notice stating, among other things:

  •  the purchase price;
 
  •  the name and address of the paying agent and the conversion agent; and
 
  •  the procedures that holders must follow to require us to purchase their notes.

      Simultaneously with providing such notice, we will either publish a notice containing this information in a newspaper of general circulation in the city of New York or publish the information on our web site or through such other public medium as we may use at that time.

      A notice electing to require us to purchase a holder’s notes must state:

  •  the relevant purchase date;
 
  •  if certificated notes have been issued, the certificate numbers of the notes;
 
  •  the portion of the principal amount of notes to be purchased, in integral multiples of $1,000; and

67


Table of Contents

  •  that the notes are to be purchased by us pursuant to the applicable provisions of the notes and the indenture.

If the notes are not in certificated form, a holder’s notice must comply with appropriate DTC procedures.

      No notes may be purchased at the option of holders if there has occurred and is continuing an event of default other than an event of default that is cured by the payment of the purchase price of the notes.

      A holder may withdraw any purchase notice in whole or in part by a written notice of withdrawal delivered to the paying agent prior to the close of business on the business day prior to the purchase date. The notice of withdrawal must state:

  •  the principal amount of the withdrawn notes;
 
  •  if certificated notes have been issued, the certificate numbers of the withdrawn notes; and
 
  •  the principal amount, if any, which remains subject to the purchase notice.

      If the notes are not in certificated form, a holder’s notice must comply with appropriate DTC procedures.

      A holder must either effect book-entry transfer or deliver the notes, together with necessary endorsements, to the office of the paying agent after delivery of the purchase notice to receive payment of the purchase price. A holder will receive payment promptly following the later of the purchase date or the time of book-entry transfer or the delivery of the notes. If the paying agent holds money sufficient to pay the purchase price of the notes on the business day following the purchase date, then:

  •  the notes will cease to be outstanding and interest will cease to accrue (whether or not book-entry transfer of the notes is made or whether or not the note is delivered to the paying agent); and
 
  •  all other rights of the holder will terminate (other than the right to receive the purchase price upon delivery or transfer of the notes).

Purchase of Notes at a Holder’s Option Upon a Fundamental Change

      If a fundamental change occurs, as defined below, a holder will have the right to require us to purchase for cash all or any part of the notes at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest up to, but excluding, the fundamental change purchase date. Notes submitted for purchase must be $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof.

      On or before the 20th calendar day after the occurrence of a fundamental change, we will make a public announcement that a fundamental change has occurred and will provide to all holders of the notes and the trustee and paying agent a notice of the occurrence of the fundamental change and of the resulting purchase right. Such notice shall state, among other things, the procedures that holders must follow to require us to purchase the notes and the date of the fundamental change.

      Simultaneously with providing such notice, we will either publish a notice containing this information in a newspaper of general circulation in the city of New York or publish the information on our website or through such other public medium as we may use at that time.

      To exercise the purchase right, a holder must deliver, on or before the 30th business day after the date of our notice of a fundamental change, subject to extension to comply with applicable law, the notes to be purchased, duly endorsed for transfer, together with a written purchase notice and the form entitled “Form of Fundamental Change Purchase Notice” on the reverse side of the notes duly completed, to the paying agent. The purchase notice must state:

  •  if certificated notes have been issued, the certificate numbers of the notes;
 
  •  the portion of the principal amount of notes to be purchased, in integral multiples of $1,000; and
 
  •  that the notes are to be purchased by us pursuant to the applicable provisions of the notes and the indenture.

68


Table of Contents

      If the notes are not in certificated form, a holder’s notice must comply with appropriate DTC procedures.

      A holder may withdraw any purchase notice (in whole or in part) by a written notice of withdrawal delivered to the paying agent prior to the close of business on the business day prior to the fundamental change purchase date. The notice of withdrawal shall state:

  •  the principal amount of the withdrawn notes, in integral multiples of $1,000;
 
  •  if certificated notes have been issued, the certificate numbers of the withdrawn notes; and
 
  •  the principal amount, if any, which remains subject to the purchase notice.

      We will be required to purchase the notes no later than 35 business days after the date of our notice of the occurrence of the relevant fundamental change subject to extension to comply with applicable law. A holder will receive payment of the fundamental change purchase price promptly following the later of the fundamental change purchase date or the time of book-entry transfer or the delivery of the notes. If the paying agent holds cash sufficient to pay the fundamental change purchase price of the notes on the business day following the fundamental change purchase date, then:

  •  the notes will cease to be outstanding and interest will cease to accrue (whether or not book-entry transfer of the notes is made or whether or not the note is delivered to the paying agent); and
 
  •  all other rights of the holder will terminate (other than the right to receive the fundamental change purchase price and any previously accrued and unpaid interest upon delivery or transfer of the notes).

      A fundamental change will be deemed to have occurred if any of the following occurs:

  •  any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections l3(d) and l4(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act, except that a person shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all shares that such person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of our total outstanding voting stock that is entitled to vote generally in elections of directors, other than an acquisition by us or any of our wholly-owned subsidiaries;
 
  •  during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted our board of directors (together with any new directors whose election to such board or whose nomination for election by our stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of such board of directors then in office;
 
  •  we consolidate with or merge with or into any person or convey, transfer, sell, or otherwise dispose of or lease all or substantially all of our assets to any person, or any corporation consolidates with or merges into or with us, other than:

  •  any transaction that does not result in any reclassification, conversion, exchange or cancellation of outstanding shares of our capital stock; or
 
  •  any transaction pursuant to which holders of our capital stock immediately prior to the transaction have the entitlement to exercise, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total voting power of all shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally in elections of directors of the continuing or surviving person immediately after giving effect to such issuance; or
 
  •  any merger, share exchange, transfer of assets or similar transaction solely for the purpose of changing our jurisdiction of incorporation and resulting in a reclassification, conversion or exchange of outstanding shares of common stock, if at all, solely into shares of common stock of the surviving entity or a direct or indirect parent of the surviving corporation;

  •  we are liquidated or dissolved or adopt a plan of liquidation or dissolution other than in a transaction which complies with the provisions described under “— Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets”; or

69


Table of Contents

  •  our common stock ceases to be quoted on the Nasdaq National Market and is not listed on an established national securities exchange or automated over-the-counter trading market in the United States.

      However, a fundamental change will not be deemed to have occurred if either:

        (1) the closing sale price of our common stock for each of at least five trading days within:

  •  the period of ten consecutive trading days immediately after the later of the fundamental change or the public announcement of the fundamental change, in the case of a fundamental change resulting solely from a fundamental change under the first bullet point above; or
 
  •  the period of ten consecutive trading days immediately preceding the fundamental change, in the case of a fundamental change under the second, third and fourth bullet points above;

  is at least equal to 105% of the quotient where the numerator is the principal amount and the denominator is the conversion rate in effect on each of those five trading days (the foregoing is referred to as the “105% exception”); or

        (2) in the case of a merger or consolidation, at least 90% of the consideration, excluding cash payments for fractional shares and cash payments made pursuant to dissenter’s appraisal rights, in the merger or consolidation constituting the fundamental change, consists of shares of common stock, depositary receipts, ordinary shares or other certificates representing common equity interests traded on a United States national securities exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq National Market system (or which will be so traded or quoted when issued or exchanged in connection with such fundamental change) and as a result of such transaction or transactions the notes become convertible solely into such shares of common stock, depositary receipts, ordinary shares or other certificates representing common equity interests.

      For purposes of this fundamental change definition, “voting stock” means stock of the class or classes pursuant to which the holders thereof have the general voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect at least a majority of the board of directors, managers or trustees of a corporation (irrespective of whether or not at the time stock of any other class or classes shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency).

      The definition of fundamental change includes a phrase relating to the conveyance, transfer, sale, lease or other disposition of “all or substantially all” of our assets. There is no precise, established definition of the phrase “substantially all” under New York law, which governs the indenture and the notes, or under the laws of Delaware, our state of incorporation. Accordingly, a holder’s ability to require us to repurchase its notes as a result of a conveyance, transfer, sale, lease or other disposition of less than all of our assets may be uncertain.

      Pursuant to the indenture, we will:

  •  comply with the provisions of Rule 13e-4 and Rule 14e-l, if applicable, under the Exchange Act;
 
  •  file a Schedule TO or any successor or similar schedule if required under the Exchange Act; and
 
  •  otherwise comply with all federal and state securities laws in connection with any offer by us to purchase the notes upon a fundamental change.

      This fundamental change purchase feature may make it more difficult or discourage a takeover of us and the removal of incumbent management. However, we are not aware of any specific effort to accumulate shares of our capital stock with the intent to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, solicitation or otherwise. In addition, the fundamental change purchase feature is not part of a plan by management to adopt a series of anti-takeover provisions. Instead, the fundamental change purchase feature is a result of negotiations between us and the initial purchasers.

      We could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including recapitalizations, that would not constitute a fundamental change but would increase the amount of debt outstanding or otherwise adversely

70


Table of Contents

affect a holder. Neither we nor our subsidiaries are prohibited under the indenture from incurring additional debt. The incurrence of significant amounts of additional debt could adversely affect our ability to service our debt, including the notes.

      If a fundamental change were to occur, we may not have sufficient funds to pay the fundamental change purchase price for the notes tendered by holders. In addition, we currently have outstanding indebtedness and we may in the future incur debt that has similar fundamental change provisions that permit holders of this debt to accelerate or require us to purchase this debt upon the occurrence of events similar to a fundamental change. Our failure to repurchase the notes upon a fundamental change will result in an event or default under the indenture.

Consolidation, Merger and Sales of Assets

      The indenture provides that we may not consolidate with or merge into any other person or convey, transfer, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all or our properties and assets to another person unless, among other things:

  •  the resulting, surviving or transferee person is organized and existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
 
  •  such person (if other than Komag) assumes all of our obligations under the notes and the indenture under a supplemental indenture in a form reasonably satisfactory to the trustee, unless the transaction is solely between Komag and a wholly-owned direct or indirect subsidiary;
 
  •  we or such successor is not then, or immediately thereafter, in default under the indenture; and
 
  •  if a supplemental indenture is to be executed in connection with such consolidation, merger or disposition, we have delivered to the trustee an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel with respect thereto as provided for in the indenture.

      Upon any such consolidation, merger or disposition in accordance with the foregoing, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or share exchange or into which we are merged or which such person formed by such consolidation or share exchange or to which such conveyance, sale, lease, transfer or other disposition is made will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise our right and power, under the indenture with the same effect as if such successor had been named as us in the indenture, and thereafter (except in the case of a lease) the predecessor corporation will be relieved of all further obligations and covenants under the indenture and the notes.

Events of Default

      Each of the following constitutes an event of default under the indenture:

  •  our failure to pay the principal amount of the notes when due and payable, whether at maturity or upon acceleration, whether or not such payment is prohibited by the subordination provisions of the indenture;
 
  •  our failure to pay any accrued and unpaid interest on the notes when due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days, whether or not such payment is prohibited by the subordination provisions of the indenture;
 
  •  our failure to convert notes upon exercise of a holder’s conversion right in accordance with the terms of the indenture;
 
  •  our failure to redeem notes after we have exercised either our provisional or optional redemption option, whether or not a redemption payment is prohibited by the subordination provisions of the indenture;

71


Table of Contents

  •  our failure to purchase all or any part of the notes in accordance with the provisions of “— Purchase of Notes at a Holder’s Option” or “— Purchase of Notes at a Holder’s Option Upon a Fundamental Change,” whether or not such payment is prohibited by the subordination provisions of the indenture;
 
  •  our failure to provide notice in the event of a fundamental change;
 
  •  our failure to perform or observe any other term, covenant or agreement contained in the notes or the indenture for a period of 30 days after written notice of such failure, provided that such notice requiring us to remedy the same shall have been given to us by the trustee or to us and the trustee by the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the notes then outstanding;
 
  •  any indebtedness for money borrowed by us or one of our significant subsidiaries (all or substantially all of the outstanding voting securities of which are owned, directly, or indirectly, by us) in an outstanding amount of principal, interest and premium in excess of $10.0 million is not paid at final maturity or upon acceleration and such indebtedness is not discharged and such default in payment or acceleration is not cured or rescinded, within 30 days after written notice as provided in the indenture; and
 
  •  the following events of bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation or similar reorganization with respect to us or any significant subsidiaries:

  •  commencement of a voluntary case or proceeding under the meaning of any bankruptcy law;
 
  •  consent to the entry of any order for relief in an involuntary proceeding, or consent to the commencement of any case against us;
 
  •  consent to the appointment of a custodian;
 
  •  a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;
 
  •  the filing for a petition in bankruptcy or an answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief;
 
  •  consent to the filing of a petition or the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian; or
 
  •  a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any bankruptcy law for:

  •  relief against us or a significant subsidiary in an involuntary case or proceeding, or adjudicates that Komag or a significant subsidiary is insolvent or bankrupt;
 
  •  the appointment of a custodian of Komag or a significant subsidiary, or any substantial part of our property; or
 
  •  the winding up or liquidation with respect to us or a significant subsidiary, and that order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days.

      The indenture will provide that the trustee shall, within 90 days of the occurrence of a default (or within 15 days after it is known to the trustee, if later), give to the registered holders of the notes notice of all uncured defaults known to it, but the trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if it, in good faith, determines that the withholding of such notice is in the best interest of such registered holders, except in the case of a default under the first, second, fourth or fifth bullets above.

      If certain events of default specified in the last bullet point above shall occur and be continuing with respect to us, then automatically the principal amount of the notes plus accrued and unpaid interest through such date shall become immediately due and payable. If any other event of default shall occur and be continuing (the default not having been cured or waived as provided under “— Modification and Waiver” below), the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the notes then outstanding may declare the notes due and payable at the principal amount of the notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, and thereupon the trustee may, at its discretion, proceed to protect and enforce the rights of the holders of notes by appropriate judicial proceedings. Such declaration accelerating the notes and the amounts due thereunder may be rescinded or annulled with the written consent of the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the notes then outstanding upon the conditions provided in the indenture.

72


Table of Contents

      The indenture contains a provision entitling the trustee, subject to the duty of the trustee during default to act with the required standard of care, to be indemnified by the holders of notes before proceeding to exercise any right or power under the indenture at the request of such holders. The indenture provides that the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the notes then outstanding, through their written consent, may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the trustee.

      Except with respect to a default in the payment of the principal of, or any accrued and unpaid interest on any note, redemption price, purchase price or fundamental change purchase price of any note, or in respect of a failure to convert any note into common stock as required, or in respect of a covenant or provision which under the indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each note outstanding, the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the notes outstanding may on behalf of the holders of all the notes waive any past default under the indenture and rescind any acceleration with respect to the notes and its consequences if (1) rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court or competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing events of default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of and interest on the notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived.

      We will be required to furnish annually to the trustee a statement as to the fulfillment of our obligations under the indenture and as to any default in the performance of such obligations.

Modification and Waiver

 
Changes Requiring Approval of Each Affected Holder

      The indenture (including the terms and conditions of the notes) cannot be modified or amended without the written consent or the affirmative vote of the holder of each note affected by such change (in addition to the written consent or the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the notes at the time outstanding) to:

  •  change the maturity of any note or the payment date of any installment of interest payable on any notes;
 
  •  reduce the principal amount, redemption price or purchase price of, or interest on, any note;
 
  •  change the currency of payment of principal, redemption price or purchase price of, or interest on, any note;
 
  •  impair or adversely effect the manner of calculation or rate of accrual of interest on any note,
 
  •  impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to, or conversion of, any note;
 
  •  modify our obligation to maintain a paying agent in the city of New York;
 
  •  impair or adversely affect the conversion rights or purchase rights of any holders of notes;
 
  •  modify the redemption provisions of the indenture in a manner adverse to the holders of notes;
 
  •  modify the subordination provisions in the indenture in a manner adverse to the holders of notes;
 
  •  reduce the percentage in aggregate principal amount of notes outstanding necessary to modify or amend the indenture; or
 
  •  reduce the percentage in aggregate principal amount of notes outstanding necessary to waive past defaults.

73


Table of Contents

 
Changes Requiring Majority Approval

      The indenture (including the terms and conditions of the notes) may be modified or amended, subject to the provisions described above, with the written consent of the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the notes at the time outstanding.

 
Changes Requiring No Approval

      The indenture (including the terms and conditions of the notes) may be modified or amended by us and the trustee, without the consent of the holder of any note, to, among other things:

  •  add to our covenants for the benefit of the holders of notes;
 
  •  provide the Trustee with a lien in accordance with the terms of the indenture;
 
  •  surrender any right or power conferred upon us;
 
  •  add guarantees;
 
  •  secure the notes;
 
  •  provide for conversion rights of holders of notes if any reclassification or change of our common stock or any consolidation, merger or sale of all or substantially all of our assets occurs;
 
  •  provide for the assumption of our obligations to the holders of notes in the case of a merger, consolidation, conveyance, transfer, sale, lease or other disposition;
 
  •  increase the conversion rate, provided that the increase will not adversely affect the interests of the holders of notes;
 
  •  if the Trust Indenture Act is amended after the date of the Indenture so as to require changes to the Indenture or so as to permit changes to, or the elimination of, provisions which, at the date of the Indenture or at any time thereafter, were required by the Trust Indenture Act to be contained in the Indenture, the Indenture will be deemed to have been amended so as to conform to the amendment of the Trust Indenture Act or to effect the changes or elimination required by the Trust Indenture Act, and we and the trustee may, without the consent of any holders, enter into one or more supplemental indentures to effect or evidence the same;
 
  •  cure any ambiguity or correct or supplement any inconsistent or otherwise defective provision contained in the indenture or make any other provision with respect to matters or questions arising under the indenture which we may deem necessary or desirable and which shall not be inconsistent with provisions of the indenture; provided that such modification or amendment does not, in the good faith opinion of our board of directors, adversely affect the interests of the holders of notes in any material respect;
 
  •  evidence the succession of another person to us or any other obligor upon the notes, and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of us or such other obligor under the indenture and the notes, in each case in compliance with the provisions of the indenture;
 
  •  evidence and provide the acceptance of the appointment of a successor trustee under the indenture; or
 
  •  add or modify any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the indenture which we and the trustee may deem necessary or desirable and which will not adversely affect the interests of the holders of notes.

      However, no modification or amendment may be made to the subordination provisions of the indenture that adversely affects the rights of any holder of senior indebtedness then outstanding unless the holders of such senior indebtedness (or any group or representative thereof authorized to give a consent) consent to such change.

74


Table of Contents

      The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the notes outstanding may waive compliance with certain provisions of the indenture relating to the notes, unless (1) we fail to pay principal or interest on any note when due, (2) we fail to convert any note into common stock as required by the indenture, or (3) we fail to comply with any of the provisions of the indenture that would require the consent of the holder of each outstanding note.

      Any notes held by us or by any person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with us shall be disregarded (from both the numerator and denominator) for purposes of determining whether the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding notes have consented to a modification, amendment or waiver of the terms of the indenture.

Form, Denomination and Registration

 
Denomination and Registration

      The notes will be issued in fully registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000.

 
Global Note

      Notes will be evidenced by one or more global notes deposited with the trustee as custodian for DTC and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as DTC’s nominee.

      Record ownership of the global notes may be transferred, in whole or in part, only to another nominee of DTC or to a successor of DTC or its nominee, except as set forth below. A holder may hold its interests in the global notes directly through DTC if such holder is a participant in DTC, or indirectly through organizations which are direct DTC participants if such holder is not a participant in DTC. Transfers between direct DTC participants will be effected in the ordinary way in accordance with DTC’s rules and will be settled in same-day funds. Holders may also beneficially own interests in the global notes held by DTC through certain banks, brokers, dealers, trust companies and other parties that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a direct DTC participant, either directly or indirectly.

      So long as Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC, is the registered owner of the global notes, Cede & Co. for all purposes will be considered the sole holder of the global notes. Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in the global notes:

  •  will not be entitled to have certificates registered in their names;
 
  •  will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificates in definitive form; and
 
  •  will not be considered holders of the global notes.

      The laws of some states require that certain persons take physical delivery of securities in definitive form. Consequently, the ability of an owner of a beneficial interest in a global security to transfer the beneficial interest in the global security to such persons may be limited.

      We will wire, through the facilities of the trustee, payments of principal, redemption price, purchase price, fundamental change purchase price and accrued interest on the global notes to Cede & Co., the nominee of DTC, as the registered owner of the global notes. None of the Company, the trustee or any paying agent will have any responsibility or be liable for paying amounts due on the global notes to owners of beneficial interests in the global notes.

      It is DTC’s current practice, upon receipt of any payment of principal, redemption price, purchase price, fundamental change purchase price or accrued interest on the global notes, to credit participants’ accounts on the payment date in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in the notes represented by the global notes, as shown on the records of DTC, unless DTC believes that it will not receive payment on the payment date. Payments by DTC participants to owners of beneficial interests in notes represented by the global notes held through DTC participants will be the responsibility of DTC participants, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers registered in “street name.”

75


Table of Contents

      If a holder would like to convert its notes pursuant to the terms of the notes, the holder should contact its broker or other direct or indirect DTC participant to obtain information on procedures, including proper forms and cut-off times, for submitting those requests.

      Because DTC can only act on behalf of DTC participants, who in turn act on behalf of indirect DTC participants and other banks, a holder’s ability to pledge its interest in the notes represented by global notes to persons or entities that do not participate in the DTC system, or otherwise take actions in respect of such interest, may be affected by the lack of a physical certificate.

      DTC has advised us that it will take any action permitted to be taken by a holder of notes, including, without limitation, the presentation of notes for conversion as described below, only at the direction of one or more direct DTC participants to whose account with DTC interests in the global notes are credited and only for the principal amount of the notes for which directions have been given.

      DTC has advised us that DTC is:

  •  a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York;
 
  •  a member of the Federal Reserve System;
 
  •  a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code; and
 
  •  a “clearing agency” registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act.

      DTC was created to hold securities for DTC participants and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between DTC participants through electronic book-entry changes to the accounts of its participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates.

      Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies and clearing corporations and may include certain other organizations, such as the initial purchasers of the notes. Certain DTC participants or their representatives, together with other entities, own DTC. Indirect access to the DTC system is available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through, or maintain a custodial relationship with, a participant, either directly or indirectly.

      Although DTC has agreed to the foregoing procedures in order to facilitate transfers of interests in the global notes among DTC participants, it is under no obligation to perform or continue to perform such procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued at any time. We will cause notes to be issued in definitive registered form in exchange for the global notes if:

  •  DTC is at any time unwilling or unable to continue as depositary or if at any time ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act and a successor depositary is not appointed by us within 90 days; or
 
  •  an event of default under the indenture occurs and is continuing and the registrar has received a request from DTC that the notes be issued in definitive registered form. None of Komag, the trustee or any of their respective agents will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC or direct or indirect DTC participants of their obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations, including maintaining, supervising or reviewing the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in global notes.

      According to DTC, the foregoing information with respect to DTC has been provided to its participants and other members of the financial community for information purposes only and is not intended to serve as a representation, warranty or contract modification of any kind.

 
Transfer and Exchange

      A holder may transfer or exchange the notes in accordance with the indenture. No service charge will be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of notes, but we may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, assessment or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith. We are not required

76


Table of Contents

to transfer or exchange any note in respect of which a fundamental change purchase notice has been given and not withdrawn by the holder thereof.

Satisfaction and Discharge

      We may satisfy and discharge our obligations under the indenture by delivering to the trustee for cancellation all outstanding notes or by depositing with the paying agent or the conversion agent, as the case may be, after the notes have become due and payable, whether at maturity, any redemption date, any purchase date, or upon conversion or otherwise, cash or common stock (as applicable under the terms of the indenture) sufficient to pay all of the outstanding notes and paying all other sums payable under the indenture. Such discharge is subject to terms contained in the indenture.

Governing Law

      The indenture and the notes will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Trustee, Transfer Agent and Registrar

      U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, has been appointed by us as paying agent, conversion agent, registrar and custodian with regard to the notes. U.S. Bank National Association or its affiliates may from time to time in the future provide banking and other services to us in exchange for a fee.

      Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, N.A. is the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock.

Calculations in Respect of Notes

      We or our agents will be responsible for making all calculations called for under the notes. These calculations include, but are not limited to, determination of the market price of our common stock. We or our agents will make all these calculations in good faith and, absent manifest error, our and their calculations will be final and binding on holders of notes. We or our agents will provide a schedule of these calculations to the trustee, and the trustee is entitled to conclusively rely upon the accuracy of these calculations without independent verification.

Repurchase and Cancellation of Notes

      We may, to the extent permitted by law, repurchase notes in the open market or by tender offer at any price or by private agreement. Any notes purchased by us, to the extent permitted by law, may be reissued or resold or may, at our option, be surrendered to the trustee for cancellation. Any notes surrendered for cancellation may not be reissued or resold and will be promptly cancelled.

      All notes surrendered for payment, redemption, registration of transfer or exchange or conversion shall, if surrendered to any person other than the trustee, be delivered to the trustee. All notes delivered to the trustee shall be cancelled promptly by the trustee. No notes shall be authenticated in exchange for any notes cancelled as provided in the indenture.

Replacement of Notes

      We will replace mutilated, destroyed, stolen or lost notes at the expense of the holder upon delivery to the trustee of the mutilated notes, or evidence of the loss, theft or destruction of the notes satisfactory to us and the trustee. In the case of a lost, stolen or destroyed note, indemnity satisfactory to the trustee and us may be required at the expense of the holder of such note before a replacement note will be issued.

77


Table of Contents

UNITED STATES FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS

      This section summarizes the material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the purchase, ownership, and disposition of the notes and of common stock into which the notes may be converted. This summary does not provide a complete analysis of all potential tax considerations. The information provided below is based on existing authorities. These authorities may change, or the IRS might interpret the existing authorities differently. In either case, the tax considerations of purchasing, owning or disposing of notes or common stock could differ from those described below. The summary generally applies only to “U.S. Holders” that purchase notes in the initial offering at their issue price and hold the notes or common stock as “capital assets” (generally, for investment). For this purpose, U.S. Holders include citizens or residents of the United States and corporations organized under the laws of the United States or any state. Trusts are U.S. Holders if they are (i) subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and the control of one of more U.S. persons or (ii) have a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person. A “Non-U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of notes or shares of common stock that is not a U.S. Holder. This summary describes some, but not all, of the special rules applicable to Non-U.S. Holders. If a partnership or other flow-through entity is a beneficial owner of a note (or common stock acquired upon conversion or exchange of a note), the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership or an owner of the entity will depend upon the status of the partner or other owner and the activities of the partnership or other entity. The summary generally does not address tax considerations that may be relevant to particular investors because of their specific circumstances, or because they are subject to special rules, such as brokers, dealers or traders in securities or persons who enter into a straddle, hedging, conversion, integrated or constructive sale transaction with respect to the notes or common stock. Finally, the summary does not describe the effect of the federal estate and gift tax laws on U.S. Holders or the effects of any applicable foreign, state, or local laws.

      INVESTORS CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF NOTES SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AND THE CONSEQUENCES OF FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS, FOREIGN, STATE, OR LOCAL LAWS, AND TAX TREATIES.

U.S. Holders

 
Taxation of Interest

      U.S. Holders will be required to recognize as ordinary income any interest paid or accrued on the notes, in accordance with their regular method of accounting. In general, if the terms of a debt instrument entitle a holder to receive payments other than fixed periodic interest that exceed the issue price of the instrument, the holder may be required to recognize additional amounts as “original issue discount” over the term of the instrument. We believe that the notes will not be issued with original issue discount.

 
Sale, Exchange, Redemption or Other Disposition of the Notes

      A U.S. Holder will generally recognize capital gain or loss if the holder disposes of a note in a sale, exchange, redemption or other disposition other than a conversion of the note into common stock. The holder’s gain or loss will equal the difference between the proceeds received by the holder and the holder’s adjusted tax basis in the note. The proceeds received by the holder will include the amount of any cash and the fair market value of any other property received for the note. The holder’s tax basis in the note will generally equal the amount the holder paid for the note. The portion of any proceeds that is attributable to accrued interest will not be taken into account in computing the holder’s capital gain or loss. Instead, that portion will be recognized as ordinary interest income to the extent that the holder has not previously included the accrued interest in income. The gain or loss recognized by a holder on a disposition of the note will be long-term capital gain or loss if the holder held the note for more than one year. Long-term capital gains of non-corporate taxpayers are taxed at lower rates than those applicable to ordinary income. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitation.

78


Table of Contents

 
Conversion of the Notes

      A U.S. Holder generally will not recognize any income, gain or loss on converting a note into common stock. If the holder receives cash in lieu of a fractional share of stock, however, the holder would be treated as if he received the fractional share and then had the fractional share redeemed for the cash. The holder would recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the cash received and that portion of his basis in the stock attributable to the fractional share. The holder’s aggregate basis in the common stock (including any fractional share for which cash is paid) will equal his adjusted basis in the note. The holder’s holding period for the stock will include the period during which he held the note.

 
Dividends

      We have not historically paid dividends. However, if after a U.S. Holder converts a note into common stock, we make a distribution in respect of that stock, the distribution will be treated as a taxable dividend, to the extent it is paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits. If the distribution exceeds our current and accumulated profits, the excess will be treated first as a tax-free return of the holder’s investment, up to the holder’s basis in its common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain. If the U.S. Holder is a U.S. corporation, it would generally be able to claim a deduction equal to a portion of any dividends received. For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2002 and before January 1, 2009, subject to certain exceptions, dividends received by individual shareholders would generally be taxed at the same preferential rates that apply to long-term capital gain.

      The terms of the notes allow for changes in the conversion rate of the notes in certain circumstances. A change in conversion rate that allows noteholders to receive more shares of common stock on conversion may increase the noteholders’ proportionate interests in our earnings and profits or assets. In that case, the noteholders would be treated as though they received a dividend in the form of our stock. Such a constructive stock dividend could be taxable to the noteholders, although they would not actually receive any cash or other property. A taxable constructive stock dividend would result, for example, if the conversion rate is adjusted to compensate noteholders for distributions of cash or property to our shareholders. Not all changes in conversion rate that allow noteholders to receive more stock on conversion, however, increase the noteholders’ proportionate interests in the company. For instance, a change in conversion rate could simply prevent the dilution of the noteholders’ interests upon a stock split or other change in capital structure. Changes of this type, if made by a bona fide, reasonable adjustment formula, are not treated as constructive stock dividends. Conversely, if an event occurs that dilutes the noteholders’ interests and the conversion rate is not adjusted, the resulting increase in the proportionate interests of our shareholders could be treated as a taxable stock dividend to them. Any taxable constructive stock dividends resulting from a change to, or failure to change, the conversion rate would be treated like dividends paid in cash or other property. They would result in a taxable dividend to the recipient to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, with any excess treated as a tax-free return of capital or as capital gain.

 
Sale of Common Stock

      A U.S. Holder will generally recognize capital gain or loss on a sale or exchange of common stock. The holder’s gain or loss will equal the difference between the proceeds received by the holder and the holder’s adjusted tax basis in the stock. The proceeds received by the holder will include the amount of any cash and the fair market value of any other property received for the stock. The gain or loss recognized by a holder on a sale or exchange of stock will be long-term capital gain or loss if the holder held the stock for more than one year. Long-term capital gains of non-corporate taxpayers are taxed at lower rates than those applicable to ordinary income. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

Special Tax Rules Applicable to Non-U.S. Holders

 
Taxation of Interest

      Payments of interest to nonresident persons or entities are generally subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30 percent, collected by means of withholding by the payor. Payments of interest on the notes to

79


Table of Contents

most Non-U.S. Holders, however, will qualify as “portfolio interest,” and thus will be exempt from the withholding tax, if the holders certify their nonresident status as described below. The portfolio interest exception will not apply to payments of interest to a Non-U.S. Holder that:

  •  owns, directly or indirectly, at least 10 percent of our voting stock; or
 
  •  is a “controlled foreign corporation” that is related to us.

      In general, a foreign corporation is a controlled foreign corporation if more than 50 percent of its stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by one or more U.S. persons that each owns, directly or indirectly, at least 10 percent of the corporation’s voting stock. Even if the portfolio interest exception does not apply, payments of interest to a nonresident person or entity might not be subject to withholding tax at a 30 percent rate, or might be subject to withholding tax at a reduced rate, under the terms of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the Non-U.S. holder’s country of residence.

      The portfolio interest exception, entitlement to treaty benefits and several of the special rules for Non-U.S. Holders described below apply only if the holder certifies its nonresident status. A Non-U.S. Holder can meet this certification requirement by providing a Form W-8BEN or appropriate substitute form to us or our paying agent. If the holder holds the note through a financial institution or other agent acting on the holder’s behalf, the holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent. The holder’s agent will then be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. For payments made to a foreign partnership or other flowthrough entity, the certification requirements generally apply to the partners or other owners rather than to the partnership or other entity, and the partnership or other entity must provide the partners’ or other owners’ documentation to us or our paying agent.

 
Sale, Exchange, Redemption or Other Disposition of Notes

      Non-U.S. Holders generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized on the sale, exchange, redemption or other disposition of notes. This general rule, however, is subject to several exceptions. For example, the gain would be subject to U.S. federal income tax if:

  •  the gain is effectively connected with the conduct by the Non-U.S. Holder of a U.S. trade or business;
 
  •  the Non-U.S. Holder was a citizen or resident of the United States and thus is subject to special rules that apply to expatriates; or
 
  •  the rules of the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act (or FIRPTA) (described below) treat the gain as effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business.

      The FIRPTA rules may apply to a sale, exchange, redemption or other disposition of notes if we are, or were within five years before the transaction, a “U.S. real property holding corporation” (or USRPHC). In general, we would be a USRPHC if interests in U.S. real estate comprised most of our assets. We do not believe that we are a USRPHC or that we will become one in the future.

 
Conversion of the Notes

      A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not recognize any income, gain or loss on converting a note into common stock. Any gain recognized as a result of the holder’s receipt of cash in lieu of a fractional share of stock would also generally not be subject to U.S. federal income tax. See “Special Tax Rules Applicable to Non-U.S. Holders — Sale of Common Stock” below.

 
Dividends and Other Potential Withholding

      Dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder on common stock received on conversion of a note (and any deemed dividends resulting from certain adjustments, or failure to make adjustments, to the number of shares of common stock to be issued on conversion, see “— U.S. Holders — Dividends” above) will generally be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a 30 percent rate. The withholding tax might not apply, however, or might

80


Table of Contents

apply at a reduced rate, under the terms of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the Non-U.S. Holder’s country of residence. A Non-U.S. Holder must demonstrate its entitlement to treaty benefits by certifying its nonresident status. Some of the common means of meeting this requirement are described above under “— Special Tax Rules Applicable to Non-U.S. Holders — Taxation of Interest.”
 
Sale of Common Stock

      Non-U.S. Holders will generally not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gains realized on the sale, exchange, or other disposition of common stock. This general rule, however, is subject to exceptions, some of which are described under “Special Tax Rules Applicable to Non-U.S. Holders — Sale, Exchange or Redemption of Notes.”

 
Income or Gains Effectively Connected With a U.S. Trade or Business

      The preceding discussion of the tax considerations of the purchase, ownership or disposition of notes or common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder assumes that the holder is not engaged in a U.S. trade or business. If any interest on the notes, dividends on common stock, or gain from the sale, exchange, redemption or other disposition of the notes or stock is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by the Non-U.S. Holder, then the income or gain will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the regular graduated rates. If the Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for the benefits of a tax treaty between the United States and the holder’s country of residence, any “effectively connected” income or gain would probably be subject to U.S. federal income tax only if it is also attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the holder in the United States. Payments of interest or dividends that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business, and therefore included in the gross income of a Non-U.S. Holder, will not be subject to the 30 percent withholding tax. To claim exemption from withholding, the holder must certify its qualification, which can be done by filing a Form W-8ECI. If the Non-U.S. Holder is a corporation, that portion of its earnings and profits that is effectively connected with its U.S. trade or business would generally be subject to a “branch profits tax.” The branch profits tax rate is generally 30 percent, although an applicable income tax treaty might provide for a lower rate.

 
U.S. Federal Estate Tax

      The estates of nonresident alien individuals (as defined for federal estate tax purposes) are subject to U.S. federal estate tax on property with a U.S. situs. The notes will not be U.S. situs property as long as interest on the notes paid immediately before the death of the holder would have qualified as portfolio interest, exempt from withholding tax as described above under “— Special Tax Rules Applicable to Non-U.S. Holders — Taxation of Interest.” Because we are a U.S. corporation, our common stock will be U.S. situs property and therefore will be included in the taxable estate of a nonresident alien decedent. The U.S. federal estate tax liability of the estate of a nonresident alien may be affected by a tax treaty between the United States and the decedent’s country of residence.

 
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

      The Code and the Treasury regulations require those who make specified payments to report the payments to the IRS. Among the specified payments are interest, dividends, and proceeds paid by brokers to their customers. The required information returns enable the IRS to determine whether the recipient properly included the payments in income. This reporting regime is reinforced by “backup withholding” rules. These rules require the payors to withhold tax from payments subject to information reporting if the recipient fails to cooperate with the reporting regime by failing to provide his taxpayer identification number to the payor, furnishing an incorrect identification number, or repeatedly failing to report interest or dividends on his returns. The withholding tax rate is currently 28 percent. The backup withholding rules do not apply to payments to corporations, whether domestic or foreign.

      Payments of interest or dividends to individual U.S. Holders of notes or common stock will generally be subject to information reporting, and will be subject to backup withholding unless the holder provides us or

81


Table of Contents

our paying agent with a correct taxpayer identification number and complies with applicable certification requirements.

      Payments to Non-U.S. Holders of dividends on common stock, or interest on notes, will generally not be subject to backup withholding. To avoid backup withholding, a Non-U.S. Holder will have to certify its nonresident status. Some of the common means of doing so are described under “— Special Rules Applicable to Non-U.S. Holders — Taxation of Interest.” We must report annually to the IRS the interest and/or dividends paid to each Non-U.S. Holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to such interest and/or dividends including any tax withheld under the rules described above under “— Special Tax Rules Applicable to Non-U.S. Holders — Taxation of Interest” and “— Special Tax Rules Applicable to Non-U.S. Holders — Dividends and Other Potential Withholding.” Copies of these reports may be made available to tax authorities in the country where the Non-U.S. Holder resides.

      Payments made to U.S. Holders by a broker upon a sale of notes or common stock will generally be subject to information reporting and backup withholding. If the sale is made through a foreign office of a foreign broker, the sale will generally not be subject to either information reporting or backup withholding. This exception may not apply, however, if the foreign broker is owned or controlled by U.S. persons, or is engaged in a U.S. trade or business. Payments made to Non-U.S. Holders by a broker upon a sale of notes or common stock will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding as long as the Non-U.S. Holder certifies its foreign status.

      Any amounts withheld from a payment to a holder of notes or common stock under the backup withholding rules can be credited against any U.S. federal income tax liability of the holder.

      THE PRECEDING DISCUSSION OF U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY IT IS NOT TAX ADVICE. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, AND FOREIGN TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING, AND DISPOSING OF OUR NOTES OR COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAWS.

82


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

      Under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement, dated the date hereof, we have agreed to sell to each of the underwriters named below, and each of the underwriters for whom Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., Piper Jaffray & Co., Needham & Company Inc. and Thomas Weisel Partners LLC are acting through their representatives have severally agreed to purchase from us, the principal amount of the notes set forth below opposite their respective names.

           
Underwriters Principal Amount


Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. 
  $    
Piper Jaffray & Co. 
       
Needham & Company, Inc. 
       
Thomas Weisel Partners LLC
       
     
 
 
Total
  $ 70,000,000  
     
 

      This offering is a firm commitment underwritten offering and the underwriters are obligated to take and pay for the entire amount of the notes if any are purchased, other than the notes covered by the option described below. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the notes is subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including regarding the validity of the notes, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer’s certificates from us and opinions from our counsel.

      The underwriting agreement provides that we indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and will contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof. The notes are new securities for which there currently is no market. We do not intend to list the notes on any securities exchange. We have been advised by the underwriters that they intend to make a market in the notes as permitted by applicable laws and regulations. The underwriters are not obligated, however, to make a market in the notes and any such market-making may be discontinued at any time at the sole discretion of the underwriters. Accordingly, no assurance can be given as to the liquidity of, or development of a trading market for, the notes.

      The underwriters propose to offer some of the notes to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and some of the notes to certain dealers at the public offering price less a concession of not in excess of           % of the principal amount of the notes. The underwriters may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of           % of the principal amount of the notes on sales to certain other dealers. After the initial offering of the notes to the public, the public offering price and such concessions may be changed. No such change shall change the amount of proceeds to be received by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

      We have granted to the underwriters an option to purchase, within 30 days of the date of this prospectus, up to $10,500,000 in additional principal amount of notes at the initial offering price less the discount to the underwriters.

      We and each of our executive officers and directors and each of the selling stockholders have agreed for a period of 90 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to specified exceptions, not to issue, offer, sell, agree to offer or sell, solicit offers to purchase, grant any call option or purchase any put option with respect to, pledge, borrow or otherwise dispose of, make any short sale or maintain any short position, establish or increase a “put equivalent position” or liquidate or decrease a “call equivalent position,” or otherwise enter into any swap, derivative transaction or other transaction or arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of common stock, whether or not such transaction is to be settled by delivery of common stock, other securities, cash or other consideration, or otherwise dispose of, any common stock, or any securities convertible into, exercisable or exchangeable for common stock, or interest therein of ours or of any of our subsidiaries without the prior consent of Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. may, in its sole discretion and at any time or from time to time before the termination of the 90-day period, without notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements. Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. does not have any current intention to release any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements. The foregoing restrictions will not apply to the sale of notes in this offering and issuances of common stock as part of any conversion of the notes or exercise of put rights, the

83


Table of Contents

sale of common stock in our concurrent public offering of common stock, or the grant and exercise of options under, or the issuance and sale of shares pursuant to, employee stock option plans.

      The expenses of the offering and the concurrent common stock offering, other than underwriting discounts and commissions referred to above, are estimated at $1.1 million and are payable entirely by us.

      Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the notes offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The notes offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such notes be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restriction relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of any offer to buy the notes offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

      A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet sites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters of this offering, or by their affiliates. The underwriters may allocate a number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations. Other than any prospectus made available in electronic format as described above, the information on any web site containing the prospectus is not intended to be a part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us or any underwriter in such capacity and should not be relied on by investors.

      In connection with the offering, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize the market price of the notes and the shares of our common stock. Such transactions consist of bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain the price of the notes or the shares of our common stock. If the underwriters create a short position in the notes in connection with this offering (that is, if they sell more notes than are set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), the underwriters may reduce that short position by purchasing notes in the open market. The underwriters may also elect to reduce any short position by exercising all or part of their option to purchase, in the aggregate, up to $10,500,000 in additional notes described above. In general, purchases of a security to stabilize the price or to reduce a short position may cause the price of the security to be higher than it might be in the absence of these purchases. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the notes or the shares of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor the underwriters make any representation that the underwriters will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued with or without notice.

      In the ordinary course of business, certain of the underwriters or their affiliates have engaged and may in the future engage in various financing, commercial banking and investment banking transactions with, and provide financial advisory services to us and our affiliates, for which they have received, and may receive customary fees and expenses. Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., Piper Jaffray & Co., Needham & Company, Inc. and Thomas Weisel Partners LLC are the underwriters with respect to our concurrent public offering of common stock. Approximately $7.2 million of our outstanding Senior Notes held by Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. will be repaid with a portion of the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent offering of shares of our common stock.

LEGAL MATTERS

      The validity of the notes, and the underlying common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by Morrison & Foerster LLP, Palo Alto, California.

84


Table of Contents

EXPERTS

      The consolidated financial statements and schedule of Komag, Incorporated as of December 29, 2002, and December 30, 2001, and for the six-month periods ended December 29, 2002 and June 30, 2002, and for the year ended December 30, 2001, have been incorporated by reference herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the reports of KPMG LLP, independent accountants, incorporated by reference herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

      KPMG LLP’s report dated January 16, 2003, except as to Note 17, which is as of February 25, 2003, contains two explanatory paragraphs. The first paragraph states that effective as of the beginning of the 2002 fiscal year, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. The second paragraph states that the Company’s plan of reorganization under chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code became effective on June 30, 2002. As a result of the adoption of “fresh-start” reporting in accordance with Statement of Position 90-7, “Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization Under the Bankruptcy Code,” the consolidated financial statements as of and for the six-month period ended December 29, 2002, are presented on a different reporting basis than the periods before emergence from bankruptcy, and are therefore not comparable.

      The consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows of Komag, Incorporated for the year ended December 31, 2000 appearing in Komag, Incorporated’s Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 29, 2002, have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon (which contains an explanatory paragraph describing conditions that raise substantial doubt about Komag, Incorporated’s ability to continue as a going concern as described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements) included therein and incorporated herein by reference. Such consolidated financial statements are incorporated herein by reference in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

85


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

      We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C. 20549, under the Securities Act of 1933, a registration statement on Form S-3 relating to the notes offered hereby. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to our company and the notes we are offering by this prospectus you should refer to the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto. You may inspect a copy of the registration statement without charge at the Public Reference Section of the Securities and Exchange Commission at Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 or at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s regional offices at 5670 Wilshire Boulevard, 11th Floor, Los Angeles, California 90036. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. The Securities and Exchange Commission also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information at http://www.sec.gov regarding registrants that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

      We file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with requirements of the Exchange Act. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information are available for inspection and copying at the regional offices, public reference facilities and Internet site of the Securities and Exchange Commission referred to above. In addition, you may request a copy of any of our periodic reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission at no cost, by writing or telephoning us at the following address:

Investor Relations

Komag, Incorporated
1710 Automation Parkway
San Jose, California 95131
(408) 576-2000

      We intend to provide our stockholders with annual reports containing audited financial statements and with quarterly reports for the first three quarters of each fiscal year containing unaudited interim financial information in compliance with the requirements of the rules and regulations promulgated by the Securities Exchange Commission.

      Information contained on our website is not a prospectus and does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

86


Table of Contents

INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

      We incorporate by reference into this prospectus the documents listed below, except as modified or superseded by statements contained in this prospectus or in any other document that we file after the date of this prospectus that also is or is deemed to be incorporated by reference.

  •  our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2002;
 
  •  our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 30, 2003;
 
  •  our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 29, 2003;
 
  •  our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 28, 2003;
 
  •  our Form 8-K filed on December 19, 2003; and
 
  •  the description of our common stock contained in our Registration Statement on Form S-1/A, as filed with the SEC on October 4, 2002.

      All documents that we file after the date of this prospectus pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14, or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference into this prospectus. All such documents that we file after the date of the initial registration statement and prior to effectiveness of the registration statement shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

      You should rely only on the information contained in or incorporated by reference or provided in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone else to provide you with different information. We are not making an offer of these securities in any state where the offer is not permitted. You should not assume the information in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of our common stock.

87


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

         
Page

Condensed consolidated statements of operations, three and nine months ended September 28, 2003, three months ended September 29, 2002, and six months ended June 30, 2002.
    F-2  
Condensed consolidated balance sheets, September 28, 2003 and December 29, 2002
    F-3  
Condensed consolidated statements of cash flows, nine months ended September 28, 2003, three months ended September 29, 2002, and six months ended June 30, 2002.
    F-4  
Notes to condensed consolidated financial statements
    F-5  

F-1


Table of Contents

KOMAG, INCORPORATED

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)
(unaudited)
                                           
Predecessor
Successor Company Company


Three Months Three Months Nine Months Three Months Six Months
Ended Ended Ended Ended Ended
Sep 28, 2003 Sep 29, 2002 Sep 28, 2003 Sep 29, 2002 Jun 30, 2002





Net sales
  $ 109,199     $ 70,241     $ 320,061     $ 70,241     $ 111,955  
Cost of sales
    83,840       62,853       249,090       62,853       110,397  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Gross profit
    25,359       7,388       70,971       7,388       1,558  
Operating expenses:
                                       
 
Research, development and engineering
    10,778       8,708       31,089       8,708       18,796  
 
Selling, general, and administrative
    4,717       4,235       13,317       4,235       8,256  
 
Gain on disposal of assets
    (792 )     (70 )     (1,870 )     (70 )     (2,138 )
 
Restructuring/impairment charges
          740             740       4,318  
 
In-process research and development
          6,784             6,784        
     
     
     
     
     
 
      14,703       20,397       42,536       20,397       29,232  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Operating income (loss)
    10,656       (13,009 )     28,435       (13,009 )     (27,674 )
Other income (expense):
                                       
 
Interest income
    103       66       343       66       193  
 
Interest expense
    (3,351 )     (3,226 )     (10,095 )     (3,226 )      
Other income, net
    83       2,068       307       2,068       397,009  
     
     
     
     
     
 
      (3,165 )     (1,092 )     (9,445 )     (1,092 )     397,202  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Income (loss) before reorganization costs, income taxes, minority interest/ equity interest in net loss of related companies, and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    7,491       (14,101 )     18,990       (14,101 )     369,528  
Reorganization costs, net
                            6,511  
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
    (2,452 )     304       (607 )     304       719  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Income (loss) before minority interest/ equity interest in net loss of related companies, and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    9,943       (14,405 )     19,597       (14,405 )     362,298  
Minority interest/equity interest in net loss of related companies
                            (2,374 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    9,943       (14,405 )     19,597       (14,405 )     359,924  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
                            (47,509 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 9,943     $ (14,405 )   $ 19,597     $ (14,405 )   $ 312,415  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Basic net income (loss) per share
  $ 0.42     $ (0.63 )   $ 0.84     $ (0.63 )        
     
     
     
     
         
Diluted net income (loss) per share
  $ 0.40     $ (0.63 )   $ 0.81     $ (0.63 )        
     
     
     
     
         
Number of shares used in basic per share computation
    23,558       22,826       23,457       22,826          
     
     
     
     
         
Number of shares used in diluted per share computation
    24,860       22,826       24,252       22,826          
     
     
     
     
         

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-2


Table of Contents

KOMAG, INCORPORATED

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands)
                     
Sep 28, 2003 Dec 29, 2002(*)


(Unaudited)
ASSETS
Current assets:
               
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 47,660     $ 23,520  
 
Accounts receivable (less allowances of $1,545 and $1,101, respectively)
    61,688       46,241  
 
Inventories
    21,405       14,925  
 
Prepaid expenses and deposits
    2,881       2,288  
     
     
 
   
Total current assets
    133,634       86,974  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    181,011       196,414  
Land and buildings held for sale
    24,600       24,600  
Intangible assets, net
    6,604       9,142  
Other assets
    70       70  
     
     
 
    $ 345,919     $ 317,200  
     
     
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
               
 
Current portion of long-term debt
  $ 20,242     $ 10,229  
 
Trade accounts payable
    37,169       35,371  
 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    19,226       13,717  
     
     
 
   
Total current liabilities
    76,637       59,317  
Long-term debt
    119,599       129,923  
     
     
 
   
Total liabilities
    196,236       189,240  
Stockholders’ equity:
               
 
Common stock
    237       232  
 
Additional paid-in capital
    172,282       171,876  
 
Deferred stock-based compensation
    (514 )     (2,229 )
 
Accumulated deficit
    (22,322 )     (41,919 )
     
     
 
   
Total stockholders’ equity
    149,683       127,960  
     
     
 
    $ 345,919     $ 317,200  
     
     
 


The balance sheet at December 29, 2002 was derived from the audited consolidated financial statements at that date.

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents

KOMAG, INCORPORATED

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)
(unaudited)
                           
Predecessor
Successor Company Company


Three
Nine Months Months Six Months
Ended Ended Ended
Sep 28, 2003 Sep 29, 2002 Jun 30, 2002



Operating Activities:
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ 19,597     $ (14,405 )   $ 312,415  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                       
 
Gain on extinguishments of liabilities subject to compromise and revaluation of assets and liabilities pursuant to fresh-start reporting
                (396,376 )
 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
                47,509  
 
Impairment charges related to property, plant, and equipment
                216  
 
Depreciation and amortization on property, plant, and equipment
    29,998       12,729       25,998  
 
Amortization of intangible assets
    2,809       926       3,609  
 
Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation
    1,697              
 
In-process research and development expense
          6,784        
 
Non-cash interest charges
    5,001       1,514        
 
Gain on disposal of assets
    (1,870 )     (70 )     (2,138 )
 
Minority interest/equity interest in net loss of related companies
                2,374  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                       
 
Accounts receivable, net
    (15,447 )     (9,141 )     4,234  
 
Inventories
    (6,480 )     (1,619 )     (2,069 )
 
Prepaid expenses and deposits
    (593 )     397       (1,480 )
 
Trade accounts payable
    1,798       9,286       5,870  
 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    5,509       (7,584 )     1,693  
     
     
     
 
      42,019       (1,183 )     1,855  
Reorganization costs, net
                6,511  
     
     
     
 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    42,019       (1,183 )     8,366  
Investing Activities:
                       
Acquisition of property, plant, and equipment
    (14,655 )     (3,033 )     (6,855 )
Purchases of short-term investments
                (338 )
Proceeds from short-term investments at maturity
          338       335  
Proceeds from disposal of assets
    1,930       148       3,043  
Investment in intangible assets
    (271 )     (150 )     (70 )
Changes in deposits and other assets
          21       29  
     
     
     
 
 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (12,996 )     (2,676 )     (3,856 )
Financing Activities:
                       
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
    429              
Payment of debt
    (5,312 )     (165 )      
     
     
     
 
 
Net cash used in financing activities
    (4,883 )     (165 )      
     
     
     
 
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    24,140       (4,024 )     4,510  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    23,520       21,996       17,486  
     
     
     
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 47,660     $ 17,972     $ 21,996  
     
     
     
 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

KOMAG, INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)
September 28, 2003
 
Note 1. Basis of Presentation

      The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In the opinion of management, all normal recurring adjustments considered necessary for a fair presentation of the condensed consolidated financial position, operating results, and cash flows for the periods presented, have been included. Operating results for the nine-month period ended September 28, 2003, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 28, 2003.

      Komag, Incorporated (KUS) filed a voluntary petition for reorganization under chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code on August 24, 2001 (the Petition Date). The petition was filed with the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of California. The petition related only to the Company’s U.S. corporate parent, KUS, and did not include any of its subsidiaries.

      KUS proposed, and in May 2002 the Bankruptcy Court confirmed, the Further Modified First Amended Plan of Reorganization (the Plan), which became effective on June 30, 2002. KUS emerged from bankruptcy on that date. In accordance with Statement of Position 90-7 (SOP 90-7), Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization Under the Bankruptcy Code, issued by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the Company adopted fresh-start reporting and reflected the effects of the adoption in the condensed consolidated financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2002. Fresh-start reporting requires the recording of assets and liabilities at fair value, and requires the recording of stockholders’ equity based on the reorganization (enterprise) value.

      As a result of the adoption of fresh-start reporting, the condensed consolidated statements of operations and statements of cash flows for periods ended after June 30, 2002 are prepared on a basis of accounting that is different from that utilized for periods ended prior to June 30, 2002. Therefore, the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2002, are presented as the predecessor company and for the three months ended September 29, 2002, as the successor company, and are not comparable to condensed consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended September 28, 2003.

      Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period balances in order to conform to the current period presentation.

      Fiscal Year: The Company uses a 52-53 week fiscal year ending on the Sunday closest to December 31. The three-month reporting periods included in this report consisted of 13 weeks.

      Inventories: Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) or market, and consist of the following (in thousands):

                 
Sep 28, 2003 Dec 29, 2002


Raw materials
  $ 11,768     $ 9,281  
Work in process
    6,030       2,350  
Finished goods
    3,607       3,294  
     
     
 
    $ 21,405     $ 14,925  
     
     
 

F-5


Table of Contents

KOMAG, INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Stock-Based Compensation: The Company uses the intrinsic value method to account for employee stock-based compensation. The intrinsic value method is in accordance with the recognition and measurement principles of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees. Accordingly, compensation cost is recorded on the date of grant to the extent that the fair value of the underlying share of common stock exceeds the exercise price for a stock option or the purchase price for a share of common stock.

      In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, and SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure — an Amendment of SFAS No. 123, the Company provides pro forma disclosure of the effect on net income and earnings per share had the fair value method, as prescribed by SFAS No. 123, been used.

      The following table reflects the effect on the Company’s net income (loss) and income (loss) per share after emergence from bankruptcy (the Successor Company) for the three and nine months ended September 28, 2003, the three months ended September 29, 2002, and on the Company’s net income prior to emergence from bankruptcy (the Predecessor Company) for the six months ended June 30, 2002, had the fair value method been applied to all outstanding and unvested awards.

      Upon emergence from chapter 11 on June 30, 2002, the Company had a significant change in the structure of stockholders’ equity. Accordingly, earnings per share of the Predecessor Company are not presented, as the amounts are not meaningful. The table is in thousands, except per share data.

                                           
Predecessor
Successor Company Company


Three Months Three Months Nine Months Three Months Six Months
Ended Ended Ended Ended Ended
Sep 28, 2003 Sep 29, 2002 Sep 28, 2003 Sep 29, 2002 Jun 30, 2002





Net income (loss), as reported
  $ 9,943     $ (14,405 )   $ 19,597     $ (14,405 )   $ 312,415  
Add: Stock-based compensation expense included in reported net income (loss), net of related tax effects
    297             1,697              
Deduct: Stock-based compensation expense determined under the fair value method for all awards, net of related tax effects
    (1,333 )           (3,346 )           (4,895 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Pro forma net income (loss)
  $ 8,907     $ (14,405 )   $ 17,948     $ (14,405 )   $ 307,520  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss) per share:
                                       
 
Basic — as reported
  $ 0.42     $ (0.63 )   $ 0.84     $ (0.63 )        
     
     
     
     
         
 
Diluted — as reported
  $ 0.40     $ (0.63 )   $ 0.81     $ (0.63 )        
     
     
     
     
         
 
Basic — pro forma
  $ 0.38     $ (0.63 )   $ 0.77     $ (0.63 )        
     
     
     
     
         
 
Diluted — pro forma
  $ 0.36     $ (0.63 )   $ 0.74     $ (0.63 )        
     
     
     
     
         

      For pro forma disclosure purposes, the Company used the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of each option and stock purchase right grant on the date of grant.

      The following assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of option grants in the first and third quarters of 2003 (there were no grants in the second quarter of 2003): risk-free interest rates of 2.68% and 2.54%, respectively; volatility factors of the expected market price of the Company’s common stock of 87.1%

F-6


Table of Contents

KOMAG, INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

and 85.5%, respectively; and a weighted-average expected option life of four years. The weighted average fair values of options granted during the first and third quarters of 2003 were $4.34 and $8.28, respectively. There were no grants in the first nine months of 2002.

      The following assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of employee purchase rights under the Amended and Restated 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) in the first, second, and third quarters of 2003: risk-free interest rates of 1.18%, 1.18%, and 0.99%, respectively; volatility factors of the expected market price of the Company’s common stock of 62.2%, 62.2%, and 51.8%, respectively; and a weighted-average expected purchase rights life of six months. The weighted-average fair value of purchase rights granted during the first, second, and third quarters of 2003 was $2.07. There was no ESPP Plan in effect in the first nine months of 2002.

      Because the Company does not pay dividends, there was no dividend yield included in the pro forma disclosure calculation.

      Net Income (Loss) Per Share: The Company determines net income (loss) per share in accordance with SFAS No. 128, Earnings per Share.

      Basic net income (loss) per common share is computed by dividing income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares and dilutive potential shares of common stock outstanding during the period. The dilutive effect of outstanding options and stock purchase rights is reflected in diluted net income per share by application of the treasury stock method.

      Upon emergence from chapter 11 on June 30, 2002, the Company had a significant change in the structure of stockholders’ equity. Accordingly, net income per share amounts of the Predecessor Company are not presented, as the amounts are not meaningful.

      The following table sets forth the computation of net income per share (in thousands, except per share amounts):

                   
Successor Company

Three Months Nine Months
Ended Ended
Sep 28, 2003 Sep 28, 2003


Numerator: Net income
  $ 9,943     $ 19,597  
     
     
 
Denominator for basic net income per share – weighted average shares
    23,558       23,457  
Effect of diluted securities:
               
 
Stock purchase rights
    440       424  
 
Stock options
    490       287  
 
Warrants
    372       84  
     
     
 
Denominator for dilutive net income per share
    24,860       24,252  
     
     
 
Basic net income per share
  $ 0.42     $ 0.84  
     
     
 
Diluted net income per share
  $ 0.40     $ 0.81  
     
     
 

      Prior year periods are not included in the above table, as there are no reconciling items since the number of shares for basic and diluted is the same.

      Incremental common shares attributable to outstanding common stock options (assuming proceeds would be used to purchase treasury stock) of 5,597 and 105,457 for the three and nine months ended

F-7


Table of Contents

KOMAG, INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

September 28, 2003, respectively, were not included in the diluted net income per share calculation because the effect would have been anti-dilutive.

      Recent Accounting Pronouncements: In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity. SFAS No. 150 requires that certain financial instruments, which under previous guidance were accounted for as equity, must now be accounted for as liabilities. The financial instruments affected include mandatorily redeemable stock, certain financial instruments that require or may require the issuer to buy back some of its shares in exchange for cash or other assets and certain obligations that can be settled with shares of stock. SFAS No. 150 is effective for all financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003 and must be applied to existing financial instruments effective with the beginning of the first fiscal period after June 15, 2003. The Company adopted SFAS No. 150 on the first day of its fiscal 2003 third quarter. The adoption had no impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

Note 2. Related Parties and Major Customers

      Prior to June 30, 2002, sales to Western Digital Corporation (Western Digital) were reported as related party transactions, as Western Digital owned more than 5% of the Company’s outstanding common stock. For the periods subsequent to June 30, 2002, Western Digital was no longer a related party, as it owned less than 5% of the Company’s outstanding stock. Sales to Western Digital for the three and six months ended June 30, 2002 were $28.3 million and $69.3 million, respectively.

      The following table reflects the percentage of the Company’s revenue by major customer:

                                 
Three Months Ended Nine Months Ended


Sep 28, 2003 Sep 29, 2002 Sep 28, 2003 Sep 29, 2002




Western Digital
    36 %     64 %     41 %     63 %
Maxtor
    36 %     29 %     36 %     29 %
IBM
          5 %     7 %     2 %
Hitachi Global Storage Technologies
    25 %           15 %      
Seagate
                      4 %

Note 3. Interest Expense

      In the third quarter and first nine months of 2003, the Company recorded $3.4 million and $10.1 million, respectively, in interest expense. In the third quarter of 2002, the Company recorded $3.2 million in interest expense. No interest expense was recorded in the first half of 2002, as interest expense was suspended while the Company was in chapter 11. Interest expense represented interest on the Company’s debt issued on emergence from chapter 11.

Note 4. Reorganization Costs, Net

      No reorganization expenses were recorded in the third quarter and first nine months of 2003, compared to zero and $6.5 million, respectively, in the third quarter of 2002 and first six months of 2002. Reorganization expenses in the first six months of 2002 primarily reflected professional fees related to the chapter 11 bankruptcy proceeding, and a $5.0 million adjustment associated with a chapter 11-related creditor claim.

Note 5. Income Taxes

      In the third quarter of 2003, the Company received approval from the Malaysian Ministry of Finance for the exemption of withholding tax on royalty payments made by its Malaysian operations to its subsidiary in

F-8


Table of Contents

KOMAG, INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

the Netherlands. The exemption is for a period of five years effective retroactively from January 2002 through December 2006. As a result, the Company recorded an income tax benefit of $2.5 million in the third quarter of 2003 related to withholding taxes it previously accrued which are no longer payable. The third quarter of 2003 income tax provision without the $2.5 million tax benefit was less than $0.1 million. For the first nine months of 2003, the Company recorded an income tax benefit of $0.6 million, which includes the $2.5 million tax benefit described above, net of $1.9 million of foreign withholding taxes and foreign income taxes.

      The Company’s income tax provisions of $0.3 million for the third quarter of 2002, and $0.7 million for the first six months of 2002, represented foreign income taxes and foreign withholding taxes on royalty and interest payments.

      The Company’s wholly-owned thin-film media operation, KMS, received an eight-year extension of its initial tax holiday, which expired in June 2003, for its first plant site. The additional extension extends the tax holiday through June 2011. KMS has also been granted additional tax holidays for its second and third plant sites in Malaysia. These tax holidays are effective through December 2006 and 2008, respectively.

 
Note 6.  Minority Interest/ Equity Interest in Net Loss of Related Companies

      The minority interest for Kobe USA’s 20% share of KMT’s net income in the third quarter and first six months of 2002 was less than $0.1 million. KMT ceased operations in the third quarter of 2002.

      In the third quarter and first six months of 2002, the Company recorded zero and $2.4 million losses, respectively, as its equity share in the net loss of Chahaya, a former equity investment. Chahaya ceased operations in the fourth quarter of 2002. The Company currently has no minority or equity interests in related companies.

 
Note 7.  Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

      In June 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, which requires that goodwill not be amortized, but be subject to an impairment test at least annually.

      The Company completed a transitional impairment analysis of its goodwill during the six months ended June 30, 2002 and recorded a transitional impairment loss of $47.5 million as of the first day of fiscal 2002. The transitional impairment loss of $47.5 million was recognized as the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in the Company’s condensed consolidated statement of operations.

      Upon the adoption of fresh-start reporting as of June 30, 2002, the Company recorded goodwill of $33.9 million, which equaled the reorganization value in excess of amounts allocable to identifiable net assets recorded in accordance with SOP 90-7. In the fourth quarter of 2002, the Company performed its first annual goodwill impairment analysis under SFAS No. 142. Because the Company’s fair value based on market capitalization was significantly less than net book value at December 29, 2002, the Company wrote off the entire $33.9 million goodwill balance in the fourth quarter of 2002.

      Upon the adoption of fresh-start reporting as of June 30, 2002, the Company recorded other intangible assets in the amount of $17.6 million. As of September 28, 2003, other intangible assets included: 1) developed technology of $3.1 million (less accumulated amortization of $1.1 million), which is being amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life of three and one-half years; 2) a volume purchase agreement of $7.7 million (less accumulated amortization of $3.5 million), which is being amortized on a straight-line basis over its useful life of two and three-quarter years; and 3) patent costs of $0.5 million (less accumulated amortization of $0.1 million).

      Amortization of intangible assets in the third quarter and first nine months of 2003 was $0.9 million and $2.8 million, respectively, and was $0.9 million and $3.6 million in the third quarter and first six months of

F-9


Table of Contents

KOMAG, INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

2002, respectively. These expenses were recorded in cost of sales in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations.

 
Note 8.  Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities

      The following table summarizes accrued expenses and other liabilities balances as of September 28, 2003 and December 29, 2002 (in thousands):

                 
Sep 28, 2003 Dec 29, 2002


Accrued compensation and benefits
  $ 13,965     $ 7,732  
Restructuring liabilities
    743       2,356  
Other liabilities
    4,518       3,629  
     
     
 
    $ 19,226     $ 13,717  
     
     
 

      Cash payments under the Company’s restructuring liabilities were $0.3 million and $1.6 million in the third quarter and first nine months of 2003, respectively.

Note 9. Subsequent Events

      On September 30, 2003, the Company completed the sale of its idle Fremont, California land and buildings. The land and buildings were acquired through the merger with HMT Technology Corporation in October 2000 and had been idle and held for sale since 2001. The net proceeds from the sale of the land and buildings were approximately $24 million, resulting in a gain of approximately $1.0 million. The sale will be recorded in the fourth quarter of 2003. On October 21, 2003, the Company utilized approximately 50% of the net proceeds, $12.1 million, to pay down its debt as required under the terms of the indenture governing the Senior Notes. Additionally, we made a required principal payment of $5.0 million on the Senior Notes on October 15, 2003.

      Further, the Company received consent from a majority of its holders of Senior Notes and the lender under the Exit Facility to redeem in full the Junior Notes for approximately $8.2 million. As such, on October 30, 2003, the Company called for the full redemption of the Junior Notes at a total cost of approximately $8.2 million for outstanding principal and interest. The Junior Notes were redeemed in full on December 2, 2003. Further, the Company received consent from the majority of the holders of the Senior Notes and the lender under the Exit Facility to increase the covenant on capital expenditures for 2003 to approximately $40.0 million.

F-10


Table of Contents



       

          No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus. You must not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is an offer to sell only securities offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

         
Page

Prospectus Summary
    1  
Risk Factors
    10  
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
    23  
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
    24  
Use of Proceeds
    25  
Price Range of Our Common Stock
    25  
Dividend Policy
    25  
Capitalization
    26  
Selected Consolidated Financial Data
    28  
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
    32  
Business
    44  
Management
    52  
Description of Material Indebtedness
    55  
Description of Notes
    57  
United States Federal Tax Considerations
    78  
Underwriting
    83  
Legal Matters
    84  
Experts
    85  
Where You Can Find More Information
    86  
Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference
    87  
Index to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)
    F-1  





$70,000,000

LOGO

       % Convertible Subordinated Notes Due 2024


PROSPECTUS


January      , 2004

Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.

Sole Book-Running Manager
Piper Jaffray
Needham & Company, Inc.
Thomas Weisel Partners LLC




Table of Contents

          The purpose of this Amendment No. 4 is solely to file certain exhibits to the Registration Statement as set forth in Item 16(a) of Part II.

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 
Item 14. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

      The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the registrant in connection with the sale of common stock and convertible subordinated notes being registered. All amounts are estimates, except the SEC registration fee.

           
SEC registration fee
  $ 15,661  
Printing and engraving costs
    200,000  
Legal fees and expenses
    750,000  
Accounting fees and expenses
    90,000  
Miscellaneous expenses
    15,239  
     
 
 
Total
  $ 1,070,900  
     
 
 
Item 15. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

      As permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of its directors for monetary damages for breach or alleged breach of their duty of care. In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the bylaws of the registrant provide that: (1) the registrant is required to indemnify its directors and executive officers and persons serving in such capacities in other business enterprises at the registrant’s request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including in those circumstances in which indemnification would otherwise be discretionary; (2) the registrant may, in its discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances where indemnification is not required by law; (3) the registrant is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and executive officers in connection with defending a proceeding; (4) the rights conferred in the bylaws are not exclusive; and (5) the registrant may not retroactively amend the bylaw provisions in a way that it adverse to such directors, executive officers and employees in these matters.

      The registrant’s policy is to enter into indemnification agreements with each of its directors and executive officers that provide the maximum indemnity allowed to directors and executive officers by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and the bylaws, as well as certain additional procedural protections. In addition, such indemnification agreements provide that the registrant’s directors and executive officers will be indemnified to the fullest possible extent not prohibited by law against all expenses, including attorney’s fees, and settlement amounts paid or incurred by them in any action or proceeding, including any derivative action by or in the right of the registrant, on account of their services as directors or executive officers of the registrant or as directors or officers of any other company or enterprise when they are serving in such capacities at the request of the registrant. The registrant will not be obligated pursuant to the indemnification agreements to indemnify or advance expenses to an indemnified party with respect to proceedings or claims initiated by the indemnified party and not by way of defense, except with respect to proceedings specifically authorized by the registrant’s board of directors or brought to enforce a right to indemnification under the indemnification agreement, the registrant’s bylaws or any statute or law. Under the agreements, the registrant is not obligated to indemnify the indemnified party (1) for any expenses incurred by the indemnified party with respect to any proceeding instituted by the indemnified party to enforce or interpret the agreement, if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that each of the material assertions made by the indemnified party in such proceeding was not made in good faith or was frivolous; (2) for any amounts paid in settlement of a proceeding unless the registrant consents to such settlement; (3) with respect to any proceeding brought by

II-1


Table of Contents

the registrant against the indemnified party for willful misconduct, unless a court determines that each of such claims was not made in good faith or was frivolous; (4) on account of any suit in which judgment is rendered against the indemnified party for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by the indemnified party of securities of the registrant pursuant to the provisions of § 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and related laws; (5) on account of the indemnified party’s conduct which is finally adjudged to have been knowingly fraudulent or deliberately dishonest, or to constitute willful misconduct or a knowing violation of the law; (6) an account of any conduct from which the indemnified party derived an improper personal benefit; (7) on account of conduct the indemnified party believed to be contrary to the best interests of the registrant or its stockholders; (8) on account of conduct that constituted a breach of the indemnified party’s duty of loyalty to the registrant or its stockholders; or (9) if a final decision by a court having jurisdiction in the matter shall determine that such indemnification is not lawful.

      The indemnification provision in the bylaws and the indemnification agreements entered into between the registrant and its directors and executive officers may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the registrant’s officers and directors for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933.

      Reference is made to the following documents filed as exhibits to this registration statement regarding relevant indemnification provisions described above and elsewhere herein:

         
Exhibit
Document Number


Bylaws of Komag, Incorporated
    3.2  
Form of Indemnification Agreement
    10.2  
 
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

      (a) Exhibits

         
Exhibit
Number

  1.1     Form of Common Stock Underwriting Agreement.*
  1.2     Form of Convertible Subordinated Note Underwriting Agreement.*
  2.1     Komag Incorporated’s Further Modified First Amended Plan of Reorganization, dated May 7, 2002 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 2.1 filed with the Company’s Form 8-K filed on July 11, 2002).
  2.2     Findings of Fact, Conclusions of Law and Order, dated May 9, 2002, Confirming Further Modified First Amended Plan of Reorganization of Komag, Incorporated, dated May 7, 2002 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 2.2 filed with the Company’s Form 8-K filed on July 11, 2002).
  3.1     Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Komag, Incorporated (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.1 filed with the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on August 13, 2002).
  3.2     Bylaws of Komag, Incorporated (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.2 filed with the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on August 13, 2002).
  4.1     Form of Stock Certificate for Common Stock (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 filed with the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on August 13, 2002).
  4.2     Registration Rights Agreement between Komag, Incorporated and certain holders of common stock and Senior Secured Notes due 2007 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.2 filed with the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on August 13, 2002), as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto dated October 1, 2002.
  4.3     Form of Warrant (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.3 filed with the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on August 13, 2002).
  4.4     Loan and Security Agreement between Komag, Incorporated, the lenders named therein, and Ableco Finance LLC as collateral agent and administrative agent (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.4 filed with the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on August 13, 2002).
  4.5     Indenture, dated June 30, 2002, governing the Senior Secured Notes due 2007 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.5 filed with the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on August 13, 2002).

II-2


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
Number

  4.6     Form of Senior Secured Notes due 2007 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.6 filed with the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on August 13, 2002).
  4.7     Intercreditor Agreement dated June 30, 2002, between Komag, Incorporated, Ableco Finance LLC, The Bank of New York, and Bank One Trust Company (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.9 filed with the Company’s Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2003).
  4.8     Form of Indenture by and between Komag, Incorporated and U.S. Bank, National Association.
  4.9     Form of Convertible Note (included in Exhibit 4.8).
  5.1.1     Opinion of Wilson, Sonsini, Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.
  5.1.2     Opinion of Wilson, Sonsini, Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.
  10.1.1     Lease Agreement dated May 2, 1989 by and between Stony Point Associates I and Komag Material Technology, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1.6 filed with the Company’s report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1989).
  10.1.2     Lease Agreement (B10) dated May 24, 1996 between Sobrato Development Companies #871 and Komag, Incorporated (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1.11 filed with the Company’s report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 29, 1996).
  10.1.3     Lease Agreement (B11) dated May 24, 1996 between Sobrato Development Companies #871 and Komag, Incorporated (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1.12 filed with the Company’s report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 29, 1996).
  10.1.4     Sublease Agreement (B11) dated January 10, 2000, between Komag, Incorporated and 2Wire, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1.15 filed with the Company’s report on Form 10-K for the year ended January 2, 2000).
  10.1.5     Second Amendment to Lease dated March 16, 1999 by and between Northern Trust Bank of California N.A. and Komag Material Technology, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1.16 filed with the Company’s report on Form 10-K for the year ended January 2, 2000).
  10.2     Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 filed with the Company’s report on Form S-1 on August 27, 2002).
  10.3     Asset Purchase Agreement between the Company and Western Digital Corporation dated April 8, 1999 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1.13 filed with the Company’s report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 4, 1999) (Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions.)
  10.3.1     Volume Purchase Agreement dated as of April 8, 1999 by and between the Company and Western Digital Corporation (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1.14 filed with the Company’s report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 4, 1999) (Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions.)
  10.3.2     Amendment Number 1 to Volume Purchase Agreement with Western Digital Corporation dated October 5, 2001 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 filed with the company’s report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2001).
  10.4     Form of Komag, Incorporated Amended and Restated 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.2 filed with the Company’s report on Form S-8 on July 23, 2002).
  10.4.1     Amended and Restated 2002 Qualified Stock Option Plan and forms of agreement thereunder (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 filed with the Company’s report on Form S-8 on July 23, 2003).
  10.4.2     Komag, Incorporated 2002 Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4.2 filed with the Company’s report of Form S-1 on August 27, 2002).
  10.5.1     Letter dated February 10, 1992 from the Malaysian Industrial Development Authority addressed to Komag, Incorporated approving the “Pioneer Status” of the Company’s thin-film media venture in Malaysia (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.28 filed with the Company’s report on Form 10-K for the year ended January 3, 1993).

II-3


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
Number

  10.5.2     Letter dated August 6, 2003 from the Malaysian Industrial Development Authority addressed to Komag USA (Malaysia) Sdn. extending the “Pioneer Status” of the Company’s thin-film media venture in Malaysia (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.5.2 filed with the Company’s report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 28, 2003).
  10.6.1     Form of Executive Retention Agreement between Komag, Incorporated and certain executive officers (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.6.1 filed with the Company’s report on Form S-1 on August 27, 2002).
  10.7†     Business Agreement by and between the Company and Maxtor Corporation dated October 6, 2003.*
  12.1     Statement re: Computation of Earnings to Fixed Charges Ratio.*
  21     Subsidiaries of Komag, Incorporated as of 2003 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 21 filed with the Company’s report on Form S-1 filed on August 27, 2002).
  23.1     Consent of KPMG LLP.
  23.2     Consent of Ernst & Young, LLP.
  23.3     Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati (included in Exhibit 5.1).
  24.1     Power of Attorney*
  25.1     Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility of Trustee for Indenture Under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.*
  25.2     Form T-3 covering the Senior Secured Notes due 2007 Indenture (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 25.1 filed with the Company’s report on Form S-1 on August 27, 2002).

  Previously filed.

  †  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to certain portions of this exhibit. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 
Item 17. Undertakings

      The undersigned registrant herby undertakes:

        (a) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrant’s annual report pursuant to section 13(a) or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
        (b) To deliver or cause to be delivered with the prospectus, to each person to whom the prospectus is sent or given, the latest annual report to security holders that is incorporated by reference in the prospectus and furnished pursuant to and meeting the requirements of Rule 14a-3 or Rule 14c-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and, where interim financial information required to be presented by Article 3 of Regulation S-X are not set forth in the prospectus, to deliver, or cause to be delivered to each person to whom the prospectus is sent or given, the latest quarterly report that is specifically incorporated by reference in the prospectus to provide such interim financial information.
 
        (c) That insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions referenced in Item 15 of this registration statement or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against these liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by a director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its

II-4


Table of Contents

  counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether the indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and will be governed by the final adjudication of this issue.
 
        (d) (1) That for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
        (2) That for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
        (e) To file an application for the purposes of determining the eligibility of the trustee to act under subsection (a) of section 310 of the Trust Indenture Act (the “TIA”) in accordance with the rules and regulations prescribed by the Securities and Exchange Commission under section 305(b)(2) of the TIA.

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Jose, State of California, on January 15, 2004.

  KOMAG, INCORPORATED

  By:  /s/ THIAN HOO TAN
 
  Name: Thian Hoo Tan
  Title:  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement and power of attorney has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

             
Signature Title Date



/s/ THIAN HOO TAN

Thian Hoo Tan
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
  January 15, 2004
 
/s/ KATHLEEN A. BAYLESS

Kathleen A. Bayless
  Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   January 15, 2004
 
*

Paul Brahe
  Director   January 15, 2004
 
*

Chris A. Eyre
  Director   January 15, 2004
 
*

Neil S. Subin
  Director   January 15, 2004
 
*

Kenneth R. Swimm
  Director   January 15, 2004
 
*

David G. Takata
  Director   January 15, 2004
 
*

Harry G. Van Wickle
  Director   January 15, 2004
 
*

Raymond H. Wechsler
  Director   January 15, 2004

II-6


Table of Contents

             
Signature Title Date



 
*

Michael Lee Workman
  Director   January 15, 2004
 
*By   /s/ KATHLEEN A. BAYLESS

Kathleen A. Bayless
Attorney-in-fact
       

II-7


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

         
Exhibit
Number

  1.1     Form of Common Stock Underwriting Agreement.*
  1.2     Form of Convertible Subordinated Note Underwriting Agreement.*
  2.1     Komag Incorporated’s Further Modified First Amended Plan of Reorganization, dated May 7, 2002 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 2.1 filed with the Company’s Form 8-K filed on July 11, 2002).
  2.2     Findings of Fact, Conclusions of Law and Order, dated May 9, 2002, Confirming Further Modified First Amended Plan of Reorganization of Komag, Incorporated, dated May 7, 2002 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 2.2 filed with the Company’s Form 8-K filed on July 11, 2002).
  3.1     Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Komag, Incorporated (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.1 filed with the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on August 13, 2002).
  3.2     Bylaws of Komag, Incorporated (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.2 filed with the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on August 13, 2002).
  4.1     Form of Stock Certificate for Common Stock (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 filed with the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on August 13, 2002).
  4.2     Registration Rights Agreement between Komag, Incorporated and certain holders of common stock and Senior Secured Notes due 2007, (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.2 filed with the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on August 13, 2002), as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto dated October 1, 2002.
  4.3     Form of Warrant (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.3 filed with the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on August 13, 2002).
  4.4     Loan and Security Agreement between Komag, Incorporated, the lenders named therein, and Ableco Finance LLC as collateral agent and administrative agent (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.4 filed with the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on August 13, 2002).
  4.5     Indenture, dated June 30, 2002, governing the Senior Secured Notes due 2007 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.5 filed with the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on August 13, 2002).
  4.6     Form of Senior Secured Notes due 2007 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.6 filed with the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on August 13, 2002).
  4.7     Intercreditor Agreement dated June 30, 2002, between Komag, Incorporated, Ableco Finance LLC, The Bank of New York, and Bank One Trust Company (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.9 filed with the Company’s Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2003).
  4.8     Form of Indenture by and between Komag, Incorporated and U.S. Bank National Association.
  4.9     Form of Convertible Note (included in Exhibit 4.8).
  5.1.1     Opinion of Wilson, Sonsini, Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.
  5.1.2     Opinion of Wilson, Sonsini, Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.
  10.1.1     Lease Agreement dated May 2, 1989 by and between Stony Point Associates I and Komag Material Technology, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1.6 filed with the Company’s report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1989).
  10.1.2     Lease Agreement (B10) dated May 24, 1996 between Sobrato Development Companies #871 and Komag, Incorporated (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1.11 filed with the Company’s report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 29, 1996).
  10.1.3     Lease Agreement (B11) dated May 24, 1996 between Sobrato Development Companies #871 and Komag, Incorporated (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1.12 filed with the Company’s report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 29, 1996).
  10.1.4     Sublease Agreement (B11) dated January 10, 2000, between Komag, Incorporated and 2Wire, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1.15 filed with the Company’s report on Form 10-K for the year ended January 2, 2000).

II-8


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
Number

  10.1.5     Second Amendment to Lease dated March 16, 1999 by and between Northern Trust Bank of California N.A. and Komag Material Technology, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1.16 filed with the Company’s report on Form 10-K for the year ended January 2, 2000).
  10.2     Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 filed with the Company’s report on Form S-1 on August 27, 2002).
  10.3     Asset Purchase Agreement between the Company and Western Digital Corporation dated April 8, 1999 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1.13 filed with the Company’s report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 4, 1999) (Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions.)
  10.3.1     Volume Purchase Agreement dated as of April 8, 1999 by and between the Company and Western Digital Corporation (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1.14 filed with the Company’s report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 4, 1999) (Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions.)
  10.3.2     Amendment Number 1 to Volume Purchase Agreement with Western Digital Corporation dated October 5, 2001 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 filed with the company’s report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2001).
  10.4     Form of Komag, Incorporated Amended and Restated 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.2 filed with the Company’s report on Form S-8 on July 23, 2002).
  10.4.1     Amended and Restated 2002 Qualified Stock Option Plan and forms of agreement thereunder (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 filed with the Company’s report on Form S-8 on July 23, 2002).
  10.4.2     Komag, Incorporated 2002 Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4.2 filed with the Company’s report on Form S-1 on August 27, 2002).
  10.5.1     Letter dated February 10, 1992 from the Malaysian Industrial Development Authority addressed to Komag, Incorporated approving the “Pioneer Status” of the Company’s thin-film media venture in Malaysia (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.28 filed with the Company’s report on Form 10-K for the year ended January 3, 1993).
  10.5.2     Letter dated August 6, 2003 from the Malaysian Industrial Development Authority addressed to Komag USA (Malaysia) Sdn. extending the “Pioneer Status” of the Company’s thin-film media venture in Malaysia (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.5.2 filed with the Company’s report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 28, 2003).
  10.6.1     Form of Executive Retention Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.6.1 filed with the Company’s report on Form S-1 on August 27, 2002).
  10.7†     Business Agreement by and between the Company and Maxtor Corporation dated October 6, 2003.*
  12.1     Statement re: Computation of Earnings to Fixed Charges Ratio.*
  21     Subsidiaries of Komag, Incorporated as of 2003 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 21 filed with the Company’s report on Form S-1 filed on August 27, 2002).
  23.1     Consent of KPMG LLP.
  23.2     Consent of Ernst & Young, LLP.
  23.3     Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati (included in Exhibit 5.1).
  24.1     Power of Attorney.*
  25.1     Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility of Trustee for Indenture Under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.*
  25.2     Form T-3 covering the Senior Secured Notes due 2007 Indenture (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 25.1 filed with the Company’s report on Form S-1 on August 27, 2002).

  Previously filed.

  †  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to certain portions of this exhibit. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

II-9 EX-4.8 3 f93836a4exv4w8.txt EXHIBIT 4.8 EXHIBIT 4.8 KOMAG, INCORPORATED, AS ISSUER ------------------------ U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION AS TRUSTEE ------------------------- UP TO $80,500,000 AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF __.___% CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2024 ----------------------- INDENTURE DATED AS OF JANUARY ___, 2004 --------------------- TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE.................................................. 1 Section 1.1. Definitions.......................................................................... 1 Section 1.2. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.................................... 10 Section 1.3. Rules of Construction................................................................ 11 Section 1.4. Acts of Holders...................................................................... 11 ARTICLE II THE SECURITIES.............................................................................. 12 Section 2.1. Form and Dating...................................................................... 12 Section 2.2. Execution and Authentication......................................................... 13 Section 2.3. Registrar, Paying Agent, Conversion Agent and Bid Solicitation Agent................. 14 Section 2.4. Paying Agent to Hold Cash and Securities in Trust.................................... 15 Section 2.5. Holder Lists......................................................................... 15 Section 2.6. Transfer and Exchange................................................................ 15 Section 2.7. Replacement Securities............................................................... 16 Section 2.8. Outstanding Securities; Determinations of Holders' Action............................ 17 Section 2.9. Temporary Securities................................................................. 18 Section 2.10. Cancellation......................................................................... 18 Section 2.11. Persons Deemed Owners................................................................ 19 Section 2.12. Additional Transfer and Exchange Requirements........................................ 19 Section 2.13. CUSIP Numbers........................................................................ 20
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)
PAGE ARTICLE III REDEMPTION.................................................................................. 21 Section 3.1. The Company's Right to Redeem; Notice to Trustee..................................... 21 Section 3.2. Selection of Securities to Be Redeemed............................................... 21 Section 3.3. Notice of Redemption................................................................. 22 Section 3.4. Effect of Notice of Redemption....................................................... 23 Section 3.5. Deposit of Redemption Price.......................................................... 23 Section 3.6. Securities Redeemed in Part.......................................................... 23 Section 3.7. Repayment to the Company............................................................. 23 Section 3.8. No Sinking Fund...................................................................... 24 ARTICLE IV PURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS ON SPECIFIC DATES......................................... 24 Section 4.1. Optional Put......................................................................... 24 Section 4.2. Effect of Purchase Notice; Withdrawal of Purchase Notice............................. 26 Section 4.3. Deposit of Purchase Price............................................................ 27 Section 4.4. Securities Purchased in Part......................................................... 27 Section 4.5. Covenant to Comply With Securities Laws Upon Purchase of Securities.................. 27 Section 4.6. Repayment to the Company............................................................. 28 Section 4.7. No Purchase Upon Event of Default.................................................... 28
ii TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)
PAGE ARTICLE V PURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS UPON A FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE................................. 28 Section 5.1. Fundamental Change Put............................................................... 28 Section 5.2. Effect of Fundamental Change Purchase Notice; Withdrawal............................. 31 Section 5.3. Deposit of Fundamental Change Purchase Price......................................... 32 Section 5.4. Securities Purchased in Part......................................................... 32 Section 5.5. Covenant to Comply With Securities Laws Upon Purchase of Securities.................. 32 Section 5.6. Repayment to the Company............................................................. 33 Section 5.7. Consolidation, Merger, etc........................................................... 33 ARTICLE VI COVENANTS................................................................................... 33 Section 6.1. Payment of Securities................................................................ 33 Section 6.2. SEC and Other Reports to the Trustee................................................. 34 Section 6.3. Compliance Certificate............................................................... 35 Section 6.4. Further Instruments and Acts......................................................... 35 Section 6.5. Maintenance of Office or Agency of the Trustee, Registrar, Paying Agent and Conversion Agent.................................................... 35 Section 6.6. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws.............................................. 36 Section 6.7. Statement by Officers as to Default.................................................. 36
iii TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)
PAGE ARTICLE VII SUCCESSOR CORPORATION....................................................................... 36 Section 7.1. When Company May Merge or Transfer Assets............................................ 36 ARTICLE VIII DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES....................................................................... 37 Section 8.1. Events of Default.................................................................... 37 Section 8.2. Acceleration......................................................................... 39 Section 8.3. Other Remedies....................................................................... 40 Section 8.4. Waiver of Past Defaults.............................................................. 40 Section 8.5. Control by Majority.................................................................. 40 Section 8.6. Limitation on Suits.................................................................. 41 Section 8.7. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment or to Convert................................... 41 Section 8.8. Collection Suit by Trustee........................................................... 41 Section 8.9. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim..................................................... 41 Section 8.10. Priorities........................................................................... 42 Section 8.11. Undertaking for Costs................................................................ 43 ARTICLE IX TRUSTEE..................................................................................... 43 Section 9.1. Duties of Trustee.................................................................... 43 Section 9.2. Rights of Trustee.................................................................... 44 Section 9.3. Individual Rights of Trustee......................................................... 45 Section 9.4. Trustee's Disclaimer................................................................. 45
iv TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)
PAGE Section 9.5. Notice of Defaults................................................................... 46 Section 9.6. Reports by Trustee to Holders........................................................ 46 Section 9.7. Compensation and Indemnity........................................................... 46 Section 9.8. Replacement of Trustee............................................................... 47 Section 9.9. Successor Trustee by Merger.......................................................... 48 Section 9.10. Eligibility; Disqualification........................................................ 48 Section 9.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.................................... 48 ARTICLE X DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE...................................................................... 48 Section 10.1. Discharge of Liability on Securities................................................. 48 Section 10.2. Repayment to the Company............................................................. 49 ARTICLE XI AMENDMENTS.................................................................................. 49 Section 11.1. Without Consent of Holders........................................................... 49 Section 11.2. With Consent of Holders.............................................................. 50 Section 11.3. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.................................................. 51 Section 11.4. Revocation and Effect of Consents, Waivers and Actions............................... 52 Section 11.5. Notation on or Exchange of Securities................................................ 52 Section 11.6. Trustee to Sign Supplemental Indentures.............................................. 52 Section 11.7. Effect of Supplemental Indentures.................................................... 52
v TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)
PAGE ARTICLE XII SUBORDINATION............................................................................... 52 Section 12.1. Agreement to Subordinate............................................................. 52 Section 12.2. Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy................................................. 53 Section 12.3. Default on Senior Debt and/or Designated Senior Debt................................. 53 Section 12.4. Acceleration of Securities........................................................... 54 Section 12.5. When Distribution Must Be Paid Over.................................................. 54 Section 12.6. Notice by Company.................................................................... 55 Section 12.7. Subrogation.......................................................................... 55 Section 12.8. Relative Rights...................................................................... 55 Section 12.9. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Company......................................... 56 Section 12.10. Distribution or Notice to Representative............................................. 56 Section 12.11. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent................................................... 56 Section 12.12. Authorization to Effect Subordination................................................ 56 Section 12.13. Article Applicable to Paying Agents.................................................. 57 Section 12.14. Senior Debt Entitled to Rely......................................................... 57 Section 12.15. Permitted Payments................................................................... 57 Section 12.16. No Waiver of Subordination Provisions................................................ 57 Section 12.17. Certain Conversions Deemed Payment................................................... 58
vi TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)
PAGE ARTICLE XIII CONVERSION.................................................................................. 58 Section 13.1. Conversion Right; Conversion Consideration........................................... 58 Section 13.2. Conversion Procedures; Settlement Dates; Conversion Rate; Fractional Shares.......... 61 Section 13.3. Adjustment of Conversion Rate........................................................ 62 Section 13.4. Consolidation or Merger of the Company............................................... 71 Section 13.5. Notice of Adjustment................................................................. 72 Section 13.6. Notice in Certain Events............................................................. 72 Section 13.7. Company to Reserve Stock; Registration; Listing...................................... 73 Section 13.8. Taxes on Conversion.................................................................. 74 Section 13.9. Conversion After Regular Record Date................................................. 74 Section 13.10. Company Determination Final.......................................................... 75 Section 13.11. Responsibility of Trustee for Conversion Provisions.................................. 75 Section 13.12. Unconditional Right of Holders to Convert............................................ 75 ARTICLE XIV MISCELLANEOUS............................................................................... 75 Section 14.1. Trust Indenture Act Controls......................................................... 75 Section 14.2. Notices.............................................................................. 75 Section 14.3. Communication by Holders with Other Holders.......................................... 76 Section 14.4. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent................................... 76 Section 14.5. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion........................................ 77
vii TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)
PAGE Section 14.6. Separability Clause.................................................................. 77 Section 14.7. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent, Conversion Agent, Bid Solicitation Agent, Registrar.. 77 Section 14.8. Legal Holidays....................................................................... 77 Section 14.9. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Service of Process........................ 78 Section 14.10. No Recourse Against Others........................................................... 78 Section 14.11. Successors........................................................................... 79 Section 14.12. Multiple Originals................................................................... 79 EXHIBIT A Form of Security
viii INDENTURE, dated as of January ___, 2004, between KOMAG, INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY"), and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as Trustee (the "TRUSTEE"). Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other party and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Company's __.___% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2024: ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE Section 1.1. Definitions. "AFFILIATE" of any specified person means any other person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified person. For the purposes of this definition, "control" when used with respect to any specified person means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing. "AGENT MEMBERS" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c). "APPLICABLE PROCEDURES" means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a Global Security or beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures of the Depositary for such Security, in each case to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time. "APPLICABLE SHARE PRICE" means the average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the five (5) Trading Day period starting the third Trading Day following the applicable conversion date of Securities. "APPLICABLE STOCK" means (a) the Common Stock and (b) in the event of a merger, consolidation or other similar transaction involving the Company that is otherwise permitted hereunder in which the Company is not the surviving corporation, the common stock of such surviving corporation or its direct or indirect parent corporation. "BANKRUPTCY LAW" means Title 11, United States Code, or any similar Federal or State law for the relief of debtors. "BID SOLICITATION AGENT" means U.S. Bank National Association, in its capacity under this Indenture as the agent, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, that solicits Securities to bid upon by securities dealers which such agent believes are willing to bid for such Securities, and any successor or successors. "BOARD OF DIRECTORS" means either the board of directors of the Company or any duly authorized committee of such board. "BOARD RESOLUTION" means a resolution of the Board of Directors. "BUSINESS DAY" means each day of the year other than a Saturday or a Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York, New York or San Jose, California are required or authorized by law, regulation or executive order to close. "CAPITAL STOCK" of any Person means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) corporate stock or other equity participations, including partnership interests, whether general or limited, of such Person. "CASH" means such coin or currency of the United States as at any time of payment is legal tender for the payment of public and private debts. "CERTIFICATED SECURITIES" means Securities that are in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A and that do not include the information called for by footnotes 1 and 2 thereof. "CLOSING SALE PRICE" of a share of Applicable Stock on any date means the closing per share sale price (or, if no closing sale price is reported, the average of the bid and ask prices or, if more than one in either case, the average of the average bid and the average ask prices) on such date as reported on the Nasdaq National Market or, if the shares of Applicable Stock are not listed on the Nasdaq National Market, as reported by a national securities exchange. If the Applicable Stock is not listed and not reported by the Nasdaq National Market and is not listed for trading on a national securities exchange on the relevant date, the "Closing Sale Price" shall be the last quoted bid for the Applicable Stock in the over-the-counter market on the relevant date as reported by the National Quotation Bureau or similar organization. If the Applicable Stock is not so quoted, the "Closing Sale Price" shall be the average of the midpoint of the last bid and ask prices for the Applicable Stock on the relevant date from each of at least three nationally recognized independent investment banking firms selected by us for this purpose. "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. "COMMON STOCK" means the common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company as that stock exists on the date of this Indenture and, subject to the provisions of Section 13.4, any shares of any class or classes of capital stock of the Company resulting from any reclassification or reclassifications thereof and which do not have any preference in respect of dividends or of amounts payable in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company and which are not subject to redemption by the Company; provided, however, that if at any time there shall be more than one such resulting class, the shares of each such class then so issuable on conversion of Securities shall be substantially in the proportion which the total number of shares of such class resulting from all such reclassifications bears to the total number of shares of all such classes resulting from all such reclassifications. "COMMON STOCK PRICE CONDITION" has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1(a). 2 "COMPANY" means the party named as the "Company" in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor replaces it pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture and, thereafter, means such successor. The foregoing sentence shall likewise apply to any subsequent successor or successors to such successors. "COMPANY REQUEST" or "COMPANY ORDER" means a written request or order signed in the name of the Company by any one Officer, who is the Chief Executive Officer, the Vice Chairman or the Chief Financial Officer. "CONVERSION AGENT" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3. "CONVERSION NOTICE" has the meaning set forth in Section 13.2(b). "CONVERSION PERIOD" means the period from and including the first Trading Day of any fiscal quarter of the Company (beginning with the quarter ending on July 4, 2004) up to, but not including, the first Trading Day of the immediately following fiscal quarter. "CONVERSION PRICE" means, at any time, $1,000 divided by the Conversion Rate in effect at such time, rounded to two decimal places (rounded up if the third decimal place thereof is 5 or more and otherwise rounded down). "CONVERSION RATE" means the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of each $1,000 principal amount of Securities, which is initially __.____ shares, subject to adjustments as set forth in this Indenture. "CONVERSION VALUE" means the product of the Closing Sale Price for a share of the Common Stock on a given day multiplied by the Conversion Rate then in effect. "CORPORATE TRUST OFFICE" means the corporate trust office of the Trustee at which at any time the trust created by this Indenture shall be administered, which office at the date hereof is located at 633 West Fifth Street, 24th Floor, LM-CA-T24T, Los Angeles, CA 90071, Attention: Corporate Trust Services, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee at which the trust created by this Indenture shall be administered (or such other address as a successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company). "CURRENT MARKET PRICE" has the meaning set forth in Section 13.3(h). "CUSTODIAN" means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law. "DEFAULT" means, when used with respect to the Securities, any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default. "DEPOSITARY" means, with respect to any Global Securities, a clearing agency that is registered as such under the Exchange Act and is designated by the Company to act as 3 Depositary for such Global Securities (or any successor securities clearing agency so registered), which shall initially be DTC. "DESIGNATED SENIOR DEBT" means the obligations of the Company under the Senior Indenture and any other Senior Debt in which the instrument creating or evidencing the same or any related agreements or documents to which the Company is a party expressly provides that such Senior Debt shall be "Designated Senior Debt" for purposes of this Indenture; provided that the instrument, agreement or other document may place limitations and conditions on the right of the Senior Debt to exercise the rights of Designated Senior Debt. "DESIGNATED SUBSIDIARY" means any existing or future, direct or indirect, Subsidiary of the Company whose assets constitute 10% or more of the total assets or total revenues of the Company on a consolidated basis. "DISTRIBUTED ASSETS" has the meaning set forth in Section 13.3(d). "DTC" means The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation. "EDGAR" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(b). "EVENT OF DEFAULT" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1. "EXCHANGE ACT" means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. "EX-DIVIDEND TIME" means, with respect to any issuance or distribution on Common Stock, the first Trading Day on which the Common Stock trades regular way on the principal securities market on which the Common Stock is then traded without the right to receive such issuance or distribution. "EXPIRATION TIME" has the meaning set forth in Section 13.3(g). "FAIR MARKET VALUE" has the meaning set forth in Section 13.3(h). "FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE" means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) any "person" or "group" (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a Person shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all shares that such Person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total outstanding Voting Stock of the Company, other than any acquisition of Voting Stock by the Company or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary; (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of the Company (together with any new directors whose election to such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or 4 nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of such Board of Directors then in office; (iii) the Company consolidates with or merges with or into any Person or conveys, transfers, sells or otherwise disposes of or leases all or substantially all of its assets to any Person, or any corporation consolidates with or merges into or with the Company, other than (A) any such transaction that does not result in any reclassification, conversion, exchange or cancellation of outstanding Capital Stock of the Company, (B) any such transaction pursuant to which holders of outstanding Voting Stock of the Company immediately prior to the transaction have the entitlement to exercise, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total voting power of all shares of Capital Stock entitled to vote generally in elections of directors of the continuing or surviving Person immediately after giving effect to such transaction, or (C) any merger, share exchange, transfer of assets or similar transaction solely for the purpose of changing the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Company and resulting in a reclassification, conversion or exchange of outstanding Voting Stock, if at all, solely into shares of Voting Stock of the surviving entity or a direct or indirect parent of the surviving corporation; (iv) the Company is liquidated or dissolved or adopts a plan of liquidation or dissolution other than in a transaction which complies with the provisions described under Article VII; or (v) the Company's Common Stock ceases to be quoted on the Nasdaq National Market and is not listed on an established national securities exchange or automated over-the-counter trading market in the United States. A "Fundamental Change" shall not be deemed to have occurred if either: (1) the last Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock for each of at least five Trading Days within: (A) the period of the ten consecutive Trading Days immediately after the later of the Fundamental Change or the public announcement of the Fundamental Change, in the case of a Fundamental Change resulting solely from a Fundamental Change in clause (i) of the definition of Fundamental Change; or (B) the period of the ten consecutive Trading Days immediately preceding the Fundamental Change, in the case of a Fundamental Change resulting from a Fundamental Change in clauses (ii), (iii) or (iv) of the definition of Fundamental Change; is at least equal to 105% of the Conversion Price in effect on each of such five Trading Days, with such calculation being made for each Trading Day (the "105% EXCEPTION"); or (2) in the case of a merger or consolidation, at least 90% of the consideration, excluding cash payments for fractional shares and cash payments made pursuant to dissenter's appraisal rights in each case in the merger or consolidation constituting the Fundamental Change, consists of shares of common stock, depositary receipts, ordinary shares or other certificates representing common equity interests traded on a United States national securities exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq National Market (or which shall be so traded or quoted when issued or exchanged in connection with such Fundamental Change) and as a result of such transaction or transactions the Securities 5 become convertible solely into such shares of common stock, depositary receipts, ordinary shares or other certificates representing common equity interests. "FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE PURCHASE DATE" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a). "FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE PURCHASE NOTICE" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(c). "FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE PURCHASE PRICE" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a). "GLOBAL SECURITIES" means Securities that are in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A and that include the information called for by footnotes 1 and 2 thereof and that are deposited with the Depositary or its custodian and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee. "HOLDER" means a person in whose name a Security is registered on the Registrar's books. "INDEBTEDNESS" means, with respect to any Person: (a) all of such Person's indebtedness, obligations and other liabilities, contingent or otherwise, (i) for borrowed money, including overdrafts, foreign exchange contracts, currency exchange agreements, interest rate protection agreements, and any loans or advances from banks, whether or not evidenced by notes or similar instruments, or (ii) evidenced by credit or loan agreements, bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, whether or not the recourse of the lender is to the whole of the assets of such Person or to only a portion thereof; (b) all of such Person's reimbursement obligations and other liabilities, contingent or otherwise, with respect to letters of credit, bank guarantees or bankers' acceptances; (c) all of such Person's obligations and other liabilities, contingent or otherwise, in respect of leases required, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, to be accounted for as capitalized lease obligations on such Person's balance sheet; (d) all of such Person's obligations and other liabilities, contingent or otherwise, under any lease or related document, including a purchase agreement, conditional sale or other title retention agreement, in connection with the lease of real property or improvements thereon (or any personal property included as part of any such lease) which provides that such Person is contractually obligated to purchase or cause a third party to purchase the leased property or pay an agreed upon residual value of the leased property, including any such obligations under such lease or related document to purchase or cause a third party to purchase such lease property or pay an agreed upon residual value of the leased property to the lessor; (e) all of such Person's obligations, contingent or otherwise, with respect to an interest rate or other swap, cap, floor or collar agreement or hedge agreement, forward 6 contract or other similar instrument or agreement or foreign currency hedge, exchange, purchase or similar instrument or agreement; (f) all of such Person's direct or indirect guarantees or similar agreements in respect of, and all obligations or liabilities to purchase or otherwise acquire or otherwise assure a creditor against loss in respect of, indebtedness, obligations or liabilities of another Person of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (e); and (g) any and all deferrals, renewals, extensions, refinancings and refundings of, or amendments, modifications or supplements to, any indebtedness, obligation or liability of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (f). The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be (i) the outstanding principal amount of all unconditional obligations described above, as such amount would be reflected on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and the maximum liability at such date of such Person for any contingent obligations described above, (ii) the accreted value thereof, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount, and (iii) the principal amount thereof, together with any interest thereon that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness. "INDENTURE" means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, including the provisions of the TIA that are explicitly incorporated in this Indenture by reference to the TIA. "INTEREST PAYMENT DATE" has the meaning set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto. "ISSUE DATE" of any Security means the date on which such Security was originally issued or deemed issued as set forth on the face of the Security. "LEGAL HOLIDAY" means any day other than a Business Day. "NON-ELECTING SHARE" has the meaning set forth Section 13.4. "OFFICER" means the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer, the Principal Accounting Officer, the Secretary, any Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Secretary of the Company. "OFFICER'S CERTIFICATE" means a written certificate containing the information specified in Section 14.4 and Section 14.5, signed in the name of the Company by any one Officer, who is the Chief Executive Officer, the Vice Chairman or the Chief Financial Officer, and delivered to the Trustee. An Officer's Certificate given pursuant to Section 6.3 shall be signed by the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer of the Company. "OPINION OF COUNSEL" means a written opinion containing the information specified in Section 14.4 and Section 14.5, from legal counsel. The counsel may be an employee of, or counsel to, the Company. 7 "PAYING AGENT" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3. "PAYMENT BLOCKAGE NOTICE" has the meaning set forth in Section 12.3(b). "PAYMENT BLOCKAGE PERIOD" has the meaning set forth in Section 12.3(b). "PAYMENT DEFAULT" has the meaning set forth in Section 12.3(a). "PERSON" or "PERSON" means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof (and for purposes of the definition of "Fundamental Change" shall also have the meaning set forth in such definition). "PRINCIPAL VALUE CONVERSION" has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1(a). "PRINCIPAL VALUE CONVERSION STOCK VALUATION" has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1(a). "PURCHASE DATE" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a). "PURCHASE NOTICE" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(c). "PURCHASE PRICE" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a). "RECORD DATE" has the meaning set forth in Section 13.3(h). "REDEMPTION DATE" means, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, the date fixed for redemption pursuant to this Indenture. "REDEMPTION PRICE" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1. "REFERENCE PERIOD" has the meaning set forth in Section 13.3(d). "REGISTRAR" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3. "REGISTER" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3. "REGULAR RECORD DATE" has the meaning set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto. "RESPONSIBLE OFFICER" means, when used with respect to the Trustee, the officer within the Corporate Trust Services department of the Trustee, having direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture. "RIGHTS PLAN" has the meaning set forth in Section 13.3(d). "SEC" means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. "SECURITIES" means any of the Company's __.___% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2024, as amended or supplemented from time to time, issued under this Indenture. 8 "SECURITIES ACT" means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended. "SENIOR DEBT" means the principal of, premium, if any interest, including any interest accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy or similar proceeding, whether or not a claim for post-petition interest is allowed as a claim in the proceeding, and rent payable on or in connection with, and all fees, costs, expenses and other amounts accrued or due on or in connection with, indebtedness of the Company whether secured or unsecured, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, outstanding on the date of this Indenture or thereafter created, incurred, assumed, guaranteed or in effect guaranteed by the Company, including all deferrals, renewals, extensions, or refundings of, or amendments, modifications or supplements to, the foregoing. "Senior Debt" does not include: (a) indebtedness that expressly provides that such indebtedness shall not be senior in right of a payment to the Securities or expressly provides that such indebtedness is on the same basis or junior to the Securities; and (b) any indebtedness to any Subsidiary, other than indebtedness to a Subsidiary arising by reason of guarantees by the Company of indebtedness of such Subsidiary to a Person that is not a Subsidiary. "SENIOR INDENTURE" means that certain Indenture dated as of June 30, 2002 between the Company and The Bank of New York as trustee, relating to Senior Secured Notes due 2007 of the Company. "SPECIAL RECORD DATE" has the meaning set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto. "SPIN-OFF" has the meaning set forth in Section 13.3(e). "STATED MATURITY", when used with respect to any Security, means February 1, 2024. "SUBSIDIARY" means any person of which at least a majority of the outstanding Voting Stock shall at the time directly or indirectly be owned or controlled by the Company or by one or more Subsidiaries or by the Company and one or more Subsidiaries. "TIA" means the United States Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in effect on the date of this Indenture, provided, however, that in the event the TIA is amended after such date, TIA means, to the extent required by any such amendment, the TIA as so amended. "TRADING DAY" means, with respect to any security: (a) if the applicable security is quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, a day on which trades may be made on the Nasdaq National Market; (b) if the applicable security is listed or admitted for trading on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange, a day on which such exchange is open for business; or (c) if the applicable security is not so quoted on the Nasdaq National Market and not so listed or admitted for trading on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange, a day on which the principal U.S. exchange or trading system on which the Securities are listed or traded is open for business. 9 "TRADING PRICE" on any date of determination means the average of the secondary market bid quotations per Security obtained by the Bid Solicitation Agent for $5,000,000 principal amount of the Securities at approximately 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on such determination date from two independent nationally recognized securities dealers selected by the Bid Solicitation Agent, which may include one or more underwriters; provided, that if at least two such bids cannot reasonably be obtained, but one such bid can reasonably be obtained by the Bid Solicitation Agent, then this one bid shall be used. If the Bid Solicitation Agent cannot reasonably obtain at least one bid for $5,000,000 principal amount of the Securities from a nationally recognized securities dealer, or in the Company's reasonable judgment, the bid quotations are not indicative of the secondary market value of the Securities, then the average Trading Price will be deemed to be less than 98% of the applicable Conversion Rate of the Securities multiplied by the sales price of the Common Stock on such determination date. The applicable sales price of the Common Stock shall mean the average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Company's Common Stock over the five Trading Day period starting on the third Trading Day following the conversion date of the Securities. Bids used to determine the Trading Price will be solicited by the Bid Solicitation Agent from securities dealers that the Company believes are willing to bid for the Securities. "TRADING PRICE CONDITION" has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1(a). "TRIGGER EVENT" has the meaning set forth in Section 13.3(d). "TRUSTEE" means the party named as the "Trustee" in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor replaces it pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture and, thereafter, shall mean such successor. The foregoing sentence shall likewise apply to any subsequent such successor or successors. "VOTING STOCK" of a person means any Capital Stock of such person of the class or classes pursuant to which the holders thereof have the general voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect at least a majority of the board of directors, managers or trustees of such person (irrespective of whether or not at the time Capital Stock of any other class or classes shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency). "WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY" means a Subsidiary of which all the Capital Stock is owned by the Company or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary. Section 1.2. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: "COMMISSION" means the SEC. "INDENTURE SECURITIES" means the Securities. "INDENTURE SECURITY HOLDER" means a Holder. 10 "INDENTURE TO BE QUALIFIED" means this Indenture. "INDENTURE TRUSTEE" or "INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE" means the Trustee. "OBLIGOR" on the indenture securities means the Company. All other TIA terms used but not defined in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions. Section 1.3. Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires: (a) a term has the meaning assigned to it; (b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States as in effect from time to time; (c) "or" is not exclusive; (d) "including" means including, without limitation; and (e) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular. Section 1.4. Acts of Holders. (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company, as described in Section 14.2. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the "act" of Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.4. (b) The fact and date of the execution by any person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to such officer the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than such signer's individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of such signer's authority, if it so states. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or 11 writing, or the authority of the person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient. (c) The principal amount and certificate number of any Security and the ownership of Securities shall be proved by the register maintained by the Registrar for the Securities. (d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other act of the Holder of any Security shall bind every future Holder of the same Security and the Holder of every Security issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Security. (e) If the Company shall solicit from the Holders any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other act, the Company may, at its option, by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other act, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so. If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other act may be given before or after such record date, but only the Holders of record at the close of business on such record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of outstanding Securities have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other act, and for that purpose the outstanding Securities shall be computed as of such record date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on such record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than six months after the record date. ARTICLE II THE SECURITIES Section 2.1. Form and Dating. (a) Form; Notations; Legends; Dating. The Securities and the Trustee's certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, which is a part of this Indenture. The Securities may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement required by usage is in a form acceptable to the Company). The Company shall provide any such notations, legends or endorsements to the Trustee in writing. Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication. (b) Initial Global Securities. All of the Securities shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Global Securities, which shall be deposited with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, as custodian for the Depositary and registered in the name of DTC or the nominee thereof, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter 12 provided. The aggregate principal amount of the Global Securities may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary as hereinafter provided. (c) Global Securities in General. Each Global Security shall represent such of the outstanding Securities as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall initially represent the aggregate amount of outstanding Securities stated thereon, but that the aggregate amount of outstanding Securities represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges, redemptions, purchases and conversions of such Securities. Any adjustment of the aggregate principal amount of a Global Security to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the amount of outstanding Securities represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.12 and shall be made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary. Neither any members of, or participants in, the Depositary (collectively, the "AGENT MEMBERS") nor any other persons on whose behalf Agent Members may act shall have any rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Security registered in the name of the Depositary or any nominee thereof, or under any such Global Security, and the Depositary or such nominee, as the case may be, may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner and holder of such Global Security for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained herein shall (A) prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or such nominee, as the case may be, or (B) impair, as between the Depositary, its Agent Members and any other person on whose behalf an Agent Member may act, the operation of customary practices of such Persons governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of any Security. (d) Certificated Securities. Certificated Securities shall be issued only under the limited circumstances provided in Section 2.12(a)(i). Section 2.2. Execution and Authentication. The Securities shall be executed on behalf of the Company by the Chairman of the Board, Vice Chairman, President, any Vice President or Chief Financial Officer. The signature of such officer on the Securities may be manual or facsimile. A Security bearing the manual or facsimile signature of an individual who was at the time of the execution of the Security an Officer shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such individual has ceased to hold such office(s) prior to the authentication and delivery of such Securities or did not hold such office(s) at the date of authentication of such Securities. No Security shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Security a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein duly executed by the Trustee by manual or facsimile signature of an authorized signatory, and such certificate upon any Security shall be conclusive 13 evidence, and the only evidence, that such Security has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. The Trustee shall authenticate and deliver the Securities for original issue in an aggregate principal amount of up to $80,500,000 upon one or more Company Orders (which shall include the matters required to be set forth in an Officer's Certificate pursuant to Section 14.4 and Section 14.5) without any further action by the Company (other than as contemplated below and in Section 14.4 and Section 14.5). The aggregate principal amount of the Securities due at the Stated Maturity thereof outstanding at any time may not exceed the amount set forth in the foregoing sentence except as provided in Section 2.7. In authenticating such Securities, and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Securities, the Trustee shall receive and shall be fully protected in relying upon: (a) a copy of the Board Resolution in or pursuant to which the terms and form of the Securities were established, the issuance and sale of the Securities was authorized, this Indenture was authorized and specified Officers were authorized to establish the form and determine the terms of the Securities and the form of this Indenture, to execute the Securities and this Indenture on behalf of the Company and to take any other necessary actions relating thereto and evidence of any actions taken by authorized Officers pursuant to that Board Resolution, certified by the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary or the General Counsel of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors or taken by any authorized Officer and to be in full force and effect as of the date of such certificate; and (b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. The Trustee shall act as the initial authenticating agent. Thereafter, the Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Securities. An authenticating agent may authenticate Securities whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. The Securities shall be issued only in registered form without coupons and only in denominations of $1,000 of principal amount and any integral multiple of $1,000. Section 2.3. Registrar, Paying Agent, Conversion Agent and Bid Solicitation Agent. Pursuant to Section 6.5, the Company shall at all times maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, New York City an office or agency where Securities may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange ("REGISTRAR"), an office or agency where Securities may be presented for redemption, purchase or payment ("PAYING AGENT"), an office or agency where Securities may be presented for conversion ("CONVERSION AGENT") and an office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities and this Indenture may be served, which shall initially be an office or agency of the Trustee. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Securities (the "REGISTER") and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may have one or more co-registrars, one or more additional paying agents, one or more additional conversion agents and one or more additional bid solicitation 14 agents. The term Paying Agent includes any additional paying agent, including any named pursuant to Section 6.5. The term Conversion Agent includes any additional conversion agent, including any named pursuant to Section 6.5. The term Bid Solicitation Agent includes any additional bid solicitation agent, including any named pursuant to Section 6.5. The Company hereby initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar, Paying Agent, Conversion Agent and Bid Solicitation Agent in connection with the Securities. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such agent if other than the Trustee. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar, Paying Agent, or Bid Solicitation Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 9.7. The Company or any Subsidiary or an Affiliate of either of them may act as Paying Agent, Registrar, Conversion Agent or co-registrar and, if the Company fails to maintain a Conversion Agent, the Company shall act as such. The Company may change the Bid Solicitation Agent at its discretion, but the Bid Solicitation Agent may not be the Company or an Affiliate of the Company. Section 2.4. Paying Agent to Hold Cash and Securities in Trust. Except as otherwise provided herein, prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on each due date of payments in respect of any Security, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent, cash (in immediately available funds if deposited on the due date) sufficient to make such payments when so becoming due. The Company shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all cash held by the Paying Agent for the making of payments in respect of the Securities and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. If the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of either of them acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all cash held by it to the Trustee, and to account for any funds disbursed by it, and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the written request to the Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to forthwith pay to the Trustee all cash so held in trust. Upon doing so, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the cash. Section 2.5. Holder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall cause to be furnished to the Trustee on or before each semiannual interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders. Section 2.6. Transfer and Exchange. (a) Subject to compliance with any applicable additional requirements contained in Section 2.12, when a Security is presented to the Registrar with a request to register a transfer thereof or to exchange such Security for an equal principal amount of Securities of 15 other authorized denominations, the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested; provided, however, that every Security presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by an assignment form in the form included in Exhibit A attached hereto duly executed by the Holder thereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing. To permit registration of transfers and exchanges, upon surrender of any Security for registration of transfer or exchange at an office or agency maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate Securities of a like aggregate principal amount at the Registrar's request. Any transfer or exchange shall be without charge, except that the Company or the Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to pay all taxes, assessments or other governmental charges that may be imposed in connection with the transfer or exchange of the Securities from the Holder requesting such transfer or exchange. Neither the Company, the Registrar nor the Trustee shall be required to exchange or register a transfer of (i) any Securities selected for redemption (except, in the case of Securities to be redeemed in part, the portion thereof not to be redeemed), (ii) any Securities in respect of which a Purchase Notice or a Fundamental Change Purchase Notice has been given and not withdrawn by the Holder thereof in accordance with the terms of this Indenture (except, in the case of Securities to be purchased in part, the portion thereof not to be purchased) or (iii) any Securities for a period of 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Securities to be redeemed. All Securities issued upon any transfer or exchange of Securities shall be valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Securities surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. (b) Any Registrar appointed pursuant to Section 2.3 shall provide to the Trustee such information as the Trustee may reasonably require in connection with the delivery by such Registrar of Securities upon transfer or exchange of Securities. (c) Each Holder of a Security agrees to indemnify the Company, the Registrar and the Trustee against any liability that may result from the transfer, exchange or assignment of such Holder's Security in violation of any provision of this Indenture and/or applicable United States federal or state securities law. Section 2.7. Replacement Securities. If (a) any mutilated Security is surrendered to the Company, the Registrar or the Trustee, or (b) the Company, the Registrar and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security, and there is delivered to the Company, the Registrar and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company, the Registrar or the Trustee that such Security has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and upon its written request the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for any such mutilated Security or in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Security, a new Security of like tenor and principal amount, bearing a certificate number not contemporaneously outstanding. 16 In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is about to become due and payable, or is about to be redeemed by the Company pursuant to Article III or purchased by the Company pursuant to Article IV or Article V, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay, redeem or purchase such Security, as the case may be. Upon the issuance of any new Securities under this Section 2.7, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee or the Registrar) connected therewith. Every new Security issued pursuant to this Section 2.7 in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities duly issued hereunder. The provisions of this Section 2.7 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities. Section 2.8. Outstanding Securities; Determinations of Holders' Action. Securities outstanding at any time are all the Securities authenticated by the Trustee, except for: (a) those cancelled by it, (b) those paid, redeemed or purchased pursuant to Section 2.7, (c) those delivered to it for cancellation, and (d) those described in this Section 2.8 as not outstanding. A Security does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate thereof holds the Security; provided, however, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Securities have given or concurred in any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver, or other act hereunder, Securities owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other act, only Securities which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Subject to the foregoing, only Securities outstanding at the time of such determination shall be considered in any such determination. 17 If a Security is replaced pursuant to Section 2.7, the replaced Security ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Security is held by a bona fide purchaser unaware that such Security has been replaced. If the Paying Agent holds, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on a Redemption Date, a Purchase Date, a Fundamental Change Purchase Date or Stated Maturity, as the case may be, cash sufficient to pay Securities payable on that date, then on such Redemption Date, Purchase Date, Fundamental Change Purchase Date or Stated Maturity, as the case may be, such Securities shall cease to be outstanding and interest on such Securities shall cease to accrue. If a Security is converted in accordance with Article XIII, then from and after the time of conversion on the date of conversion, such Security shall cease to be outstanding and interest on such Security shall cease to accrue. Section 2.9. Temporary Securities. Pending the preparation of definitive Securities, the Company may execute, and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Securities which are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Securities in lieu of which they are issued and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers executing such Securities may determine, as conclusively evidenced by their execution of such Securities. If temporary Securities are issued, the Company shall cause definitive Securities to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Securities, the temporary Securities shall be exchangeable for definitive Securities upon surrender of the temporary Securities at the office or agency of the Company designated for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3, without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Securities the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Securities of authorized denominations. Until so exchanged the temporary Securities shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities. Section 2.10. Cancellation. All Securities surrendered for payment, purchase by the Company pursuant to Article IV or Article V, conversion, redemption or registration of transfer or exchange shall, if surrendered to any person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee and shall be promptly cancelled by it. The Company may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Securities so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee. The Company may not issue new Securities to replace Securities it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or that any Holder has converted pursuant to Article XIII. No Securities shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Securities cancelled as provided in this Section 2.10, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. All cancelled 18 Securities held by the Trustee shall be disposed of by the Trustee in accordance with the Trustee's customary procedure. Section 2.11. Persons Deemed Owners. Prior to due presentment of a Security for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the person in whose name such Security is registered as the owner of such Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, Redemption Price, Purchase Price or Fundamental Change Purchase Price, and interest on, the Security, for the purpose of receiving Applicable Stock upon conversion and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary. Section 2.12. Additional Transfer and Exchange Requirements. (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Securities. (i) Certificated Securities shall be issued in exchange for interests in the Global Securities only if (x) the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the Global Securities or if it at any time ceases to be a "clearing agency" registered under the Exchange Act, if so required by applicable law or regulation and a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days, or (y) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a request from the Depositary requesting such exchange. In either case, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of a Company Order (which the Company agrees to deliver promptly), authenticate and deliver Certificated Securities in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Securities in exchange therefor. Certificated Securities issued in exchange for beneficial interests in Global Securities shall be registered in such names and shall be in such authorized denominations as the Depositary, pursuant to instructions from its Agent Members, shall instruct the Trustee. The Trustee shall deliver or cause to be delivered such Certificated Securities to the Persons in whose name such Securities are so registered. Such exchange shall be effected in accordance with the Applicable Procedures. (ii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture other than the provisions set forth in Section 2.12(a)(i), a Global Security may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. (b) Transfer and Exchange of Certificated Securities. In the event that Certificated Securities are issued in exchange for beneficial interests in Global Securities in accordance with Section 2.12(a)(i), and, on or after such event, Certificated Securities are presented by a Holder to the Registrar with a request: 19 (x) to register the transfer of the Certificated Securities to a person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of Certificated Securities only; or (y) to exchange such Certificated Securities for an equal principal amount of Certificated Securities of other authorized denominations, such Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested, provided that the Certificated Securities presented or surrendered for register of transfer or exchange have been duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in accordance with the proviso to the first paragraph of Section 2.6. (c) Transfers of Certificated Securities for Beneficial Interest in Global Securities. In the event that Certificated Securities are issued in exchange for beneficial interests in Global Securities and, thereafter, the events or conditions specified in Section 2.12(a)(i) which required such exchange shall cease to exist, the Company shall mail notice to the Trustee and to the Holders stating that Holders may exchange Certificated Securities or interests in Global Securities by complying with the procedures set forth in this Indenture and briefly describing such procedures and the events or circumstances requiring that such notice be given. Thereafter, if Certificated Securities are presented by a Holder to a Registrar with a request: (x) to register the transfer of such Certificated Securities to a person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Global Security, or (y) to exchange such Certificated Securities for an equal principal amount of beneficial interests in a Global Security, which beneficial interests shall be owned by the Holder transferring such Certificated Securities, the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested by canceling such Certificated Security and causing, or directing the Registrar to cause, the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Security to be increased accordingly and, if no such Global Security is then outstanding, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of a Company Order (which the Company agrees to deliver promptly) authenticate and deliver a new Global Security; provided that the Certificated Securities presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange has been duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in accordance with the proviso to the first paragraph of Section 2.6. (d) Transfers to the Company. Nothing contained in this Indenture or in the Securities shall prohibit the sale or other transfer of any Securities (including beneficial interests in Global Securities) to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, which Securities shall thereupon be cancelled in accordance with Section 2.10. Section 2.13. CUSIP Numbers. The Company may issue the Securities with one or more "CUSIP" numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use "CUSIP" numbers in notices of redemption or purchase as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of a redemption or purchase and that reliance may be 20 placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities, and any such redemption or purchase shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers. ARTICLE III REDEMPTION Section 3.1. The Company's Right to Redeem; Notice to Trustee. Prior to February 6, 2007, the Securities shall not be redeemable at the Company's option. On or after February 6, 2007, the Company may on any one or more occasions, at its option, redeem the Securities for cash in whole or in part, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the applicable redemption date (collectively, the "REDEMPTION PRICE"):
Date Percentage ---- ---------- February 6, 2007 to January 31, 2008 10__.__% February 1, 2008 to January 31, 2009 10__.__% February 1, 2009 to January 31, 2010 10__.__% February 1, 2010 to January 31, 2011 10__.__% February 1, 2011 and thereafter 100.00%
In the event that the Company elects to redeem the Securities on a date that is after any Regular Record Date but on or before the corresponding Interest Payment Date, the Company shall be required to pay accrued and unpaid interest to the holder of the redeemed Security and not the Holder on the corresponding Regular Record Date. If the Company elects to redeem Securities, it shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date, the principal amount of Securities to be redeemed and the Redemption Price. The Company shall give this notice to the Trustee by a Company Order (if requested by the Trustee) at least 5 Business Days prior to the date that the Company (or the Trustee if requested by Company) distributes the redemption notice to the Holders (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee). Section 3.2. Selection of Securities to Be Redeemed. If fewer than all of the outstanding Securities are to be redeemed, unless the procedures of the Depositary provide otherwise, the Trustee shall select the Securities to be redeemed by lot or on a pro rata basis or by another method the Trustee considers fair and appropriate. The Trustee shall make the selection within three Business Days after it receives the notice provided for in Section 3.1 from outstanding Securities not previously called for redemption. Securities and portions of Securities that the Trustee selects shall be in principal amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to 21 Securities called for redemption also apply to portions of Securities called for redemption. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of the Securities or portions of the Securities to be redeemed. Securities and portions of Securities that are to be redeemed are convertible by the Holder until 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the second Business Day immediately preceding the Redemption Date. If any Security selected for partial redemption is converted in part before termination of the conversion right with respect to the portion of the Security so selected, the converted portion of such Security shall be deemed (so far as may be) to be the portion selected for redemption. Securities which have been converted during a selection of Securities to be redeemed may be treated by the Trustee as outstanding for the purpose of such selection. Section 3.3. Notice of Redemption. At least 20 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, the Company shall mail a notice of redemption by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed. The notice of redemption shall identify the Securities to be redeemed and shall state: (a) the Redemption Date; (b) the Redemption Price; (c) the Conversion Rate and any adjustments thereto; (d) the name and address of the Paying Agent and Conversion Agent; (e) that Securities called for redemption may be converted at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the second Business Day preceding the Redemption Date; (f) that Holders who want to convert their Securities must satisfy the requirements set forth in Article XIII; (g) that Securities called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price; (h) if fewer than all of the outstanding Securities are to be redeemed, the certificate numbers, if any, and principal amounts of the particular Securities to be redeemed; (i) that, unless the Company defaults in making payment of such Redemption Price, interest on Securities called for redemption shall cease to accrue on and after the Redemption Date; (j) the CUSIP number(s) of the Securities; and (k) any other information the Company wants to present. 22 At the Company's request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company's name and at the Company's expense; provided, however, that the Company makes such request at least five Business Days (unless a shorter period shall be satisfactory to the Trustee) prior to the date by which such notice of redemption is to be given to Holders in accordance with this Section 3.3; provided, further, that the text of the notice of redemption shall be prepared by the Company. Section 3.4. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is given, Securities called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the Redemption Price, except for Securities which are converted in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Securities shall be paid at the Redemption Price. Section 3.5. Deposit of Redemption Price. Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the applicable Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or if the Company or a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of either of them is acting as the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 2.4) an amount of cash (in immediately available funds if deposited on the Redemption Date) sufficient to pay the aggregate Redemption Price of all Securities or portions thereof which are to be redeemed as of such Redemption Date other than Securities or portions of Securities called for redemption which on or prior thereto have been delivered by the Company to the Trustee for cancellation or have been converted. If the Paying Agent holds, in accordance with the terms hereof, at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the applicable Redemption Date, cash sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of any Securities for which notice of redemption is given (other than Securities or portions of Securities which on or prior to such Redemption Date have been delivered by the Company to the Trustee for cancellation or have been converted), then, on such Redemption Date, such Securities shall cease to be outstanding and interest on such Securities shall cease to accrue, whether or not such Securities are delivered to the Paying Agent, and the rights of the Holders in respect thereof shall terminate (other than the right to receive the Redemption Price upon delivery of such Securities). Section 3.6. Securities Redeemed in Part. Any Certificated Security which is to be redeemed only in part shall be surrendered at the office of the Paying Agent and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security, without charge, a new Security or Securities, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder in aggregate principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the Security surrendered. Section 3.7. Repayment to the Company. To the extent that the aggregate amount of cash deposited by the Company pursuant to Section 3.5 exceeds the aggregate Redemption Price of the Securities or portions 23 thereof which the Company is redeeming as of the Redemption Date, then, promptly after the Redemption Date, the Paying Agent shall return any such excess to the Company. Section 3.8. No Sinking Fund. The Securities shall not have a sinking fund. ARTICLE IV PURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS ON SPECIFIC DATES Section 4.1. Optional Put. (a) Each Holder shall have the right, at the Holder's option, but subject to the provisions of this Section 4.1, to require the Company to purchase, and upon the exercise of such right, the Company shall purchase, all of such Holder's Securities not theretofore called for redemption, or any portion thereof that is equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, as directed by such Holder pursuant to this Section 4.1, on each of February 1, 2011, February 1, 2014 and February 1, 2019 (each a "PURCHASE DATE"). The Company shall be required to purchase such Securities at a purchase price in cash equal to the principal amount thereof plus any accrued and unpaid cash interest to, but excluding, the Purchase Date (the "PURCHASE PRICE"). In the event that a Purchase Date is a date that is after any Regular Record Date but on or before the corresponding Interest Payment Date, the Company shall be required to pay accrued and unpaid interest to the holder of the repurchased Security and not the Holder on the Regular Record Date. (b) No later than 20 Business Days prior to each Purchase Date, the Company shall mail a written notice of the purchase right by first class mail to the Trustee (and the Paying Agent if the Trustee is not then acting as a Paying Agent) and to each Holder at its address shown in the Security Register of the Registrar, and to beneficial owners as required by applicable law. The notice shall include a form of Purchase Notice to be completed by the Holder and shall briefly state, as applicable: (i) the date by which the Purchase Notice must be delivered to the Paying Agent in order for a Holder to exercise the purchase right pursuant to this Article XIII; (ii) the Purchase Date; (iii) the Purchase Price; (iv) the name and address of the Paying Agent and the Conversion Agent; (v) the conversion rights of the Securities, if any, the Conversion Rate and any adjustments thereto, and that the Holder must satisfy the requirements set forth in the Indenture in order to convert the Securities; 24 (vi) that the Securities as to which a Purchase Notice has been given may be converted into Common Stock if they are otherwise convertible pursuant to Article XIII of this Indenture only if the Purchase Notice has been withdrawn in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; (vii) that the Securities must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect payment; (viii) that the Purchase Price for any Security as to which a Purchase Notice has been duly given and not withdrawn shall be paid promptly following the later of the Purchase Date and the time of surrender of such Security as described in Section 4.1(b)(vii); (ix) the procedures the Holder must follow to exercise its rights under this Section 4.1 and a brief description of such rights; (x) the procedures for withdrawing a Purchase Notice, including a form of notice of withdrawal; (xi) that, unless the Company defaults in making payment of such Purchase Price, interest on Securities surrendered for purchase by the Company shall cease to accrue on and after the Purchase Date; and (xii) the CUSIP number(s) of the Securities. At the Company's request, the Trustee shall give the notice of purchase right in the Company's name and at the Company's expense; provided, however, that the Company makes such request at least five Business Days (unless a shorter period shall be satisfactory to the Trustee) prior to the date by which such notice of purchase right must be given to the Holders in accordance with this Section 4.1(b); provided, further, that the text of the notice of purchase right shall be prepared by the Company. If any of the Securities is in the form of a Global Security, then the Company shall modify such notice to the extent necessary to accord with the procedures of the Depositary applicable to the purchase of Global Securities. Simultaneously with delivering the written notice pursuant to this Section 4.1(b), the Company shall publicly announce the occurrence of the Fundamental Change, including a statement to the effect that Holders of Securities have a repurchase right as a result thereof, and shall publish a notice containing all information specified in the written notice provided to Holders pursuant to this Section 4.1(b) in a newspaper of general circulation in New York, New York, or publish such information on the Company's website, or through such other public medium that the Company may use at such time. (c) A Holder may exercise its rights specified in clause (a) of this Section 4.1 upon delivery of a written notice (which shall be in substantially the form included on the reverse side of the Securities entitled "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" hereto and which may be delivered by letter, overnight courier, hand delivery, facsimile transmission or in any other 25 written form and, in the case of Global Securities, may be delivered electronically or by other means in accordance with the Depositary's customary procedures) of the exercise of such rights (a "PURCHASE NOTICE") to the Paying Agent at any time from the opening of business on the date that is 20 Business Days prior to the relevant Purchase Date until the close of business on the fifth Business Day prior to such Purchase Date. The Purchase Notice delivered by a Holder shall state (i) the relevant Purchase Date, (ii) if certificated Securities, the certificate number or numbers of the Security or Securities which the Holder shall deliver to be purchased (if not certificated, the notice must comply with Applicable Procedures), (iii) the principal amount of the Security which the Holder shall deliver to be purchased, which portion must be $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, and (iv) that such Security shall be purchased pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the Securities and this Indenture. Delivery of a Security to the Paying Agent by book-entry transfer or physical delivery prior to, on or after the applicable Purchase Date (together with all necessary endorsements) at the offices of the Paying Agent is a condition to receipt by the Holder of the Purchase Price therefor; provided, however, that such Purchase Price shall be so paid pursuant to this Section 4.1 only if the Security so delivered to the Paying Agent shall conform in all respects to the description thereof in the related Purchase Notice, as determined by the Company. The Company shall purchase from the Holder thereof, pursuant to this Section 4.1, a portion of a Security if such portion is $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to the purchase of all of a Security pursuant to Section 4.1 through Section 4.7 also apply to the purchase of such portion of such Security. The Paying Agent shall promptly notify the Company of the receipt by it of any Purchase Notice or written withdrawal thereof. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in the case of Global Securities, any Purchase Notice may be delivered or withdrawn and such Securities may be surrendered or delivered for purchase in accordance with the Applicable Procedures as in effect from time to time. Section 4.2. Effect of Purchase Notice; Withdrawal of Purchase Notice. (a) Upon receipt by the Paying Agent of the Purchase Notice specified in Section 4.1(c), the Holder of the Security in respect of which such Purchase Notice was given shall (unless such Purchase Notice is withdrawn as specified in the following paragraph) thereafter be entitled to receive solely the Purchase Price with respect to such Security. Such Purchase Price shall be paid to such Holder, subject to receipt of cash by the Paying Agent, promptly following the later of (i) the Purchase Date with respect to such Security (provided the conditions in Section 4.1(c) have been satisfied) and (ii) the time of book-entry transfer or delivery of such Security to the Paying Agent by the Holder thereof in the manner required by Section 4.1(c). Securities in respect of which a Purchase Notice has been given by the Holder thereof may not be converted pursuant to Article XIII on or after the date of the delivery of such 26 Purchase Notice unless such Purchase Notice has first been validly withdrawn as specified in the following paragraph. (b) A Purchase Notice may be withdrawn in whole or in part by means of a written notice (which may be delivered by letter, overnight courier, hand delivery, facsimile transmission or in any other written form and, in the case of Global Securities, may be delivered electronically or by other means in accordance with the Depositary's customary procedures) of withdrawal delivered by the Holder to the Paying Agent at any time prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Purchase Date, specifying (a) the principal amount of the Security or portion thereof (which must be $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) with respect to which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted, (b) if certificated Securities have been issued, the certificate numbers of the withdrawn Securities, or if not certificated, such notice must comply with Applicable Procedures, and (c) the principal amount of the Security, if any, which remains subject to the Purchase Notice. Section 4.3. Deposit of Purchase Price. Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the applicable Purchase Date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or if the Company or a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of either of them is acting as the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 2.4) an amount of cash (in immediately available funds if deposited on such Business Day) sufficient to pay the aggregate Purchase Price of all the Securities or portions thereof which are to be purchased as of such Purchase Date. If the Paying Agent holds, in accordance with the terms hereof, at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the applicable Purchase Date, cash sufficient to pay the Purchase Price of any Securities for which a Purchase Notice has been tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to Section 4.2(b), then, on such Purchase Date, such Securities shall cease to be outstanding and interest on such Securities shall cease to accrue, whether or not such Securities are delivered to the Paying Agent, and the rights of the Holders in respect thereof shall terminate (other than the right to receive the Purchase Price upon delivery or transfer of such Securities). Section 4.4. Securities Purchased in Part. Any Certificated Security which is to be purchased only in part shall be surrendered at the office of the Paying Agent (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing) and promptly after the applicable Purchase Date the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security, without charge, a new Security or Securities, of any authorized denomination or denominations as may be requested by such Holder, in aggregate principal amount equal to, and in exchange for, the portion of the Security so surrendered that is not purchased. Section 4.5. Covenant to Comply With Securities Laws Upon Purchase of Securities. When complying with the provisions of Section 4.1 hereof (provided that such offer or purchase constitutes an "issuer tender offer" for purposes of Rule 13e-4 (which term, as 27 used herein, includes any successor provision thereto) under the Exchange Act at the time of such offer or purchase), and subject to any exemptions available under applicable law, the Company shall if required by applicable law: (a) comply with Rule 13e-4 and Rule 14e-1 (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act; (b) file the related Schedule TO (or any successor schedule, form or report) under the Exchange Act; and (c) otherwise comply with all Federal and state securities laws so as to permit the rights and obligations under this Article IV to be exercised in the time and in the manner specified therein. Section 4.6. Repayment to the Company. To the extent that the aggregate amount of cash deposited by the Company pursuant to Section 4.3 exceeds the aggregate Purchase Price of the Securities or portions thereof which the Company is obligated to purchase as of the applicable Purchase Date, then, promptly after such Purchase Date, the Paying Agent shall return any such excess to the Company. Section 4.7. No Purchase Upon Event of Default. There shall be no purchase of any Securities pursuant to this Article IV if there has occurred (prior to, on or after, as the case may be, the giving by each of the Holders of such Securities of the required Purchase Notice but, in any event, prior to the applicable Purchase Date) and is continuing, as of such Purchase Date, an Event of Default (other than a default in the payment of the Purchase Price with respect to such Securities). The Paying Agent shall promptly return to the respective Holders thereof any Securities (a) with respect to which a Purchase Notice has been delivered in compliance with this Indenture, or (b) held by it during the continuance of an Event of Default (other than a default in the payment of the Purchase Price with respect to such Securities), in which case, upon such return, the Purchase Notice with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been withdrawn. ARTICLE V PURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS UPON A FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE Section 5.1. Fundamental Change Put. (a) In the event that a Fundamental Change shall occur, each Holder shall have the right, at the Holder's option, but subject to the provisions of this Section 5.1, to require the Company to purchase, and upon the exercise of such right, the Company shall purchase, all of such Holder's Securities not theretofore called for redemption or purchased pursuant to Article V, or any portion of the principal amount thereof that is equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, as directed by such Holder pursuant to this Section 5.1, on the date designated by the Company that is a Business Day no later than 35 Business Days after the date of notice 28 pursuant to Section 5.1(b) of the occurrence of a Fundamental Change (subject to extension to comply with applicable law) (the "FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE PURCHASE DATE"). The Company shall be required to purchase such Securities at a purchase price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus any accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Fundamental Change Purchase Date (the "FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE PURCHASE PRICE"). In the event that a Fundamental Change Purchase Date is a date that is after any Regular Record Date but on or before the corresponding Interest Payment Date, the Company shall be required to pay accrued and unpaid interest to the holder of the purchased Security and not the Holder on the Regular Record Date. (b) No later than 20 calendar days after the occurrence of a Fundamental Change, the Company shall mail a written notice of the Fundamental Change by first class mail to the Trustee (and the Paying Agent if the Trustee is not then acting as Paying Agent) and to each Holder at its address shown in the Security Register of the Registrar, and to beneficial owners as required by applicable law. The notice shall include a form of Fundamental Change Purchase Notice to be completed by the Holder and shall briefly state, as applicable: (i) the date of such Fundamental Change and, briefly, the events causing such Fundamental Change; (ii) the date by which the Fundamental Change Purchase Notice must be delivered to the Paying Agent in order for a Holder to exercise the purchase right pursuant to this Section 5.1; (iii) the Fundamental Change Purchase Date; (iv) the Fundamental Change Purchase Price; (v) the name and address of the Paying Agent and Conversion Agent; (vi) the conversion rights of the Securities, if any, the Conversion Rate and any adjustments thereto, and that the Holder must satisfy the requirements set forth in the Indenture in order to convert the Securities; (vii) that the Securities as to which a Fundamental Change Purchase Notice has been given may be converted into Common Stock if they are otherwise convertible pursuant to Article XIII of this Indenture only if the Fundamental Change Purchase Notice has been withdrawn in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; (viii) that the Securities must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect payment; (ix) that the Fundamental Change Purchase Price for any Security as to which a Fundamental Change Purchase Notice has been duly given and not withdrawn shall be paid promptly following the later of the Fundamental Change Purchase Date and the time of surrender of such Security as described in Section 5.1(b)(viii); (x) the procedures the Holder must follow to exercise rights under this Section 5.1 and a brief description of such rights; 29 (xi) the procedures for withdrawing a Fundamental Change Purchase Notice, including a form of notice of withdrawal; (xii) that, unless the Company defaults in making payment of such Fundamental Change Purchase Price, interest on Securities surrendered for purchase by the Company shall cease to accrue on and after the Fundamental Change Purchase Date; and (xiii) the CUSIP number(s) of the Securities. At the Company's request, the Trustee shall give the notice of purchase right in the Company's name and at the Company's expense; provided, however, that the Company makes such request at least five Business Days (unless a shorter period shall be satisfactory to the Trustee) prior to the date by which such notice of purchase right must be given to the Holders in accordance with this Section 5.1(b); provided, further, that the text of the notice of purchase right shall be prepared by the Company. If any of the Securities is in the form of a Global Security, then the Company shall modify such notice to the extent necessary to accord with the procedures of the Depositary applicable to the purchase of Global Securities. Simultaneously with delivering the written notice pursuant to this Section 5.1(b), the Company shall publish a notice containing all information specified in such written notice in a newspaper of general circulation in New York, New York or publish such information on the Company's website, or through such other public medium as the Company may use at that time. (c) A Holder may exercise its rights specified in clause (a) of this Section 5.1 upon delivery of a written notice (which shall be in substantially the form included on the reverse side of the Securities entitled "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" hereto and which may be delivered by letter, overnight courier, hand delivery, facsimile transmission or in any other written form and, in the case of Global Securities, may be delivered electronically or by other means in accordance with the Depositary's customary procedures) of the exercise of such rights (a "FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE PURCHASE NOTICE") to the Paying Agent at any time on or before the 30th Business Day after the date of the Company's notice of the Fundamental Change (subject to extension to comply with applicable law). The Fundamental Change Purchase Notice delivered by a Holder shall state (i) if certificated Securities, the certificate number or numbers of the Security or Securities which the Holder shall deliver to be purchased (if not certificated, the notice must comply with Applicable Procedures), (ii) the portion of the Security which the Holder shall deliver to be purchased, which portion must be $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, and (iii) that such Security shall be purchased pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the Securities and this Indenture. Delivery of a Security to the Paying Agent by book-entry transfer or physical delivery prior to, on or after the Fundamental Change Purchase Date (together with all necessary endorsements) at the offices of the Paying Agent is a condition to receipt by the Holder of the Fundamental Change Purchase Price therefor; provided, however, that such Fundamental Change Purchase Price shall be so paid pursuant to this Section 5.1 only if the Security so delivered to 30 the Paying Agent shall conform in all respects to the description thereof in the related Fundamental Change Purchase Notice, as determined by the Company. The Company shall purchase from the Holder thereof, pursuant to this Section 5.1, a portion of a Security if the principal amount of such portion is $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. Provisions of the Indenture that apply to the purchase of all of a Security pursuant to Section 5.1 through Section 5.6 also apply to the purchase of such portion of such Security. A Paying Agent shall promptly notify the Company of the receipt by it of any Fundamental Change Purchase Notice or written withdrawal thereof. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in the case of Global Securities, any Fundamental Change Purchase Notice may be delivered or withdrawn and such Securities may be surrendered or delivered for purchase in accordance with the Applicable Procedures as in effect from time to time. Section 5.2. Effect of Fundamental Change Purchase Notice; Withdrawal. (a) Upon receipt by the Paying Agent of the Fundamental Change Purchase Notice specified in Section 5.1(c), the Holder of the Security in respect of which such Fundamental Change Purchase Notice was given shall (unless such Fundamental Change Purchase Notice is withdrawn as specified in the following paragraph) thereafter be entitled to receive the Fundamental Change Purchase Price with respect to such Security. Such Fundamental Change Purchase Price shall be paid to such Holder, subject to receipt of cash by the Paying Agent, promptly following the later of (i) the Fundamental Change Purchase Date with respect to such Security (provided the conditions in Section 5.1(c) have been satisfied) and (ii) the time of book-entry transfer or delivery of such Security to the Paying Agent by the Holder thereof in the manner required by Section 5.1(c). Securities in respect of which a Fundamental Change Purchase Notice has been given by the Holder thereof may not be converted pursuant to Article XIII on or after the date of the delivery of such Fundamental Change Purchase Notice unless such Fundamental Change Purchase Notice has first been validly withdrawn as specified in the following paragraph. (b) A Fundamental Change Purchase Notice may be withdrawn by means of a written notice (which may be delivered by letter, overnight courier, hand delivery, facsimile transmission or in any other written form and, in the case of Global Securities, may be delivered electronically or by other means in accordance with Applicable Procedures) of withdrawal delivered by the Holder to the Paying Agent at any time prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Purchase Date, specifying (i) the principal amount of the Security or portion thereof (which must be $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) with respect to which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted, (ii) if certificated Securities have been issued, the certificate numbers of the withdrawn Securities, or if not certificated, such notice must comply with Applicable Procedures, and (iii) the principal amount, if any, which remains subject to the Fundamental Change Purchase Notice. 31 Section 5.3. Deposit of Fundamental Change Purchase Price. Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the applicable Fundamental Change Purchase Date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or if the Company or a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of either of them is acting as the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 2.4) an amount of cash (in immediately available funds if deposited on such Business Day) sufficient to pay the aggregate Fundamental Change Purchase Price of all the Securities or portions thereof which are to be purchased as of such Fundamental Change Purchase Date. If the Paying Agent holds, in accordance with the terms hereof, at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the applicable Fundamental Change Purchase Date, cash sufficient to pay the Fundamental Change Purchase Price of any Securities for which a Fundamental Change Purchase Notice has been tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to Section 5.2(b), then, on such Fundamental Change Purchase Date, such Securities shall cease to be outstanding and interest on such Securities shall cease to accrue, whether or not book-entry transfer of the Securities is made and whether or not such Securities are delivered to the Paying Agent, and the rights of the Holders in respect thereof shall terminate (other than the right to receive the Fundamental Change Purchase Price and upon delivery of such Securities). Section 5.4. Securities Purchased in Part. Any Certificated Security that is to be purchased only in part shall be surrendered at the office of the Paying Agent (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing) and promptly after the Fundamental Change Purchase Date the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security, without charge, a new Security or Securities, of any authorized denomination or denominations as may be requested by such Holder, in aggregate principal amount equal to, and in exchange for, the portion of principal amount of the Security so surrendered that is not purchased. Section 5.5. Covenant to Comply With Securities Laws Upon Purchase of Securities. When complying with the provisions of Section 5.1 hereof (provided that such offer or purchase constitutes an "issuer tender offer" for purposes of Rule 13e-4 (which term, as used herein, includes any successor provision thereto) under the Exchange Act at the time of such offer or purchase), and subject to any exemptions available under applicable law, the Company shall if required by applicable law: (a) comply with Rule 13e-4 and Rule 14e-1 (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act; (b) file the related Schedule TO (or any successor schedule, form or report) under the Exchange Act; and 32 (c) otherwise comply with all Federal and state securities laws so as to permit the rights and obligations under this Article V to be exercised in the time and in the manner specified therein. Section 5.6. Repayment to the Company. To the extent that the aggregate amount of cash deposited by the Company pursuant to Section 5.3 exceeds the aggregate Fundamental Change Purchase Price of the Securities or portions thereof which the Company is obligated to purchase as of the Fundamental Change Purchase Date then, promptly after the Fundamental Change Purchase Date, the Paying Agent shall return any such excess to the Company. Section 5.7. Consolidation, Merger, etc. In the case of any consolidation, conveyance, sale, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to which Section 13.4 applies, in which the Common Stock of the Company is changed or exchanged as a result into the right to receive shares of stock and other securities or property or assets (including cash) which includes shares of Common Stock of the Company or common stock of another Person that are, or upon issuance will be, traded on a United States national securities exchange or approved for trading on an established automated over-the-counter trading market in the United States and such shares constitute at the time such change or exchange becomes effective in excess of 50% of the aggregate fair market value of such shares of stock and other securities, property and assets (including cash) (as determined by the Company, which determination shall be conclusive and binding), then the Person formed by such consolidation or resulting from such merger or combination or which acquires the properties or assets (including cash) of the Company, as the case may be, shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture (which shall comply with the Trust Indenture Act as in force at the date of execution of such supplemental indenture) modifying the provisions of this Indenture relating to the right of Holders to cause the Company to repurchase the Securities following a Fundamental Change, including without limitation the applicable provisions of this Article V and the definitions of the Common Stock and Fundamental Change, as appropriate, and such other related definitions set forth herein as determined in good faith by the Company (which determination shall be conclusive and binding), to make such provisions apply in the event of a subsequent Fundamental Change to the common stock and the issuer thereof if different from the Company and Common Stock of the Company (in lieu of the Company and the Common Stock of the Company). ARTICLE VI COVENANTS Section 6.1. Payment of Securities. The Company shall promptly make all payments in respect of the Securities on the dates and in the manner provided in the Securities or pursuant to this Indenture. The principal amount, Redemption Price, Purchase Price and Fundamental Change Purchase Price and accrued and unpaid interest shall be considered paid on the applicable date due if by 10:00 33 a.m., New York City time, on such date the Paying Agent holds, in accordance with this Indenture, cash or securities, if permitted hereunder, sufficient to pay all such amounts then due. The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, pay interest on overdue principal (whether at stated maturity or otherwise) and overdue installments of interest at the rate borne by the Securities per annum. Payment of the principal of and interest on the Securities shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts or in Applicable Stock, as the case may be. Subject to Section 3.1, Section 4.1 and Section 5.1, the Company shall pay interest on the Securities to the Person in whose name the Securities are registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date next preceding the corresponding Interest Payment Date. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and may be paid (a) to the Person in whose name the Securities are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such defaulted interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to the Holders not less than 10 calendar days prior to such Special Record Date or (b) at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange or quotation system on which the Securities may be listed or quoted, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange or trading market. The Holder must surrender the Securities to the Paying Agent to collect payment of principal. Payment of interest on Certificated Securities shall be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address appears in the Register, and payment of interest on Certificated Securities in aggregate principal amount in excess of $5,000,000 shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds at the election of such Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the Securities are registered in the name of a Depositary or its nominee, all payments with respect to the Securities shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Depositary or its nominee. Section 6.2. SEC and Other Reports to the Trustee. (a) The Company shall ensure delivery to the Trustee within 15 calendar days after it files such annual and quarterly reports, information, documents and other reports with the SEC, copies of its annual report and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may by rules and regulations prescribe) which the Company is required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act in accordance with TIA Section 314(a). In the event the Company is at any time no longer subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, it shall continue to provide the Trustee with reports containing substantially the same information as would have been required to be filed with the SEC had the Company continued to have been subject to such reporting requirements. In such event, such reports shall be provided at the times the Company would have been required to provide reports had it continued to have been subject to such reporting requirements. The Company also shall comply with the other provisions of TIA Section 314(a). Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee's receipt of such shall not constitute constructive 34 notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company's compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely conclusively on Officer's Certificates). The Trustee shall have no duty or responsibility to review such reports, information or documents. (b) The Company intends to file the reports referred to in paragraph (a) above in this Section 6.2 hereof with the SEC in electronic form pursuant to Regulation S-T of the SEC using the SEC's Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval ("EDGAR") system. The Company shall notify the Trustee in the manner prescribed herein of each such filing. The Trustee is hereby authorized and directed to access the EDGAR system for purposes of retrieving the reports so filed. Compliance with the foregoing shall constitute delivery by the Company of such reports to the Trustee in compliance with the provisions of TIA Section 314(a). The Trustee shall have no duty to search for or obtain any electronic or other filings that the Company makes with the SEC, regardless of whether such filings are periodic, supplemental or otherwise. Delivery of the reports, information and documents to the Trustee pursuant to this Section 6.2(b) shall be solely for the purposes of compliance with this Section 6.2(b) and with TIA Section 314(a). The Trustee's receipt of such reports, information and documents shall not constitute notice to it of the consent thereof or of any matter determinable from the content thereof, including the Company's compliance with any of its covenants hereunder, as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely upon Officer's Certificates. Section 6.3. Compliance Certificate. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 calendar days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (beginning with the fiscal year ending January 2, 2005) an Officer's Certificate, stating whether or not to the knowledge of the signers thereof, the Company is in Default in the performance and observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture and if the Company shall be in Default, specifying all such Defaults and the nature and status thereof of which they may have knowledge. Section 6.4. Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the Trustee, or as otherwise necessary, the Company shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purposes of this Indenture. Section 6.5. Maintenance of Office or Agency of the Trustee, Registrar, Paying Agent and Conversion Agent. The Company shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, New York, New York, an office or agency of the Trustee, Registrar, Paying Agent and Conversion Agent where Securities may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Securities may be surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, redemption, purchase or conversion and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities and this Indenture may be served. The office of U.S. Bank Trust National Association, an Affiliate of the Trustee with an office at 100 Wall Street, Suite 1600, EX-NY-WALL, New York, New York 10005 (Attention: Corporate Trust Services), shall initially be such office or agency for all of the aforesaid purposes. The 35 Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and of any change in the location, of any such office or agency (other than a change in the location of the office of the Trustee). If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the address of the Trustee set forth in Section 14.2. The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Securities may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, New York, New York, for such purposes. Section 6.6. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws. The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury or other law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which would prohibit or forgive the Company from paying all or any portion of the principal amount, Redemption Price, Purchase Price or Fundamental Change Purchase Price in respect of Securities, or any interest on such amounts, as contemplated herein, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. Section 6.7. Statement by Officers as to Default. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, promptly and in any event within five days after an officer or corporate controller of the Company knows or has reason to know of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, an Officer's Certificate setting forth the details of such Default or Event of Default and the action which the Company proposes to take with respect thereto. ARTICLE VII SUCCESSOR CORPORATION Section 7.1. When Company May Merge or Transfer Assets. The Company shall not consolidate with or merge with or into any other person or convey, transfer, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any person, unless: (a) either (i) the Company shall be the continuing corporation or (ii) the Person (if other than the Company) formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance, transfer, sale, lease or other disposition all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety shall 36 be organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia; (b) such Person (if other than the Company) assumes all of the Company's obligations under the Securities and this Indenture under a supplemental indenture in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; (c) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, unless such transaction is solely between the Company and a Wholly Owned Subsidiary; and (d) if a supplemental indenture is to be executed in connection with such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, sale, lease or disposition, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, sale, lease or other disposition complies with this Article VII and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been satisfied. The successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the successor Person to which such conveyance, transfer, sale, lease or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor had been named as the Company herein; and thereafter, except in the case of a lease, the predecessor Person shall be discharged from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Securities. Subject to Section 11.6, the predecessor Person, the Trustee and the successor Person shall enter into a supplemental indenture to evidence the succession and substitution of such successor Person and, if applicable, the discharge and release of such predecessor Person. ARTICLE VIII DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES Section 8.1. Events of Default. So long as any Securities are outstanding, each of the following shall be an "EVENT OF DEFAULT": (a) the Company defaults in the payment of the principal amount of any Security when the same becomes due and payable as therein provided or as provided in this Indenture, whether at Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, whether or not such payment is prohibited by the subordination provisions set forth in Article XII; (b) the Company defaults in the payment of any accrued and unpaid interest on any Security when due and payable, and such default shall continue for a period of 30 days, whether or not such payment is prohibited by the subordination provisions set forth in Article XII; 37 (c) the Company fails to convert (to the extent such Security is convertible pursuant to Article XIII) any portion of the principal amount of any Security following the exercise by the Holder of the right to convert such Security into Common Stock pursuant to and in accordance with Article XIII; (d) the Company defaults in its obligation to redeem any Security, or any portion thereof, called for redemption by the Company pursuant to and in accordance with Article III, whether or not such payment is prohibited by the subordination provisions set forth in Article XII; (e) the Company defaults in its obligation to purchase any Security, or any portion thereof, upon the exercise by the Holder of such Holder's right to require the Company to purchase such Securities pursuant to and in accordance with Article IV or Article V, whether or not such payment is prohibited by the subordination provisions set forth in Article XII; (f) the Company defaults in its obligation to provide notice in the event of a Fundamental Change in accordance with Section 5.1(b); (g) failure on the part of the Company to perform or observe any other term, covenant or agreement of the Company under the Securities or this Indenture (other than a default in the performance or breach of a covenant or agreement which is specifically dealt with in clause (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f) of this Section 8.1) and such default or breach shall continue for a period of 30 days after written notice has been given, by certified mail, (i) to the Company by the Trustee or (ii) to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding; (h) any Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary (all or substantially all of the voting securities of which are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company) in an outstanding amount of principal, interest and premium in excess of $10,000,000 is not paid at the stated maturity thereof or upon acceleration, and such Indebtedness is not discharged or such default in payment or acceleration is not cured, rescinded or annulled within a period of 30 days after notice has been given, by certified mail, (i) to the Company by the Trustee or (ii) to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding; (i) the Company or any Designated Subsidiary, or any group of two or more Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Designated Subsidiary, pursuant to or under or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: (i) commences a voluntary case or proceeding; (ii) consents to the entry of any order for relief against it in an involuntary case or proceeding or the commencement of any case against it; (iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property; (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; 38 (v) files a petition in bankruptcy or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief; or (vi) consents to the filing of such petition or the appointment of or taking possession by a Custodian; or (j) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: (i) is for relief against the Company or any Designated Subsidiary, or any group of two or more Subsidiaries that, taken as whole, would constitute a Designated Subsidiary, in an involuntary case or proceeding, or adjudicates the Company or any Designated Subsidiary, or any group of two or more Subsidiaries that, taken as whole, would constitute a Designated Subsidiary, insolvent or bankrupt; (ii) appoints a Custodian of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary, or any group of two or more Subsidiaries that, taken as whole, would constitute a Designated Subsidiary, or for any substantial part of its property; or (iii) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary, or any group of two or more Subsidiaries that, taken as whole, would constitute a Designated Subsidiary, and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days. Section 8.2. Acceleration. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 8.1(i) or Section 8.1(j) with respect to the Company) occurs and is continuing (including an Event of Default specified in Section 8.1(i) or Section 8.1(j) with respect to one or more Designated Subsidiaries), the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities at the time outstanding by notice to the Company and the Trustee, may declare the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest on all the Securities to be immediately due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such accelerated amount shall be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in Section 8.1(i) or Section 8.1(j) occurs with respect to the Company and is continuing (excluding an Event of Default specified in Section 8.1(i) or Section 8.1(j) with respect to one or more Designated Subsidiaries), the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest on all the Securities shall become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities at the time outstanding, by notice to the Trustee (and without notice to any other Holder) may rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest that has become due solely as a result of acceleration and if all amounts due to the Trustee under Section 39 9.7 have been paid. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. Section 8.3. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Securities or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Securities or this Indenture. The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if the Trustee does not possess any of the Securities or does not produce any of the Securities in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of, or acquiescence in, the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative. Section 8.4. Waiver of Past Defaults. Subject to Section 8.7 and Section 11.2, the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities at the time outstanding, by notice to the Trustee (and without notice to any other Holder), may waive an existing Default and its consequences except: (a) an Event of Default described in Section 8.1(a), Section 8.1(b), Section 8.1(d) or Section 8.1(e); (b) a Default which constitutes a failure to convert any Security in accordance with the terms of Article XIII; or (c) a Default in respect of any provision of this Indenture or the Securities, which, under Section 11.2, cannot be amended or modified without the consent of each Holder affected thereby. When a Default is waived, it is deemed cured, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any consequent right. This Section 8.4 shall be in lieu of Section 316(a)1(B) of the TIA and such Section 316(a)1(B) is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture, as permitted by the TIA. Section 8.5. Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities at the time outstanding may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines in good faith is prejudicial to the rights of other Holders or would involve the Trustee in personal liability unless the Trustee is provided indemnity satisfactory to 40 it. This Section 8.5 shall be in lieu of Section 316(a)1(A) of the TIA and such Section 316(a)1(A) is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture, as permitted by the TIA. Section 8.6. Limitation on Suits. A Holder may not pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Securities unless: (a) the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice stating that an Event of Default is continuing; (b) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities at the time outstanding make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy; (c) such Holder or Holders provide to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; (d) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of such notice, request and offer of security or indemnity; and (e) the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities at the time outstanding do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request during such 60-day period. A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of any other Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over any other Holder. Section 8.7. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment or to Convert. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of the principal amount, Redemption Price, Purchase Price, Fundamental Change Purchase Price or interest in respect of the Securities held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Securities and in this Indenture, and to convert such Securities in accordance with Article XIII, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates or the right to convert, is absolute and unconditional and shall not be impaired or affected adversely without the consent of such Holder. Section 8.8. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default described in Section 8.1(a), Section 8.1(b), Section 8.1(d) or Section 8.1(e) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company or another obligor on the Securities for the whole amount owing with respect to the Securities and the amounts provided for in Section 9.7. Section 8.9. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the 41 Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or the property of the Company or of such other obligor or their creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal amount, Redemption Price, Purchase Price, Fundamental Change Purchase Price or interest in respect of the Securities shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on the Company for the payment of any such amount) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise: (a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal amount, Redemption Price, Purchase Price, Fundamental Change Purchase Price or interest and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel or any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 9.7) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceeding, and (b) to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 9.7. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. Section 8.10. Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article VIII, it shall pay out the money in the following order: FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 9.7; SECOND: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Securities for the principal amount, Redemption Price, Purchase Price, Fundamental Change Purchase Price or interest ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to such amounts due and payable on the Securities; and THIRD: the balance, if any, to the Company. The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 8.10. At least 10 calendar days prior to such record date, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder and the Company a notice that states the record date, the payment date and the amount to be paid. 42 Section 8.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant (other than the Trustee) in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 8.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 8.7 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities at the time outstanding. This Section 8.11 shall be in lieu of Section 315(e) of the TIA and such Section 315(e) is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture, as permitted by the TIA. ARTICLE IX TRUSTEE Section 9.1. Duties of Trustee. (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise of those rights and powers as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person's own affairs. (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: (i) the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others; and (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture, but in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture, but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein. This Section 9.1(b) shall be in lieu of Section 315(a) of the TIA and such Section 315(a) is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture, as permitted by the TIA. (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own grossly negligent action, its own grossly negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that: (i) this clause (c) does not limit the effect of clause (b) of this Section 9.1; 43 (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith unless it is proved that the Trustee was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 8.5. Subparagraphs (c)(i), (ii) and (iii) shall be in lieu of Sections 315(d)(1), 315(d)(2) and 315(d)(3) of the TIA, respectively, and such Sections 315(d)(1), 315(d)(2) and 315(d)(3) are hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture, as permitted by the TIA. (d) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (e) of this Section 9.1. (e) The Trustee may refuse to perform any duty or exercise any right or power or extend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability unless it receives indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. (f) Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee (acting in any capacity hereunder) shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder unless otherwise agreed in writing with the Company. Section 9.2. Rights of Trustee. Subject to its duties and responsibilities under the TIA, (a) the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties; (b) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, conclusively rely upon an Officer's Certificate; (c) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder; (d) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered, or omitted to be taken by it in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers conferred under this Indenture; 44 (e) the Trustee may consult with counsel selected by it and any advice or Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance on such advice or Opinion of Counsel; (f) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders, pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have provided to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby; (g) any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order if requested by the Trustee and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution; (h) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation; (i) the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Securities and this Indenture; and (j) the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other person employed to act hereunder. Section 9.3. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar, Conversion Agent, Bid Solicitation Agent or co-registrar may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Section 9.10 and Section 9.11. Section 9.4. Trustee's Disclaimer. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Securities, it shall not be accountable for the Company's use or application of 45 the proceeds from the Securities, it shall not be responsible for any statement in any registration statement for the Securities under the Securities Act or in any offering document for the Securities, this Indenture or the Securities (other than its certificate of authentication), or the determination as to which beneficial owners are entitled to receive any notices hereunder. Section 9.5. Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs and if it is known to the Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall give to each Holder notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs or, if later, within 15 days after it is known to the Trustee, unless such Default shall have been cured or waived before the giving of such notice. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except in the case of a Default described in Section 8.1(a), Section 8.1(b), Section 8.1(d) or Section 8.1(e), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as the Responsible Officer in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interest of the Holders. The preceding sentence shall be in lieu of the proviso to Section 315(b) of the TIA and such proviso is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture, as permitted by the TIA. Section 9.6. Reports by Trustee to Holders. Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder a brief report dated as of such May 15 that complies with TIA Section 313(a), if required by such Section 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA Section 313(b). A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Holders shall be filed with the SEC and each securities exchange, if any, on which the Securities are listed. The Company agrees to notify the Trustee promptly whenever the Securities become listed on any securities exchange and of any delisting thereof. Section 9.7. Compensation and Indemnity. The Company agrees to: (a) pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as the Company and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing for all services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited (to the extent permitted by law) by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust); (b) reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the compensation and the expenses, advances and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its own gross negligence or willful misconduct; and (c) fully indemnify the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee and their agents for, and to hold them harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claim, liability, cost or expense (including attorney's fees and expenses, and taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee)) incurred without negligence or willful misconduct on 46 its part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company or any Holder or any other person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, or in connection with enforcing the provisions of this Section 9.7. With regard to its indemnification rights under Section 9.7(c) where the Company has assumed the defense in any action or proceeding, the Trustee shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action or proceeding and participate in the investigation and defense thereof, and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such separate counsel; provided, however, that the Trustee may only employ separate counsel at the expense of the Company if in the judgment of the Trustee (i) a conflict of interest exists by reason of common representation or (ii) there are legal defenses available to the Trustee that are different from or are in addition to those available to the Company or if all parties commonly represented do not agree as to the action (or inaction) of counsel. To secure the Company's payment obligations in this Section 9.7, at such time as no Senior Secured Notes due 2007 of the Company remain outstanding and the Senior Indenture has been satisfied and discharged as provided for therein, the Company agrees to amend this Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture to provide the Trustee with a lien that is prior to the Securities on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay on a non-pro-rata basis the principal amount, Redemption Price, Purchase Price, Fundamental Change Purchase Price or interest on particular securities. No lien is currently granted to the Trustee, nor shall any lien be granted prior to the execution by the trustee under the Senior Indenture of proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of the Senior Indenture. The Company's payment obligations pursuant to this Section 9.7 shall survive the discharge of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee. When the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 8.1(i) or Section 8.1(j), the expenses including the reasonable charges and expenses of its counsel, are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. Section 9.8. Replacement of Trustee. The Trustee may resign by so notifying the Company; provided, however, that no such resignation shall be effective until a successor Trustee has accepted its appointment pursuant to this Section 9.8. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities at the time outstanding may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company. The Company shall remove the Trustee if: (a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 9.10; (b) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent; (c) a receiver or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or (d) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting. If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint, by resolution of its Board of Directors, a successor Trustee. A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company satisfactory in form and substance to the retiring Trustee and the Company. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, 47 upon payment of all the retiring Trustee's fees and expenses then due and payable and subject to the lien provided for in Section 9.7. If a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company or the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities at the time outstanding may petition any court of competent jurisdiction at the expense of the Company for the appointment of a successor Trustee. If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 9.10, any Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. Section 9.9. Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets (including the administration of the trust created by this Indenture) to, another corporation, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. Section 9.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of TIA Sections 310(a)(1) and 310(b). The Trustee (or its parent holding company) shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. Nothing contained herein shall prevent the Trustee from filing with the Commission the application referred to in the penultimate paragraph of TIA Section 310(b). Section 9.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. ARTICLE X DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE Section 10.1. Discharge of Liability on Securities. When (i) the Company delivers to the Trustee all outstanding Securities (other than Securities replaced or repaid pursuant to Section 2.7) for cancellation or (ii) all outstanding Securities have become due and payable (whether at the Stated Maturity or upon acceleration, or on any Redemption Date, Purchase Date or Fundamental Change Purchase Date, or upon conversion) and the Company deposits with the Paying Agent or Conversion Agent cash or Applicable Stock sufficient to pay all amounts due and owing on all outstanding Securities (other than Securities replaced pursuant to Section 2.7), and if in either case the Company pays all other sums payable hereunder by the Company, then this Indenture shall, subject to Section 9.7, cease 48 to be of further effect. The Trustee shall join in the execution of a document prepared by the Company acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture on demand of the Company accompanied by an Officer's Certificate and Opinion of Counsel and at the cost and expense of the Company. Section 10.2. Repayment to the Company. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall return to the Company upon written request any cash or securities held by them for the payment of any amount with respect to the Securities that remains unclaimed for two years, subject to applicable unclaimed property law. After return to the Company, Holders entitled to the cash or securities must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another person and the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall have no further liability to the Holders with respect to such cash or securities for that period commencing after the return thereof. ARTICLE XI AMENDMENTS Section 11.1. Without Consent of Holders. The Company and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Securities without the consent of any Holder to: (a) add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders of Securities; (b) provide the Trustee with a lien pursuant to Section 9.7; (c) surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company; (d) add guarantees; (e) secure the Securities; (f) provide for conversion rights of Holders of Securities if any reclassification or change of the Common Stock or any consolidation, merger or sale of all or substantially all of the Company's assets occurs pursuant to Section 13.4; (g) provide for the assumption of the Company's obligations to the Holders of Securities in the case of a merger, consolidation, conveyance, transfer, sale, lease or other disposition pursuant to Article VII; (h) increase the Conversion Rate; provided, however, that such increase in the Conversion Rate shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Securities (after taking into account tax and other consequences of such increase); (i) comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA; 49 (j) cure any ambiguity, correct or supplement any provision herein which may be inconsistent with any other provision herein or which is otherwise defective, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture which the Company may deem necessary or desirable and which shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture; provided, however, that such action pursuant to this clause (i) does not, in the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors of the Company (as evidenced by a Board Resolution), adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Securities in any material respect; and (k) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities, and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company or such obligor herein and in the Securities, in each case in compliance with the provisions of this Indenture; (l) to evidence and provide the acceptance of the appointment of a successor trustee hereunder; or (m) add or modify any other provisions herein with respect to matters or questions arising hereunder which the Company and the Trustee may deem necessary or desirable and which shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no modification or amendment may be made to the subordination provisions in Article XII that adversely affects the rights of any holder of Senior Debt then outstanding unless the holders of such Senior Debt (or any group or representative thereof authorized to give a consent) consent to such change. Section 11.2. With Consent of Holders. Except as provided below in this Section 11.2, this Indenture or the Securities may be amended, modified or supplemented, and noncompliance in any particular instance with any provision of this Indenture or the Securities may be waived, in each case with the written consent or affirmative vote of the Holders of at least a majority of the principal amount of the Securities at the time outstanding. Without the written consent or the affirmative vote of each Holder of Securities affected thereby (in addition to the written consent or the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the principal amount of the Securities at the time outstanding), an amendment or waiver under this Section 11.2 may not: (a) change the maturity of the principal amount of, or the payment date of any installment of interest on, any Security; (b) reduce the principal amount of, or interest on, or the Redemption Price, Purchase Price or Fundamental Change Purchase Price of, any Security; (c) change the currency of payment of principal amount of, or interest on, or the Redemption Price, Purchase Price or Fundamental Change Purchase Price of, any Security from U.S. Dollars; 50 (d) impair or adversely affect the rate of accrual of interest on any Security, or the manner of calculation thereof; (e) impair the right of any Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment or with respect to, or conversion of, any Security; (f) modify the obligation of the Company to maintain an agency in New York, New York pursuant to Section 6.5; (g) impair or adversely affect the conversion rights of the Holder of the Securities as provided in Article XIII; (h) impair or adversely affect the purchase rights of the Holders of the Securities as provided in Article IV or Article V; (i) modify the optional redemption provisions of Article III in a manner adverse to the Holders of the Securities; (j) modify Article XII in a manner adverse to any Holders of the Securities; (k) reduce the percentage of the principal amount of the outstanding Securities the written consent or affirmative vote of whose Holders is required for any such amendment, modification, supplement or waiver; (l) reduce the percentage of the principal amount of the outstanding Securities the written consent or affirmative vote of whose Holders is required for any waiver of any past Default provided for in this Indenture; or (m) waive any matter set forth in Section 8.4(a), Section 8.4(b), or Section 8.4(c). It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 11.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. After an amendment under this Section 11.2 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to each Holder a notice briefly describing the amendment. Nothing contained in this Section 11.2 shall impair the ability of the Company and the Trustee to amend this Indenture or the Securities without the consent of any Holder to provide for the assumption of the Company's obligations to the Holders of Securities in the case of a merger, consolidation, conveyance, transfer, sale, lease or other disposition pursuant to Article VII. Section 11.3. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article XI shall comply with the TIA. 51 Section 11.4. Revocation and Effect of Consents, Waivers and Actions. Until an amendment, waiver or other action by Holders becomes effective, a consent thereto by a Holder of a Security hereunder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Security or portion of the Security that evidences the same obligation as the consenting Holder's Security, even if notation of the consent, waiver or action is not made on the Security. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent, waiver or action as to such Holder's Security or portion of the Security if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the amendment, waiver or action becomes effective. After an amendment, waiver or action becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder. Section 11.5. Notation on or Exchange of Securities. Securities authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article XI may, and shall if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall so determine, new Securities so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Board of Directors, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for outstanding Securities. Section 11.6. Trustee to Sign Supplemental Indentures. The Trustee shall sign any supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article XI if the amendment contained therein does not affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may, but need not, sign such supplemental indenture. In signing such supplemental indenture the Trustee shall receive, and (subject to the provisions of Section 9.1) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. Section 11.7. Effect of Supplemental Indentures. Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article XI, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Securities theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby. ARTICLE XII SUBORDINATION Section 12.1. Agreement to Subordinate. The Company agrees, and each holder of Securities by accepting a Security agrees, that the Indebtedness evidenced by the Security is subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article XII, to the prior payment in full in cash or other consideration satisfactory to holders of Senior Debt of all Senior Debt (whether 52 outstanding on the date hereof or hereafter created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed), and that the subordination is for the benefit of the holders of Senior Debt. Section 12.2. Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy. Upon any distribution to creditors of the Company in a liquidation or dissolution of the Company or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Company or its property, any assignment for the benefit of creditors or any marshaling of the Company's assets and liabilities: (a) holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled to receive payment in full of all obligations due in respect of such Senior Debt (including interest accruing after, or which would accrue but for, the commencement of any such proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Senior Debt, whether or not the claim for such interest would be allowed) in cash or other consideration satisfactory to the holders of the Senior Debt before holders of Securities shall be entitled to receive any payment with respect to the Securities; and (b) until all Senior Debt is paid in full in cash or other consideration satisfactory to the holders of the Senior Debt, any distribution to which holders of Securities would be entitled but for this Article XII shall be made to holders of Senior Debt, as their interests may appear. Section 12.3. Default on Senior Debt and/or Designated Senior Debt. (a) In the event of any default in payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on, or any other payment obligation under any Senior Debt beyond any applicable grace period with respect thereto (a "PAYMENT DEFAULT"), then, until all such payments due in respect of such Senior Debt have been paid in full in cash or other consideration satisfactory to holders of Senior Debt or such default shall have been cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist, no payment shall be made by the Company with respect to the principal of, or interest on the Securities or to acquire any of the Securities (including any repurchase pursuant to the repurchase right of a Holder pursuant to Article IV or Article V). (b) In addition, if the Trustee shall receive written notice from one or more holders of Designated Senior Debt or one or more representatives of such holder or holders that there has occurred and is continuing under such Designated Senior Debt, or any agreement pursuant to which such Designated Senior Debt is issued, any default (other than a Payment Default), which default shall not have been cured or waived, giving the holders of such Designated Senior Debt the right to declare such Designated Senior Debt immediately due and payable (a "PAYMENT BLOCKAGE NOTICE"), then, anything contained in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, no payment on account of the principal of or interest on the Securities, and no repurchase or other acquisition of the Securities, shall be made by or on behalf of the Company during the period (the "PAYMENT BLOCKAGE PERIOD") commencing on the date of receipt of the Payment Blockage Notice and ending on the earlier of 179 calendar days thereafter or the date on which such non-Payment Default is cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist. Notwithstanding the provisions described in the immediately preceding sentence (but subject to the provisions contained in Section 12.1 and the first sentence of this Section 53 12.3), unless the holder(s) of such Designated Senior Debt or the representative(s) of such holder(s) shall have accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Debt, the Company may resume payments on the Securities after the end of such Payment Blockage Period. No new Payment Blockage Period may be commenced unless 365 calendar days have elapsed since the effectiveness of the prior Payment Blockage Notice. No default under Designated Senior Debt that is not a Payment Default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice delivered to the Trustee shall be, or be made, the basis of a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice. (c) In the event any judicial proceeding shall be pending with respect to any payment default with respect to Senior Debt or non-payment default with respect to Designated Senior Debt, then, anything contained in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, no payment on account of the principal of or interest on the Securities, and no repurchase or other acquisition of the Securities, shall be made by or on behalf of the Company. Section 12.4. Acceleration of Securities. In the event of the acceleration of the Securities because of an Event of Default, the Company may not make any payment or distribution to the Trustee or any holder of Securities in respect of obligations with respect to Securities and may not acquire or purchase from the Trustee or any holder of Securities any Securities until all Senior Debt has been paid in full in cash or other consideration satisfactory to holders of Senior Debt or such acceleration has been rescinded in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. If payment of the Securities is to be accelerated because of an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default with respect to the Company specified in Section 8.1(j) or (k)), the Company shall promptly notify holders of Senior Debt or trustee(s) of such Senior Debt before the acceleration. Section 12.5. When Distribution Must Be Paid Over. In the event that the Trustee, any holder of Securities or any other person receives any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind with respect to the Securities in contravention of any terms contained in this Indenture, whether in cash, property or securities, including, without limitation, by way of set-off or otherwise, then such payment or distribution shall be held by the recipient in trust for the benefit of holders of Senior Debt, and shall be immediately paid over and delivered to the holders of Senior Debt or their representative(s), to the extent necessary to make payment in full in cash or other consideration satisfactory to such holders of all Senior Debt remaining unpaid, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution or provision therefor, to or for the holders of Senior Debt; provided, that the foregoing shall apply to the Trustee only if a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge (as determined in accordance with Section 12.11) that such payment or distribution is prohibited by this Indenture. With respect to the holders of Senior Debt, the Trustee undertakes to perform only such obligations on the part of the Trustee as are specifically set forth in this Article XII, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to the holders of Senior Debt shall be read into this 54 Indenture against the Trustee. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Debt, and shall not be liable to any such holders if the Trustee shall pay over or distribute to or on behalf of holders of Securities or the Company or any other person money or assets to which any holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled by virtue of this Article XII, except if such payment or distribution is made as a result of the willful misconduct or negligence of the Trustee. Section 12.6. Notice by Company. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any facts known to the Company that would cause a payment of any obligations with respect to the Securities or the purchase of any Securities by the Company to violate this Article XII, but failure to give such notice shall not affect the subordination of the Securities to the Senior Debt as provided in this Article XII. Section 12.7. Subrogation. After all Senior Debt is paid in full and until the Securities are paid in full, holders of Securities shall be subrogated (equally and ratably with all other indebtedness pari passu with the Securities) to the rights of holders of Senior Debt to receive distributions applicable to Senior Debt to the extent that distributions otherwise payable to the holders of Securities have been applied to the payment of Senior Debt. A distribution made under this Article XII to holders of Senior Debt that otherwise would have been made to holders of Securities is not, as between the Company and holders of Securities, a payment by the Company on the Securities. Section 12.8. Relative Rights. This Article XII defines the relative rights of holders of Securities and holders of Senior Debt. Nothing contained in this Indenture shall otherwise: (a) impair, as between the Company and holders of Securities, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of and interest on the Securities in accordance with their terms; (b) affect the relative rights of holders of Securities and creditors (other than with respect to Senior Debt) of the Company, other than their rights in relation to holders of Senior Debt; or (c) prevent the Trustee or any holder of Securities from exercising its available remedies upon a Default or Event of Default, subject to the notice requirements of Section 8.2 and to the rights of holders and owners of Senior Debt to receive distributions and payments otherwise payable to holders of Securities. If the Company fails because of this Article XII to pay principal of or interest on a Security on the due date, the failure is still a Default or Event of Default. 55 Section 12.9. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Company. No right of any holder of Senior Debt to enforce the subordination of the indebtedness evidenced by the Securities shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by the Company or any holder of Securities or by the failure of the Company or any such holder to comply with this Indenture. Section 12.10. Distribution or Notice to Representative. Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior Debt, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their representative(s). Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article XII, the Trustee and the holders of Securities shall be entitled to rely upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction or upon any certificate of such representative or of the liquidating trustee or agent or other person making any distribution to the Trustee or to the holders of Securities for the purpose of ascertaining the persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of the Senior Debt and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article XII. Section 12.11. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any fact known to the Company that would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee in respect of the Securities. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article XII or any other provision of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment or distribution by the Trustee (other than pursuant to Section 12.4), and the Trustee may continue to make payments on the Securities, unless a Responsible Officer shall have received at least two Business Days prior to the date of such payment or distribution written notice of facts that would cause such payment or distribution with respect to the Securities to violate this Article XII. Only the Company or the holder or representative of any class of Senior Debt may give such notice. Nothing contained in this Article XII shall impair the claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 9.7. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may hold Senior Debt with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. Section 12.12. Authorization to Effect Subordination. Each holder of a Security by such holder's acceptance thereof authorizes and directs the Trustee on the holder's behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as provided in this Article XII, and appoints the Trustee to act as the holder's attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. If the Trustee does not file a proper proof of claim or proof of debt in the form required in any proceeding referred to in Section 8.9 at least 30 days before the expiration of the time to file such claim, the holders of any Senior 56 Debt or their representatives are hereby authorized to file an appropriate claim for and on behalf of the holders of the Securities. Section 12.13. Article Applicable to Paying Agents. In case at any time any Paying Agent other than the Trustee shall have been appointed by the Company and be then acting hereunder, the term "Trustee" as used in this Article shall in such case (unless the context otherwise requires) be construed as extending to and including such Paying Agent within its meaning as fully for all intents and purposes as if such Paying Agent were named in this Article in addition to or in place of the Trustee. Section 12.14. Senior Debt Entitled to Rely. The holders of Senior Debt shall have the right to rely upon this Article XII, and no amendment or modification of the provisions contained herein shall diminish or adversely affect the rights of such holders of Senior Debt outstanding at the time of such amendment or modification unless such holders shall have agreed in writing thereto. Section 12.15. Permitted Payments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article XII, the holders of Securities may receive and retain at any time on or prior to the Stated Maturity (a) securities that are subordinated to at least the same extent as the Securities to (i) Senior Debt and (ii) any securities issued in exchange for Senior Debt and (b) payments and other distributions made from any trust created pursuant to Section 10.1. Section 12.16. No Waiver of Subordination Provisions. No right of any present or future holder of any Senior Debt to enforce subordination as herein provided shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company, or by any non-compliance by the Company with the terms, provisions and covenants of this Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof any such holder may have or be otherwise charged with. Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing paragraph, the holders of Senior Debt may, at any time and from time to time, without the consent of or notice to the Trustee or the holders of the Securities, without incurring responsibility to the holders of the Securities and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Article XII or the obligations hereunder of the holders of the Securities to the holders of Senior Debt, do any one or more of the following, subject to any rights of the Company in respect thereof: (i) change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, Senior Debt, or otherwise amend or supplement in any manner Senior Debt or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which Senior Debt is outstanding; (ii) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing Senior Debt; (iii) release any person liable in any manner for the collection of Senior Debt; and (iv) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against the Company and any other person. 57 Section 12.17. Certain Conversions Deemed Payment. For the purposes of this Article XII only, (i) the issuance and delivery of junior securities upon conversion of Securities in accordance with Article XIII shall not be deemed to constitute a payment or distribution on account of the principal of or premium or interest on Securities or on account of the purchase or other acquisition of Securities, and (ii) the payment, issuance or delivery of cash (except in satisfaction of fractional shares pursuant to Section 13.2), property or securities (other than junior securities) upon conversion of a Security shall be deemed to constitute payment on account of the principal of such Security. For the purposes of this Section, the term "junior securities" means (a) shares of any stock of any class of the Company and securities into which the Securities are convertible pursuant to Article XIII and (b) securities of the Company which are subordinated in right of payment to all Senior Indebtedness which may be outstanding at the time of issuance or delivery of such securities to substantially the same extent as, or to a greater extent than, the Securities are so subordinated as provided in this Article XII. Nothing contained in this Article XII or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the Securities is intended to or shall impair, as among the Company, its creditors other than holders of Senior Indebtedness and the Holders of the Securities, the right, which is absolute and unconditional, of the Holder of any Security to convert such Security in accordance with Article XIII. ARTICLE XIII CONVERSION Section 13.1. Conversion Right; Conversion Consideration. (a) Subject to and upon compliance with the provisions of this Article XIII, a Holder of a Security shall have the right, at such Holder's option, to convert all or any portion (if the portion to be converted is $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000) of such Security into Common Stock: (i) during any Conversion Period, and only during such Conversion Period commencing after the date hereof, if, on each of at least 20 Trading Days in the period of 30 consecutive Trading Days ending on the first Trading Day of the Conversion Period, the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock equals or exceeds 120% of the Conversion Price in effect on the first Trading Day of such Conversion Period (the "COMMON STOCK PRICE CONDITION"); (ii) if during the five consecutive Business Day period following any five consecutive Trading Day period ending prior to February 1, 2019, if any, the average Trading Price during such five Trading Day period was less than 98% of the average Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock during such five Trading Day period multiplied by the then applicable Conversion Rate (the "TRADING PRICE CONDITION"); (iii) if such Security has been called for redemption pursuant to Article III; or (iv) as provided in clause (b) of this Section 13.1. 58 (b) (i) In the event that: (A) the Company distributes to all holders of its Common Stock rights or warrants entitling them (for a period expiring within 60 days of the Record Date for such distribution) to subscribe for or purchase Common Stock at a price per share of Common Stock less than the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock on the Business Day immediately preceding the announcement of such distribution; (B) the Company distributes to all holders of its Common Stock cash or other assets, debt securities or rights or warrants to purchase its securities, including the declaration of any cash dividends, payable quarterly or otherwise, where the Fair Market Value (as determined by the Board of Directors) of such distribution per share of Common Stock (together with the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock of all other distributions covered by this clause (B) not triggering a conversion right during the preceding twelve months) exceeds 5% of the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock on the Business Day immediately preceding the date of declaration of such distribution; or (C) a Fundamental Change occurs without giving effect to the 105% Exception; then, in each case, the Securities may be surrendered for conversion at any time on and after the date that the Company gives notice to the Holders of such right, which shall be, in the case of (A) or (B), not less than 20 days prior to the Ex-Dividend Time for such distribution, or, in the case of (C), except as described in clause (ii) below, within 20 days after the occurrence of the Fundamental Change, until 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the earlier of the Business Day immediately preceding the Ex-Dividend Time and the date the Company announces that such distribution shall not take place in the case of (A) or (B), on the 35th Business Days of the Company's delivery of the notice of the Fundamental Change in the case of (C); provided, however, that in the case of (A) or (B), a Holder of Securities may not surrender Securities for conversion if the Holder shall otherwise participate in such distribution without conversion. (ii) In addition, in the event that the Company consolidates with or merges into another corporation, or is a party to a binding share exchange pursuant to which the Common Stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property as set forth in Section 13.4, then the Securities may be surrendered for conversion at any time from and after the date which is 15 calendar days prior to the date announced by the Company as the anticipated effective time of such transaction until 15 calendar days after the actual date of such transaction. (c) Upon any conversion of a Security other than a Principal Value Conversion, a Holder shall be entitled to a number of shares of Common Stock equal to (i) the Conversion Rate in effect on the date of conversion multiplied by (ii) the quotient obtained by dividing the principal amount of the Security or portion thereof surrendered for conversion divided by 1,000. 59 With respect to any conversion of a Security pursuant to the Trading Price Condition, if on the conversion date the Closing Price of the Common Stock is greater than or equal to the Conversion Price and less than or equal to 120% of the Conversion Price in effect on the conversion date (a "PRINCIPAL VALUE CONVERSION"), then such Holder shall be entitled to consideration equal to the principal amount of the Security converted plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, as of the conversion date, which may be paid at the option of the Company in cash or Common Stock. Any Common Stock delivered pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be valued at the greater of (x) the Conversion Price in effect on the conversion date and (y) the Applicable Share Price (the "PRINCIPAL VALUE CONVERSION STOCK VALUATION"). The Company will notify a Holder through the Trustee by the second Trading Day following any Principal Value Conversion whether it will pay the conversion consideration in cash or in Common Stock. (d) If any Holder so requests, the Conversion Agent shall, on behalf of the Company, determine on the first Trading Day of any Conversion Period whether the Securities shall be convertible as a result of the occurrence of an event specified in clause (i) above and, if the Securities shall be so convertible, the Conversion Agent shall promptly deliver to the Company and the Trustee written notice thereof. Any such request given by a Holder to the Conversion Agent shall be in writing and shall be given not less than 5 days and not more than 10 days before the first Trading Day of such Conversion Period. The Trustee shall have no obligation to determine the Trading Price unless the Company has requested such determination. The Company shall have no obligation to make such a request unless a Holder provides the Company with a written request to determine the Trading Price of the Securities, which notice shall include reasonable evidence that the Trading Price would be less than 98% of the Closing Price of the Common Stock on any date of determination. Upon receipt of any such request, within two Business Days, the Company shall instruct the Trustee or Bid Agent, as the case may be, to determine the Trading Price beginning on the next Trading Day and on each successive Trading Day until, and only until, the average Trading Price is greater than or equal to 98% of the average Closing Price of the Common Stock for any five Trading Day period. If the Conversion Agent or the Trustee determines that the Securities have become convertible pursuant to this Section 13.1, the Company or, at the Company's request, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall notify the Holders of the event triggering such convertibility in the manner provided in Section 14.2 or the Company shall publicly announce such information by publishing such information on the Company's website. Any notice so given shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. (e) Securities called for redemption may be converted at any time on and after the date that the Company gives notice to the Holders of such right until 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the second Business Day preceding the corresponding Redemption Date. 60 Section 13.2. Conversion Procedures; Settlement Dates; Conversion Rate; Fractional Shares. (a) Except as described in Section 13.1 in connection with a Principal Value Conversion, each Security shall be convertible at the office of the Conversion Agent into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock (calculated to the nearest 1/10,000th of a share). The Conversion Agent shall notify the Company when it receives a Conversion Notice. In connection with any Principal Value Conversion, the Company will pay to Holders any portion of the principal amount of the Securities plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to be paid in cash and deliver Common Stock with respect to any portion of the principal amount of the Securities plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to be paid in Common Stock, no later than the third Business Day following the determination of the Applicable Share Price. In all other cases, upon conversion a certificate for the number of full shares of Common Stock into which the Securities are converted (and cash in lieu of fractional shares) shall be delivered to such Holder, assuming all of the other requirements have been satisfied by such Holder, as soon as practicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to deliver certificates for Common Stock while the stock transfer books for such stock or the security register are duly closed for any purpose, but certificates for Common Stock shall be issued and delivered as soon as practicable after the opening of such books or security register. No cash payment of accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid by the Company on a converted Security, except in connection with a Principal Value Conversion and except as described in Section 13.9. Accrued and unpaid interest shall be deemed to be paid in full with the shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion, rather than deemed cancelled, extinguished or forfeited. In the event of a Fundamental Change, if a Holder has submitted any or all of its Securities for repurchase, a Holder's conversion rights on the Securities so subject to repurchase shall expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Purchase Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Security in respect of which a Holder has delivered a Fundamental Change Purchase Notice exercising such Holder's right to require the Company to repurchase such Security may be converted only if such Fundamental Change Purchase Notice is withdrawn in accordance with Section 4.2(b) prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Purchase Date. (b) Before any Holder shall be entitled to convert the same into Common Stock, such Holder shall, in the case of Global Securities, comply with the Applicable Procedures of the Depositary in effect at that time, and in the case of Certificated Securities, surrender such Securities, duly endorsed to the Company or in blank, at the office of the Conversion Agent, and shall give written notice to the Company at said office or place in the form of the Conversion Notice attached to the Security (the "CONVERSION NOTICE") that such Holder elects to convert the same and shall state in writing therein the principal amount of Securities to be converted (in whole or in part so long as the principal amount to be converted is 61 in multiples of $1,000 principal amount) and the name or names (with addresses) in which such Holder wishes the certificate or certificates for Common Stock to be issued. Before any such conversion, a Holder also shall pay all funds required, if any, relating to interest on the Securities, as provided in Section 13.9 and all taxes or duties, if any, as provided in Section 13.8. If more than one Security shall be surrendered for conversion at one time by the same Holder, the number of full shares of Common Stock that shall be deliverable upon conversion shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of the Securities (or specified portions thereof to the extent permitted thereby) so surrendered. (c) A Security shall be deemed to have been converted immediately prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date on which all of the conversion requirements set forth in Section 13.2(b) have been satisfied, and the person or persons entitled to receive the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record Holder or Holders of such Common Stock as of 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on such date. (d) In case any Certificated Security shall be surrendered for partial conversion, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to or upon the written order of the Holder of the Security so surrendered, without charge to such Holder (subject to the provisions of Section 13.8), a new Security or Securities in authorized denominations in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unconverted portion of the surrendered Certificated Securities. Section 13.3. Adjustment of Conversion Rate. The Conversion Rate shall be adjusted from time to time as follows: (a) In case the Company shall, at any time or from time to time after the initial Issue Date while any of the Securities are outstanding, pay a dividend or make a distribution in shares of Common Stock to all or substantially all holders of its outstanding shares of Common Stock, then the Conversion Rate in effect at the opening of business on the date next following the Record Date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or other distribution shall be increased by dividing such Conversion Rate by a fraction: (i) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the close of business on the Record Date fixed for such determination; and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the sum of such number of shares of Common Stock and the total number of shares of Common Stock constituting such dividend or other distribution. Such increase shall become effective immediately after the opening of business on the day following the Record Date fixed for such determination. If any dividend or distribution of the type described in this Section 13.3(a) is declared but not so paid or made, the 62 Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to the Conversion Rate which would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared. (b) In case the Company shall, at any time or from time to time after the initial Issue Date while any of the Securities are outstanding, subdivide its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares of Common Stock, then the Conversion Rate in effect at the opening of business on the day following the day upon which such subdivision becomes effective shall be proportionately increased, and, conversely, in case the Company shall, at any time or from time to time while any of the Securities are outstanding, combine its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares of Common Stock, then the Conversion Rate in effect at the opening of business on the day following the day upon which such combination becomes effective shall be proportionately decreased. Such reduction or increase, as the case may be, shall become effective immediately after the opening of business on the day following the day upon which such subdivision or combination becomes effective. (c) In case the Company shall, at any time or from time to time after the initial Issue Date while any of the Securities are outstanding, issue rights or warrants for a period expiring within 60 calendar days (other than any rights or warrants referred to in Section 13.3(d)) to all or substantially all holders of its shares of Common Stock entitling them to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock (or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of Common Stock), at a price per share of Common Stock (or having a conversion, exchange or exercise price per share of Common Stock) less than the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock on the Business Day immediately preceding the date of the announcement of such issuance (treating the conversion, exchange or exercise price per share of Common Stock of the securities convertible, exchangeable or exercisable into Common Stock as equal to (x) the sum of (A) the price for a unit of the security convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock and (B) any additional consideration initially payable upon the conversion of or exchange or exercise for such security into Common Stock divided by (y) the number of shares of Common Stock initially underlying such convertible, exchangeable or exercisable security), then the Conversion Rate shall be increased so that the same shall equal the rate determined by dividing the Conversion Rate in effect at the opening of business on the date after such date of announcement by a fraction: (i) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the close of business on the date of announcement, plus the number of shares of Common Stock (or convertible, exchangeable or exercisable securities) that the aggregate offering price of the total number of shares of Common Stock (or convertible, exchangeable or exercisable securities) so offered for subscription or purchase (or the aggregate conversion, exchange or exercise price of the convertible, exchangeable or exercisable securities so offered) would purchase at such Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock; and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the close of business on the date of announcement, plus the total number of additional shares of Common Stock so offered for subscription or 63 purchase (or into which the convertible, exchangeable or exercisable securities so offered are convertible, exchangeable or exercisable). Such increase shall become effective immediately after the opening of business on the day following the date of announcement of such issuance. To the extent that shares of Common Stock (or securities convertible, exchangeable or exercisable into shares of Common Stock) are not delivered pursuant to such rights or warrants, upon the expiration or termination of such rights or warrants, the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted to the Conversion Rate which would then be in effect had the adjustments made upon the issuance of such rights or warrants been made on the basis of the delivery of only the number of shares of Common Stock (or securities convertible, exchangeable or exercisable into shares of Common Stock) actually delivered. In the event that such rights or warrants are not so issued, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if the date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants had not been fixed. In determining whether any rights or warrants entitle the holders to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock at less than such Closing Sale Price, and in determining the aggregate offering price of such shares of Common Stock, there shall be taken into account any consideration received for such rights or warrants, the value of such consideration if other than cash, to be the Fair Market Value of such consideration. (d) (i) In case the Company shall, at any time or from time to time after the initial Issue Date while any of the Securities are outstanding, by dividend or otherwise, distribute to all or substantially all holders of its shares of Common Stock (including any such distribution made in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing corporation and shares of the Common Stock are not changed or exchanged), shares of its Capital Stock (other than any dividends or distributions to which Section 13.3(a) applies), evidences of its Indebtedness or other non-cash assets or rights or warrants, but excluding (A) dividends or distributions of shares of Common Stock referred to in Section 13.3(a), (B) rights or warrants referred to in Section 13.3(c), (C) dividends and distributions of stock, securities or other property or assets (including cash) in connection with the reclassification, change, merger, consolidation, binding share exchange, sale or conveyance to which Section 13.4 applies, and (D) dividends and distributions paid exclusively in cash referred to in Section 13.3(f) (such included shares of Capital Stock, evidences of its indebtedness or other non-cash assets or rights or warrants being distributed hereinafter in this Section 13.3(d) called the "DISTRIBUTED ASSETS"), then, in each such case, subject to paragraph (iii) of this Section 13.3(d), the Conversion Rate shall be increased so that the same shall be equal to the rate determined by dividing the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the close of business on the Record Date with respect to such distribution by a fraction: (x) the numerator of which shall be the Current Market Price of the Common Stock, less the Fair Market Value on such date of the portion of the distributed assets so distributed applicable to one share of Common Stock (determined on the basis of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on such 64 Record Date) (determined as provided in Section 13.3(h)), on such Record Date; and (y) the denominator of which shall be such Current Market Price. Such increase in the Conversion Rate shall become effective immediately prior to the opening of business on the day following the Record Date for such distribution. In the event that such dividend or distribution is not so paid or made, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared. (ii) If the Board of Directors determines the Fair Market Value of any distribution for purposes of this Section 13.3(d) by reference to the actual or when issued trading market for any distributed assets comprising all or part of such distribution, it must in doing so consider the prices in such market over the same period (the "REFERENCE PERIOD") used in computing the Current Market Price pursuant to Section 13.3(h)) to the extent possible, unless the Board of Directors determines in good faith that determining the Fair Market Value during the Reference Period would not be in the best interest of the Holders. (iii) Rights or warrants distributed by the Company to all holders of its shares of Common Stock entitling them to subscribe for or purchase shares of Capital Stock of the Company (either initially or under certain circumstances), which rights or warrants, until the occurrence of a specified event or events ("TRIGGER EVENT"), (x) are deemed to be transferred with such shares of Common Stock, (y) are not exercisable and (z) are also issued in respect of future issuances of shares of Common Stock (a "RIGHTS PLAN") shall be deemed not to have been distributed for purposes of this Section 13.3(d) (and no adjustment to the Conversion Rate under this Section 13.3(d) will be required) until the occurrence of the earliest Trigger Event. If such right or warrant is subject to subsequent events, upon the occurrence of which such right or warrant shall become exercisable to purchase different distributed assets, evidences of indebtedness or other assets, or entitle the holder to purchase a different number or amount of the foregoing or to purchase any of the foregoing at a different purchase price, then the occurrence of each such event shall be deemed to be the date of issuance and Record Date with respect to a new right or warrant (and a termination or expiration of the existing right or warrant without exercise by the holder thereof). In addition, in the event of any distribution (or deemed distribution) of rights or warrants, or any Trigger Event or other event (of the type described in the preceding sentence) with respect thereto, that resulted in an adjustment to the Conversion Rate under this Section 13.3(d): (A) in the case of any such rights or warrants which shall all have been redeemed or repurchased without exercise by any holders thereof, the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted upon such final redemption or repurchase to give effect to such distribution or Trigger Event, as the case may be, as though it were a cash distribution, equal to the per share redemption or repurchase price received by a holder of shares of Common Stock with respect to such rights or 65 warrants (assuming such holder had retained such rights or warrants), made to all holders of shares of Common Stock as of the date of such redemption or repurchase; and (B) in the case of such rights or warrants which shall have expired or been terminated without exercise, the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted as if such rights and warrants had never been issued. (iv) For purposes of this Section 13.3(d) and Sections 13.3(a), 13.3(b) and 13.3(c), any dividend or distribution to which this Section 13.3(d) is applicable that also includes (x) shares of Common Stock, (y) a subdivision or combination of shares of Common Stock to which Section 13.3(b) applies or (z) rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock to which Section 13.3(c) applies (or any combination thereof), shall be deemed instead to be: (A) a dividend or distribution of the evidences of indebtedness, assets, shares of Capital Stock, rights or warrants, other than such shares of Common Stock, such subdivision or combination or such rights or warrants to which Sections 13.3(a), 13.3(b) and 13.3(c) apply, respectively (and any Conversion Rate increase required by this Section 13.3(d) with respect to such dividend or distribution shall then be made), immediately followed by (B) a dividend or distribution of such shares of Common Stock, such subdivision or combination or such rights or warrants (and any further Conversion Rate increase required by Sections 13.3(a), 13.3(b) and 13.3(c) with respect to such dividend or distribution shall then be made), except: (1) the Record Date of such dividend or distribution shall be substituted as (x) "the date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or other distribution," "Record Date fixed for such determinations" and "Record Date" within the meaning of Section 13.3(a), (y) "the day upon which such subdivision becomes effective" and "the day upon which such combination becomes effective" within the meaning of Section 13.3(b), and (z) as "the date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants," "the Record Date fixed for the determination of the stockholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants" and such "Record Date" within the meaning of Section 13.3(c); and (2) any shares of Common Stock included in such dividend or distribution shall not be deemed "outstanding at the close of business on the date fixed for such determination" within the meaning of Section 13.3(a) and any reduction or increase in the number of shares of Common Stock resulting from such subdivision or combination shall be disregarded in connection with such dividend or distribution. 66 (e) In the event any such distribution consists of shares of Capital Stock of, or similar equity interests in, one or more of the Company's Subsidiaries (a "SPIN-OFF"), the Fair Market Value of the securities to be distributed shall equal the average of the closing sale prices of such securities on the principal securities market on which such securities are traded for the five consecutive Trading Days commencing on and including the sixth Trading Day of those securities after the effectiveness of the Spin-Off (i.e., the ex-dividend date for the distribution of Capital Stock or equity interests in the Spin-Off) (the "MEASUREMENT PERIOD"), and the Current Market Price shall be measured for the same period, and the adjustment to the Conversion Rate shall become effective immediately prior to the opening of business on the day following such Measurement Period. In the event, however, that an underwritten initial public offering of the securities in the Spin-Off occurs simultaneously with the Spin-Off, Fair Market Value of the securities distributed in the Spin-Off shall mean the initial public offering price of such securities and the Current Market Price shall mean the Closing Sale Price for the Common Stock on the same Trading Day. (f) In case the Company shall, at any time or from time to time after the initial Issue Date while any of the Securities are outstanding, by dividend or otherwise, distribute to all or substantially all holders of its outstanding Common Stock, cash (excluding any cash that is distributed upon a reclassification, consolidation, merger, binding share exchange, sale or conveyance to which Section 13.4 applies, but including quarterly cash dividends), then, and in each case, immediately after the close of business on such date, the Conversion Rate shall be increased so that the same shall equal the rate determined by dividing the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the close of business of such Record Date by a fraction: (i) the numerator of which shall be equal to the Current Market Price on such Record Date, less the full amount of cash so distributed with respect to one share of Common Stock; and (ii) the denominator of which shall be equal to the Current Market Price on such Record Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, adjustments to the Conversion Rate resulting from quarterly cash dividends may not cause the Conversion Rate (as adjusted for any other adjustment) to exceed the quotient obtained by dividing $1,000 by the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding the initial Issue Date. (g) In case the Company or any of its Subsidiaries purchases Common Stock pursuant to a tender offer or exchange offer for Common Stock (other than an offer to purchase made solely pursuant to Rules 13e-4(h)(3) or (5) of the Exchange Act), then and in each such case, immediately prior to the opening of business on the day following the last time (the "EXPIRATION TIME") tenders or exchanges could have been made pursuant to such tender offer or exchange offer (as it may be amended), the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted so that the same shall equal the rate determined by dividing the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the close of the business of the date of the Expiration Time by a fraction: (i) the numerator of which shall be the (x) the product of (i) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (including any tendered or exchanged 67 shares) at the Expiration Time times (ii) the Current Market Price of the Common Stock at the Expiration Time less (y) the Fair Market Value of the aggregate consideration paid to stockholders for shares tendered or exchanged; and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the product of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (including any tendered or exchanged shares) at the Expiration Time and the Current Market Price of the Common Stock at the Expiration Time. Such increase (if any) shall become effective immediately prior to the opening of business on the day following the Expiration Time. In the event that the Company is obligated to purchase shares of Common Stock pursuant to any such tender offer or exchange offer, but the Company is permanently prevented by applicable law from effecting any such purchases or all or a portion of such purchases are rescinded, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such (or such portion of the) tender offer or exchange offer had not been made. If the application of this Section 13.3(g) to any tender offer or exchange offer would result in a decrease in the Conversion Rate, no adjustment shall be made for such tender offer or exchange offer under this Section 13.3(g). (h) For purposes of this Article XIII, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated: "CURRENT MARKET PRICE" on any date means the average of the daily Closing Sale Prices per share of Common Stock for the ten consecutive Trading Days immediately prior to such date; provided, however, that if: (i) the "ex" date (as hereinafter defined) for any event (other than the issuance or distribution requiring such computation) that requires an adjustment to the Conversion Rate pursuant to Section 13.3(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f) or (g) occurs during such ten consecutive Trading Days, the Closing Sale Price for each Trading Day prior to the "ex" date for such other event shall be adjusted by dividing such Closing Sale Price by the same fraction by which the Conversion Rate is so required to be adjusted as a result of such other event; (ii) the "ex" date for any event (other than the issuance or distribution requiring such computation) that requires an adjustment to the Conversion Rate pursuant to Section 13.3(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f) or (g) occurs on or after the "ex" date for the issuance or distribution requiring such computation and prior to the day in question, the Closing Sale Price for each Trading Day on and after the "ex" date for such other event shall be adjusted by dividing such Closing Sale Price by the reciprocal of the fraction by which the Conversion Rate is so required to be adjusted as a result of such other event; and (iii) the "ex" date for the issuance or distribution requiring such computation is prior to the day in question, after taking into account any adjustment required pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) of this proviso, the Closing Sale Price for each Trading Day on or after such "ex" date shall be adjusted by adding thereto the amount of 68 any cash and the Fair Market Value (as determined by the Board of Directors in a manner consistent with any determination of such value for purposes of Section 13.3(d), (e) or (g)) of the evidences of Indebtedness, shares of Capital Stock or assets being distributed applicable to one share of Common Stock as of the close of business on the day before such "ex" date. For purposes of any computation under Section 13.3(g), if the "ex" date for any event (other than the tender offer requiring such computation) that requires an adjustment to the Conversion Rate pursuant to Section 13.3(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f) or (g) occurs on or after the Expiration Time for the tender or exchange offer requiring such computation and prior to the day in question, the Closing Sale Price for each Trading Day on and after the "ex" date for such other event shall be adjusted by dividing such Closing Sale Price by the reciprocal of the fraction by which the Conversion Rate is so required to be adjusted as a result of such other event. For purposes of this paragraph, the term "ex" date, when used: (i) with respect to any issuance or distribution, means the first date on which the Common Stock trades regular way on the relevant exchange or in the relevant market from which the Closing Sale Price was obtained without the right to receive such issuance or distribution; (ii) with respect to any subdivision or combination of Common Stock, means the first date on which the Common Stock trades regular way on such exchange or in such market after the time at which such subdivision or combination becomes effective; and (iii) with respect to any tender offer or exchange offer, means the first date on which the Common Stock trades regular way on such exchange or in such market after the Expiration Time of such offer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever successive adjustments to the Conversion Rate are called for pursuant to this Section 13.3, such adjustments shall be made to the Current Market Price as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the intent of this Section 13.3 and to avoid unjust or inequitable results as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. "FAIR MARKET VALUE" means the amount which a willing buyer would pay a willing seller in an arm's length transaction, as determined by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be made in good faith and, absent manifest error, shall be final and binding on holders of the Securities. "RECORD DATE" means, with respect to any dividend, distribution or other transaction or event in which the holders of Common Stock have the right to receive any cash, securities or other property or in which the Common Stock (or other applicable security) is exchanged for or converted into any combination of cash, securities or other property, the date fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to receive such cash, securities or other property (whether such date is fixed by the Board of Directors or by statute, contract or otherwise). (i) To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company may, from time to time, increase the Conversion Rate by any amount for any period of time if such period is at least 69 20 calendar days and the Board of Directors determines, in good faith and absent manifest error, that such increase would be in the best interest of the Company. Any such determination by the Board of Directors shall be final and binding on holders of the Securities. In addition, the Company may also increase the Conversion Rate, to the extent permitted by applicable law, if the Board of Directors determines that such increase is advisable to avoid or diminish taxation to holders of Common Stock for United States Federal income tax purposes as a result of any dividend or distribution of Common Stock, any subdivision, reclassification or combination of Common Stock or any issuance of rights or warrants referred to above. Whenever the Conversion Rate is increased pursuant to the preceding sentences, the Company shall mail to the Trustee and each Holder at the address of such Holder as it appears in the Register of the Securities maintained by the Registrar, at least 15 calendar days prior to the date the increased Conversion Rate takes effect, a notice of the increase stating the increased Conversion Rate and the period during which it will be in effect. (j) In any case in which this Section 13.3 shall require that any adjustment be made effective as of or retroactively immediately following a Record Date, the Company may elect to defer (but only for five Trading Days following the filing of the notice referred to in Section 13.5) issuing to the Holder of any Securities converted after such Record Date the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion over and above the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion on the basis of the Conversion Rate prior to adjustment; provided, however, that the Company shall deliver to such Holder a due bill or other appropriate instrument evidencing such Holder's right to receive such additional Common Stock upon the occurrence of the event requiring such adjustment. (k) All calculations under this Section 13.3 shall be made to the nearest cent or one-hundredth of a share, with one-half cent and 0.005 of a share, respectively, being rounded upward. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 13.3, the Company shall not be required to make any adjustment of the Conversion Rate unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least 1% of such rate. Any lesser adjustment shall be carried forward and shall be made at the time of and together with the next subsequent adjustment that, together with any adjustment or adjustments so carried forward, shall amount to an increase or decrease of at least 1% of such rate. Any adjustments under this Section 13.3 shall be made successively whenever an event requiring such an adjustment occurs. (l) To the extent that the Company has a Rights Plan in effect upon the conversion of the Securities into Common Stock, a Holder will receive, in addition to the Common Stock, the rights under the Rights Plan, whether or not the rights have separated from the Common Stock, and there will be no adjustment to the Conversion Rate pursuant to Section 13.3(d). (m) In the event that at any time, as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to this Section 13.3, the Holder of any Securities thereafter surrendered for conversion shall become entitled to receive any shares of stock of the Company other than Common Stock into which the Securities originally were convertible, the Conversion Rate with respect to such other shares so receivable upon conversion of any such Security shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to Common Stock contained in subparagraphs (a) through (l) of this Section 13.3, and the 70 provision of Sections 13.1, 13.2 and 13.4 through 13.10 with respect to the Common Stock shall apply on like or similar terms to any such other shares (including, without limitation, the determination of whether the conditions to conversion provided in Section 13.1 have been satisfied). In the event that the Conversion Rate is required to be adjusted pursuant to this Section 13.3 during any period referred to in Sections 13.1(a)(i) and (ii), the Closing Sale Price for each Trading Day during such period shall, to the extent necessary, be adjusted to reflect the effects of such adjustment pursuant to this Section 13.3. (n) No adjustment shall be made pursuant to this Section 13.3 if (i) the effect thereof would be to reduce the Conversion Price below the par value of the Common Stock or (ii) any dividend, distribution or issuance that would otherwise give rise to an adjustment pursuant to this Section 13.3 is made or paid to all Holders of the Securities at the time of such dividend, distribution or issuance. Section 13.4. Consolidation or Merger of the Company. If any of the following events occurs, namely: (a) any reclassification or change of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (other than a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value, or as a result of a subdivision or combination); (b) any merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or combination of the Company with another corporation as a result of which holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive stock, securities or other property or assets (including cash) with respect to or in exchange for such Common Stock; or (c) any sale or conveyance of the properties and assets of the Company as, or substantially as, an entirety to any other corporation as a result of which holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive stock, securities or other property or assets (including cash) with respect to or in exchange for such Common Stock; the Company or the successor or purchasing corporation, as the case may be, shall execute with the Trustee a supplemental indenture (which shall comply with the Trust Indenture Act as in force at the date of execution of such supplemental indenture, if such supplemental indenture is then required to so comply) providing that such Securities shall be convertible into the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities or property or assets (including cash) which such Holder would have been entitled to receive upon such reclassification, change, merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange, combination, sale or conveyance had such Securities been converted into Common Stock immediately prior to such reclassification, change, merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange, combination, sale or conveyance assuming such holder of Common Stock did not exercise its rights of election, if any, as to the kind or amount of securities, cash or other property receivable upon such merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange, sale or conveyance (provided, that if the kind or amount of securities, cash or other property receivable upon such merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange, sale or conveyance is not the same for each share of Common Stock in respect of which such rights of election shall not have been exercised ("NON-ELECTING SHARE"), then for the purposes of this 71 Section 13.4, the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property receivable upon such merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange, sale or conveyance for each Non-Electing Share shall be deemed to be the kind and amount so receivable per share by a plurality of the Non-Electing Shares). Such supplemental indenture shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article XIII. If, in the case of any such reclassification, change, merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange, combination, sale or conveyance, the stock or other securities and assets receivable thereupon by a holder of Common Stock includes shares of stock or other securities and assets of a corporation other than the successor or purchasing corporation, as the case may be, in such reclassification, change, merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange, combination, sale or conveyance, then such supplemental indenture shall also be executed by such other corporation and shall contain such additional provisions to protect the interests of the Holders of the Securities as the Board of Directors shall reasonably consider necessary by reason of the foregoing. The Company shall cause notice of the execution of such supplemental indenture to be mailed to each Holder, at the address of such Holder as it appears on the register of the Securities maintained by the Registrar, within 20 days after execution thereof. Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the legality or validity of such supplemental indenture. The above provisions of this Section 13.4 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, mergers, consolidations, statutory share exchanges, combinations, sales and conveyances. If this Section 13.4 applies to any event or occurrence, Section 13.3 shall not apply. Section 13.5. Notice of Adjustment. Whenever an adjustment in the Conversion Rate with respect to the Securities is required: (a) the Company shall forthwith place on file with the Trustee and any Conversion Agent for such securities a certificate of the Treasurer of the Company, stating the adjusted Conversion Rate determined as provided herein and setting forth in reasonable detail such facts as shall be necessary to show the reason for and the manner of computing such adjustment; and (b) a notice stating that the Conversion Rate has been adjusted and setting forth the adjusted Conversion Rate shall forthwith be given by the Company or, at the Company's request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company, to each Holder in the manner provided in Section 14.2. Any notice so given shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. Section 13.6. Notice in Certain Events. In case of: 72 (a) a consolidation or merger to which the Company is a party and for which approval of any stockholders of the Company is required, or of the sale or conveyance to another Person or entity or group of Persons or entities acting in concert as a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate or other group (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company; or (b) the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company; or (c) any action triggering an adjustment of the Conversion Rate referred to in clauses (x) or (y) below; then, in each case, the Company shall cause to be filed with the Trustee and the Conversion Agent, and shall cause to be given, to the Holders of the Securities in the manner provided in Section 14.2, at least 15 days prior to the applicable date hereinafter specified, a notice stating: (x) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of any distribution or grant of rights or warrants triggering an adjustment to the Conversion Rate pursuant to this Article XIII, or, if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of record of Common Stock entitled to such distribution, rights or warrants are to be determined; or (y) the date on which any reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, dissolution, liquidation or winding up triggering an adjustment to the Conversion Rate pursuant to this Article XIII is expected to become effective, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of Common Stock of record shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, dissolution, liquidation or winding up. Failure to give such notice or any defect therein shall not affect the legality or validity of the proceedings described in Section 13.6(a), (b) or (c). Section 13.7. Company to Reserve Stock; Registration; Listing. (a) The Company shall, prior to issuance of any Securities hereunder, and from time to time as may be necessary, reserve and keep available, free from preemptive rights, out of its authorized but unissued Common Stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Securities, such number of its duly authorized Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all Securities then outstanding into such Common Stock at any time (assuming that, at the time of the computation of such number of Common Stock, all such Securities would be held by a single Holder). The Company covenants that all Common Stock which may be issued upon conversion of Securities shall upon issue be fully paid and nonassessable and free from all liens and charges and, except as provided in Section 13.8, taxes with respect to the issue thereof. (b) If any Common Stock which would be issuable upon conversion of Securities hereunder require registration with or approval of any governmental authority before 73 such shares or securities may be issued upon such conversion, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such shares or securities to be duly registered or approved, as the case may be. The Company further covenants that so long as the Common Stock shall be quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts, if permitted by the rules of the Nasdaq National Market, to keep so quoted all Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Securities, and the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to list or obtain approval for the quotation of the Common Stock to be delivered upon conversion of the Securities prior to such delivery upon any other national securities exchange or quotation system upon which the outstanding Common Stock is listed or quoted at the time of such delivery. Section 13.8. Taxes on Conversion. The issue of stock certificates on conversion of Securities shall be made without charge to the converting Holder for any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes in respect of the issue thereof, and the Company shall pay any and all documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes that may be payable in respect of the issue or delivery of Common Stock on conversion of Securities pursuant hereto. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any such tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue or delivery of Common Stock or the portion, if any, of the Securities which are not so converted in a name other than that in which the Securities so converted were registered, and no such issue or delivery shall be made unless and until the Person requesting such issue has paid to the Company the amount of such tax or has established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid. Section 13.9. Conversion After Regular Record Date. Except as provided in the succeeding paragraph, upon conversion of any Securities, the Holder of such Securities shall not be entitled to receive any accrued and unpaid interest on the Securities so converted. If any Securities are surrendered for conversion subsequent to the close of business on any Regular Record Date but prior to the opening of business on the corresponding Interest Payment Date, the Holder of such Securities at the close of business on such Regular Record Date shall receive the interest payable on such Securities on such Interest Payment Date notwithstanding the conversion thereof. Securities surrendered for conversion during the period from the close of business on any Regular Record Date to the opening of business on the corresponding Interest Payment Date shall (except in the case of Securities which have been called for redemption on a Redemption Date or subject to repurchase upon a Fundamental Change on a Fundamental Change Purchase Date within such period) be accompanied by payment by Holders, for the account of the Company, in New York Clearing House funds or other funds acceptable to the Company of an amount equal to the interest payable on such interest payment date on the Securities being surrendered for conversion. Except as provided in Section 13.2(a) and this Section 13.9, no payment or adjustment shall be made in respect of dividends or distributions on the Common Stock issued upon conversion or accrued and unpaid interest on a converted Security. 74 Section 13.10. Company Determination Final. Any determination that the Company or the Board of Directors must make pursuant to this Article XIII shall be conclusive if made in good faith and in accordance with the provisions of this Article, absent manifest error, and set forth in a Board Resolution. Section 13.11. Responsibility of Trustee for Conversion Provisions. The Trustee has no duty to determine when an adjustment under this Article XIII should be made, how it should be made or what it should be. Unless and until the Trustee shall receive a notice of an adjustment in the Conversion Rate pursuant to Section 13.5(a), it may assume without inquiry that no such adjustment is required. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or value of any securities or assets issued upon conversion of Securities. The Trustee shall not be responsible for any failure of the Company to comply with this Article XIII. Each Conversion Agent other than the Company shall have the same protection under this Section 13.11 as the Trustee. The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee under this Indenture including, without limitation, its rights to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each Paying Agent or Conversion Agent, other than the Company, acting hereunder. Section 13.12. Unconditional Right of Holders to Convert. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, if and to the extent that the Security is convertible pursuant to this Article XIII, the Holder of any Security shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to convert its Security in accordance with this Article XIII and to bring an action against the Company for the enforcement of any such right to convert, and such rights shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. ARTICLE XIV MISCELLANEOUS Section 14.1. Trust Indenture Act Controls. If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies, or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA Section 318(c), such section of the TIA shall control. If any provision of this Indenture expressly modifies or excludes any provision of the TIA that may be so modified or excluded, the Indenture provision so modifying or excluding such provision of the TIA shall be deemed to apply. Section 14.2. Notices. Any request, demand, authorization, notice, waiver, consent or communication shall be in writing and delivered in person (including by commercial courier services) or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows or transmitted by facsimile transmission (confirmed by guaranteed overnight courier) to the following facsimile numbers: 75 if to the Company: KOMAG, INCORPORATED 1710 Automation Parkway San Jose, California 95131 Attention: Chief Financial Office Facsimile No.: (408) 944-9255 if to the Trustee: U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION LM-CA-T24T 633 West Fifth Street, 24th Floor Los Angeles, California 90071 Attention: Corporate Trust Services (Komag, Incorporated __% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2024) Facsimile No.: (213) 615-6197 The Company or the Trustee by notice given to the other in the manner provided above may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. Any notice or communication given to a Holder shall be mailed to the Holder, by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at the Holder's address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not received by the addressee. If the Company mails a notice or communication to the Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Registrar, Paying Agent, Conversion Agent, Bid Solicitation Agent or co-registrar. Section 14.3. Communication by Holders with Other Holders. Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Securities. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar, the Paying Agent, the Conversion Agent, the Bid Solicitation Agent and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c). Section 14.4. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture (except in connection with the original issuance of Securities), the Company shall furnish to the Trustee: 76 (a) an Officer's Certificate stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and (b) an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with. Section 14.5. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each Officer's Certificate or Opinion of Counsel with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture shall include: (a) a statement that each person making such Officer's Certificate or Opinion of Counsel has read such covenant or condition; (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such Officer's Certificate or Opinion of Counsel are based; (c) a statement that, in the opinion of each such person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such person to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and (d) a statement that, in the opinion of such person, such covenant or condition has been complied with. In giving such Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely as to factual matters on an Officer's Certificate or on certificates of public officials. Section 14.6. Separability Clause. In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Securities shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. Section 14.7. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent, Conversion Agent, Bid Solicitation Agent, Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of Holders. The Registrar, the Conversion Agent, the Paying Agent and the Bid Solicitation Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions. Section 14.8. Legal Holidays. If any specified date (including a date for giving notice) is a Legal Holiday, the action shall be taken on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and, if the action to be taken on such date is a payment in respect of the Securities, no interest, if any, shall accrue for the intervening period. 77 Section 14.9. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Service of Process. This Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. The Company submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the courts of the United States of America, in each case located in the Borough of Manhattan, New York, New York over any suit, action or proceeding arising under or in connection with this Indenture or the transactions contemplated hereby or the Securities. The Company waives any objection that it may have to the venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising under or in connection with this Indenture or the transactions contemplated hereby or the Securities in the courts of the State of New York or the courts of the United States of America, in each case located in the Borough of Manhattan, New York, New York, or that such suit, action or proceeding brought in the courts of the State of New York or the courts of the United States of America, in each case located in the Borough of Manhattan, New York, New York, was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same. The Company agrees that service of all writs, process and summonses in any suit, action or proceeding arising under or in connection with this Indenture or the transactions contemplated thereby or the Securities against the Company in any court of the State of New York or any United States Federal court, in each case, sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, New York, New York, may be made upon CT Corporation System at 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10011, whom the Company irrevocably appoints as its authorized agent for service of process. The Company represents and warrants that CT Corporation System has agreed to act as the Company's agent for service of process. The Company agrees that such appointment shall be irrevocable until the irrevocable appointment by the Company of a successor in New York, New York as its authorized agent for such purpose and the acceptance of such appointment by such successor. The Company further agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents and instruments that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect as aforesaid. If CT Corporation System shall cease to act as the agent for service of process for the Company, the Company shall appoint without delay, another such agent and provide prompt written notice to the Trustee of such appointment. Section 14.10. No Recourse Against Others. No recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture, or in any Security, or because of any indebtedness evidenced thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, as such, or against any past, present or future stockholder, officer or director, as such, of the Company or of any successor, either directly or through the Company or any successor, under any rule of law, statute or constitutional provision or by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding or otherwise, all such liability being expressly waived and released by the acceptance of the Securities by the Holders and as part of the consideration for the issue of the Securities. 78 Section 14.11. Successors. All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Securities shall bind its successor. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successor. Section 14.12. Multiple Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture. * * * * [THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] 79 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being duly authorized, have executed this Indenture on behalf of the respective parties hereto as of the date first above written. KOMAG, INCORPORATED By: ____________________________________ Name: __________________________________ Title:__________________________________ SIGNATURE PAGE TO INDENTURE U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, As Trustee By: ____________________________________ Name: __________________________________ Title:__________________________________ SIGNATURE PAGE TO INDENTURE EXHIBIT A [FORM OF FACE OF SECURITY] [UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS SECURITY IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE AND, UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR SECURITIES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.](1) - ---------------------- (1) This legend should be included only if the Security is a Global Security. A-1 KOMAG, INCORPORATED __.___% CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2024 No. _______________________ CUSIP: ______________ KOMAG, INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (the "Company", which term shall include any successor corporation under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof), promises to pay to _____________________, or registered assigns, the principal amount of _______________ Dollars ($_________) [, or such greater or lesser amount as is indicated in the records of the Trustee and the Depositary,](2) on February 1, 2024, and to pay interest thereon from January ___, 2004 or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, on February 1 and August 1 in each year (each, an "INTEREST PAYMENT DATE"), commencing on August 1, 2004, at the rate of __.___% per annum, until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment at February 1, 2024 or upon acceleration, or until such date on which the Securities are converted, redeemed or purchased as provided herein, and at the rate of __.___% per annum on any overdue principal and on any overdue installment of interest. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall, as provided in the Indenture (as hereinafter defined), be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest, which shall be the January 15 or July 15 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding the corresponding Interest Payment Date (a "REGULAR RECORD DATE"). Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and may be paid (a) to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such defaulted interest to be fixed by the Trustee (a "SPECIAL RECORD DATE"), notice whereof shall be given to Holders not less than 10 calendar days prior to such Special Record Date, or (b) at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Securities may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in the Indenture. Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Security set forth on the reverse side of this Security, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place. _____________________ (2) This phrase should be included only if the Security is a Global Security. A-2 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed. Dated: KOMAG, INCORPORATED By: ____________________________________ Name: __________________________________ Title:__________________________________ A-3 TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION This is one of the Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. Dated: U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee By: ____________________________________ ________________________________________ Authorized Signatory A-4 [FORM OF REVERSE OF SECURITY] __.___% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2024 This Security is one of a duly authorized issue of __.___% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2024 (the "Securities") of KOMAG, INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (including any successor corporation under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, the "Company"), issued under an Indenture, dated as of January ___, 2004 (the "Indenture"), between the Company and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee (the "Trustee"). The terms of the Security include those stated in the Indenture, those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended ("TIA"), and those set forth in this Security. This Security is subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of all such terms. To the extent permitted by applicable law, in the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Security and the terms of the Indenture, the terms of the Indenture shall control. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 1. Interest. Interest on the Securities shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. If this Security is redeemed pursuant to Section 5 of this Security or the Holder elects to require the Company to purchase this Security pursuant to Section 6 of this Security, on a date that is after the Regular Record Date and on or before the corresponding Interest Payment Date, interest accrued and unpaid hereon to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date or Fundamental Change Purchase Date shall be paid to the same Holder to whom the Company pays the principal of this Security. Interest on Securities converted after the close of business on a Regular Record Date but prior to the opening of business on the corresponding Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Holder of the Securities on the Regular Record Date but, upon conversion, the Holder must pay the Company the interest which has accrued and shall be paid on such Interest Payment Date. No such payment need be made with respect to Securities which shall be converted after a Regular Record Date and prior to the opening of business on the corresponding Interest Payment Date after being called for redemption or subject to purchase upon a Fundamental Change. 2. Method of Payment. Payment of the principal of and interest on the Securities shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. The Holder must surrender the Securities to the Paying Agent to collect payment of principal. Payment of interest on Certificated Securities shall be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address appears in the Register and payment of interest on Certificated Securities in A-5 aggregate principal amount in excess of $5,000,000 shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds at the written election of such Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the Securities are registered in the name of a Depositary or its nominee, all payments with respect to the Securities shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Depositary or its nominee. 3. Paying Agent, Registrar, Conversion Agent, Bid Solicitation Agent. Initially, U.S. Bank National Association shall act as Paying Agent, Registrar, Conversion Agent and Bid Solicitation Agent. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar, Conversion Agent and Bid Solicitation Agent without notice, other than notice to the Trustee; provided that the Company shall maintain at least one Paying Agent in Borough of Manhattan, New York, New York, which shall initially be an office or agency of the Trustee. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their Affiliates may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or Conversion Agent. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their Affiliates may not act as Bid Solicitation Agent. 4. Indenture. The Securities are general unsecured, subordinated obligations of the Company limited to up to $80,500,000 aggregate principal amount. The Indenture does not limit other indebtedness of the Company, secured or unsecured. 5. Redemption of the Notes by the Company. The Securities are not redeemable prior to February 6, 2007. On and after February 6, 2007, the Company shall have the option to redeem the Securities for cash, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, upon not less than 20 days', nor more than 60 days', notice by mail at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest on those Securities, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date:
Date Percentage ---- ---------- February 6, 2007 to January 31, 2008 10__.__% February 1, 2008 to January 31, 2009 10__.__% February 1, 2009 to January 31, 2010 10__.__% February 1, 2010 to January 31, 2011 10__.__% February 1, 2011 and thereafter 100.00%
Notice of redemption pursuant to this Section of this Security shall be mailed at least 20 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed at the Holder's registered address. If cash sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of all Securities (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the Redemption Date is deposited with the Paying Agent prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Redemption Date, then, on such Redemption Date interest ceases to accrue on such Securities or portions thereof. Securities in denominations larger than $1,000 of A-6 principal amount may be redeemed in part but only in integral multiples of $1,000 of principal amount. 6. Purchase by the Company at the Option of the Holder or Upon a Fundamental Change. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the Company shall become obligated to purchase, at the option of the Holder, all or any portion of the Securities held by such Holder on February 1, 2011, February 1, 2014 and February 1, 2019 in integral multiples of $1,000 at the Purchase Price in cash. To exercise such right, a Holder shall deliver to the Paying Agent a Purchase Notice containing the information set forth in the Indenture, at any time from the opening of business on the date that is 20 Business Days prior to the relevant Purchase Date until the close of business on the fifth Business Day prior to such Purchase Date, and shall deliver the Securities to the Paying Agent as set forth in the Indenture. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the Company shall become obligated to purchase, at the option of the Holder, all or any portion of the Securities held by such Holder upon a Fundamental Change in integral multiples of $1,000 at the Fundamental Change Purchase Price in cash. To exercise such right, a Holder shall deliver to the Paying Agent a Fundamental Change Purchase Notice containing the information set forth in the Indenture at any time on or before the 30th Business Day after the date of the Company's notice of the Fundamental Change (subject to extension to comply with applicable law), and shall deliver the Securities to the Paying Agent as set forth in the Indenture. Holders have the right to withdraw any Purchase Notice or Fundamental Change Purchase Notice by delivering to the Paying Agent a written notice of withdrawal in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture. If cash sufficient to pay the Purchase Price or Fundamental Change Purchase Price, as the case may be, of all Securities or portions thereof to be purchased on the Purchase Date or the Fundamental Change Purchase Date, as the case may be, is deposited with the Paying Agent, at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Purchase Date or the Fundamental Change Purchase Date, as the case may be, such Securities shall cease to be outstanding and interest on such Securities shall cease to accrue and the Holder thereof shall have no other rights as such other than the right to receive the Purchase Price or Fundamental Change Purchase Price upon surrender of such Security. 7. Conversion. Subject to and in compliance with the provisions of the Indenture (including, without limitation, the conditions to conversion of this Security set forth in Section 13.1 thereof), a Holder is entitled, at such Holder's option, to convert the Holder's Security (or any portion of the principal amount thereof that is $1,000 or an integral multiple $1,000), into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at the Conversion Rate in effect on the date of conversion, except if the conversion is a A-7 Principal Value Conversion. Upon any Principal Value Conversion, a Holder is entitled to receive cash, Common Stock or a combination thereof, at the Company's option equal to the principal amount of the Security, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any in the manner specified in the Indenture. Any Common Stock delivered upon a Principal Value Conversion shall be valued at the Principal Value Conversion Stock Valuation, instead of the Conversion Rate, in the manner specified in the Indenture. The Company shall notify Holders of any event triggering the right to convert the Securities as specified above in accordance with the Indenture. A Security in respect of which a Holder has delivered a Purchase Notice or Fundamental Change Purchase Notice, as the case may be, exercising the right of such Holder to require the Company to purchase such Security may be converted only if such Purchase Notice or Fundamental Change Purchase Notice is withdrawn in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. The initial Conversion Rate is __.____ shares of Common Stock per $1,000 principal amount of this Security, subject to adjustment in certain events described in the Indenture. This reflects an initial Conversion Price of $___.___. To surrender a Security for conversion, a Holder must, in the case of Global Securities, comply with the Applicable Procedures of the Depositary in effect at that time, and in the case of Certificated Securities, (1) surrender the Security to the Conversion Agent, (2) complete and manually sign the conversion notice below (or complete and manually sign a facsimile of such notice) and deliver such notice to the Conversion Agent, (3) if required by the Conversion Agent, furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and (4) pay all funds required, if any, relating to interest, and any transfer or similar tax or duty, if required. No fractional share of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of any Security. Instead, the Company shall pay a cash adjustment as provided in the Indenture. No payment or adjustment shall be made for accrued and unpaid interest or dividends on the Common Stock, except as provided in the Indenture. If the Company (i) is a party to a consolidation, merger or binding share exchange (ii) reclassifies the Common Stock or (iii) conveys, transfers or leases its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, the right to convert a Security into shares of Common Stock may be changed into a right to convert it into securities, cash or other assets of the Company or such other Person, in each case in accordance with the Indenture. 8. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange. The Securities are in fully registered form (except in the case of a Global Security), without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 of principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000. A Holder may transfer or exchange Securities in accordance with A-8 the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not transfer or exchange any Securities selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Security to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Security not to be redeemed) or any Securities in respect of which a Purchase Notice or Fundamental Change Purchase Notice has been given and not withdrawn (except, in the case of a Security to be purchased in part, the portion of the Security not to be purchased) or any Securities for a period of 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Securities to be redeemed. 9. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of this Security may be treated as the owner of this Security for all purposes. 10. Unclaimed Money or Securities. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall return to the Company upon written request any cash held by them for the payment of any amount with respect to the Securities that remains unclaimed for two years, subject to applicable unclaimed property law. After return to the Company, Holders entitled to the money or securities must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another person. 11. Subordination. The indebtedness evidenced by the Securities is, to the extent and in the manner provided in the Indenture, expressly subordinate and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt of the Company, as defined in the Indenture, whether outstanding at the date of the Indenture or thereafter incurred, and this Security is issued subject to the provisions of the Indenture with respect to such subordination. Each Holder of this Security, by accepting the same, agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions and authorizes the Trustee on its behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination so provided and appoints the Trustee his attorney-in-fact for such purpose. 12. Amendment; Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture or the Securities may be amended with the written consent or affirmative vote of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities and (ii) certain Defaults may be waived with the written consent or affirmative vote of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities. Without the consent of any Holder, the Company and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Securities to (i) add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders of Securities, (ii) provide the Trustee with a lien pursuant to Section 9.7; (iii) surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company in the Indenture, (iv) add guarantees, (v) secure the Securities, (vi) provide for A-9 conversion rights of Holders of Securities if any reclassification or change of the Company's Common Stock or any consolidation, merger or sale of all or substantially all of the Company's assets occurs pursuant to Section 13.4 of the Indenture, (vii) provide for the assumption of the Company's obligations to the Holders of Securities in the case of a merger, consolidation, conveyance, transfer, sale, lease or other disposition pursuant to Article VII of the Indenture, (viii) increase the Conversion Rate; provided, however, that such increase in the Conversion Rate shall not adversely affect the interest of the Holders of Securities (after taking into account tax and other consequences of such increase), (ix) comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, (x) cure any ambiguity, correct or supplement any provision in the Indenture which may be inconsistent with any other provision therein or which is otherwise defective, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the Indenture which the Company may deem necessary or desirable and which shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of the Indenture; provided, however, that such action pursuant to this clause does not, in the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors of the Company (as evidenced by a Board Resolution) and the Trustee, adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Securities in any material respect, (xi) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities, and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company or such obligor herein and in the Securities, in each case in compliance with the provisions of the Indenture, (xii) to evidence and provide the acceptance of the appointment of a successor trustee thereunder and (xiii) add or modify any other provisions in the Indenture with respect to matters or questions arising thereunder which the Company and the Trustee may deem necessary or desirable and which shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Securities. 13. Defaults and Remedies. If any Event of Default (other than as a result of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company) occurs and is continuing, the principal of all the Securities may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture. If an Event of Default occurs as a result of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company, the principal of all the Securities shall become due and payable immediately without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder, all as and to the extent provided in the Indenture. 14. Trustee Dealings with the Company. Subject to certain limitations imposed by the TIA, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. A-10 15. Calculations in Respect of Securities. The Company or its agents shall be responsible for making all calculations called for under the Securities including, but not limited to, determination of the Closing Sale Price of the Applicable Stock, the number of shares of Applicable Stock issuable upon conversion and the amount of interest on the Securities. Any calculations made in good faith and without manifest error shall be final and binding on Holders of the Securities. The Company or its agents shall be required to deliver to the Trustee a schedule of its calculations and the Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon the accuracy of such calculations without independent verification. 16. No Recourse Against Others. No recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement contained in the Indenture, or in this Security, or because of any indebtedness evidenced thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, as such, or against any past, present or future stockholder, officer or director, as such, of the Company or of any successor, either directly or through the Company or any successor, under any rule of law, statute or constitutional provision or by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding or otherwise, all such liability being expressly waived and released by the acceptance of the Securities by the Holders and as part of the consideration for the issue of the Securities. 17. Authentication. This Security shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee signs, manually or by facsimile, the Trustee's Certificate of Authentication on the other side of this Security. 18. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act). 19. INDENTURE TO CONTROL; GOVERNING LAW. IN THE CASE OF ANY CONFLICT BETWEEN THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECURITY AND THE INDENTURE, THE PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE SHALL CONTROL. THE INDENTURE AND THIS SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. The Company shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Security in larger type. Requests may be made to: A-11 KOMAG, INCORPORATED 1710 Automation Parkway San Jose, California 95131 Attention: Investor Relations Facsimile No.: (408) 576-2000 A-12 ASSIGNMENT FORM To assign this Security, fill in the form below: I or we assign and transfer this Security to ________________________________________________________________________________ (Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax ID no.) ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ (Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code) and irrevocably appoint __________________________________________________________ agent to transfer this Security on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him. Your Signature(s): Date: _______________________ ________________________________________ (Sign exactly as your name(s) appears on the other side of this Security) Signature Guaranteed _____________________________________ Participant in a Recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program By: _________________________________ Authorized Signatory A-13 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE If you wish to have this Security purchased by the Company pursuant to Article IV (Purchase at the Option of Holders on Specific Dates) or Article V (Purchase at the Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change) of the Indenture, check the box: Article IV [ ] Article V [ ]. If this Security is to be purchased by the Company pursuant to Article IV of the Indenture, check the box for the applicable Purchase Date: February 1, 2011 [ ] February 1, 2014 [ ] February 1, 2019 [ ]. If you wish to have a portion of this Security purchased by the Company pursuant to Article IV or Article V of the Indenture, as applicable, state the amount (which must be $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000): $ ______________. If certificated, the certificate numbers of the Securities to be delivered for purchase are: __________________. Any purchase of Securities pursuant hereto shall be pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the Indenture. Your Signature(s): Date: _______________________ ________________________________________ (Sign exactly as your name(s) appears on the other side of this Security) Signature Guaranteed _____________________________________ Participant in a Recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program By: _________________________________ Authorized Signatory A-14 CONVERSION NOTICE To convert this Security into Common Stock of the Company, check the box [ ]. To convert only part of this Security, state the principal amount to be converted (which must be $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000): ________________________________. If you want the stock certificate made out in another person's name fill in the form below: ________________________________________________________________________________ (Insert the other person's soc. sec. or tax ID no.) ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ (Print or type the other person's name, address and zip code) Your Signature(s): Date: _______________________ ________________________________________ (Sign exactly as your name(s) appears on the other side of this Security) Signature Guaranteed _____________________________________ Participant in a Recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program By: __________________________________ Authorized Signatory A-15
EX-5.1.1 4 f93836a4exv5w1w1.txt EXHIBIT 5.1.1 EXHIBIT 5.1.1 Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati P.C. 650 Page Mill Road Palo Alto, CA 94304 January 14, 2004 Komag, Incorporated 1710 Automation Parkway San Jose, California 95131 RE: REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-3 Ladies and Gentlemen: We have examined the registration statement on Form S-3 filed by you with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") on November 3, 2003, as amended on December 9, 2003, December 23, 2003 and January 12, 2004 (such registration statement as so amended, and as may be further amended or supplemented herein the "Registration Statement") in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, of 5,750,000 shares of common stock (including up to 750,000 shares subject to an over-allotment option to be granted to the underwriters), par value $0.01 per share, to be sold by you and certain stockholders listed in the Registration Statement. As your counsel, we have examined the transactions taken and proposed to be taken in connection with the sale of such shares by you and such stockholders in the manner set forth in the Registration Statement. It is our opinion that such shares, if sold by you and such stockholders in the manner set forth in the Registration Statement, will be legally and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. We are opining herein as to the effect on the subject transactions only of the federal laws of the United States and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and we express no opinion with respect to the applicability thereto, or the effect thereon, of the laws of any other jurisdiction or, in the case of Delaware, any other laws or as to any matters of municipal law or the laws of any other local agencies within the state. We consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and further consent to the use of our name wherever appearing in the Registration Statement, including the Prospectus constituting a part thereof, and any amendment thereto. Sincerely, WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI Professional Corporation /s/ Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati EX-5.1.2 5 f93836a4exv5w1w2.txt EXHIBIT 5.1.2 EXHIBIT 5.1.2 Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati P.C. 650 Page Mill Road Palo Alto, CA 94304 January 14, 2004 Komag, Incorporated 1710 Automation Parkway San Jose, CA 95131 Ladies and Gentlemen: We have examined the Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed by Komag, Incorporated (the "Company") with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") on November 3, 2003, as amended on December 9, 2003, December 23, 2003 and January 12, 2004 (such registration statement, as so amended and as may be further amended or supplemented, herein the "Registration Statement"), in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), of up to $80,500,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company's Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2023 (including up to $10,500,000 aggregate principal amount subject to an over-allotment option to be granted to the underwriters) (the "Notes") and the Company's common stock, $0.01 par value, into which the Notes may be converted (the "Conversion Shares") pursuant to the terms of the Notes and the indenture in substantially the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement (the "Indenture"), to be entered into by the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee thereunder (the "Trustee"). The Notes are to be issued pursuant to the Indenture and sold pursuant to an underwriting agreement(the "Underwriting Agreement") in substantially the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. We have reviewed such corporate records, certificates and other documents, and such questions of law, as we have considered necessary or appropriate for the purposes of this opinion. We have assumed that all signatures are genuine, that all documents submitted to us as originals are authentic, that all copies of documents submitted to us conform to the originals, and that the Notes will be duly authenticated by the Trustee for the Notes as provided in the Indenture for the Notes. We have relied as to certain matters on information obtained from public officials, officers of the Company, and other sources believed by us to be responsible. Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications set forth below, we are of the opinion that: 1. The Notes have been duly authorized and, when executed and delivered in accordance with the Indenture and sold and delivered pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, will be valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors' rights and to general equity principles (regardless of whether enforceability is considered at law or in equity). 2. The Conversion Shares have been duly authorized and, when issued upon such conversion in accordance with the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The foregoing opinion is subject to the qualifications that we express no opinion as to (i) waivers of defenses or statutory or constitutional rights or waivers of unmatured claims or rights, (ii) rights to indemnification, contribution or exculpation to the extent that they purport to indemnify any party against, or release or limit any party's liability for, its own breach or failure to comply with statutory obligations, or to the extent such provisions are contrary to public policy, or (iii) rights to collection or liquidated damages or penalties on overdue or defaulted obligations. We are members of the bar of the State of New York. We do not purport to be experts in, and do not express any opinion on, any laws other than the law of the State of New York, the Delaware General Corporation Law and the Federal laws of the United States of America. We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as Exhibit 5.1.2 to the above-referenced Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the caption "Legal Matters" in the Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein. Very truly yours, WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI Professional Corporation /s/ Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati EX-23.1 6 f93836a4exv23w1.txt EXHIBIT 23.1 EXHIBIT 23.1 INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT The Board of Directors Komag, Incorporated: We consent to the incorporation by reference in Amendment No. 4 to the registration statement on Form S-3 of Komag, Incorporated to be filed on January 15, 2004 of our report dated January 16, 2003, except as to Note 17, which is as of February 25, 2003, with respect to the consolidated balance sheet of Komag, Incorporated and subsidiaries as of December 29, 2002, and December 30, 2001, the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flow for the six-month periods ended December 29, 2002 and June 30, 2002, and for the year ended December 30, 2001, and the related financial statement schedule for the six-month periods ended December 29, 2002 and June 30, 2002, and for the year ended December 30, 2001, which report appears in the December 29, 2002 annual report on Form 10-K of Komag, Incorporated and to the reference to our firm under the heading "Experts" in the prospectuses. Our report dated January 16, 2003, except as to Note 17, which is as of February 25, 2003,contains two explanatory paragraphs. The first paragraph states that effective as of the beginning of the 2002 fiscal year, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. The second paragraph states that the Company's plan of reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code became effective on June 30, 2002. As a result of the adoption of "fresh-start" reporting in accordance with Statement of Position 90-7, "Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization Under the Bankruptcy Code," the consolidated financial statements as of and for the six-month period ended December 29, 2002, are presented on a different reporting basis than the periods before emergence from bankruptcy, and are therefore not comparable. KPMG LLP Mountain View, California January 14, 2004 EX-23.2 7 f93836a4exv23w2.txt EXHIBIT 23.2 Exhibit 23.2 CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" in Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-110182) and related Prospectuses of Komag, Incorporated for the registration of shares of its common stock and Convertible Subordinated Notes and to incorporation by reference therein of our report dated January 29, 2001, with respect to the consolidated statements of operation, stockholders' equity, and cash flows of Komag, Incorporated, and the related financial statement schedule for the year ended December 31, 2000 included in its Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 29, 2002, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. /s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP San Jose, California January 14, 2004 GRAPHIC 8 f93836a4f9383600.gif GRAPHIC begin 644 f93836a4f9383600.gif M1TE&.#EA20!E`/?_````````,P``9@``F0``S```_P`S```S,P`S9@`SF0`S MS``S_P!F``!F,P!F9@!FF0!FS`!F_P"9``"9,P"99@"9F0"9S`"9_P#,``#, M,P#,9@#,F0#,S`#,_P#_``#_,P#_9@#_F0#_S`#__S,``#,`,S,`9C,`F3,` MS#,`_S,S`#,S,S,S9C,SF3,SS#,S_S-F`#-F,S-F9C-FF3-FS#-F_S.9`#.9 M,S.99C.9F3.9S#.9_S/,`#/,,S/,9C/,F3/,S#/,_S/_`#/_,S/_9C/_F3/_ MS#/__V8``&8`,V8`9F8`F68`S&8`_V8S`&8S,V8S9F8SF68SS&8S_V9F`&9F M,V9F9F9FF69FS&9F_V:9`&:9,V:99F:9F6:9S&:9_V;,`&;,,V;,9F;,F6;, MS&;,_V;_`&;_,V;_9F;_F6;_S&;__YD``)D`,YD`9ID`F9D`S)D`_YDS`)DS M,YDS9IDSF9DSS)DS_YEF`)EF,YEF9IEFF9EFS)EF_YF9`)F9,YF99IF9F9F9 MS)F9_YG,`)G,,YG,9IG,F9G,S)G,_YG_`)G_,YG_9IG_F9G_S)G__\P``,P` M,\P`9LP`FP2\:+'CR`):I0A**3)DQ,SDD3)LN7`AB5=R@S)JF'' MF3@M"EJ9LV=*ASZ#(F0%%&7&A4B3*EW*M*E3AC)DW`09M:K5JUBS:MVJ5:A7 M@U._"NW21:S8HF:#$BV;-NC.L&UG-HSK?"AY,N#!2 MOM<:6%?G*S@XAQ9U?)>S2T5:XTI$W%+HE:5*F;K5P;F MJAP1;I2YDW3HJ*R'\F1)U#;*G:8/$@7],6KIX$.)>S1^FCE=Y[]WQWWL6#E" MZMBS5PVI?71EI=`O?O]GVKJOQO)ZPY^4FMZU2[+MY<:_W!(X_?KJ[Q?/K__B M]L#C!3B>:!AU9^"!6;&%X(((^M:?3@X^Z!]R$DH$G'054F25=1F^!%N'%:$6 M%8<@BI8;B`A=R!Z*"8E(H4(,QKB5=2[*:".)*MK(X(D2D26@88P]A-1'L5V& M&H\7V:67BTA:I&1<-:Y(TXAMB585B1+5]*),44K)DF(1NJ3E5472UAEF5G[8 MTY@.89E0CK"Y.:55#[F949JII06G0X(Q%J97G"WXIUDJ=0=1A5!Q)22+C#;J MZ*.01BKII)1>LU1$`!Z*8HVQU3AH?V`6A-NCP-DV'*2E#G0JJE'%]*1(8-[Q MA)1F@0&&9*$D86IAJP7RF*J6;`&'I&)3H196J);R^F:KK\+HY6S77`G8=B(I M*Q"Q!/6VJT.CBHIAM"NI.="%WCJ'FH,/;;MAM>X5I%BTV`[$;;L%IIHLO:HJ MM^=-[QIDGU3=6OH0=)91&[!'I;K8$;61&>=:O"39)V]$P$5D+<*\7JA@?O\6 M"!11]ZH:\6K@FDKGLCR9B)%G#;OF'K'I2IR8D.0>+)#-+9,FVJ"SN7>D>S+3 M6ZK,\G[++FD*Z\9>N\A*?!Y!5UY<\K:Y)3UM4>T:Z^S-OE4 GRAPHIC 9 f93836a4f9383601.gif GRAPHIC begin 644 f93836a4f9383601.gif M1TE&.#EA0@!;`/?_````````,P``9@``F0``S```_P`S```S,P`S9@`SF0`S MS``S_P!F``!F,P!F9@!FF0!FS`!F_P"9``"9,P"99@"9F0"9S`"9_P#,``#, M,P#,9@#,F0#,S`#,_P#_``#_,P#_9@#_F0#_S`#__S,``#,`,S,`9C,`F3,` MS#,`_S,S`#,S,S,S9C,SF3,SS#,S_S-F`#-F,S-F9C-FF3-FS#-F_S.9`#.9 M,S.99C.9F3.9S#.9_S/,`#/,,S/,9C/,F3/,S#/,_S/_`#/_,S/_9C/_F3/_ MS#/__V8``&8`,V8`9F8`F68`S&8`_V8S`&8S,V8S9F8SF68SS&8S_V9F`&9F M,V9F9F9FF69FS&9F_V:9`&:9,V:99F:9F6:9S&:9_V;,`&;,,V;,9F;,F6;, MS&;,_V;_`&;_,V;_9F;_F6;_S&;__YD``)D`,YD`9ID`F9D`S)D`_YDS`)DS M,YDS9IDSF9DSS)DS_YEF`)EF,YEF9IEFF9EFS)EF_YF9`)F9,YF99IF9F9F9 MS)F9_YG,`)G,,YG,9IG,F9G,S)G,_YG_`)G_,YG_9IG_F9G_S)G__\P``,P` M,\P`9LP`F'+GE@)"MJ9M>?/ MJUU[HN0:UF9.LF5AADSK52=;GCG?WOPJUZR,A$GSZMW+5V%.L->J"AY,N##@ MNH@I&KVY5>Q4IC!1SGV:<:A3M!V!POS)$'+!F6Y7KH69,S3"N"M1KT1I^F'& MU:U)6J6(6;%FDZ/9NNR+]"]'WD>7%JZ:>3A5X$KO_D9^%';=B[4G_GS.D.7K MMZQ93L=>7;M]9NX1N?3Y_JQX7U\^?WC'[C M^/ZVY0;@1$[Q-R!$\)UWX&=/+2A1:?\YR"!X$B+$&4/1R:??AE$9>!"$'(:( MH407BLAA=`3-1-Z('D%7%V@L=G366R5&2)%O96GHX6\Q\@1C@9MUAJ),(,YF M5TK:%8DD3_(U)I.&3BD8DXX.(>0753MB!65]3LIU47W7H7=E5955J%679J:I MYIILMNEF?T0-B5B1(X&8)9Q&"H32G0"J-]!/?/9I)*!L^GD-1I\MM>=(\!U$ MX4?_<9912&$F-!NB*;+(&:-YZMEC9P255A..)UDU(T&=#T$I6=[6MK0EYY-JIQ`(F47V*S"6G7A2YW2 M:IE;T[DZG7G/2FGEI;"2.I!Z&H'JD*L7X<=4IQ!B9FB[%I&UIT.L;>?JL;IR MVZJ4ACY[:T%650GDLWKRUUFQ^T9[VX4[`EMEO0)U5VF]G\[ZXU4,[P0L:-1" AQAI&`I8FDI%+N5M434)%525['XW$7ISW#<6HKV0%!``[ ` end GRAPHIC 10 f93836a4f9403100.gif GRAPHIC begin 644 f93836a4f9403100.gif M1TE&.#EA1@!@`/?_````````,P``9@``F0``S```_P`S```S,P`S9@`SF0`S MS``S_P!F``!F,P!F9@!FF0!FS`!F_P"9``"9,P"99@"9F0"9S`"9_P#,``#, M,P#,9@#,F0#,S`#,_P#_``#_,P#_9@#_F0#_S`#__S,``#,`,S,`9C,`F3,` MS#,`_S,S`#,S,S,S9C,SF3,SS#,S_S-F`#-F,S-F9C-FF3-FS#-F_S.9`#.9 M,S.99C.9F3.9S#.9_S/,`#/,,S/,9C/,F3/,S#/,_S/_`#/_,S/_9C/_F3/_ MS#/__V8``&8`,V8`9F8`F68`S&8`_V8S`&8S,V8S9F8SF68SS&8S_V9F`&9F M,V9F9F9FF69FS&9F_V:9`&:9,V:99F:9F6:9S&:9_V;,`&;,,V;,9F;,F6;, MS&;,_V;_`&;_,V;_9F;_F6;_S&;__YD``)D`,YD`9ID`F9D`S)D`_YDS`)DS M,YDS9IDSF9DSS)DS_YEF`)EF,YEF9IEFF9EFS)EF_YF9`)F9,YF99IF9F9F9 MS)F9_YG,`)G,,YG,9IG,F9G,S)G,_YG_`)G_,YG_9IG_F9G_S)G__\P``,P` M,\P`9LP`F!Q)WHDI;ANI7MT3?=HH^K%NW(-[E4Q(6)2[0,?:GS MJ5X[7M>J,CO?.14X:.WQT]?:A&[Y.T+))Z M]?\`-B4240$6:*!]VR6XG7XCH<:@=KD]R-%1$O9FU&\51D0@?!E*%)J#'29T M%&\A;HCA1PJF^!R%$WUXX(M)D3@0C#0F9M&&-1HH'4+NQ5<:265]Q^)(08Z% M(X<>,;2C3?X5)2-%_&W5$E)/5D04>#9-:2-HHL&DY5$G>@EFE09%M126/S7I M4)@$\<44FE\U>9E"A\&9%D@%VHD7GH8Y1"9-IE$FXK. M1Y"2`]%ZS8]=V2<0J@(I^1)1E5Z3WVN]@G@K3;'MA5RNZAV+Y&<1&87KJLU2 M:Z:3LRY+:FAW`6N0J='&V"J2NX9$IX-VL>K0?->P5R:LR`WI[F#FGOO2BH,Q MNNR\&^5'X%/\%@M9A"ZYZZBPR.H:*&^Q2MNNKC/6ZVQ40KFKU+7*&LMLK9?" M"]F5;[$W$Z>B08QPL*HBC.U!P1W\X:GF@5LL>=I&C++"(Y:)[<'>/DQ>6&TB <-V_/97XHLXDY6091E,?"')*M3I\[(*_7!`0`.S\_ ` end GRAPHIC 11 f93836a4f9403101.gif GRAPHIC begin 644 f93836a4f9403101.gif M1TE&.#EA1@!@`/?_````````,P``9@``F0``S```_P`S```S,P`S9@`SF0`S MS``S_P!F``!F,P!F9@!FF0!FS`!F_P"9``"9,P"99@"9F0"9S`"9_P#,``#, M,P#,9@#,F0#,S`#,_P#_``#_,P#_9@#_F0#_S`#__S,``#,`,S,`9C,`F3,` MS#,`_S,S`#,S,S,S9C,SF3,SS#,S_S-F`#-F,S-F9C-FF3-FS#-F_S.9`#.9 M,S.99C.9F3.9S#.9_S/,`#/,,S/,9C/,F3/,S#/,_S/_`#/_,S/_9C/_F3/_ MS#/__V8``&8`,V8`9F8`F68`S&8`_V8S`&8S,V8S9F8SF68SS&8S_V9F`&9F M,V9F9F9FF69FS&9F_V:9`&:9,V:99F:9F6:9S&:9_V;,`&;,,V;,9F;,F6;, MS&;,_V;_`&;_,V;_9F;_F6;_S&;__YD``)D`,YD`9ID`F9D`S)D`_YDS`)DS M,YDS9IDSF9DSS)DS_YEF`)EF,YEF9IEFF9EFS)EF_YF9`)F9,YF99IF9F9F9 MS)F9_YG,`)G,,YG,9IG,F9G,S)G,_YG_`)G_,YG_9IG_F9G_S)G__\P``,P` M,\P`9LP`F!Q)WHDI;ANI7MT3?=HH^K%NW(-[E4Q(6)2[0,?:GS MJ5X[7M>J,CO?.14X:.WQT]?:A&[Y.T+))Z M]?\`-B4240$6:*!]VR6XG7XCH<:@=KD]R-%1$O9FU&\51D0@?!E*%)J#'29T M%&\A;HCA1PJF^!R%$WUXX(M)D3@0C#0F9M&&-1HH'4+NQ5<:265]Q^)(08Z% M(X<>,;2C3?X5)2-%_&W5$E)/5D04>#9-:2-HHL&DY5$G>@EFE09%M126/S7I M4)@$\<44FE\U>9E"A\&9%D@%VHD7GH8Y1"9-IE$FXK. M1Y"2`]%ZS8]=V2<0J@(I^1)1E5Z3WVN]@G@K3;'MA5RNZAV+Y&<1&87KJLU2 M:Z:3LRY+:FAW`6N0J='&V"J2NX9$IX-VL>K0?->P5R:LR`WI[F#FGOO2BH,Q MNNR\&^5'X%/\%@M9A"ZYZZBPR.H:*&^Q2MNNKC/6ZVQ40KFKU+7*&LMLK9?" M"]F5;[$W$Z>B08QPL*HBC.U!P1W\X:GF@5LL>=I&C++"(Y:)[<'>/DQ>6&TB <-V_/97XHLXDY6091E,?"')*M3I\[(*_7!`0`.S\_ ` end -----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----